Donhouee asada Reid wtivnle artery perryrt pian orl eecgnenaheh : eect? Sanat = iain caaute som Tab tacraen nae . ure -~ aes sa Sf > sid ° ated animale ater gente parainian genta nyse sire dir teed out es tatocteecurre rat “ : . ae ser eckeate hl eee ccentateavdstes seem abndwiie et ert os tease star err ape telanes’ mete pried car eetineh 2 Jacopo 5 2 ene - ee ate rarpiyie ae rh settet ssl saul silu porn ainel a0 owe vere: rhea seek aM ee ait Concetta is raabatibeatiatstead )Be i tied m als ie Hehe nite ae oy wie ative oa iy k/ R gureegasien es ppeiunatate’ bes 4 pees mw i Diaeacbasibs ae gytaharel eee aaalia Nes oben on jer jim i suehenetshs yaeatew aro te! tte ed hedarheny ae lela sl as igeheoeter hea aera we imi a eS owl cel 4 ; eee Lie no) AONE vKe wate t Pos Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto i UL hiiee i) ae Same tt lt fd TON am A et oe c } ph i a F i “al Tae Tite 1" } Au $ os es . re li : a : died ca Pi: wk. i ay y ; d ; hea 6 5 = ‘ = > “ Wal pal A ’ ¢ =~ « - a - = Owe Be 7) ¢ © = * 7 aw “ i ae - ill 4 i y 9 STUDIES nn. \ \ = AND NATURAL HisTorRY SURVEY OF as el Conway MacMiuuan, State Botanist (MINNESOTA. ) BOTANICAL STUDIES EDITED BY CONWAY MACMILLAN eee meen? SO: THE. SURVE? mee BOULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT BOTANICAL SERIES ‘ = Wea : r y b Ay? \ I\ ae Son 1898 — 1902 MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA . 4 ‘ PRESS OF i. NEN ASAT] ‘¢ ba Sane neh ey TUT ANS &' - THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY, — eo» > } : _ LANCASTER, PA. ‘ ie < = 4 2 hatte ae ; rs ; r ra > Ne he ou 2 v = fb 7 "y ¥ » q i * a PF | fe. {i ey FT. PET. VL. XVII. XVIII. XIX. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Min- nesota.—III. The rock lichens of Taylors Falls, Bruce Fink A method of determining the inhaaniee of eobad ary species, Roscoe Pound and Frederic E. Clements . . List of fresh-water alge ‘collected; in A Monirenota dur- ing 1896 and 1897, Josephine E. Tilden Corrections and additions to the flora of Minnesota, Ae A. Heller : New and interesting species igen New Wiesient A. A. Fleller . Some Musci of the fiteteatienel Rowndery,: joe MM. Holzinger . : The influence of gases and vapors on the ecomtb a plants, Amzl P. Sandsten Seedlings of certain woody plants, jee Pameley Comparative anatomy of hypocotyl and epicotyl in woody plants, /rancis Ramaley : Contribution to the life-history of Rumex, Br uCE Fink Observations on Gioortingt Wie E. Olson Seed dissemination and distribution of Razoumofskya robusta (Engelm.) Kuntze, D. 7. MacDougal . Observations on Constantinea, &. 1/7. Freeman Extension of plant ranges in the upper Minnesota valley, L. FR. Moyer . List of Hepatice collected along the eon boundary by J. M. Holzinger, 1897, Alexander W. Evans ‘ Observations on Elioroctatean, E. M. Freeman. Observations on Rhodymenia, Frederic K. Butters. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Min- nesota.—IV. Lichens of the Lake Superior re- gion, Bruce Fink Contributions to a knowledge of fe poneke af tei nesota.—V. Lichens of the Minnesota valley and southwestern Minnesota, Bruce Fink Vv 205 215 vi XXI. » GUE XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVITI. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. XXXI. XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVIII. XXXIX. An a 26 TABLE OF CONTENTS. A synonymic conspectus of the native and garden Aquilegias of North America, K. C. Davis Pe A synonymic conspectus of the native and garden Aconitums of North America, K. C. Davis 7445 A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of southeastern Minnesota, W. A. Wheeler ee Sk the western larkspur Wats.), rancts The seed and seedling of (Delphinium Ramaley . : A preliminary list of Minuecore Brysiphese E M. Freeman - 423 Native and garden Delpniaanns ae North Asneticat Ke WC waaues.: * Ags Native and cultivated Raneeeuli at North ‘Aiaenes and segregated genera, K. C. Davis . - 459 A synonymic conspectus of the native and garden Thalictrums of North America, KX. C. Davis . 509 Some preliminary observations on Dictyophora occidentale . 417 ravenelii Burt., C. S. Scofield . , ‘ » 525 A preliminary list of Minnesota Uredinee, 2. MW. Freeman . : ‘ a ay A new species of Algeee De Bios Soret 561 A preliminary list of Minnesota Xylariacee, /. K. Butters 563 A contribution to fee enowlenee a the flow of the Red river valley in Minnesota, W. A. Wheeler 569 Observations on Gigartina a Harv.; 7. B. Humphrey . . 601% Observations on the alge of the St. ‘aa city eater M. G. Fanning . 609 Notes on some plants of iste Roy alee W. A. Wheeler . 619 Revegetation of Trestle wig LD tee 5) O2T Violet rusts of North America, j. C. Ar thur and E. W. D. Holway , Ok Observations on the embryogeny of ‘henge FT, L. Lyon 643 Contributions to a iewicdee bi the renee of Min- nesota.—VI. Lichens of northwestern Minnesota, Bruce Fink «1657 ‘Coralline vere of Port Renee K. vee = EL Observations on Pterygophora, Conway MacMillan 723 Mok Or AUTHORS: Artuour, J. C., and Hotway, E. W. D. Violet rusts of North Hotway,E.W.D. See ArtTuuR, oe C., and Hortway, E. W. By. Vil America 631 Butters, F. K. enetans on i daiineeen : - 205 Butters, F. K. A preliminary list of Minnesota Xylariacee . 563 CLEMENTS, F. E., see Pounp, R., and CLemeEnts, F. E. Davis, K. C. A synonymic conspectus of the native and gar- garden Aquilegias of North America - _ 38% Davis, K. C. A synonymic conspectus of the native arid gar- den Aconitums of North America = 345 Davis, K. C. Native and garden Delpeimemne of North anes feat? : : : - : : : : : zee Davis, K. C. Native and cultivated Ranunculi of North Amer- ica and segregated genera - 459 Davis, K. C. A synonymic conspectus aE the native Analg gar- den Thalictrums of North America . 509 Evans, A. W. List of Hepatice collected ‘acing fue interna- tional boundary by J. M. Holzinger, 1897 193 FANNING, Mary G. Observations on the alge of the St. Paul city water ; . ; : ; : : . 609 Fink, Bruce. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota.—III. The rock lichens of Taylors Falls I Frnx, Bruce. Contributions to the life history of Rumex 137 Fink, Bruce. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota.—I1V. Lichens of the Lake Superior region 215 Fink, Bruce. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota.—V. Lichens of the Minnesota valley and south- western Minnesota = TF Fink, Bruce. Contributions to a eeewicds of the pone of Minnesota.—VI. Lichens of northwestern Minnesota 4 57 FREEMAN, E. M. Observations on Constantinea 175 FREEMAN, E. M. Observations on Chlorochytrium » 195 FREEMAN, E. M. A preliminary list of Minnesota Erysiphee. 423 FREEMAN, E. M. A preliminary list of Minnesota Uredinee. 537 Heiter, A. A. Corrections and additions to the flora of Minnesota : : : ase Hetter, A.A. New and interesting species es New Mexico. 33 Vili LIST OF AUTHORS. Horzincer, J. M. Some Musci of the International Boundary. 36 Humpurey, H. B. Observations on Gigartina exasperata Harv: : : j : . 601 LancE, D. Revedeanon of Myestle Jelena ; : 621 Lyon, H. L. Observations on the embryogeny of Nebiabe . 642 MacDoucaL, D. T. Seed dissemination and distribution of MacMitian, Conway. Observations on Plerygophora . es Razoumofskya robusta (Engelm.) Kuntze . 2/169 Moyer, L. R. Extension of plant ranges in the upper Manne: sota valley - - . : : LOL Orson, Mary E. bserranor: on Cea : asd: Pounp, R., and CLrements, F. E. A method of deteniaaiae the abundance of secondary species”. : : a ke) RaAMALEY, Francis. Seedlings of certain woody plants . = 69 RaMALEY, Francis. Comparative anatomy of hypocotyl and epicotyl in woody plants. ; ; 3 : chy RamMALey, Francis. The seed and sedan of the western larkspur (Delphinium occidentale) Wats. ; F ey SANDSTEN, Emit P. The influence of gases and vapors on the growth of plants : ; : NSS SaunpERS, DE ALton. A new c epeeee of Alarea . : “SOIL ScorieLp, C. S. Some preliminary observations on Dectyo- phora raveneltt Burt. : ~ 525 TILDEN, JoSEPHINE E. List of fresh writen alee collect in | Minnesota during 1896 and 1897 : 25 WueeELeErR, W. A. A contribution to the lenis ‘a che dare of southeastern Minnesota . . Vas WueeELer, W. A. A contribution to the tnownlenee op the flora of the Red river valley in Minnesota . : : 509 WHueEELER, W. A. Notes on some plants of Isle Roy ale : sglonte) Yenpo, K. Coralline vere of Port Renfrew . 5 : Sys XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX. ES POP ePLATES: RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. Fink, BRUCE. FINK, BRUCE. Fink, BRUCE. Fink, Bruce. Embryogeny of Rumex. Orson, Mary E. Anatomy of Gigartina. Orson, Mary E. Anatomy of Gigartina. MacDoueat, D. T. Treesof Pinus ponderosa affected with parasitic Razoumofskya. MacDoueat, D. T. Plants of Razoumofskya. FREEMAN, E. M. Anatomy of Cozstantinea. FREEMAN, E. M. Anatomy of Constantinea. FREEMAN, E. M. Anatomy of Chlorochytrium. Butters, F. K. Anatomy of /??hodymenza. Seedlings of various woody plants Seedlings of various woody plants Seedlings of various woody plants Seedlings of various woody plants Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Embryogeny of ARumex. Embryogeny of Rumex. Embryogeny of /zmex. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WueEeELeErR, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WueEe Ler, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. RaAMALEY, Francis. Seed and seedling of the Western Larkspur. ScoFIELp, C.S. Field of Dictyophora ravenelit. 1X XXX. XXXI. ), ©. @, BUF XXXII. XAXIV:. XXXYV. XXXVI. XXXVIT. XXXVI. XXXIX. XL. Dole: XLII. 2G EN WEES XLIV. XLV. KEV tT: XLVII. XE VII XLIX. LIST OF PLATES. ScoriELp, C. S. Plant of Dictyophora ravenelit. ScoFlELp, C. S. Anatomy of Dictyophora raveneliz. FREEMAN, E. M. Witches Broom on Pinus strobus. SAUNDERS, D. A. Alarda curtifes. WHEELER, W. Vegetation of the Red river valley. WHEELER, W. Vegetation of the Red river valley. WHEELER, W. Vegetation of the Red river valley. WHEELER, W. Vegetation of the Red river valley. WHEELER, W. Vegetation of the Red river valley. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of the Red river valley. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of the Red river valley. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Humpurey, H. B. Anatomy of Gigartina. Fanninoc, M. G. Chart of algal forms in St. Paul city water. FANNING, M. G. water. Fanninc, M. G. Forms of water supply alge. FanninG, M. G. Forms of water supply alge. ArgtHuR, J. C., and Hes E.. W..D). Spores of violet rust. Lyon; Erk. Pant of Melumobo. Lyon, H. L. Embryogeny of Weluméo. Lyon, H. L. Embryogeny of Veluméo. >> b> Chart of algal forms in St. Paul city YENDO, K. Amphtroa. YeEnDO, K. Chetlosporum. YENDO, K. Chezlosporum. YeENDO, K. Cheztlosporum and Corallina. YENDO, K. Corallina. YeENvDo, K. Anatomy of Coralline vere. MacMILian, Conway, Pterygophora californica. MacMitian, Conway, Pterygophora californica. MacMitian, Conway. Pterygophora californica. MacMitian, Conway. Pterygophora californica. MacMi.ian, Conway. Anatomy of Pterygophora. MacMitian, Conway. Anatomy of Pterygophora. DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS. Parr tI. Parr II. Part III. Part IV. rAnrT V. Part VI. 69-194, + 195-352, : 353-536, . 657-780, Ely EL. i Pi. Fl. ay June 15, 1898. TE Vieira eRe ced a Feb. 22, 1899. BAS Os, OS hee Dec. 29, 1899. v2 CY. 9,8 Ee ee Aug. 15, goo. 0 Sear eee July 20, 1gor. LEN 6 8 ae ee ne MVia&y. 1902. xi EeCONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE LICHENS OF MINNESOTA—III. THE ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS (FALLS. Bruce FINK. THE COMPOSITION AND ORIGIN OF THE FLORA. The lichens listed in this paper were collected during two reg- ular annual excursions of the Summer School of the University of Minnesota. The date of collection of all numbers up to 92 is August 15, 1896, and the plants were collected by Professor Conway MacMillan and the writer, on the Algonkian igneous rocks of the Interstate Park, or on earth or branches in the crevices of the rocks. On the 14th of August, 1897, I accom- panied another excursion to examine the lichens growing on the Cambrian sandstone exposures near the park. Numbers 93 to I1g were collected by me during this second trip, and more spe- cies were noted on the sandstone, which had been collected the year before on the igneous rocks. In all, 24 lichens were found growing on both sandstone and igneous rocks, 22 on the igne- ous rocks only, 20 on the sandstone only, ro on earth in the crevices of the igneous rocks and 2 on roots or branches in the crevices. The last lichen of the list was found on old boards ‘and is recorded here because rare or difficult to detect and new to the State. It was my intention when I went to the park to publish what- ever might be found of interest with the last number of this ser- ies of papers. But after observing the field it became apparent that the locality is one of great interest both as to origin and present composition of its lichen flora and that these character- istic floral features could be presented best in a separate paper. A little observation showed that the tree lichens do not differ to any noticeable extent from those about Minneapolis, and I con- sequently confined my collecting to the igneous rocks and 2 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. sandstone. There are rocks near the park containing lime, but they did not seem to support any lichens of special interest. The collecting was all done on the Minnesota side of the river for the reason that the erosion of the valley has been such as to leave better exposures of rock here than on the Wisconsin side. I had collected from excellent exposures of igneous rocks in New England and have since visited similar ones in various parts of northern Minnesota; but I have never seen any other equally limited area of rock exposure that aroused so much in- terest, because of richness of lichen flora and evidence of mi- grations and struggle, as did this little area, set aside for an interstate park. During the trip of 1897 I noticed that the con- stant tramp of feet had begun to kill out the lichens in many places so that the impression of richness is beginning to fade, and the botanist must soon seek some place near by, if such ex- ists, where he may study this rich flora in its natural beauty. Professor E. E. Edwards, of Lancaster, Wisconsin, writes thus of the lichens found in the park: ‘*The rocks of the Dalles owe their beauty and variegated tints not alone to the metal oxides, or to the feldspar or hornblende chiefly composing them, but to the growth of minute lichens upon their surfaces, and these vary in color according to the dryness or moisture of © the atmosphere. We have, therefore, in these, through sunshine and shadow and the varying seasons, an endless and almost kaleidoscopic play of colors that makes them alike the delight and despair of the artist.” The little area, being one of great natural beauty and set apart for an interstate park, will always attract thousands of visitors annually and I hope to present in this paper thoughts which will enable the botanist who has a fair knowledge of lichen species and their distribution to see in this wonderful lichen population something of far greater inter- est than mere beauty. Some comparisons between the locality now under considera- tion and others will best show its richness in rock lichens. The area examined covers only a few acres of surface and gave 66 lichens growing on rocks as a result of two days’ collecting. The whole region about Minneapolis when more thoroughly worked only furnished 30 saxicolous lichens, and the whole of Fayette county, Iowa, only 50. The latter region is surely better than the average for rock lichens, and I have studied it for six years. Probably however, the fact that I have not looked Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 3 so closely in the last two localities for lichens not{strictly char- acteristic of rocks, but still growing on them occasionally, about offsets the limited time spent in examining the area form- ing the basis of the thoughts here presented, so that the numbers given above, save for difference in areas covered in the three instances, may still be taken to represent, approximately, rela- tive richness in rock lichens. But again, the Taylors Falls area, with one possible exception, gave me more such lichens collected in the two days than are recorded in any State list hitherto published. The igneous rocks at Taylors Falls are essentially like those which outcrop occasionally between this place and Lake Su- perior, and the fact that Taylors Falls is practically the south- ern limit of outcrop of these rocks furnished the first suggestion of the interest involved in an analysis of their lichen-flora. Of the 79 species and varieties collected, only 8 are plants not yet found further south in Minnesota or Iowa. These 8 I have also found along Lake Superior, and they are species not com- monly occurring further south except at high elevations. These are Bratora rufontgra Tuck., Lecidea albocerulescens Scher., three forms of Buelia petrea (Flot., Koerb.) Tuck., Umdbzii- caria dillentt Tuck., Nephroma helveticum Ach. and Ephebe solida Born., all forms found on the igneous rocks and none of themon the sandstone. Subtracting the 8 species and varieties leaves 58 rock lichens, nearly all of which occur in other por- tions of the southern half of Minnesota, but not all on rocks. Those not known to flourish on rocks in other parts of the State grow on them here under unusually favorable conditions to be explained below. What has already been stated, especially the last paragraph above, merely suggests the problems of interest which I shall attempt to discuss and which involve a knowledge of geological conditions present and past, as well as acquaintance with lichen- species and their distribution in general. For the geological data concerning this area, I have relied largely on the researches of Dr. Charles P. Berkey, who has recently studied the region including Taylors Falls in detail, and who is therefore especially able to give the information needed for my purpose. The ques- tions which I shall consider below are those which thrust them- selves upon me as I observed and studied this extremely in- . teresting lichen-flora; and though the area is a small one, the + MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. questions involved are, it seems to me, none the less worthy of consideration when we notice that it is one of a series of similar areas where certain floral elements have become isolated and gradually killed out by others. The 8 species commonly found farther north have evidently migrated southward, and there are at least two views as to time and method or cause of migration worthy of consideration. First, the northern species might perhaps have migrated from Lake Superior along the exposures of igneous rocks extend- ing from the lake to four or five miles below Taylors Falls in quite recent times, long after the retreat of the last glacier. Second, they seem undoubtedly to be the remnant of a flora driven south, doubtless from some region far north of Lake Superior, by the advancing glaciers and left stranded on favor- able substrata at Taylors Falls as the southern extremity of a flora migrating south before the glacier or more probably mi- grating north on the return of post-glacial climate in the north temperate zone. The outcrops of the igneous rocks between Lake Superior and Taylors Falls are not frequent enough to make either theory seem very plausible; but the second is reasonable since, under the influence of slow decrease in temperature to the southward, migration would naturally follow increasingly favorable cli- matic conditions in that direction even if the outcrops were not more frequent than now. However, it seems probable that at the time of the first glacial advance the outcrops were much more numerous than now. Also, the rock lichens, now found on the igneous rocks only, doubtless found a foothold on the sandstones on the line of retreat under the more favorable cli- matic conditions of glacial times. The numerous boulders of the same igneous rocks, scattered over the ground by the gla- ciers could help in the advance southward of some of the species since glacial times, but hardly of those seldom or never found on boulders, as the Umbzlicarza listed. Onthe whole, it seems doubtful whether a single one of the 8 northern species has migrated southward in post-glacial times under increasingly unfavorable conditions as to climate and substrata. As the remnant of a lichen-flora driven south by glaciers, these plants must either have been stranded during a late gla- cial advance, as during a slight advance during, or more prob- ably after, the Wisconsin stage; or more probably have been Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 5 driven further south than their present position by each of the earlier stages, or ages as the case may be, and retreated with each return of interglacial conditions. The 8 northern species at Taylors Falls are thus either a few of a former flora which has doubtless partly died out and partly migrated northward, or possibly a few species which migrated to the locality from the mountains to the east and west during a late glacial stage, as stated above, or even after the final retreat of the ice. Igneous rocks are not supposed to have been exposed over the region covered by the glaciers south of the area now under considera- tion at the time of the first glacial advance, but sandstone no doubt outcropped frequently and probably further south than the glaciers extended. For a long period after each glacial retreat the surface was no doubt thickly strewn with rocks left by the melting ice, and these rocks would furnish abundant substrata for a retreat of the saxicolous lichens tothe north. These same boulders, now largely covered, would partly remain at the sur- face during interglacial conditions and furnish sufficient foot- ‘hold for the organisms to remigrate during a subsequent ad- vance of the ice, thus taking the place of the sandstone where it was covered by previous drift deposits. Thus several migra- tions, alternately southward and northward, probably followed in succession, and we are studying the last stage in the last northward retreat in this not yet completed series. Of course, it is apparent that the Umdézlicarza and many other lichens not now found at Taylors Falls might have flourished on the sand- stone and later on the boulders at a time when the climate was more favorable for northern species than now, at and south of the area under consideration, both as to temperature and mois- ture, and that they could have migrated readily enough with the - advances and retreats of glacial conditions. What species of the rock lichens were able to endure these cycles of migration and what were killed out is not easy to conjecture. However, it seems certain that the region was left barren of such life and repopulated several times, and it is extremely probable that enough species survived the migrations, or possibly in part flowed in from the east or west as stated above, to give an arctic or subarctic flora at Taylors Falls for a time after the close of the ice age. Since the time when this last northern lichen-flora became es- tablished in the region about Taylors Falls, there has been a 6 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. gradual change toward a lichen-flora characteristic of the north- ern United States at the present time. No doubt the 8 northern species now found on the igneous rocks are being rapidly re- placed by the more numerous species, which are better adapted to present climatic conditions. With the exception of the Neph- roma, the 8 species persisting, all lichens confined wholly to rocky substrata, or essentially so, and being therefore favorably situated as to substrata, have persisted longest against un- favorable climatic conditions and the onslaughts of the species which are to-day surely replacing, them. Nephroma, which is arboricolous as well as rupicolous, furnished only a few small, sterile specimens clinging to mossy rocks. phebe was seen in one spot only, and, so far as I could ascertain, Umbvr- licaria persists only in a few cool, damp or shaded spots. The three species named above, not closely attached to the rocks, would naturally succumb to unfavorable conditions sooner than those named below, and all of the three former are sterile and apparently just on the verge of extermination in the locality. The other three species all grow closer to the rocks and are all abundantly fertile. Bzatora seems to be rare and is not strictly crustaceous as are the other two. Buwellia is the most common of the 8 northern species and is one of two that would be expected to persist longest because of its strictly crustaceous habit. Lecidea is as thoroughly crustaceous, but not so common as the Buellva. It must be noted that the latter plant shows locally the strong tendency to vary SO characteristic of organisms attempting to adapt themselves to change in environ- ment. Doubtless this variation has aided the plant somewhat in succeeding best of all the present or former more northern species of the locality against adverse climatic conditions. Whether or not the three forms of the species listed arose from one in this locality has no particular bearing in the matter as could be easily shown. Also the distribution of the three forms ‘5 so little known that knowledge as to which particular form +s most common locally would not show whether it is one most commonly persisting in temperate regions or not. It is interesting to note the time involved in the establishment of the Arctic flora and the change from this to the present essentially temperate flora. According to Professor INES ED: Winchell’s views as to the recession of St. Anthony falls, the final retreat of the glaciers from the region occurred about 8,000 Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. y years ago. Thus it seems that the succeeding 8,000 years must have sufficed for the establishment of a more or less rich Arctic flora and the gradual change to present floral conditions. The relative times involved in the establishment of the first flora and the gradual change to the present cannot be arrived at, since the richness of the first cannot be known, and we cannot yet be sure that a portion of the species migrating southward were not killed out in some portions of the series of migrations, so that some portion of the northern species that became established in the locality would have to migrate toward the center of the con- tinent from the southward-extending mountains already men- tioned. Light on this last supposition, which can only be fully obtained, it seems to me at present, by a study of the lichen flora of the British possessions far to the north of Minnesota, would be extremely interesting. The absence of the 8 northern lichens from the sandstone may be easily explained, since it seems that the present sand- stone surfaces exposed between Lake Superior and Taylors Falls are largely or entirely due to post-glacial erosion. If some of these surfaces are admitted to be as old as the time of the last glacial retreat, doubtless Arctic species grew on them at some time subsequent to that retreat. If this be true, it is yet easy to account for the failure of these lichens to persist on the sandstones as well as on the igneous rocks, since the lichen-flora of these porous and easily eroding surfaces must be a compara- tively changeable and transient one, so that whatever such species once inhabited them would now be replaced by species more characieristic of present climatic conditions. After the final retreat of the ice and the change to present conditions of temperature and moisture began, the rapidly eroding surfaces would begin to lose their northern species and be resupplied by those at hand on other substrata at once, while those on igneous rocks could be replaced, mainly, at least, only by a fierce and long-continued struggle between the Arctic and temperate floral elements. The large number of species found on the sand- stones is at first surprising, for while the igneous rocks are much richer in individual lichens, they show no appreciable advantage in species. The softer texture of the sandstone, which caused the more rapid destruction of the species growing under un- favorable climatic conditions, has also brought this condition. To be a little more explicit, while on account of their rapid ero- 8 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. sion a large number of individuals cannot become established on them and remain long enough to constitute a flora rich in in- dividuals, yet because of the porous character of the sandstone more of the species characteristic of temperate regions have doubtless already become established on them in one place or another than on the igneous rocks. While the 8 species and varieties so fully treated above are of special interest there are some thoughts concerning the other 70 (excluding the last one listed) that must not be lost sight of. As to distribution they are a heterogeneous group, 30 of them being pretty generally distributed over the United States and Canada, 24 being limited so far as their distribution is known to the territory east of the Rocky mountains, 7 being thus far found only in the northern United States and Canada and 5 oc- curring throughout the United States. The North American dis- tribution of the last 4 here considered is so little known that nothing can be definitely stated of it. Of these 70 all but 4 or 5 occur on rocks in some other portion of North America, but only 15 are strictly rupicoline. Of the other 55, some, though more characteristic of rocks, are more or less frequently found growing on other substrata; and others actually prefer other. substrata and are growing on rocks here under unusually favor- able conditions. These lichens, like the others, are of course the descendants of a race that has migrated several times. Nearly all of them being species also occurring in Europe, it is certain that they were represented by like species during early Tertiary times, far to the north where our continent was then connected with the Eastern continent on both sides. The coming of a cooler climate and finally of glacial conditions inaugurated the series of migrations. Finally after the last retreat of the glaciers began, the 55 species, because of their adaptation to more than one substratum, would follow the retreat more surely and more rapidly and thus more certainly and sooner reach a given locality and begin to replace a flora growing under unfavorable conditions. ‘To just what extent the arctic flora would become established before these species would come in and begin to re- place it can not be stated since the rate of retreat of the glaciers relative to the rate of migration of essentially stationary organ- isms is not known. In the second paper of this series, I accounted for the com- parative scarcity of lichens about Minneapolis by dryness of Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 9 climate and stated that, were it not for peculiarly unfavorable conditions as to rock-formations, this explanation would require a larger per cent. of the total number of lichens found there to occur on the rocks because of greater amount of moisture near the ground. The annual precipitation at Osceola Mills for the last six years has been 31.271 inches, while at St. Paul it has been 28.997 inches. The former place being only seven miles from Taylors Falls, the figures may be taken to show that the precipitation in the locality now considered is about 2.274 inches more per annum than that at Minneapolis. Hence we have at Taylors Falls essentially the same conditions as to mois- ture of atmosphere as at Minneapolis. However at the former place we have the extensive rock-formations necessary for the establishment of the plants, and we find further that the igneous rocks are favorably situated for lichen development in that they lie along a river course formerly better shaded than now and where moisture has been abundant in spite of comparative dry- ness of atmosphere. Also this flora was doubtless largely es- tablished when the climate was not so dry as now and is persist- ing against conditions less favorable than formerly existed. ' Moreover the 8 persisting northern species add to the number strictly characteristic of present climate and give the locality a further advantage over Minneapolis and vicinity. Doubtless study of the whole lichen-flora about Taylors Falls would show that between 30 and 50 per cent. of the lichens grow on rocks as compared with 12 per cent. at Minneapolis. The slight ad- vantage in annual precipitation of moisture for the former lo- cality, of course, adds slightly to the relative richness in rock lichens, but this is insignificant as a cause when compared with the elements considered above. Another objection of doubtful value to the first proposition suggested to account for the invasion of the northern rock-floral elements is that, though there is a continuous line of conifers from Lake Superior to Taylors Falls, the northern tree-inhab- iting lichens are wholly absent at Taylors Falls, or so scarce as to escape notice. The coniferous trees are not so conspicu- ous a part of the flora at Taylors Falls as in Pine county, fifty miles north. No doubt at least a part of the tree lichens char- acteristic of more northern regions, and now almost certainly to be found in Pine county, have extended down to this location in post-glacial times, as the conifers are abundant from Lake 10 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Superior down to the southern part of this county, and with substrata abundant, they could do so in spite of unfavorable climatic conditions. They have apparently failed to advance as far as Taylors Falls, because of favorite substrata becoming somewhat scarce, and an increase of unfavorable conditions as to temperature and precipitation. JI am aware that the glaciers probably retreated slowly enough so that forests could spring up and furnish substrata for the retreat of species driven south in glacial times, before they would die out at the south on ac- count of the return of warm climate, and that whatever northern tree lichens exist in the pineries fifty miles north, could be ac- counted for, wholly or in part, as having migrated from the south. Yet I am quite convinced that there has been a circula- tion of arboreous lichen-floral elements, between Lake Superior and Pine county, in post-glacial time, which has not extended to Taylors Falls, to any easily observable extent surely, though conditions as to substrata are much more favorable for such lichens to move southward from the lake than for the rock lichens. Not a single species of northern lichen was found in the rock crevices or soil studied. I have noticed how in regions recently burned the soil becomes literally covered in places by lichens of various genera in five to fifteen years, and there can be no doubt that earth lichens took possession of the glacial drift rap- idly after the retreat of the ice began. However, from the very fact that lichens spring up rapidly on earth, the species charac- teristic of temperate climate would the more quickly take pos- session of the present limited amount of soil available for lichen growth, and whatever additional amount that was available when the strife began between arctic and temperate earth lich- ens, and the more rapidly kill out the northern species once in- habiting the drift. A consideration of the statements made in the last two para- graphs and various other portions of this paper points to the conclusion that a study of the whole lichen-flora of the area between Taylors Falls and Lake Superior is essential to a bet- ter understanding of the problems herein considered. In the next paper of this series, in which I shall consider the lichen- flora of the Lake Superior region, I shall be able to show ad- ditional reasons for the study of this territory. It is one of rapid transition in lichen-flora, and after a study of the areas to Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. hal the north and south of it, questions of extreme interest have been suggested to me which can only be solved by a study of this flora. The principal conclusions are as follows: (1) The region considered in this paper is an important one for the study of lichen-flora because of position, and geological relations past and present. (2) The flora considered is one of great interest as to origin and present composition and as to evidence of struggle between flora elements. (3) The present lichen-flora is composed of arctic, sub-arctic and temperate florae elements in which the last have long since gained the advantage and are killing out the others. (4) It is not supposed that the northern species migrated south in post-glacial times, but rather that this flora is one that followed the last retreat of the glaciers and was for a time essentially arctic, having since changed to its pres- ent composition. (5) Reasons for the above conclusions are as follows: (2) Southward migration would more naturally result from the decrease of temperature to the south inaugurated by the on-coming of a glacial cli- mate and would thus go on even though suit- able substrata might be somewhat scarce. (6) But during the glacial advances rocky substrata were doubtless more numerous than now, a condition adding to the ease of migration. (c) Under the influence of increasingly favorable cli- matic conditions to the south, the plants would take more easily to unfavorable substrata and migrate more readily on this account also. (d) The 8 northern lichens are all but one essentially rock lichens and are, therefore, the ones that would be expected to persist longest. (6) The northern floral elements considered may have been driven south during a late glacial advance not extending quite to the region, but more probably have been forced to migrate further south several times and migrate north as many times. 12 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. (ou The migrating plants may have been in part or wholly killed out in some part of the series of migrations south- ward in the Mississippi Valley, so that the present north- ern floral element would have to flow in from the moun- tains to the east and west, but more probably found sufficient substrata and were not killed out in the south- ward migrations in the valley. (8) The time involved in the change from arctic and sub-arctic to temperate flora is probably about 8,000 years. The re- lative times occupied in the establishment of the northern flora and the change to the temperature one can not be estimated at present. (9) The absence of the northern floral elements from the sand- stone is due partly to the fact that many of the surfaces of sandstone exposures are post-glacial. If some are as old as the last retreat of the glaciers from the region, the absence is still easily explained since the surfaces are easily eroded and porous so that floral changes go on rapidly on these rocks. (10) Lichens are not individually numerous on the sandstones because of this easily eroding nature which causes rapid . change and destruction; yet a large number of species become established in one place or another on them be- cause lichens quickly gain a foothold. (11) The other 70 lichens of the rocks are not so character- istically rock lichens and would migrate more easily and rapidly, and the more quickly reach a locality and re- place an established flora existing under unfavorable conditions, because not confined to one substratum. (12) The rock lichen-flora of the locality is extremely rich be- cause of abundance of rocks, location in a river valley where shade and moisture have been plentiful and geo- graphically where the 8 northern species have persisted to increase the number more characteristic of present climatic conditions. (13) In substantiation of the method used to account for the present composition of the flora, I have attempted to show that the absence of tree and earth lichens from the local- ity tends to prove its correctness. (14) In view of work already done at Taylors Falls and along Lake Superior, the study of the region of rapid transition in lichen-flora between is greatly to be desired. Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 13 I am under great obligations to Dr. Charles P. Berkey for in- formation concerning present and past geological conditions of the area studied. My thanks are also due to Professor Conway MacMillan for data concerning the distribution of the Conifers between Taylors Falls and Lake Superior and to Mr. Geo. H. Hazzard, of Taylors Falls, for the figures of annual precipita- tion of moisture in the vicinity of Taylors Falls. LIST OF SPECIES AND VARIETIES. 1. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. farinacea Scu ar. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 83. 2. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. florida Fr. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 45. 3. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. rubiginea Micux. On sandstone, no. I17. 4. Theloschistes lychneus (Nyu.) Tuck. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 64. 5. Theloschistes concolor (Dicxs.) Tuck. On sandstone, no. 102. 6. Parmelia perforata ( Jaca.) Acu. On igneous rocks, no. 71. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 7. Parmelia crinita Acu. On igneous rocks, no. 66. 8. Parmelia borreri Turn. On sandstone, no. 111. 9. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 52 and 67. 10. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Acu. On igneous rocks, no. 60. 1. Parmelia caperata (L.) Acu. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 50. 12. Parmelia conspersa (Euru.) Acu. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 49. 13. Physcia speciosa (WuLr. Acu.) Nyv. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 63. 14 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 14. Physcia aquila (Acu.) Nyv. var. detonsa Tuck. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 42 and 86. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 15. Physcia pulverulenta (Scures.) Nyt. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 73. 16. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuck. On igneous rocks, no. 2. 17. Physcia tribacia (Acu.) Tuck. On igneous rocks, nos. 55 and 77. 18. Physcia cesia (Horrm.) Nyt. On igneous rocks, no. 30. 1g. Physcia obscura (Enru.) Ny . On igneous rocks, nos. 5 and 47. 20. Pyxine sorediata Fr. On igneous rocks, no. 48. 21. Umbilicaria dillenii Tuck. On igneous rocks, no. 87. 22. Nephroma helveticum Acu. On igneous rocks, no. 26. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 23. Peltigera pulverulenta (Tayu.) Nyt. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 15. 24. Peltigera rufescens (NEckK.) Horr. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 17. 25. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. On earth among igneous rocks and on sandstone, nos. 16 and 2S). 26. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. var. spuria Acu. On sandstone, no. 119. 27. Peltigera canina (L.) Horrm. var. sorediata ScHaR. On sandstone, no. 96. 28. Pannaria languinosa (Acu.) KorERs. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 20. 29. Pannaria microphylla (Srv.) DELIs. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 35. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 30. Ephebe solida Born. (?) On igneous rocks, no. 59. The specimens were sterile and must be regarded as uncer- Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. Ld tain as to species. I found the same plant in three or four lo- calities in northern Minnesota. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 31. Collema pulposum (BERNuH.) Nyt. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 23. 32. Collema flaccidum Acu. On igneous rocks, no. 43. 33. Leptogium tremelloides (L. riz.) FR. On igneous rocks, nos. 18, 25, 29 and 61. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 34. Leptogium chloromelum (Sev.) Nyt. On sandstone, no. 109. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 35. Placodium elegans (Linx.) DC. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 53. 36. Placodium cinnibarinum (Acu.) Anz. On igneous rocks, no. 31 and 62. 37. Placodium aurantiacum (Licur) Narc. and Hepp. On igneous rocks and sandstones, no. 57. A form with scanty thallus and biatorine apothecia, appear- ing much like the next. 38. Placodium cerinum (HrEpw.) Nagrc. and Hepp. var. sid- eritis Tuck. On igneous rocks, nos. 38, 39 and gt. 39. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) Narc. and Hepp. On igneous rock and sandstone, no. 3. 40. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) Acu. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 51. 41. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 12 and 115. 42. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. coilocarpa, Acn. On sandstone, no. 108. 43. Lecanora atra (Hups.) Acn. (?) On igneous rocks, no. 4. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 44. Lecanora hageni Acu. On sandstone, no. 118. 45. Lecanora varia (Euru.) Nyt. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 68. 16 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 46. Lecanora varia (EHrRu.) Nyt. var. symmicta, Acu. On sandstone, no 103. 47. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SoMMERF. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. I1, 19, 34 and 70. 48. Lecanora cinerea (L.) Sommerr. var. levata, Fr. On igneous rocks, no. 14. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 49. Lecanora fuscata (Scurap.) TH. FR. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 33, 56, 94, and 106. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 50. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 59 and 105. 51. Pertusaria velata (TurN.) NYL. On sandstone, no. 95. 52. Pertusaria communis DC. On sandstone, no. II2. 53. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyt. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no: 9. 54. Stereocaulon condensatum Horr. On sandstone, no. 93. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Also not listed before west of New England. 55. Cladonia mitrula Tuck. On sandstone, no. 99. 56. Cladonia cariosa (AcH.) SPRENG. On sandstone, I14. 57. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 65. 58. Cladonia squamosa Horr. On earth among igneous rocks, nos. 72 and 78. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 59. Cladonia cespiticia (PErs.) FL. On earth among igneous rocks and on sandstone, nos. 68" and LOL, 60. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tubeformis Fr. On sandstone, nos. 104 and 110. 61. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyu. On earth among igneous rocks and on sandstone, no. 74. Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 17 62. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyt. var. verticillata, Fr. On sandstone, no. 116. 63. Cladonia delicata (EHRH.) FR. On old wood among igneous rocks, nos. 79* and 67. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 64. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horrn. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 81. 65. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. var. alpestris L. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 82. 66. Cladonia macilenta (EnRuH.) Horr. On old roots among igneous rocks, no. 79” and 8o’. 67. Biatora rufonigra Tuck. On igneous rocks, no. I. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 68. Biatora coarctata(Sm. Ny.) Tuck. var. brajeriana SCHR. On sandstone, no. 92. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 69. Biatora myriocarpoides (Nyv.) Tuck. On sandstone, no. 100. Habitat unusual, but I cannot distin- guish sufficiently between this and my wood specimens to separate them. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 70. Lecidea albocerulescens (WuLF.) ScHa@R. On igneous rocks and sandstones, no. 27. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 71. Buellia spuria Arn. On igneous rocks, no. 22. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 72. Buellia petrea (FLotr., Korrs.) Tuck. On igneous rocks, no. 58. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 73. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tuck. var. montagnei Tuck. On igneous rocks, no. 89. Not previously reported trom Minnesota. 74. Buellia petrea (FLotT., Korers.) Tuck. var. grandis FLOERK. 18 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On igneous rocks, no. 89*.. Thallus coarser, more crowded and lighter colored. Hypothallus deficient. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 75. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) Scour. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 41. 76. Endocarpon hepaticum HEepw. On sandstone, no. 97. 77. Verrucaria fuscella Fr. On igneous rocks, no. 21. 78. Verrucaria muralis Acu. On sandstone, no. 107. 79. Thelocarpon prasinellum Nyv. On old boards, no. 113. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Il. A METHOD OF DETERMINING THE ABUN- DANCE OF SECONDARY SPECIES. RoscoE PounpD AND FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS. In determining the abundance of species, appearances are extremely deceptive. One who has worked over the prairies for many seasons comes to think that he can pick out instantly the most abundant secondary species. Long continued obser- vation in the field stamps a picture on one’s mind, and it seems a simple matter to pick out the several species and to classify them in the several grades of abundance with reasonable ac- curacy. As a matter of fact, this is not possible. After more than ten years of active field work on the prairies, it seemed to the writers that the mental pictures acquired was approximately sufficient to make the reference of the commoner secondary species of prairie formations to their proper grades an easy task. When actual looking at the prairies as the season permitted appeared to confirm the picture already formed, this seemed certain. Closer analysis of the floral covering proved that the conclusions formed from looking at the prairie formations and from long field experience, without actual enumeration of indi- vidual plants, were largely erroneous. ‘The psoraleas, prairie clovers and blazing stars would probably occur to all as among the most abundant of the secondary species in the vernal, estival and serotinal aspects of the prairies respectively. When we first addressed ourselves to the task of assigning to each of the various prairie species its proper degree of abundance, it oc- curred to us at once that we could take a certain species, or certain species, as types for each grade, and use these species as standards by which to measure the others. It proved in the end that the species selected, though of the commonest occur- rence and hence familiar from daily observation, were in many cases referred to wrong grades as compared with other species, no less common, but for some reason not so prominent. The difficulty is that the species which appear most prominent in the constitution of the prairies are not necessarily the most abundant. 20 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The prominent-flowered blazing stars and prairie clovers make a much greater impression on the eye than species which are far more abundant, and the same thing is true to a less degree of many other species. To insure accurate or even approximately accurate results, itis necessary to resort to some method of actual count. Actual count is usually practicable only when copious, gre- gario-copious or sparse plants are in question. But it is only with respect to such species, which are as a rule secondary in formations, that it is important to determine minutely the grade of abundance manifested. During the past season, in order to determine the actual quan- titative relations of the copious and gregario-copious species, we have made a large number of enumerations of the individual plants of each secondary species present in plots five meters square in characteristic formations of each of the four phytogeo- graphical regions represented in Nebraska. The plot used, five meters square, is as large as can be used to insure accuracy in counting. The deficiences resulting from the small size of the plots are corrected by taking a large number of plots at each station and averaging the results. There is a surprisingly close agreement in figures obtained from plots in widely separated stations in the same district, provided reasonable care is taken to locate them in typical situations. By way of illustration, a number of observations are given in full. These are not averages, but are the actual counts as taken in the field. The two immediately following were taken on the prairie 14 miles northeast of Lincoln in the prairie grass forma- tion ( Sporobolus-Koeleria-Panicum). The second was made about 400 yards distant from the first. Amorpha canescens d : : : : : 387 Aster multiflorus . : : : 3/228 Antennaria campestris (a6 batches) A : ‘ 209 Solidago rupestris . ; ‘ : , : Pee): flelianthus rigitdus : : : ; . : 97 Kuhnistera candida : : : : : Fee Kuhnistera purpurea . ; : ; ; ; 31 Brauneria pallida . : : : : : ee Solidago rigida 5 5 : é : 19 Kuhnia glutinosa . , j ‘ ‘ : : 8 Comandra umbellata * Rosa arkansana 2 Pound and Clements: METHOD OF DETERMINING SPECIES. 21] (2) Amor pha canescens : ; : : ; ‘ 368 Aster multifiorus . : : : 205 Antennaria campestris (6 Baches) - : : 154 Solidago rupestris . ; ; : : , nen flelianthus rigidus - : é . , : 63 Kuhnistera candida : ; : : : aT 26 Kuhnistera purpurea . : : . ; 5 22 Brauneria pallida : : : . : : 19 Solidago rigida : : : ; : : S56 Rosa arkansana . F : : : : , 8 Solidago rigtdiuscula 5 Gerardia purpurea : : : > : : 3 Laciniaria scariosa 2 Erigeron ramosus I Linum rigidum was prominent, but did not occur in either of the plots, and in comparatively few of those laid out. In a large number of plots, Amorpha canescens averaged 309, Aster multiflorus 275, and Antennaria campestris 12 patches and 145 individuals. Enumerations were also made in the same formation in the transition area between the prairie region and the sand hill re- gion. The following example is one of a number made south of Broken Bow (Custer County). The formation is the ordi- nary prairie grass (Sporobolus-Koeleria-Panicum) formation, modified somewhat on account of the sandy soil. _ Amorpha canescens : : : : ! ; 291 Aster multifiorus . ; é : : "238 Kuhnistera candida aw : ; S , : 23 Solidago rupestris . : : : : : Sah Ze Brauneria pallida : : : : ; : 17 Flelianthus rigidus . : : : ‘ : Ge Kuhnia glutinosa 5 The marked decrease in the number of secondary species and in the abundance of each is characteristic of this transition area. Another count, made where the prairie grass formation was giving way to the buffalo grass formation on the one hand, and to the bunch grass formation on the other, is interesting. While the prairie grasses (species of Sporobolus, Koeleria cris- tata and Panicum Scribnertanum) were controlling, there was a strong admixture of Bouteloua oligostachya, and two bunches 22 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of Andropogon scopartus occurred in the plot. The locality was about six miles northwest of the preceding. Amorpha canescens : : 3 : : : 192 Kuhnistera occidentalis (?) . ; ‘ ; «. 26 Solidago rupestris ‘ ; : : : : 18 Artemisia gnaphalodes . : : : ‘ oo) aly Solidago mollis. : : : ; ; . 12 Solidago rigida 3 - : : : ; . 3 flelianthus rigidus : : : : ‘ d 2 The following count, made in the buffalo grass formation, about two miles beyond the one last set forth, shows the latter formation as affected by the near proximity of the prairie gras, formation. ‘The number of secondary species, small as it is, is very large for that formation. Where this count was mades the dominant grass was Louteloua oligostachya. ‘The only other grass was Schedonnardus paniculatus, represented by two small patches. Plantago Purshii . : f ee: : ; F 42 Solidago mollis . : i : , , : = 22 Lygodesmia juncea . : i 2 5 Lepachys columnaris (aware Etriocarpum spinulosum . Grindelia squarrosa . Kuhnia glutinosa Lesguerella argentea HH Sw & NHN OW The constant diminution in the number and abundance. of secondary species as one passes from the prairie grass formation of the prairie region to the buffalo grass and bunch grass forma- tions of the transition area and of the sand hill region is well illustrated by these figures. The difference betweeen the prairie grass formation in its ordinary situations and in the transition area, and between the buffalo grass formation of the ‘‘range” and the same formation in the transition area is better shown by figures obtained from such enumerations than in any other way. Many other examples of the efficacy of this method in representing changes in the floral covering as one passes from one district to another might be given. The method of actual enumeration of the individual plants present in plots of a given size makes accurate limitation of the several grades of abundance possible. Of course, this has noth- Pound and Clements: METHOD OF DETERMINING SPECIES. 23 ing to do with the mode of disposition of individuals. But given a copious, gregario-copious or sparse species, there still remains something more to be said before the abundance of the species is fairly indicated. Collation of the results of a large number of enumerations has shown that six grades of copious plants may be recognized readily. The first, in which the average number of individuals in a plot five meters square exceeds 200, corresponds to copious.’ As examples, there may be cited from the prarie formations Amorpha canescens, with an average of 309 in the prairie region, Aster multiflorus with an average of 275 in the prairie region and about 230 in the sand hill region; from the herbaceous layer of woody formations, Verdeszna alternifolia (which is almost gregarious at times), with an aver- age of 245. To the second degree (copious’) those species may be assigned in which the average number of individuals in a plot is from 150 to 200, such as Plantago Purshit (162) in the Peppergrass-Cactus formation in the transition area between the sand hill region and the foot hill region. Those species with an average ranging from 100 to 150 may be assigned to the third degree (copious®). Examples are: Aster sagzttifolius, which has an average of 133 in the herbaceous layer of the Bur- oak-Elm-Walnut formation in the Mississippi basin region and Solidago rupestris, which has an average of 104 in the Sporo- bolus-Koelerva-Panicum formation in the prairie region. In the fourth degree (copious*) those species may be included which have an average of from 50 to 100, such as Glycorhiza lepidota in the river valleys in the sand hill region, where its average is 83. All of the foregoing are of sufficient abundance to be included in the general term ‘‘ copious,” taking the latter to represent a quantitative idea as well as the manner of associ- ation of the individuals. Where the average falls below 50 and exceeds 5, we call the species ‘‘ subcopious.” Comparison and collation of statistics has shown that subcopious species fall into two groups, in one, which we call subcopious,' the average does not fall below 15. Examples are: Awhnistera candida in the Sporobolus-Koeleria-Panicum formation in the prairie re- gion, where it has an average of 18, Solidago mollis in the Peppergrass-Cactus formation in the transition area between the sand hill and foot hill regions, where its average is slightly over 20, and Artemisia gnaphalodes in the transition between the prairie and the sand hill regions, where its average is 16. 24 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Where the average number in a plot is between 5 and 15, the species is called subcopious.” A glance at the list given above will show that these are often very striking components of the prairie formations. Finally, in case the average is below 5 and above .OI, or one individual in ten plots, the species is called ‘‘sparse.” Gregario-copious species may be treated in the same way, giving gregario-copious,' etc. Anxtennarza campes- tris in the prairie grass formations of the prairie region, aver- aging 12 patches and 145 individuals per plot, would be gre- gario-copious.° Although this method involves no little labor, especially when applied to social species, as we have been able to do success- fully in some cases, such as the Peppergrass in the Pepper- grass-Cactus formation, it has furnished results which amply reward the time and work required. By means of such enum- erations we have been able to determine many questions with certainty which could only be guessed at otherwise, and we have been able to make more accurate limitations of the regions and particularly the transition areas than we had thought pos- sible. Ill. LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE COLLECTED IN MINNESOTA DURING 1896 AND 1807. JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN. During the past two years no special effort has been made to collect the algae of the State. Several species have been given particular study in the laboratory and a few others have inci- dentally been brought to notice. The list comprises only those not heretofore recorded in Minnesota, and is a continuation of the series begun in Vol. I. of this publication. Attention may be called to the comparatively large number of lime-secreting forms. HELMINTHOCLADIACEZ (Harv.) Scumirz Syst. Uebers. Florid. in Flora 4. 1889. 240. Chantransia pygmaea (Ke.) Sirpt. Les Batracho- spermes. 244, 245. 1884. Together with Chaetophora calcarea, Dicothrix cal- carea, Lyngbya martensiana var. calcarea and L. nana, forming the calcareous crust on sides of old tank and on twigs in the water. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October 1, 1895. 241. Chantransia expansa Woop. Contr. Hist. Fresh-Water Pieae Notn-Am. 255. pl. x9. f..2. 1872. On stones under waterfall. Osceola, Wisconsin. Sep- tember 15, 1897. CHARACEAE Ricuarp in Humb. et Bonpl. Nov. G.I. 1815. 242. Chara contraria A. Br. Schweizer. Char. 15. 1847. In ditches. Osceola, Wisconsin. August 31, 1895. 243. Chara foetida A. Br. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 1: 354. 1834. In pool formed by spring water. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 15, 1897. 26 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ULOTRICHIACEAE (Ke.) Borztem. Der Toni. Syll. Alg. 1: I5I. 1889. 244. Hormiscia zonata (Wes. and Monur) ARESCH. var. valida (NAc.) Rapenu. Fl. Eur. Algar 3: 362. 1868. On rocks wet with surf. Grand Marais, Lake Su- perior, Minnesota. Coll. A. H. Elftman. July 27, 1896. PALMELLACEAE (Decne.) NAc. em. DE Toni. Syll. Alg. £27 559-4 41880- 245. Scenedesmus obliquus (Turr.) Ke. Syn. Diat. in Lin- naéa. S$ :/\609: Gage Grown in aquarium in which water was saturated with nitrous oxide. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Emil Sandsten. February 23, 1898. 246. Chlorochytrium archerianum Hieron. in Jahres. Schles. Gesellsch. 296. 1887. In cells of Sphagnum which had been kept in the Uni- versity plant-house six weeks. Osceola, Wisconsin. Coll. Conway MacMillan. September 15, 1896. 247. Tetraspora cylindrica (WAHLENB.) Ac. Syst. Alg. 188. NOG?) 9 LOOH. Attached to lake bottom, abundant around the outside harbor rocks. Grand Marais, Lake Superior, Minne- sota. Coll. A. H. Elftman. July 27, 1896. 248. Palmella miniata Lereu. var. aequalis NAc. Einzell. 67.-pl: 4... D, i: 27 ene: On submerged rocks and pebbles in slow current. Minnehaha creek, Soldiers’ Home, Minneapolis, Minnesota. September 27, 1896. This species contains calcium carbonate in quantity. It is accompanied by filaments which much resemble Stigeoclonium in its transition stage. ZYGNEMACEAE (MeEnecu.) Rasenu. FI. Eur. Algar. 2: 228. 1868. 249. Mougeotia parvula Hass. var. angusta( Hass.) Krrcun. Alg. Schles. 128. 928938; Tilder: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. o7 Grown in aquarium in which water was saturated with nitrous oxide. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Emil Sandsten. February 23, 1898. RIVULARIACEAE Rasennorst Fl. Eur. Algar. 2: 2. 1865. 250. Calothrix parietina (NAc.) Tuur. Ess. Class. Nostoch. iments ci. Nat. Bot. Viz 2.381. 1875: On stone sides of fountain, breaking up in small frag- ments when peeled off. Kenwood, Minneapolis, Minnesota. August 3, 1895. 251. Dichothrix calcarea TILDEN Am. Alg. Cent. II. no. 165. 1896. Bot. Gaz. 23: 95-104. pl. 7-9. F. 1897 Forming a part of the lime incrustation which covers sides of wooden tank. With no. 240. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October 1, 1895. 252. Rivularia biasolettiana MeNrcH. in Zanardini Syn. Alg. in mari Adriatico collect. in Reale Acad. Sci. Monno--lly EVs 42." 184r. On rocks at edge of lake. Big Stone lake, Dakota. Coll. David Griffiths. October 4, 1895. 253- Gloeotrichia pisum (Ac.) Tuuret. Essai de class. Nostochinées in’ Ann. Sci; Nat. Bot. VI.-1: 382. 1875. Floating on surface of water in large quantity. Lake Minnewaska, Glenwood, Minnesota. Coll. Elizabeth H. Foss. August, 1897. NOSTOCEAE Kitz Phyc. gen. 203. 1843. 254. Anabaena azollae Strrass. Bot. Prakt. 341. f. 130. 1887. In chambers in the leaves of Azolla Caroliniana. Uni- versity plant-house, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Sep- tember 15, 1896. 255. Anabaena cycadearum Reinke, Bot. Zeit. 37: 473- Aja? pl. 6. f. 1-5. 1879. In roots of Cycas revoluta. University plant-house, Minneapolis, Minnesota. December 20, 1896. 256. Anabaena flos-aquae (Lyncs.) Bres. in Brébisson et Godey. Algues des environs de Falaise. 36. 1835. Floating in abundance on surface of water. Cedar 28 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. lake, Hennepin county, Minnesota. Coll. Miss M. G. Fanning and H.B. Humphrey. October 28, 1897. VAGINARIEAE Gomont in Morot, Journ. de Bot. 4: 351. 1890. 257. Schizothrix rupicola TirpeEn. Am. Alg. Cent. II. no. 175. 1896. Bot. Gaz. 23: 95-104. pl. 7-9. F. 1897. Bare and dry sandstone cliffs. Soldiers’ Home, Min- nehaha Falls, Minnesota. Coll. C. W. Hall. Sep- tember 28, 1896. 258. Schizothrix lardacea (CEsATI1) GomontT. Monogr. des Oscill. in Ann. Sei. Nat. Bot. Vil. 15: aun O50) 1892. In a large bottle of distilled water left standing for several months. Botanical laboratory, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. 1896. Det. by Gomont. LYNGBYEAE Gomonr Ess. class des Nostocacées homocystées in Morot Journ. de Bot. 4: 353. 1890. 259. Lyngbya martensiana Menecu. var. calcarea TILDEN. Am: Alig. Cent. Il. -no. 178. 3396.) eet-waa7s, 23: 95-104. pl. 7-9. F. 1897. With no. 240. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October 1, 1895. 260. Lyngbya nana Titpen.. Am. Alg. Cent. II. no. 179. 1896. Bot. Gaz. 23: 95-104. pl. 7-9, F. 1897. With no. 240. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October 1, 1895. 261. Phormidium valderianum (DELP.) Gomont Monogr. des Oscill. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VilesrGi-167- 3p): Ate 20.) ~1SQ2. In arm of Mississippi river (old channel), St. Paul Park, Minnesota. Coll. E. M. Freeman, October 3, 1897. With Oscillatoria geminata, O. tenuts var. tergestina, Phormidium valderianum, and species of Chroococ- cus, Palmellaceae, Coccochloris, Fthaphidium, Poly- cystis and Scenedemus. Det. by Gomont. 262. Oscillatoria geminata MENnEGH. Consp. Algol. euganeae. G, 037. With no. 261. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 29 263. Oscillatoria tenuis AGarpu. Alg. Dec. 2:25. 1813. With no. 261. 264. Gloeocapsa calcarea n. sp. Forming a calcareous crust, light gray to light aerugi- nous in color, 2-3 mm. in thickness; cells 6-9 mic. in diameter, 4-16 united in families; families 25-50 mic. in diameter; sheath colorless, somewhat thin ; cell-contents aeruginous, granular. Associated with several other lime-secreting algal forms. On boards where spring water from trough drips down constantly. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 15, 1897. IV. CORRECBIONS AND ADDITIONS TO Was FLORA OF MINNESOTA. A. JASE EUPR: Chenopodium Boscianum Moa. Enum. Chenop. 21. 1840. This species should be stricken from the list of Minnesota plants, as no specimen of it has yet been reported from the State. Sheldon’s ‘‘1555, Lake Benton,” as well as specimens from other localities, quoted in the Metasperme of the Minne- sota Valley, probably belong to Chenopodium album. Sophia pinnata (WaLT.) Britton, Ill. Fl. 2: 145. 1897. Erysimum pinnatum Watt. Fl. Car. 174. 1788. Stsymbrium canescens Nutr. Gen. 2: 68. 1818. Descuratnia pinnata Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 5: P7300 LOA. The plants referred to this species in the Metasperme of the Minnesota Valley, under the name of ‘* Szsymbrdum multifidum,” belong to Sophza zncisa, with the exception of Sheldon’s ‘‘ 1406, Lake Benton,” and ‘‘ Taylor, 1044, Glenwood,” which are specimens of Sophia Hartwegiana. Sophia pinnata does not occur in Minnesota. Potentilla leucocarpa RypBeEre, in Il. Fl. 2: 212. 1897. To this species belongs the specimen collected by Sheldon at Fergus Falls, Otter Tail county, August, 1892, andreferred by him to Potentilla Nicolletizz. Another specimen, also collected by Sheldon, and determined as P. WVicolletic, was obtained at Silver Lake, Otter Tail county, September, 1892. Potentilla Monspeliensis L. Sp. Pl. 499. 1753. A specimen of this was collected at Pelican Lake, Otter Tail county, August, 1892, by Sheldon, but referred to FPotentzlla LVicolletiz, in Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 16. . Heller: THE FLORA OF MINNESOTA. 31 Potentilla Nicolletii (Wats.) SHELDON, Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 16. 1894. Potentilla supina var. Nicolletid Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 553-1873. As shown by the two preceding notes, this species does not occur in Minnesota, for the specimens upon which Mr. Sheldon raised the variety to specific rank, belong to another species, or rather to two species. Potentilla pentandra Encrerm.: T. & G. Fl. N. A. E2447. 1840. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected at Jor- dan, Scott county, June, 1891, by C. A. Ballard, no 252. In the Metasperme of the Minnesota Valley, this specimen is re- ferred to Potent:lla Canadensis, a species which it does not at all resemble. Malus Ioensis (Woop) Brirron, Ill. Fl. 2: 235. 1897. Pyrus coronaria var. loensis Woop, Class Book, 333. 1860. Pyrus Ioensts BAILEY, Am. Gard. 12:473. 1891. In the Metasperme of the Minnesota Valley this species is included under ‘‘ Pirus coronaria,” and the following speci- mens cited there belong to it, and not to Walus coronaria: Bal- lard, 345, Helena, Scott County ; Sheldon, 659, Waseca; Sand- berg, Red Wing. Sheldon’s 322, Smith’s Mills, Blue Earth county, may belong here, but the specimen is so mutilated and imperfect that accurate determination from it alone is not possible. Geranium Bicknellii Brirron, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 241922, 1897. Apparently common in Minnesota, as evinced by the follow- ing collections: J. H. Sandberg, Taylor’s Falls, Two Harbors, Red Wing; C. L. Herrick, Minneapolis, St. Louis river; F. F. Wood, Pike Lake; L. H. Bailey, Vermilion Lake, no. 7995, 2- S. Roberts, Duluth; C. A. Ballard, Prior’s Lake, Cleary’s Lake, Scott county; B. C. Taylor, Alexandria, Tay- lor’s Falls; Otto Lugger, Tower; E. P. Sheldon, Milaca, Mille Lac Reservation, Nichols. It has heretofore been con- fused with Geranium Carolinianum, but that species does not seem to have been collected in Minnesota, as no specimens from the State are found in the herbarium of the University. 32 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Lechea stricta LeGcETT; Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 222 25%: _ 2804- The Illustrated Flora gives the range of this species as ‘“Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa.” It has also been collected at several localities in Minnesota. We have two specimens col- lected by J. H. Sandberg, one at Sandy Lake, August, 1891, labeled ‘‘ Lechea minor,” the other at Centreville, July 30, 1891, labeled ‘* Lechea Leggett.” ‘There is also a specimen collected at Zumbrota, August, 1892, by C. A. Ballard, labelled “* Lechea Leggettit,” and one collected by Miss Jennie E. Camp- bell, at Rockville, July, 1896. E. P. Sheldon also collected it at St. Croix Falls, Wisconsin, September, 1892. The type of this species was presumably collected by Mr. M.S. Bebb, as we have a specimen from his collection, with the record: ‘‘ Lechea stricta, Leggett ms. - 4). Mounramaate, Winnebago County, Illinois, 1879.” By referring to the Bo- tanical Gazette, 15: 308. 1890, I find that the species was re- ported from Minnesota, previous to its publication, by E. J. Hill, who says: ‘* The only Lechea seen was one called by Mr. W. H. Leggett, who has given special attention to these plants, ZL. menor Lam. var stricta. It grows on sandy hills, especially those thinly covered with Pinus Banksiana and P. restnosa, Where the ground is not too much shaded, and on rocky hills and ledges with a thin covering of soil, on top of which, Jasper Peak, the highest point in the vicinity of Tower, I find it common.” V. NEW AND INTERESTING SPECIES FROM NEW MEXICO. AA OELLER: Allionia diffusa n. sp. Stems terete, two or three from a perennial rootstalk, diffusely branched from the base, 20 to 30 cm. in length, whitened and glabrous below, the middle part usually marked with several lines of short, curved hairs, the branches immediately below the inflorescence, as well as the inflorescence itself, covered with spreading, glandular hairs; leaves sessile, lanceolate-linear, slightly narrowed at the base, the lowest 5 to 6 cm. long, the upper ones about half that length, all acute, the upper face pro- vided with a grayish margin, midvein prominent; involucres clustered at the ends of the branches, mature ones about 7 mm. across, their lobes triangular-lanceolate, acutish, between 2 and 3 mm. long; perianth pale rose color, 6 mm. long, its lobes broadly obevate; stamens three, these, as well as the style, ex- serted. The type is our no. 3740, collected June 21, 1897, on dry, gravelly hills, ten miles west of Santa Fé, altitude 6000 feet. The diffuse habit of the plant cannot always be well shown in dried specimens, but it is quite marked in the living state, the lower branches being almost procumbent. This species is, per- haps, plentiful in the vicinity of the place where it was first found, but as only one trip was made to that place after it came into bloom, only a few specimens were collected. Pedicularis fluviatilis n. sp. Stems several from a perennial root, erect, 15 to 20 cm. high, lanate pubescent, especially above, leafy, or the upper part somewhat naked; leaves alternate, rather distant, dark green, mature ones 5 to 6 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, linear-oblong in out- line, acute or acutish, deeply pinnately parted, the lobes of 34 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. almost uniform width, and lobed or serrate with spreading teeth ; spikes leafy bracteate, dense, 4 to 6 cm. long, and almost as broad; calyx 1 cm. long, obliquely cleft to the base on the lower side, the upper side notched with a shallow rounded sinus; corolla lemon yellow or faintly purple tinged, slightly over 2 cm. in length, 6 mm. wide, summit of the galea incurved, the tip provided with two cusps. The type is our no. 3639, collected June 2, 1897, in a meadow nine miles east of Santa Fé, altitude Sooo feet. The name fluviatilis is not very appropriate, but as specimens have been distributed under this name, I consider it better policy to de- scribe it under the name it has borne, rather than cause con- fusion by assigning another more appropriate one. The speci- mens were growing in a grassy meadow, on the banks of the Santa Fé creek, opposite ‘‘ Monument Rock.” For some months of the year this meadow is overflowed by water from an irrigating ditch, so that then the plants are actually growing in water, as indicated by the name. This species seems to be closely related to the common eastern P.. Canadensis. Pentstemon caudatus n. sp. Glabrous throughout; stems herbaceous, rather stout and _ fleshy, simple, erect, 25 to 30 cm. high, pruinose, leafy through- out; leaves all sessile, more or less clasping, pruinose, rather fleshy, margined with a narrow pale line, the lower ones spat- ulate-oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, moderately acute, 4 to 7 cm. long, 5 mm. to r cm. wide, gradually becoming longer and broader until the inflorescence is reached, where they are broadly ovate-lanceolate, with long and narrow tips; beginning with the inflorescence they become gradually shorter, but still retain the broad base, until near the very end of the stalk, where they are reduced to lanceolate bracts: flowers pale violet or pinkish, numerous in thyrsiform close clusters in the axes of the leaves, occupying from one-half to three-fourths of the length of the stem: calyx about 5 mm. long, its lobes lanceolate, or ovate-lanceolate, long-pointed, scarious margined, broadly so near the base; corolla slightly over 2 cm. in length, the tube gradually dilated into the funnelform throat, the orbicular-obo- vate lobes nearly equal, about 7 mm. long, spreading; sterile filament bearded in the upper half on one side, the tip some- what dilated and curled; anthers dehiscent from base to apex, puberulous at line of dehiscence. ee Hleller: NEW AND INTERESTING SPECIES FROM MEXICO. 35 The type is our no. 3580, collected May 26, 1897, at Bar- ranca, Taos county, altitude 6900 feet. It is very abundant in open grassy, sandy soil, about Barranca station, growing in large patches. This species is likely to occur in Colorado also, as it occurs on the plateau which runs up into Colorado between the two mountain ranges, and specimens of it will probably be found in herbaria under the name of P. acuminatis Dougl., which northwestern species seems to be a convenient depository for anything which at all remotely resembles the original. Senecio Sanguisorbe DC. Prodr. 6: 427. 1837. Specimens referable to this species were collected in Santa Fé Cajion, about twelve miles from Santa Fé. They were growing in wet ground along the stream, at a place well within the woods. Although numerous plants were seen, only a few specimens were obtained, as it was just coming into bloom and that part of the Cafion was not again visited. To the best of my knowledge, the species has not hitherto been recorded within the borders of the United States. No. 3820. Sitilias Rothrockii (A. Gray) GREENE, Pittonia, 2: 180. 1891. Pyrrhopappus Rothrockit A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 11: So. 1876. In our distribution of New Mexican plants of 1897, this spe- cies was erroneously determined as ‘* Szé7/zas_ multicaulis (DC.) GREENE.” It was collected in a meadow along the Rio Grande river opposite the Indian Pueblo of San Juan, no. 3758. The specimens were obtained either in damp ground, or sometimes actually in water in swampy places. In some of the specimens the leaves are entire, or the lower ones only slightly toothed, while in others the lower ones are conspicuously pinnatitid. The original came from ‘‘ Fisch’s Ranch, in southern Arizona, at 5000 feet altitude.” Rothrock, 699. The type-specimens are deposited in the herbarium of the University of Minnesota. VI. SOME MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. Joun M. Houzincer. The mosses listed below were personally collected during the summer of 1897 in northeastern Minnesota along the Dawson canoe-route between Ely and Grand Portage. The route in- cludes the following lakes: Fall, Basswood, Newton, Sucker, Carp, Melon, Seed, Knife, Otter-track, Saganaga, Granite, Gunflint, North, South, Rose, Rove, Mountain, Moose, North- Fowl, South-Fowl and Superior. Acknowledgements and thanks are due to the following per- sons for assistance: To M. Jules Cardot for determination of Fontinalacee, to Dr. R. True for determination of Dicrana, to — Mr. A. J. Grout for determination and correction of the Eu- rhynchia, Brachythecia and Pylaisiellz, to Mrs. E. G. Britton for determination of Orthotricha, to Dr. G. N. Best for deter- mination and verification of Leskeze, Thuidia, Myurellz and Anomodonta and some other Hypnacez, and to Dr. C. Warn- storf for determination of the Sphagna. A further list, including additional species, may be expected to follow this at a later date. 1. Sphagnum acutifolium Enru. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake. at Camp 1 ( June 8-10, 1897). i) . Sphagnum fuscum KLINncer. Near Port Arthur, Canada (June 18, 1897). . Sphagnum girgensohnii Russ. On the point of land at the foot of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). (oS) 4. Sphagnum medium Limpr. At the farther end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, between Newton arid Basswood lakes (June 11, 1897). Holzinger: MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 37 0 7 5. Sphagnum recurvum parvifolium SonpTN. - With Sphagnum medium. 6. Sphagnum teres squarrosulum (LEsq.) WaARNsT. At the farther end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, between Newton and Basswood lakes (June 11, 1897). 7. Sphagnum squarrosum Pers. On the trail between Eve lake and fall, near the base of Kawasatchong falls (June 8-10, 1897). 8. Sphagnum wulfianum Girce. Same locality as S. sguarrosum. g. Rhabdoweisia denticulata B. S. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids from Newton lake to Basswood lake (June 10, 11, 1897). On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). 10. Cynodontium polycarpum B. S. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). At the farther end of Pipestone rapids, shore of Bass- wood lake near the portage (June 10, 11, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). 11. Dicranum palustre La Pyx (D. boryeani Dr Nor). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). On a small island in Lake Saganaga, called by our party Safety island, close by South island, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). 12. Dicranum palustre alatum BaArNEs. On Safety island, in Lake Saganaga. With the species (June 16, 1897). 13. Dicranum drummondii C. Mutt. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). 38 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood Lake, near Camp 2) (June 10, 111607.) On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 21, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake eevedor (June 23, 1897). 14. Dicranum flagellare Hepw. On the way from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, 11, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). On the portage from North lake to South lake, the divide - between the waters of Hudson Bay and Lake Superior Gun: 20; 1897,): On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior Cjume 23, 1897). 15. Dicranum fuscescens TuRN. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 20, 12,91607)- On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, Lge1997). At the south end of Gunflint lake, at Camp 10 (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 2807). 16. Dicranum longifolium Hrepw. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, 11, 1897): On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). Hlolzinger : MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 389 On Basswood lake, at the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula (June 12, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). | On the portage from North lake to South lake (June 20, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 21, 1897). 17. Dicranum montanum HEpw. On the point of land at the base of Kawastachong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp 1 (June 8, 9, 10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, 11, 1897). | At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, on Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 20, 1897). 18. Dicranum scoparium Hepw. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, on the shore of Fall lake ( June 8-10, 1897). 19. Dicranum undulatum Enrs. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). On the east end of Gunflint lake, at Camp 10 (June 20, 1897). On the portage from North lake to South lake, the divide between Hudson Bay and Lake Superior (June 20, 1897). 20. Dicranum viride B. S. Along the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). 40 29; MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). . Fissidens incurvus Scuw. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). . Fissidens osmundoides Hepw. Locality same as last. Leucobryum glaucum Scu. Near Camp 2, at the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, 11, 1897). . Ceratodon purpureus Brip. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). At the farther end of the portage around Pipestone rap- ids, shore of Basswood lake (June 10, 11, 1897). Along the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). . Distichium capillaceum B. S. At the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (fume 235; 16077): . Barbula ruralis Hepw. At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). . Barbula tortuosa W. and M. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). . Grimmia apocarpa HEepw. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). Hedwigia ciliata Enuru. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). flolzinger: MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 41 On a point of land, at the base of the United States pe- ninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). On the portage from South-Fowl lake to Pigeon river (June 21, 1897). 30. Amphoridium lapponicum Scu. 35 34 On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). . Ulota crispa Brin. In the woods along the road from Ely to Winton, on Fall lake (June 8, 1897). . Ulota curvifolia Brin. On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula (June 11, 1897). . Ulota hutchinsiae Scu. On Safety island, in Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). . Orthotrichum speciosum NEEs. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). Note: This plant agrees in appearance with plants from Idaho and Washington, except that the leaves are only slightly papillose, the papillae being mostly low and simple, exactly as figured for O. elegans Schwaegr., in Husnot, Musc. Gall. Another point of departure is the smooth or nearly smooth capsule. In these two points it seems to approach O. elegans. Yet the disposition of the cilia of the peristome is not as described in this spe- cies, but as in O. speciosum. The plant seems therefore to stand intermediate between O. speczosum and O. e/e- gans. And in that case Schwagrichen’s species is rather Orthotrichum speciosum elegans. 35. Orthotrichum speciosum roellii VENT. On trees along the road from Ely to Winton, Fall lake. (June 8, 1897). 36. Encalypta ciliata Hepw. On the point of land at the base of _Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). 37 i>) CO 28) 40 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. . Teraphis pellucida Hrepw. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). On a small point of land at the base of United States pe- insula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). At the lower end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, shore of Basswood lake (June 10, 11, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). On the portage from South lake to Rat lake (June 20, 1897). . Funaria hygrometrica HEepw. On the portage from North lake to South lake, the di- vide between Hudson Bay and Lake Superior (June 20, 1897). . Bartramia oederi Scuw. Along the road from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the point of land at the base of. Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 ( June 8-10, 1897). . Bartramia pomiformis HEpw. On the lower end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, shore of Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, 11, 1897). On a small point of land, at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). Near Gunflint station (June, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake ( June 20, 5807). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (june=2 2), 1897). . Leptobryum pyriforme Scu. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). . Webera nutans HEepw. Same station as the last. US (oS) 46. 47. 48. 49: flolzinger: MUSCL OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 43 . Mnium cuspidatum Hepw. Same station as the last. . Mnium punctatum Hepw. On the road from Ely to Fall lake ( June 8, 1897). At Camp 1, Fall lake (June 8—10, 1897). . Mnium serratum Brip. On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). Timmia bavarica Hessu. var cucullata (MicHx.). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). Atrichum undulatum P. B. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). Pogonatum alpinum RoeELL. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). ‘ Polytrichum commune L. Same station as the last. . Polytrichum juniperinum WILLD. On the point of land at the base of _Kawasatchong lake, shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). . Polytrichum piliferum Scures. On the prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). . Fontinalis antipyretica Linn. In the river crossing the Grand portage about four miles north of Grand Portage village. Abundant (June 21, 1897). . Fontinalis duriaei Scu. On submerged rocks at the base of Kawasatchong falls near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). . Fontinalis holzingeri Carpor. sp. nova in litt. At the second falls of Granite river ascending from Lake Saganaga (June 17, 1897). ‘“*Du groupe Heterophylle, voisine du F. mzssourica Card., sed foliis rigidioribus, reti firmo, cellulis longi- 44 ay) MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. oribus, haud vel vix flexuosis, valde chlorophyllosis, parietibus firmis, distincta.” . Fontinalis hypnoides Harrm. ‘‘ forma foliis apice saepe denticulata.” In the stream flowing from North lake into Little Gun- flint lake. Abundant at the lower end of the stream (June 20, 1897). . Dichelyma pallescens B. S. At the base of alder trunks growing along the bank of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). . Neckera oligocarpa B. S. Near Camp 1 at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). Onasmall point of land near the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (jane 23, 18977). 58. Neckera pennata Hrepw. On trees along the road from Ely to Winton, on Fall lake (June 8, 1897). Near Camp 1, on Fall lake (June 10-12, 1897). On the Prairie Portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 59. Homalia trichomanoides jamesii (ScHIMp.). Near Camp 1, at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). On the portage from Fall lake to Newton lake (June 10, II, 1897). On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). Note: This plant has leaves varying strongly toward the typical European form of the species. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (june 23, 1807). Note: I have carefully studied the plants collected; _ have compared them with Professor Macoun’s Canadian specimens sent out under No. 242; also with the //o- Holzinger: MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 45 mala collected by Professor James, near Franconia, N. H., named “7. jameszz Schimp., and probably typical material of Schimper’s species, also with HW. trzchoman- oides from Denmark, collected by Dr. J. Hensen, near Hvalsé, in 1883; and I fail to find a single good reason for separating our American forms of HYomadléa with ser- rate leaves from the European Homalia trichomanoides as a distinct species. Not a single constant character can be established for our plant. I have made microm- eter measurements of the leaf cells of all the specimens examined, and | find them essentially of the same size in the same part of the leaf in all specimens. The American specimens that are fertile show not the slight- est difference from European specimens either in peri- cheetial leaves or in perforation of the segments of the peristome along the keel. The only point of difference is the, on the whole, more obtuse apex of the leaves ‘in our American forms. But it cannot fail to attract the at- tention of the student, especially when he reviews a large number of forms in different collections, that while in our American forms the apex is on the whole more rounded, some leaves may be found on every plant which have an apiculate apex. Also the European plants studied show some leaves more rounded at the apex than others. As for the description of the European plant, by European authors themselves, let me cite first from Muscineés de la France by M. l’Abbé Boulay (1884), p. 150. ‘*Feéuilles largement oblongue-elliptiques, con- vexes-cultriformes par le bord superieur, un peu repliées en dessus par l’inflexion du bord inferieur, brevement apiculées, tres finement denticulées sur tout le contour (dont plus grandes et plus rapprochées ver le sommet ; ieee arse fmm: -* * * * * cellules moyennes 8-10 fois aussi |. q. 1.; vers les bords et au sommet, elles EGuiNcOUnes, sfhomboidales; *~ * * * * lanieres du peristome interne linéares, plus longues que les dents, peu ou millement ouvertes ver la carene.” In Limpricht’s Laubmoose II (1895), p. 715: ‘‘ Blatter gedrangt, zweizerlig-abstrehend, zuletst abwarts gebo- gen, flach ausgebreiten, unsymmetrisch, aus herablaufen- der, etwas verschmalerter Bariszungen-messerformung, 46 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. stiimpflich, 1.8-2 mm. lang, und 1 mm. breit, am Rande der oberen Blatt halfte ausgefressen-gezahnt, am Grunde, an einer Seite eingeschlagen * * * Innerer Peristom “*'* in der linie ritzenformg durch brochen:@ Now in Magoun’s' Cat. of Can. ‘Pl.; 4 (1892) p-smo2- the authors of Homalia macounz, say of it: ‘* Very nearly allied to Hlomala trichomanozdes; differs in the leaves being longer, rather lingulate, the lowest basal cells yellow, the perichztial leaves more suddenly nar- rowed to a very short acumen, the segments of the per- istome cleft between the articulations.” This is quite all in the line of characterization. Among other localities it is credited to Lake Superior, Drummond’s specimens having been collected there. Both from actual comparison and from the circum- stance of locality, the Lake Superior plants collected by me are reasonably referred to the same plants upon which Hlomalia macounz is founded. If this inference is correct then the only valid part of the above statements, which stand in place of description, is the first phrase ‘‘very nearly allied to A. trichomanozdes.” ‘The leaf — length varies according to European authors themselves. The ‘‘ rather lingulate” form of outline is ascribed by Limpricht to Homala trichomanozdes, when he makes the leaves ‘* zungen-messerformung,” z..e., ** lingulate-cultri- form.” As to the ‘lowest basal cells yellow, the peri- cheetial leaves more suddenly narrowed to a very short acumen,” my own close observations fail to verify these two characters, which, if observed by the authors, must have been purely accidental. And as for ‘ the segments of the peristome cleft between the articulations,” this character, judging both the European specimens actually examined, and from the painstaking description of /o- malia trichomanotdes made by European authors them- selves, as seen from citations above, is unconditionally conceded to belong to Homalia trichomanordes Br. The only tangible difference, the slightly more obtuse leaves it certainly has in common with Dr. James’ own speci- mens of Homalia zamestz. If now we turn to Lesq. and James’ Manual of Mosses of North America (1884), p. 285, we find not a single positive or new character as- ne 60. 61. 62. Flolzinger: MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 47 signed to Homalia jamesti, except leaves ‘ striolate lengthwise when dry.” And this point is not borne out by the actual examination of James’ own material. It appears, therefore, that Homalia jameszz is too close to H. trichomanozdes ; that Homala macounz? is identical with Homata jamesiz; that the only difference is found in the more obtuse leaves of our species, which proves to be a variable character, and therefore that it should not stand as a distinct species, hardly deserving the name of a variety. As a variety it must be called: Homalia trichomanoides jamesii (Scuimp.). ff, jamestt Schimp. in Syn. ( )s PD: 473: FT. macounti in Mac. Cat. (1892), p. 163. The geographical distribution of this variety of Homala trichomanozides, includes necessarily all the stations cited in Macoun’s Catalogue for HZ. macounzé with those given for 7. jumesz? in Lesquereux and James’ Manual. Myurella careyana SuLL. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). Myurella julacea Scu. At the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp I (June 8-10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). Leskea nervosa Myr. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). . Leskea polycarpa Euru. At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). . Leskea polycarpa paludosa Scu. On the way from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (June 8, 1897). 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. pike MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Along the shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897), abundant. Anomodon attenuatus Hart. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). On a small point of land, at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). Anomodon minor (P. BEAuy.) FUrN. On the shore of Fall lake, base of Kawasatchong falls, near Camp I (June 8-10, 1897). Anomodon rostratus Scu. On the shore of Fall lake, base of Kawasatchong falls, near Camp I (June 8-10, 1897). On a small point of land, at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). Pylaisia heteromalla Scu. On trees along the shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June | 8-10, 1897). On a small point, at the base of the United States penin- sula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). Pylaisia polyantha Scu. On trees along the shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13. 1897). Platygyrium repens Scu. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1. On dead logs (June 8-10, 1897). Cylindrothecium seductrix SuLLiv. Same locality as above. . Climacium americanum Brip. Same locality as above. Portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). 73- 77° 78. 79: So. SI. 82. Flolzinger : MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 49 Thuidium abietinum Scu. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8~10, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June £2,-T3, 189/77). On the portage from South-Fowl lake to Pigeon river (June 21, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1894). . Thuidium recognitum Linps. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). . Thuidium philiberti Liver. At camp, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). . Brachythecium campestre Scu. Shore of Fall lake near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). Brachythecium flexicaule Ren. and Carp. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake ( June E24, 1507). Brachythecium oxycladon (Brip.). Grout. At the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June B25 1351097 ). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). This last is pronounced a ‘‘ slender form ” by Mr. Grout. Brachythecium plumosum Scu.? On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June Ma geh ae . LOO'/): Brachythecium salebrosum Scu. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). Brachythecium starkei Scu. At the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). Eurynchium robustum (RoELL.). At the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake ( June 11, 1897). On Basswood lake, at the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula ( June 12, 1897). 50 83. 84. 85. 86. oF. 88. 89. go. gl. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Mr. Grout remarks that these plants vary toward £&. strigosum ; they are probably only large forms of. this species. Eurynchium strigosum Scu. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). On the portage from South lake to Rat lake (June 20, 1897). On the portage from South-Fowl lake to Pigeon river (June 21, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior June 23, 1897). Raphidostegium recurvans L. and J. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp 1 (June 8-10, 1897). On the point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). Plagiothecium denticulatum Scu. On the road from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake, near Kawasatchong falls (June 8-10, 1897). Plagiothecium muhlenbeckii Scu. At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). Plagiothecium sylvaticum Scu. At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (uae 23; 16907): Amblystegium adnatum L. and J. At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). Deteby 7 ..1V; Biase: Amblystegium serpens Scu. On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). Hypnum chrysophyllum Brin. At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). Hypnum cupressiforme ericetorum B. S. At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, 11, 1897). flolzinger: MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 51 92. Hypnum crista-castrensis L. ~ On the road from Ely to Winton, on Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp 1, on Fall lake ( June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, 11, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). Near Camp 3, at the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, on Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). 93. Hypnum filicinum trichodes Brin. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). Dr. Best remarks that this approaches the variety aczcu- linum C. M. and K. 94. Hypnum haldanianum Grev. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp 1, on Fall lake, near Kawasatchong falls (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of the Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, 11, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, on Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On the portage from South lake to Rat lake (June 20, 1897). 95. Hypnum hispidulum Brin. On the road from Ely to Fall lake ( June 8, 1897). At Camp 1, on Fall lake ( June 8-10, 1897). 96. Hypnum reptile Ricn. At Camp 1, on Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897.) At a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). 97. Hypnum schreberi WILLp. At Camp 1, on Fall lake ( June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of the Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, 11, 1897). MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. At the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior Gimme 23; 1807). 98. Hypnum uncinatum Hepw. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the portage across the divide (June 20, 1897). 99. Holocomium splendens Scu. At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 11, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 13, 1597). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior ~ (fumes, 307). 100. Hylocomium triquetrum Scu. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp 1, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). Vil. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON THE GROWTH OF PLANTS. Emit P. SANDSTEN. INTRODUCTION. In recent years considerable attention has been paid by phys- iologists to the influence of various chemical agents upon the growth of plants, and the results thus far obtained seemed to warrant further investigation along this line. The work here- tofore has been confined almost exclusively to the lower plant forms, which are more easily attacked by the difficult technique which is bound up in this kind of inquiries. The recent prelim- inary results of Johanssen (1) were announced shortly after this work was begun, and it was thought advisable to extend the work to cover the phases of the vegetative period as well as rest- ing seeds, etc. ‘To some extent the writer has had in mind the ultimate application of the reactions obtained in practical garden- ing though such results are reserved for verification and further trial. The work was done during the fall and winter of 1897 and 1898 in the laboratories of plant physiology in the Univer- sity of Minnesota under the direction of Dr. D. T. Mac Dougal, to whom the writer is greatly indebted for his valuable advice and kind criticism. MATERIAL AND METHODs. The experiments may be conveniently classified as follows : 1. The influence of gases and vapors upon seeds. 2. The influence of gases and vapors upon seedlings. 3. The influence of gases and vapors upon growing shoots. 4. The influence of gases and vapors upon resting bulbs, corms, etc. 5. The influence of gases and vapors upon plants growing in water cultures. The reagents used were alcohol, ammonia, carbon bisulphide, 54 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. chloroform, ether, nitrous oxide and oxygen. Small quantities of alcohol (methyl), ammonia (hydrate), carbon bisulphide, ether and chloroform were placed in tubes inside of closed receivers and allowed to vaporize into the air enclosed. The nitrous ox- ide was the commercial mixture, N,O go parts, N 8.86, O 1.13. In certain experiments the pure gas which had been obtained from ammonium nitrate was used. Commercial oxygen from tanks was used. As a means of control and test of the actual efficiency of the reagents, leaves of Phzlotréa (Elodea) and hairs of Tradescantia, Tomato, Begonia, Pelargonium and Geranium were mounted in an Engelmann gas chamber and subjected to their action. These tests were carried on at a room temperature of 16 to 23° C., and the results noted below are quite in harmony with those given by previous writers. Oxygen. 'The movements of protoplasm are greatly acceler- ated in an atmosphere of free oxygen for five to seven minutes, after which the movements gradually diminish until they cease entirely. Ifthe living cell is kept under the influence of free oxy- gen for considerable length of time it dies, but no apparent change in the structure or behavior of the protoplasm could be noticed. Nitrous oxide (N,O). This gas has the same general effect on living protoplasm as oxygen with the exception that it is less and does not kill the cell even when exposed for several days in an atmosphere of go per cent. nitrous oxide. The duration of active movements varies from three to five minutes (Moeller V.). Chloroform and Ether. The action of these two reagents are about the same. Aqueous solutions containing 1/20000 part of reagents at first slightly increase the movements of the proto- plasm. By increasing the strength of the solution the rapidity of movement was also increased, but the reaction time was very much shortened. . Strong solution causes vacuolization and par- alyzes the protoplasm. Ammonia. Weak aqueous solution containing from 1/30000 to 1/20000 parts of ammonia does not seem to modify the activity of the protoplasm when subjected to its action for a short time only. Stronger solution produces vacuolization and slightly ac- celerates the movements of the protoplasm for a minute or two. Carbon bisulphide.—The smallest possible quantity that could be introduced arrested all movements. Alcohol.—Aqueous solutions containing 1/20000 to 1/10000 parts of alcohol had no visible effect upon the protoplasm. A Sandsten : INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 55 2 per cent. solution excited rapid irregular movements which stopped inside of two minutes. Vacuolization followed rapidly and the cell was killed inside of ten minutes. In the experiments where seeds and seedlings were used, Zea mats, Victa and Phaseolus were employed exclusively. Straw- berry plants of the common cultivated kind were used in the ex- periments with growing shoot and proved well adapted to the work. The strawberry plants were taken from the bed on No- vember 6, 1897, and carefully selected with reference to vigor and equality. Two lots of plants were selected, one lot com- posed of plants one season old, the other composed of plants two seasons old. The plants were placed in three- and four-inch pots respectively November gth, and set in a cold frame where they remained until December gth, when they were taken to the green house and put under the experimental conditions described below. Dormant bulbs and corms of Arzsema, Warcissus, Hyacinth, Tulip, /reesca and Crocus were used for material in the resting stage. In the experiments with gases in nutrient solution in water culture seedlings of Zea mazs were used. A large number ot seeds were germinated in clean saw-dust and when the seedlings had attained the desired growth the specimens which were to be used in the experiment were carefully selected for vigor and equality. The vessels holding the nutrient solution were glazed earthen jars of two litres capacity. The tops of the earthen jars were fitted with covers made of plaster of paris. Through each cover two holes were drilled, one for the seedlings and a second to admit the necks of inverted flasks of gas. The seedlings were fastened in the openings in the covers by means of a per- forated cork after the usual manner in water cultures. The flasks were filled with water, inverted with the necks immersed in the culture fluid and filled with gas by displacement through a bent glass delivery tube. The following formula was used in making up the nutrient solutions : Peer MAPEALC SJ... 5... 0.c20ccestcecceees-ac 25- gm. Pretest NORE ts. 5. )..5.. chs. -scedeaneee esos sae eens ae Mestiatia ornate on... si..0ssecniccneeces sess 12.5 Mernesiam, sulphate.............c-.s.s-sse00- B25 «6° Media PHOsphate............2-..steecesssene's Ee Gases MRE ero 8 oe ais oenats.oc abice sain dale eons oes B50..." eC. 56 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The solution was diluted to 12500 cc. and from five to eight drops of ferric chloride were introduced in each jar before using. The bell jars used in enclosing the bulbs and shoots had ground edges and were set upon ground glass plates which had been anointed with a preparation composed of vaseline, tallow and resin, to make the connection absolutely air tight. The temperature was kept as constant as possible. The pressure of one atmosphere is to be understood where not otherwise stated. 1. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON THE GER- MINATION OF SEEDS. A. Gases. The gases used were nitrous oxide and oxygen. Seeds of Phaseolus multifiorus and Viera faba were soaked in water for twenty-four hours and from these were selected ten normal specimens for each experiment. They were then placed on sections of cork, which had previously been soaked in water and introduced into the bell jar under water so as to prevent any air from gaining admittance. Duplicate exper- iments and duplicate controls were set up. The capacity of. bell jars was two litres. The results obtained with nitrous oxide and oxygen agree with previous experiments in the same line. (Detmer II.) The seed germinated readily in an atmosphere of free oxygen, but failed to do so in an atmosphere of nitrous oxide. The nitrous oxide gas did not kill the seeds, as they afterwards germinated under a bell jar in ordinary air. The N,O used here was ob- tained from ammonium nitrate. B. Vapors. Seeds of Phaseolus multiforus and Vicia faba were placed under bell jars, 4000 cc. capacity, tightly secured to glass plates. Twelve dry seeds of each kind were placed under each bell jar, together with a small glass vial containing accurately measured quantities of the reagent. The seeds were kept under the bell jars for nine days, when they were taken out and each lot planted separately in four-inch pots. The control experiment was treated exactly in the same way as the others with the exception of the omission of the chemicals. The plants were growing side by side and received the same treatment. Sandsten : INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 57 TABLE f, (KEY.) 1/32000 parts of NOH, LESTE LABOGO? Ey SEES. EE E/m40007;.** ae LWi f20000) ~5* 95° c¢ (a) Phaseolus multifiorus. (b) Vicza faba. (c) Control of Phaseolus. (d) Control of Vcza. Per cent. of | Average height Average height | Time of germination. 10 days 28 days | blooming. after planting. after planting. (a) 100 Ig mm. 28 cm. 30 days. I (b) go 33 mm. 12.5 cm. PUG) 100 +(a) 51 mm. 30.5 cm. 33 days. (d) 100 +(b) 59 mm. nS ein: (a) 100 18.5 mm. 2255 ICI 29 days. I (b) 2 25 mm. marete i) CU). (e)) 100 |}+(a) 51 mm. 20:5, Ci 33 days. (d) 100 |} +(b) 59 mm. i | Genre — | fay. | 80 30 mm. 27 cm. 31 days. IIL. (b) 20 51 mm. ix) (Cane (c) 100 | -+(a) 51 mm 30.5 cm. 33 days. (d) 100 | +(b) 59 mm. I5 cm. (a) | ° | Oo oO —— Iv. (>) e | o) oO atte) | 100 +(a) 51 m. 30.5 cm. 33 days. (d) 100 +(b) 59 m Hiss (ease It will be seen that very small quantities of ammonia vapors are not fatal to the germination. In none of the experiments had any of the seeds germinated during the nine days they were under the bell jars, nor had any of the seeds in the control ger- minated. The odor of ammonia from the seeds treated could readily be detected. It was noticed throughout the experiments that the plants from the treated seeds had a deeper green color than the control. This was especially noticeable in the case of a and 4 in series I and II. Nor did it appear that the ammonia vapor had any subsequent bad effect on the plants; on the con- * One plant only. 58 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. trary in series I and II it seems to have hastened the time of the flowering by three to four days. V7céa faba is more suscep- tible to ammonia vapors than Phaseolus multiforus. As in the case of Phaseolus multifiorus the leaves were darker than in the control. ‘The measurements given in the table above represent the average growth of shoot of twelve plants. 2. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON SEEDLINGS. _ A. Gases.—Nitrous oxide of oxygen and seedling of Zea mars and Phaseolus multifiorus were employed in these experi- ments. ‘The seedlings were carefully measured and placed under bell jars while full of water which was displaced by the gases. The following quantities of gases were used: 400 cc. of ni- trous oxide in 2000 cc. of air and an atmosphere of free nitrous oxide; 400 cc. of oxygen in 2000 cc. of air and an atmosphere of free oxygen. These were set up in duplicates and the con- trol was also in duplicate. The results of the experiments showed an increase in growth for seedlings in the two oxygen experiments and also for the nitrous oxide experiment in which 400 Cc. in 2000 cc. of air was used. The average increase in the two oxygen experiments and the control for 24 hours was little less than 8 mm. The seedlings in the atmosphere of free oxygen did not average as much as those in the partial at- mosphere of oxygen. The average was 5 mm. The seedlings in the experiments in which 400 cc. in 2000 cc. of air was used showed a slight increase in growth over the control, amounting on an average to3 mm. Theseedlings in an atmosphere of free nitrous oxide did not make any growth, but were alive when taken from the bell jar. The temperature during the time the experiments were running varied from 21— 238:C. B. Vapors.—The following chemicals were used: Ether, chloroform, carbon bisulphide, alcohol and ammonia. Seeds of Zea mats were germinated in clean saw-dust and when the roots had attained a length of 15 to 20 mm. and the plumule from 10 to I5 mm. a uniform lot was selected for the experi- ments. The roots and shoots were carefully measured and marked with India ink. The seedlings were next placed under the bell jars of 2000 cc. capacity upon moist saw-dust. The chemicals were accurately measured out and put into small glass Sandster: INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 59 bottles containing 100 cc. of water and then placed under the bell jars with the seedlings. The temperature during the ex- periments varied from 21-23° C. A new quantity of chemical was introduced each time after the seedlings were measured, thus keeping the amount of vapors constant throughout the time the experiments were running. Commercial mixtures of nitrous oxide were used in the above series. The results are given below in Tables II and III. TaBLeE II. I. .2 cc. of ether in 2000 ce. of air. II. .2 cc. of chloroform in 2000 cc. of air. III. .2 cc. of carbon bisulphide in 2000 ce. of air. IV. .5 cc. alcohol in 2000 ce. of air. V. Control. a. Plumule. 6. Root. | Average Average | Average Average a & growth of | growthof | growthof | growth of aaa = = plumule and plumule and plumule and plumule and i: esac ee 3 = root of 10 root of 10 | root of 10 root of 10 tke central : ™ | seedlings in | seedlings in | seedlings in| seedlings in : s s s 8 3 hours. 5 hours. 24hours. | 48 hours. ieee el | 2 Te 1.4 mm. 2.15mm. | 9.75 mm. | 28.25 mm. |+ 2.45 mm. I. b. 1.75 mm. 3.5 mm 2ON oni we2O.5) anim: |= 7.5 mm. | | 2: a a. 1.25mm. | 2.25mm. | 20.3 mm. | 32.66mm. , + 6.66 mm. i. b. 1.4 mm. 2.5 mm. | 28.66 mm | 37.66 mm. | + 5.66 mm. ae I.4 mm. 2.4 mm 7.25 mm. | 14.25 mm. |—10.55 mm. ii. b. I. mm. 2.88 mm 6.5 mm. | 9. mm. |—28. mm. é a. I.5 mm. 2.75 mm. | 14.25 mm 28.5 mm. | Iv. b. 2. mm. 2.5 mm. 8.5 mm. | 18.25 mm. |—13.75 mm. E a. I.2 mm. 2.1 mm 11.8 mm Zifxete (iC Gal | eer ke b. 1.45 mm. 2.5 mm 16.5 mm 225 Hine | | sw e's.0es 60 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Abie INU I. .4 cc. of ether in 2000 cc. of air. II. .4 cc. of chloroform in 2000 cc. of air Ill. .4 cc. of carbon bisulphide in 2000 cc. of air. IV. 1. cc. of alcohol in 2000 cc. of air. V. .2 cc. of ammonia in 2000 cc. of air. Vi. Control. | | Average growth | Avera rowth es ee © ESS SEE Total loss or ned 2 | of roots of 10 of roots of Io as : Series. Roots. | ; : f 7 gain over the | seedlings for seedlings for . control. 6 hours. 24 hours. ~ = ————s ——_ _—~ ~~ Te | 1.3 min. | 10. mm. Selanne INT L) mmm 7.5 mm. — 5.6 mm. Ill. -6 mm. .6 mm. — 12.5 mm. ee eT a ee : =: panes z IV. dead. deau. | V. | I.3 mm. | 13.2) mma. + .I mm. Vi. I.17 mm. IZ:Imm. Wy eee From the above tables it will be seen that a very small amount of carbon bisulphide or ammonia vapors is very injurious to young seedlings, while ether, chloroform and alcohol vapors in minute quantities are not injurious when the plant is not subjected to their prolonged action. On the contrary, small amounts of ether and chloroform vapors seem to accelerate growth. 3. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWING SHOOTS. A. Gases.—Nitrous oxide and oxygen were used in these experiments in the following quantities: 25 per cent., 50 per cent. and 100 percent. The plants were kept under the bell jars for twenty days. Sanzdsten: INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 61 ‘ABER TV: I. 25 per cent. of gas in 4000 cc. of air. Il. 50 per cent. of gas in 4000 cc. of air. III. One atmosphere of free gas. IV. Control. a. Nitrous oxide. 6. Oxygen. : Scale of vigor. 2 Chem- | Time of first Number of | Number of | § Berer. icals. flowers. flowers. leaves. Control baken as standard. I | a. 43 days. 3 8 | 112 : b. 64 days. 3 7 103 ll a. 28 days. 17 14 125 : | b. no flowers. no flowers. 3 | 45 a. | 42 days. | B 7 102 aes | b. | dead. yee ie Iv | a. 44 days. I 6 100 eat b. 46 days. 3 7 100 In the above table the plants treated with nitrous oxide show a marked increase in vigor and flowering capacity. The leaves were of a dark green color and very large. The leaf petioles were somewhat shortened, giving the plants a stocky appear- ance. The root systems of the plants treated with nitrous ox- ide were very strong. All evidence seems to point to the con- clusion that the treatment was beneficial to the plants. The oxygen also appeared to be beneficial to the plants when used in quantities not exceeding 50 percent. In an atmosphere of free oxygen the plants showed no deviation from the normal while in the gas, but upon the removal of the bell jar the plants soon began to show signs of decay. The plants treated with oxygen exhibited a marked elongation of the petioles. B. Vapors.—Ammonia and chloroform were used in these experiments in the following quantities: 1/10000, 1/15000 and 1/40000 parts. The capacity of the bell jars was 7500 cc. The reagents were introduced in an aqueous solution of roo cc. The plants were kept under the bell jars for 26 hours. Upon exam- ination it was found that the plants which had been subjected to the influence of 1/10000 part of ammonia or chloroform vapors 62 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. were dead. The leaves had assumed a dirty brown color. The center of the shoot was badly discolored. The appearance of the plants was very similar to that of a frozen plant. The plants which were subjected to 1/15000 part of the reagents were badly effected, the outer leaves were dark brown but the center was not affected. The plants grew but remained weak and straggling throughout the time the experiments were run- ning. ‘The action of the two reagents seemed to be the same, little or no difference could be detected. The plants which were kept in an atmosphere containing 1/40000 part of the reagents did not appear to be visibly affected when taken from the bell jars. The subsequent influence of the reagents was, however, very marked, especially on the plants in the chloroform experiment. Compared with the control plants at the end of the experiment, February 10, with which they were equal at the start, they showed a great advance. 4. THE INFLUENCES OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON RESTING BuLBs. The bulbs used in these experiments were Arzsema triphyl- lum, Narcissus, Hyacinth, Crocus, and Freesza. The reagents used were oxygen, nitrous oxide, ether, chloroform, carbon bi- sulphide, ammonia and alcohol. These experiments were started © in November and December, months in which bulbs of this kind are very hard to start, since they require a certain period of rest before beginning growth and this period generally extends through the months of October, November and December. The bulbs were kept under bell jars and the reagents which were in a liquid form were introduced in aqueous solution. Where gases were used in the experiments they were intro- duced by displacement. A. Gases.— Narcissus bulbs were placed under bell jars con- taining oxygen in the following proportion: 20 per cent., 50 per cent. and 100 percent. The capacity of the bell jars was Foroncea Sandsten - INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 63 TABLE V. I. 20 per cent. of gas. II. 50 per cent. of gas. III. roo per cent. of gas. IV. Control. a. Nitrous oxide. 6. Oxygen. Exposed to gas ten days. | | | | | | | | | | gg & 2 = 8 | 2 oa = = S x eee y Ea “= = ort = v a 5a = = - x a S u = s (7) Ms} Ss 3S > ° = as ee ey es |e | M2 ° 77 on 9 =) bo ) bo & ro) sc < Th i y i. i % 7 Te g o 25 See ae ag | By be 2 ag uv 0 Fk he Poa) be um uv fa] a9 x o ow os os os us b= = S D vu | PS Uv >U >U SU aS =) Be B 4 ead Re 4 < < a Z Z | mm. | mm mm mm mm. | days. | ee. = - , a 18 70 180.5 260.5 | 590 44 2 2 ie | b ie) 60 210.5 330 ~=—s | 620 | ee 2 | | a. Fly its} 2280-5 || 320,. I €ceq | 48 I I ie Bee i 0 30 230-4 | AAS A620) lr 6 O fo) — — | | a Fi 50 2105 330-5 | 625 28° bn 3 1.5 Lil. | | b fo) 25 209.5 | 315 | 615 | 44 4 2 | | 29 85 250.5 370.5 | 640 | 42 2 2 IV. ‘control | Poa OG 1 LEG 280 | 580 43 Bene aces ee ee It is to be regretted that the root system could not be meas- ured and examined during the experiments without injuring the plants to such an extent as to make the experiment useless. The table does not show anything in favor of the plants treated. The only conclusion that can be drawn is that these gases have no perceptible influence on Warcrssus bulbs. Ammonia.—V apors of this reagent are not injurious to the resting bulb when the amount of vapor present does not exceed one part in 5000 of air. Arisema triphyllum, Narcissus, Cro- cus, freesta and Tulip bulbs were exposed to an atmosphere containing one part of ammonia in 5000 of air for ten days without injuring the growing qualities of the bulb. 64 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Chloroform.—Vapors of chloroform seem to be very in- jurious to resting bulbs. The following quantities of the re- agent were used: 1/1000, 1/5000 and 1I/10000 part in air and in all three cases the bulbs were killed. The bulbs used were of the same kind as in the experiments with am- monia. ‘The bulb decayed invariably from the shoot area to- ward the center of the bulbs and never from the root area. The outer portion of the bulb looked perfectly natural. The growing point of the shoot was killed in every case. ‘These results are of but little value since the temperature of the plant house fell to 5° C. during one night. Alcohol.—This reagent seemed to arrest growth. Experi- ments were set up containing 1/1000 and 1/500 parts of alcohol in 4000 cc. of air. The bulbs were kept under the bell jars for 10 days and when taken out and potted they were perfectly natural. The root areas had begun to swell. No discolora- tion was noticeable. TAasre, Vil: I. 1/1000 part alcohol in 4000 of air. II. 1/500 part of alcohol in 4000 of air. Ht. Control: ie = = ——— = Growth | Average | Average | Average | Average | Time of | Number in mm. | growthin| growth | growth | growth first of | when tak- | 20 days. in in in flower. flowers. en from | 30 days. | 40 days. | 65 days. Pebellejairens|| | amino: mm. mm mm. I fo) 25 125 300 660 fo) co) it. fo) | O 13 20 31 | O O TET | oO 38 175 310 650 50 2 The above table shows a peculiarly interesting result. In the experiment where 1/1000 part of alcohol was used no ill effect on the plants could be detected. The result is more striking in the experiment where 1/500 part of the alcohol was used. ‘The bulbs remained almost stationary and up to February 19, or 100 days from the time the bulbs were placed under the bell jars, the total growth was only 50mm. Upon an examination it was found that the root system was perfectly natural and well developed, completely filling the four-inch pots into which the bulbs were Sandsten: INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 65 growing. In dissecting the bulbs the floral structures were found to be very much dwarfed but the bud scales were well de- veloped. The scapes or flower stems were greatly reduced, being only from 5 to18 mm. in length. The bulbs which were treated with 1/1000 part alcohol showed the same dwarfed con- dition of the floral organs. Bulbs of Arzsema triphyllum, Crocus and Tulip were treated with the various reagents, but no satisfactory result was ob- tained. All the Crocus bulbs died from some unknown cause or causes. The Arvzsema bulbs were undoubtedly affected by the change in temperature whieh occurred on the morning of November 23, and to which reference has previously been made. 5. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES UPON GROWTH OF PLANTS GROWN IN NUTRIENT SOLUTION OF WATER CULTURE. A. Land plants grown tn nutrient solution. Seedlings of Zea mais were used in these experiments and the method de- scribed in the introduction was observed. The duration of the experiment was limited to eighteen days. The average growth for this period, taken in four separate experiments in which the seedlings were grown in a nutrient solution saturated with com- mercial nitrous oxide, was 203 mm. for the roots and 209 for the shoots. The control plants grown in nutrient solution with- out nitrous oxide showed an average growth of 213 mm. for the roots and 165 mm. for the shoots. The result shows a gain in favor of the nitrous oxide in the shoot and a loss for the root, but the result needs verification. B. Aquatic plants grown in river water. Wide bell jars were inverted and filled with about one inch of soil over which a thin layer of clean sand was spread; in this substratum several plants of Phzlotrza were planted and the bell jar filled about half full of river water. The water in the bell jars was kept saturated with nitrous oxide by means of inverted bottles which were first filled and inserted under water and this water was dis- placed by nitrous oxide. The bottles were kept in position by means of iron stands. The bottles were refilled as soon as the gas was exhausted. 66 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. TaBLeE VII. I. Philotréa in a saturated solution of N,O. II. Control. Average growth|/Average growth|Average growth|Average growth in 5 days. in 10 days. in 20 days. in 30 days. mm. | mm. mm. mm. I. 8 25 | 53 68 18 3 9 18.5 29 The marked results shown in the above table were duplicated in all the experiments set up. The average growth of the Philotria branches after 28 days taken in another test from four experiments was 17 mm. and the average growth from the control was 11.5 mm.; showing conclusively that nitrous oxide has a stimulating effect on Phzlotrza. To test further the effect of nitrous oxide on aquatic plants, stems of Salvinza natans, having an aggregate of 80 leaves were placed in bell jars set up in the same manner as in the pre- vious experiment and the water kept saturated with gas. The experiments were allowed to run for 40 days, when the number ~ of leaves were counted. The control or checks were set up in exactly the same manner as the tests with the exception of nitrous oxide. TaB_LeE VIII. I. Salvinza in a saturated solution of N,O. i;) =Conttol. Number of leaves Number of leaves Total gain in at the beginning at the close of number of of the experiment. the experiment. leaves in 40 days. a 80 131 51 a So 118 38 Th pa 8o 114 34 a 8o 108 28 a 80 99 19 des 80 104 24 The result of every experiment showed that growth was accelerated by nitrous oxide. Sandsten : INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 67 Ammonia was tried on the same water plants under exactly the same conditions as above. One-tenth of a cc. in 2000 cc. of water, and one-five-hundredth of a cc. in 2000 cc. of water were used, but in both cases both the Selwvznza and Philotri2 plants died. CONCLUSIONS. Influence of Gases. From the foregoing tables and records the following conclu- sions seem to be warranted : LVitrous oxide. Seeds of Phaseolus multiforus and Vicia faba will not germinate in an atmosphere containing 80% of nitrous oxide. Seedling of Phaseolus multiflorus and Vicia faba will remain active more than 24 hours in an atmosphere of com- mercial nitrous oxide, but no growth can take place. Shoots exhibit accelerated growth after being kept in an atmosphere of free N,O or in an atmosphere where the amount of gas ranges from 25 to 100 per cent. No growth in shoots could be detected during the confinement under the bell jars. Water plants such as Salvinza natans and Philotria show i n- creased growth in solutions saturated with N,O. Oxygen. Seeds readily germinate in an atmosphere of free oxygen. Seedlings kept in an atmosphere of free oxygen do not grow as rapidly as seedlings in a moist chamber containing ordinary air. Growing shoots kept in an atmosphere contain- ing from 25 to 100 per cent. of free oxygen will remain unal- tered as long as 20 days, but on removal slowly perish. Influence of Vapors. Ammonia (NOH,).—Vapors of this reagent when used in quan- tities not exceeding 1/24000 part are not harmful to the germin- tion of seeds of Phaseolus multifiorus. Seeds exposed for nine days in glass chambers containing from 1/24000 to I/32000 parts of NOH, germinated as freely as the control. The seed of Vicia faba is very susceptible to the influence of this reagent and seeds kept in a glass chamber for nine days containing 1/28000 part of NOH, failed to germinate. In an atmosphere containing 1/32000 part of NOH, goper cent. of the seed ger- minated. Seeds of Phaseolus multiforus and Vicia faba kept for nine 68 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. days in an atmosphere containing 1/20000 of NOH, failed to ger- minate. The growth of young seedlings of Zea mazs kept in a moist chamber for 48 hours containing 1/20000 part NOH, was retarded. Growing shoots are badly affected when kept in an atmosphere containing 1/15000 part of NOH,. Resting bulbs are not effected by being kept in an atmosphere containing one part of NOH, in 5000 of air. Salvinta natans and Philotria are killed by introducing .1 cc. of NOH, to every 2000 cc. of water. Chloroform and Ether.—These two reagents have a very similar effect upon growth. Seedlings of Zea mazs kept in a moist chamber containing 1/toooo part of chloroform or ether show a marked acceleration in growth after release. In an at- mosphere containing 1/5000 growth is greatly retarded. Rest- ing bulbs and growing shoots are equally susceptible and are killed after being exposed for ten to twenty days in an atmos- . phere containing 1/10000 part of the reagent. Carbon bisulphide.—The smallest trace of carbon bisulphide present is injurious to growing plants, although, as G. Hicks (III.) has shown, it is inoperative on resting seeds. Alcohol has no effect upon the growth of seedlings when used in quantities not exceeding 1/10000. It the larger quanti- ties are used the growth is retarded and the seedlings are killed. Resting bulbs kept in an atmosphere containing 1/1000 to 1/500 parts of alcohol grew, but the floral organs were dwarfed and the buds remained unopened. LITERATURE TO WHICH REFERENCE IS MADE. I. Detmer. Ueber die Einwirkung verschiedener Gase insbe- sondere des Stickstoffoxydulgases auf Pflanzen. Landw. Jahrb.—: 203. 1OO2. II. Detmer. Das Verhalten der Pflanzen im Contact mit Stick- stoffoxydulgase. Physiol. Prakt. 2 Ed., p. 235. 1895. Ill. Hicks. Bull—Bot. Div. Dept. of Agric.—1896. IV. Johannsen—Bot. Cent.—1896. V. Moeller. Ueber Pflanzenathmung. I Das Verhalten der Pflanzen zu Stickstoffoxydul. Ber. d. deut. bot. Ges. 2:35. 1884. VI. Townsend C. O. Correlation of growth under the influence of injuries. Annals of Botany. 11: 509. 1897. n> Sir Vill, SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. FRANcIS RAMALEY. The following observations on seedlings of woody plants were made at the University of Minnesota, during the years 1896, 1897 and 1898. The plants were grown from seed either col- lected by the writer, or obtained from reliable dealers. Most of the species studied have not hitherto been investi- gated. The author has, however, re-examined some plants de- scribed by former investigators, especially in cases where the printed descriptions were incomplete or without illustrations. | The measurements given are in all cases based on a consider- able number of plants examined. It has been found that the exact lower limit of the hypocotyl is not always ‘readily deter- mined, although, generally it is enough larger in diameter than the root to be exactly located. It has seemed best in giving the length of the hypocotyl to measure its full extent rather than simply that part above the ground. An attempt has been made to note, as far as possible, whether the seed coat is carried up or remains underground and also how much the cotyledons increase in size after appearing above the ground. These points have not generally been noted by students of seedlings. In most cases the length of time required for germination of the seeds is given. The figures are for the first seedlings. Oftentimes plants will appear every few days for over a month after the first have come up. Unless otherwise stated it is to be understood that the seeds were planted in the following spring after ripening. ‘The plants studied will be considered in the order of Engler and Prantl. SALICACEA. Populus deltoides Marsu. The seed of the ‘‘ cottonwood ” ripens in June and should be planted at once. The young plants appear above ground ina week or sooner. 70 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The cotyledons are petiolate, the blade being ovate-oblong, about 5 mm. in length and 4mm. broad. The petiole is about 3mm.long. There is but little increase in size as the plant grows older. The first two leaves are opposite, lanceolate, short-petiolate, of willow-like shape. They are about 10 mm. long before the epicoty] has developed at all and do not afterward increase in size. The hypocotyl is 10-15 mm. long; the epicotyl reaches a length of 8 or 10 mm. The third and fourth leaves are nearly opposite; later ones are alternate. The later leaves become broader and longer petioled, gradually assuming the deltoid form characteristic of the species. ULMACE#. Ulmus americana LInn. The ‘‘ white elm” isa native of the eastern and central United States. The seeds ripen in early spring and must be sown at once. They germinate in about a week. Often, but not al- ways, the pericarp is carried up by the growing seedling. The cotyledons are at first obovate, slightly auriculate, 5 mm. . long and 2-3 mm. broad. They are indistinctly reticulately veined. They increase but slightly in size and seldom become more than 7 mm. long. ‘They are short-petioled. The hypo- cotyl is slender, not enlarged at the base, 25-35 mm. long, but in time it may reach a length of 50 mm. The epicotyl is about 10 mm. in length. The leaves are petiolate, ovate, coarsely serrate, with distinct veining. The first two are opposite, the third and fourth nearly so. Later leaves are alternate. Ulmus fulva Micux. The ‘‘slippery elm,” like the previously described species, ripens its seeds early in the spring. These, when planted at once, germinate in about two weeks. The seedling resembles that of U. Americana in all essential respects. Celtis occidentalis Linn. This is a fine tree native to the central United States and Canada. It is known as the ‘‘hackberry.” The seeds germi- nate in from four to six weeks. The seed coat remains under ground. Ramaley < SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. re The cotyledons are at first 10 mm. long, but by the time the first pair of foliage leaves appear they are 30 mm. in length, I7 mm. in width, ovate, entire, notched at the apex. The epicotyl is 10 mm. in length. The figures here given are sub- stantially correct for all the plants examined by the present writer. Lubbock’s* figures for seedlings of this species are about one-half those here given. The epicotyl is at length 20 mm. long. The first two foliage leaves are opposite, the later ones alternate. Leaves of the first year are not at all conspicuously oblique at base as are those of older plants. MORACEZ. Toxylon pomiferum Rar. This is the well-known ‘‘ osage orange” of the south-central United States. The seeds germinate in about one month after planting. The seed coat is often carried up by the cotyledons which are thus prevented from opening till they have increased somewhat in size. When they first appear the cotyledons are 9 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, obovate-oblong, entire, short-petioled. The hypo- cotyl is stout, 35-50 mm. long. The cotyledons grow rapidly in size and by the time the first leaves are well developed have increased to 20 mm. in length and 12 mm. in width. The petiole is distinctly margined and 4mm. long. The veining of the blade is distinct. The epi- cotyl is 10-15 mm. long. The first two foliage leaves are op- posite, narrowly lanceolate, ovate, entire or nearly so, distinctly veined. The later leaves are alternate, often pointed at the base as well as the apex. The seedling of this plant was studied by Lubbock,} but not figured. Broussonetia papyrifera (Linn.) VENT. The seeds of this oriental tree, the ‘‘ paper mulberry,” ger- minate in about three or four weeks after planting. The seed coat is carried up and often remains attached to one of the cotyledons for a time after they have opened. The hypocotyl is rather slender, 12-15 mm. long. The *On Seedlings, 2: 493. 1892. t Op. cit. 2: 498. 72 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. cotyledons are oval; when fully open they have a petiole 2 mm. long and blade 8 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, very slightly notched at the apex. When they first emerge from the seed coat the leaves are not over 5 mm. in length. The first foliage leaves are opposite; they are petiolate, nar- rowly ovate, serrate, slightly heart-shaped at base and more nearly entire than the later leaves which are alternate, long- petioled, serrate and frequently more or less two- or three- lobed or parted. Usually about the close of the second sea- son the well-known peculiar characteristic leaves make their appearance. MAGNOLIACEZ. Liriodendron tulipifera Linn. The seeds of the ‘‘ tulip tree” germinate in from four to six weeks after planting. The wing-like pericarp remains in the soil. The cotyledons when they first appear are about 7 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, almost sessile, ovate-oblong in shape. Before the first leaf appears each cotyledon has developed a distinct petiole 2 or 3 mm. long, while the blade is about 12 mm. in ~ length. The foliage leaves are alternate. The first is broadly ovate- oblong, petiolate, emarginate, with entire margin. The second and third resemble the first. The characteristic leaves appear toward the close of the first season or not till the second year. The epicotyl is extremely short, 1-2 mm. long. Succeeding internodes are likewise short. CALYCANTHACESA. Butneria florida (Linn.) KEARNEY. This is the familiar ‘‘ sweet-scented shrub” commonly culti- vated in the eastern United States. It is native from Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico. The seeds require a month or more to germinate. The cotyledons are rolled longitudinally about each other in the seed and remain rolled up for two or three days after appearing above ground. The hypocotyl is stout, 20 mm. long. Cotyledons are thick, dark green, slightly auriculate at base, petiolate, generally somewhat trapezoidal, the apex broadly incurved. ‘They are at Ramatley :- SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 73 first about 12-15 mm. long and 25 mm. broad. Eventually they may become 20 mm. long and 30 mm. broad with petioles 10 mm. in length. In shape they are often quite asymmetrical. The foliage leaves are opposite, ovate, pointed, entire. The first do not differ materially from the later ones. The epicotyl is about the same length as the hypocotyl. Butneria fertilis (WALT.) KEARNEY. The seedling of this plant does not differ in any important respect from that of the species just described. CAESALPINACEZ. Parkinsonia aculeata Linn. The seeds of this shrub germinate in about two weeks after planting. The seed coat is usually carried up. When they first appear the cotyledons are 15 mm. long, 8 mm. broad, ovate-elliptical, sessile, very slightly auriculate at base. The hypocotyl is stout, 30-50 mm.in length. The coty- ledons increase in size until they are 25 mm. long. Foliage leaves are alternate ; all are pinnate, the first has five pairs, the second six pairs of leaflets. The epicotyl is 9 mm. long when two leaves have appeared. Cercis canadensis Linn. This is the well-known ‘‘ red bud” or ‘ Judas tree” of the central United States. The seeds germinate in about two weeks. The seed coat is usually carried up, holding the coty- ledons together until erect. The veins of the cotyledons are distinct even before the cotyledons have separated. The cotyledons are broadly ovate, at first 6 mm. long and 4 mm. broad, eventually 15 mm. long and 8 mm. broad. The hypocotyl is stout, 10-30 mm. long. This is of interest since the hypocotyl of C. sel¢guastrum WIiLuv., as described by Lub- bock,* is but 5-6 mm. in length. The epicotyl is 20-30 mm. long. Foliage leaves are all al- ternate, entire, cordate, long-petioled. Gleditsia triacanthos Linn. The ‘‘ honey locust,” as this plant is called, is a familiar tree of the central United States. The seeds germinate in about one * Op. cit. ¥: 465. 74 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. month after sowing. The seed coat is sometimes carried above ground, but it as often remains in the soil. The hypocotyl is stout, 25-30 mm. in length. The cotyle- dons are sessile, slightly auriculate, oblong, 18 mm. in length and g mm. broad. They do not increase greatly in size. Leaves are alternate and pinnate. ‘The second appears be- fore the first is fully open. ‘The first leaf usually has eight pairs of leaflets, the second has eleven pairs, the third thirteen pairs. When these leaves have developed the hypocotyl is about 50 mm. long, the epicotyl 20-25 mm. The first leaves are described by Tubeuf * as having ten pairs of leaflets. In the plants examined by the present writer the first leaf had never more than nine pairs of leaflets. PAPILIONACE. Amorpha fruticosa Linn. This is an ornamental shrub indigenous to North America and frequently cultivated. The seeds germinate in about two weeks after planting. When the cotyledons first appear they are ovate in shape, about 5 mm. long and 2.5 mm. broad. By the time they are fully open they measure 8 mm. in length. The hypocotyl at | this time is 25 mm. long, quite slender, gradually thickened below. The cotyledons attain a length of 12 mm. They are sessile. The epicotyl is 15 mm. in length. Foliage leaves are alternate. The first five or six are simple, broadly ovate, petiolate. After these the leaves are, for a space, pinnately trifoliate. The terminal leaflet is larger and longer stalked than the lateral ones. Later leaves are pinnate with numerous leaflets. Amorpha nana Nutr. The seedlings of this shrub resemble those of A. /ruticosa save that they are much smaller. The hypocotyl does not become more than 8 or 10 mm. in length and the epicotyl is only about 5 mm. long. Cotyledons are 5 mm. long and 3 mm. broad. Leaves are alternate. The first six to ten aresimple. They are broadly orbicular, emarginate, petiolate, with a distinct mid- vein. As inthe former species the later leaves are pinnately compound. * Samen, Friichte und Keimlinge, 12”. 1891. ae Ramaley: SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 75 The writer is indebted to Mr. D. M. Andrews, of Boulder, Colo., for seedlings of this plant and of Acer glabrum. Robinia pseudacacia LINN. The ‘‘ locust tree” is a native of the middle and southeastern United States. The seeds germinate in about two weeks after planting. Seedlings of this plant were studied by Lubbock * and by Flot ¢ but the fact is not stated by these writers that the coty- ledons are at first somewhat narrowly elliptical or obovate and only at a rather late stage become ‘‘ oblong-oval.” The descrip- tions hitherto published have not been accompanied by satis- factory figures. RUTACEZ. Ptelea trifoliata Linn. This is the so-called ‘‘ hop tree” of the central United States. The seeds germinate in from three to four weeks, the seed coat remaining underground. Almost as soon as the cotyledons get above ground they become erect and then separate. The cotyledons are nearly sessile, elliptical-oblong, entire, 6 mm. long and 3 mm. broad. They grow for some time and become at length 18 mm. long, 7 mm. broad, minutely serrate, short-petiolate, with midvein distinct. The hypocotyl is rather stout, 15-20 mm. long. The epicotyl is 20-40 mm. long when the first leaf is fully open. It often elongates somewhat after that time. Leaves are alternate. The first foliage leaf is usually simple, ovate, petiolate, with crenulate margin. Sometimes it is trifoliate, sometimes but partially compound; perhaps one of the side leaflets is separate, but not the other. The second leaf is usually trifoliate, sometimes incompletely so. Later leaves are all trifoliate, the terminal leaflet larger than the lateral ones. A description of this seedling is given by Lubbock ¢ but there is no figure. * Op. ext... t =, 422. TFlot. Recherches sur la structure comparée de la tige des arbres.—Rev. gen. de Bot. 2: 20. 1890. Op. cit. 1: 322. 76 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. SIMARUBACE. Ailanthus glandulosa Desr. This well-known tree is a native of eastern Asia. It is, how- ever, grown extensively in this country. The writer’s observa- tions on the seedlings differ somewhat from those previously published. * The seeds, planted in May, germinated in from two to three weeks. The seed coat and wing sometimes remain in the ground but are quite often carried up by the elongation of the hypocotyl before the cotyledons emerge. The cotyledons are at first about 6 mm. long. By the time they are fully open they have increased somewhat in size and the hypocotyl has attained its full length, viz. about 40 mm. When the first leaves have opened the cotyledons are broadly obovate, petiolate, with the blade 15 mm. long, 11 mm. broad and the petiole 5 mm. long. The epicotyl is at length 20 mm. long. The first few leaves are trifoliate. Later leaves are pinnate. ANACARDIACER. Schinus molle LInn. This is the so-called ‘‘ pepper-tree” sometimes planted in California but a native of tropical America. A description of the germination of the seed is given by Lubbock,t whose ac- count in this case, the present writer only desires to supplement. The cotyledons are remarkable for their great increase in size; beginning with a length of 5 mm. the blade is finally 20 —25 mm. long and broad in proportion. The petiole is about 4 mm. in length. CELASTRACE. Celastrus scandens LINN. This is the ‘‘ climbing bitter-sweet, ” a common native liana of the United States. It is frequently cultivated. The seeds ripen in the fall. If planted the following spring they usually require a year to germinate. The cotyledons are thin, reticulately veined, petiolate, oval- oblong inshape. At first they are 10 mm. long and 5 mm. * Lubbock op. cit. 1: 327. eOp ucits 26335. Ramaley: SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. Tk broad, but grow rapidly and become about twice that size. As they grow older they become broader in proportion to the length. The petiole is finally about 5 mm. long. The hypocotyl tapers gradually to the root so that its exact limit is not easily recog- nized. It reaches a length of 40 or 50 mm. The epicotyl is about 15 mm. long. Leaves are all alternate. The first leaves are not different from those formed later. ACERACEZ. Acer negundo Linn. Seeds of the ‘‘ box-elder” germinate in from one to two weeks after sowing. The large winged pericarp is brought above ground. . The hypocotyl is 25-35 mm. long when the cotyledons first open and does not grow longer. The cotyledons are strap- shaped, sessile, entire, tri-veined ; about 30 mm. long and 5 mm. broad. The epicotyl becomes 5-S mm. long. Leaves are opposite. The first two are ovate, acute, serrate, petiolate. Later ones are tri-cleft. Usually the sixth or seventh pair and all later ones are pinnately compound. Acer glabrum Torr. The seedling of the ‘* Rocky mountain maple” resembles that of A. negundo. 'The hypocotyl is shorter, 20 mm. long, and the cotyledons about 20 mm. long, 5 mm. broad. Leaves are opposite, long-petioled, ovate-cordate, the second pair somewhat lobed. Later leaves are three- or five-lobed, the lobes more or less acute and sharply serrate. Acer saccharinum LInn. The seeds of the ‘‘ soft maple” germinate in about ten days after planting. The first leaves are well developed when the plant appears above ground. The cotyledons remain in the soil for a time enclosed in the pericarp which eventually decays. Sometimes they do not appear above ground * at all. ‘The hypocotyl is stout, about 20 mm. long. The cotyledons are somewhat fleshy, asymmetrical, short-petioled, bent around *Winkler. Kleinere morph. Mittheilungen, in Verhandl. d. Bot. Ver. d. Provinz Brandenburg, 18: 99. 1877. 78 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. so that both are on the same side of the stem. ‘They are about 16 mm. long and 8 mm. broad. The epicotyl often becomes greatly elongated, reaching a length of 50-100 mm. Leaves are all opposite, those of the seedling are the same shape as the later leaves. RHAMNACEA. Berchemia racemosa SieB. & Zucc. This plant is a shrub with conspicuously veined leaves. It is a native of Asia. The seeds require two or three weeks to germinate. It is often a number of days before the cotyledons get out of the seed coat which is carried above ground. When the cotyledons first emerge they are sessile, strap- shaped, 8 mm. long and1% mm. broad. They remain about the same size for a time after they are fully open. The hypocotyl is slender, about 15 mm. long. By the time the first foliage leaves are open the hypocotyl is 15-20 mm. long; the epicotyl 5 mm. in length and the cotyledons 10 or 12 mm. long and 1.5—2 mm. broad. The foliage leaves are ovate, petiolate, conspicuously veined; the first two are opposite or nearly so, all others are alternate. Rhamnus purshiana DC. This is a handsome tree of Pacific North America sometimes planted in the eastern United States. The bark is the ‘* Cas- cara Sagrada” of the drug stores. The seeds require a month or more to germinate. The cotyledons increase but slightly in size after opening. They are obovate, entire, sessile or nearly so, 7 mm. long and 5 mm. broad. The hypocotyl is 25-30 mm. long. The epicotyl is slender, 15-20 mm. long. Foliage leaves are ovate, pointed, petiolate, alternate. The first two and the third and fourth are, however, nearly opposite. The margin of the leaf is finely serrate; the veining very prominent. VITACEH. Vitis cordifolia Micux. This is one of the commonest wild grapes found in the north- ern United States. The seeds germinate readily, the cotyle- Ramaley: SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 79 dons appearing above ground in about four weeks. Sometimes the seeds do not germinate till the second year. The cotyledons are ovate, petiolate, veined. When they first appear the blades are about 10mm. long and 6 mm. broad. They grow to about 18 mm. in length, and a corresponding width before the first leaves appear, after which time they do not in- crease in size. The petiole is about 8mm. long. The hypo- cotyl is stout, from 25-30 mm. long; it does not grow longer. The leaves are all alternate, ovate-heart-shaped, irregularly dentate, palmately 5-veined. When the first leaf appears the epicotyl is about 8 mm. long. It may eventually reach a length of 10 or 12mm. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (Linn.) PLANcH. > This is the familiar ‘‘ Virginia creeper,” a native of the United States and frequently planted. Seeds germinate in about three weeks. The hypocotyl is stout, from 20-40 mm. long. The cotyle- dons are long-petiolate. The blade is cordate, prominently veined, at length 20mm. long, 20mm. broad. The petiole is channeled, 20 mm. long. Both hypocotyl and petioles are pink except that part of the hypocotyl which is below ground. The hypocotyl becomes very much thickened toward the end of the season, exhibiting a well-marked ‘‘ region tigellaire.” The epicotyl is undeveloped, the first leaf arising just above the cotyledons. Leaves are all alternate and quinquefoliate from the beginning. The first do not differ from the later ones. STERCULIACEZ. Sterculia platanifolia Linn. The seeds of this oriental tree germinate in about a month after planting. A part of the seed coat is often attached to the cotyledons when they first appear above the ground. The hypocotyl is stout, 40 mm. long at the time the cotyle- dons open. These are broadly oblong or orbicular, entire, slightly cordate at base, with petioles nearly as long as the blades. The latter are at first about 18 mm. long and 16mm. broad but become very large, sometimes 40 mm. long and 45 mm. broad. They are palmately five-veined. The midvein forks some distance from the apex. 80 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The epicotyl is about 10mm. long. Leaves are alternate. The first leaf is broadly heart-shaped, entire, petiolate, palmately five-veined ; the midvein runs to the apex of the leaf. ELZAGNACESA. Elzagnus umbellata THuns. The seeds of this Japanese shrub require about four weeks to germinate. The seed coat is often carried up above ground. The cotyledons are oblong-ovate, sharply auriculate, short- petiolate. The blades are quite thick. When they first emerge from the seed coat they are 7-8 mm. long but are finally 10 mm. long and 6 mm. broad. The hypocotyl is rather stout, 10-30 mm. long. The foliage leaves are ovate, entire, petiolate. The first two are opposite or nearly so, later ones are alternate. The epi- cotyl is short, not usually more than 2 or 3 mm. in length when the first leaves are well developed. It Se may grow to a length of 4-8 mm. The seedlings of this plant resemble very much those of £. angustifolia micrecarpa* save that in the latter the petioles of . the cotyledons are much longer. MYRTACES. Eucalyptus globulus LasiLu. This is the well-known ‘‘ blue gum” tree of Australia. It is planted extensively in California. The seeds germinate in from one to two weeks. ‘The seed coat is often carried up by the cotyledons. These are doubled over each other. One lobe of each is exposed. The hypocotyl is slender, about 30 mm. long. The cotyle- dons, when fully opened, are short-petiolate, 3 mm. long and generally twice as broad, two-lobed, the sinus shallow. When first out of the seed coat the cotyledons. are about one-half the size here named. No distinct venation was observed, although Lubbock? states that they are tri-nerved. The epicotyl is about io mm. long. The foliage leaves are opposite, lanceolate and entire, those higher on the stem be- *Lubbock, op. cit. 2: 465. ‘TO pClass 5580: Ramaley: SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 81 coming gradually broader. Higher internodes of the stem are quadrangular. Eucalyptus citriodora Hook. The mode of germination and the seedling of the ‘* lemon- scented gum”’ resemble the species just described. There are some important points, however, to be noted. The hypocotyl is 20 mm. long and quite slender. The coty- ledons are petiolate. The blade is broadly orbicular, entire, in- distinctly 3-veined; at length 6-9 mm. broad, 4-7 mm. long, green above, red to purple below. The petiole is 3-4 mm. in length. The cotyledons are persistent for a considerable time; often remaining till ten or more nodes of the stem are developed. Eucalyptus corymbosa Sm. This plant, also a native of Australia, is called ‘* blood-wood.” Seeds germinate in two or three weeks. The hypocotyl is 20 mm. long and quite slender. The cotyledons are short-petiolate. The blade is reniform, deeply cordate at base, at first 2-3 mm. long and 5-6 mm. broad. It finally grows about twice this size and is indistinctly 3-veined. CORNACEZ. Cornus amomum MILL. The seeds of the common ‘‘ dogwood” germinate in two or three weeks after planting, but sometimes not till the follow- ing year. The hypocotyl is rather slender and quite long, usually 50 mm.or moreinlength. The epicotyl also is greatly elongated, reaching a length of 4o mm. The cotyledons are oblong-ellip- tical, entire, short-petiolate. At first they are 10 mm. long and 5 mm. broad. The blades become 20 mm. long and 10 mm. broad, the petioles 4 mm. long. Leaves are all opposite, ovate, acute, petiolate. The first are like the later ones. Cornus stolonifera Micux. Seedlings of this plant resemble those of the previous species in all essential respects. 82 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cornus florida Linn. Seedlings of the ‘‘ flowering dogwood ” resemble those of C. aAnL0OMUM. STYRACACEZ. Mohrodendron carolinum (Linn.) Britr. Seeds of this plant, the ‘*snow-drop tree,” planted in the spring of the year following their ripening lie dormant an entire year before germinating. The cotyledons are thin, oval-oblong in outline, rather short- petiolate. The blades are at first 20 mm. long and 8 mm. broad. ‘They do not increase much in size. The hypocotyl is stout, from 25-35 mm. long. The epicotyl is about 20 mm. long. The leaves are all alter- nate, ovate-acute, serrate, petiolate. Save in size there is no difference between the first and the later leaves. BIGNONIACE. Tecoma radicans (Linn.) DC. This is a woody climber, the ‘‘ trumpet creeper,” indigenous to eastern North America and frequently cultivated. The seeds germinate in about ten days. The large flat wing of the seed is sometimes, though not usually, carried up. The cotyledons are broadly orbicular and deeply notched at the apex. They are almost sessile. When first above ground they are 5 mm. wide, but when fully open are 9 mm. wide. They do not increase in size after that time. The hypocotyl is 20-30 mm. long, green or pale, sometimes pinkish. The epicotyl is at first quite short, but lengthens, when the foliage leaves open, to about 15 mm. The first leaves are simple, ovate, dentate, petiolate, distinctly veined. The next leaves are tri-foliate. Leaves at length are pinnately com- pound. Catalpa speciosa WARDER. This large tree is a native of the southern United States. Seeds germinate in from one to two weeks. The flat winged seedcoat is sometimes carried up, but more usually remains in the soil. The cotyledons are face to face. ‘They are dark green, Ramaley >: SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 83 deeply bifid, the lobes more or less obovate, 5-6 mm. long and 3-4 mm. broad. They increase rapidly to nearly twice their original size. The hypocotyl is stout, 30 mm. long. The epicotyl is 8-12 mm. long. Foliage leaves are oppo- site, entire, pointed, ovate to cordate, petiolate with distinct veining. Seedlings of this plant have been previously* described, but without measurements or illustrations. RUBIACEZ. Cephalanthus occidentalis Linn. The ‘* button bush” is a low shrub indigenous throughout most of North America. The seed germinates in about three weeks. The seed coat remains in the ground. The cotyledons are ovate, acute, short-petiolate, 3 mm. long and I mm. broad when they first appear; at length they become about twice or three times that size. The hypocotyl is slender, 15-30 mm. in length. When the first foliage leaves are open the epicotyl is from 4-8 mm. long. Leaves are opposite, ovate, acute, entire, long- petioled, distinctly veined. CAPRIFOLIACEA. Sambucus pubens Micux. This is the ‘‘ red-berried elder ” of the northern United States. The seeds ripenin June. If sown at once they germinate in about one month. Some of the seeds, however, do not come up until the following spring. The hypocotyl, which passes gradually into the root, is about 10 or15 mm. long. The cotyledons are petiolate. When they first appear they are 3 mm. long and 2 mm. broad. The coty- ledons become longer petioled and the blades more ovate as they grow older. By the time two pairs of foliage leaves have ap- peared they are 10-15 mm. in length with petiole 8 mm. long. The epicotyl is very short as are also the succeeding inter- nodes. Leaves are opposite; the first two pairs cordate, ser- rate, with petioles as long as the blades. The next leaves are generally trifoliate; later ones are pinnately multifoliate. *Lubbock, op. cit. 2: 335. 84 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE FAcTS RECORDED IN THE PRECEDING PAGES. Without any attempt at ecological explanations of the phe- nomena of the growth and development of seedlings such as given by Goebel* a few generalizations may be made from the plants at present examined. Some of the features to which at- tention is called have been previously discussed by Klebsf and Lubbock? so that what follows will not be so much a considera- tion of such points but rather a classification of the plants studied with regard to their special peculiarities. A knowledge of the shape and general structure of the coty- ledons does not help one to predict the character of the foliage leaves. Sometimes there is a certain resemblance between coty- ledons and the first foliage leaves or even the later ones. The resemblance is, however, chiefly in cases where the cotyledons are ovate or oblong. This is a very common form for foliage leaves as well. Thus in Zowylon pomiferum and Cephalanthus occidentalis the cotyledons and foliage leaves are much alike. That the two kinds of leaves are of the same general shape, may be a mere coincidence and of no great significance. Where the general shape of cotyledons and first foliage leaves is much the same, the former may have entire margins and the latter be variously toothed or lobed, e. @., Vets cordifolia, Ptelea trifoliata. While, as has been said, there is no absolute agree- ment in the shape of cotyledons in a given genus or family, nevertheless, there are, as is well known, many families in which certain types of cotyledons prevail. The first foliage leaves, however, are more frequently alike, e. g., Acer spp. In cases where leaves of old plants are pinnately compound the first few foliage leaves are often simple, e. g., Acer negundo, Amorpha spp., Ptelea trifoliata, Schinus molle, Robinia pseuda- cacia, Sambucus spp. In all these cases the transition to the compound form is gradual. Thus in Prelea trifoliata the first leaf is simple, the second leaf usually has but one lateral leaf- let. In /eobznza pseudacacia the second leaf is trifoliate while later leaves are more and more multifoliate. Occasionally even the first foliage leaf is compound, as in * Organographie der Pflanzen, 1808. + Beitrage zur Morph. und Biol. der Keimung. Pfeffer’s Untersuchungen aus dem Botan. Inst. zu Tiibingen 1: 536. 188s. t Op. cit. Ramaley - SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 85 Parthenocissus quinguefolia. In Azlanthus glandulosa, however, the first few leaves are merely trifoliate while later ones are pin- nate. Parkinsonia and Gleditsta produce pinnate foliage leaves at once, although the earlier leaves have fewer leaflets than those that come afterward. If the later-formed leaves are not compound but merely lobed or cleft there may be traced a more or less gradual transi- tion to that shape from the entire or more nearly entire first leaves, ¢. g., Broussonetia papyrifera, Liriodendron tulipifera. In nearly all cases where the first two leaves are opposite and the later ones alternate, it is to be noted that the third and fourth are nearly opposite, the fifth and sixth are closer together on the stem than the fourth and fifth or than the sixth and seventh ; e. g., Lthamnus purshiana, Eucalyptus spp., Ulmus spp. In other words, the transition from the opposite to the alternate ar- rangement is usually gradual. The cotyledons of many species increase considerably in size after they escape from the seed coat; this is particularly notice- able in Schznus molle, Cercis canadensis, and some others. In other species there is very little increase in the size of the coty- ledons after they first appear, e. ¢., /¢thamnus purshiana, Atlan- thus glandulosa. Cotyledons of rather remarkable shape were noted in the fol- lowing species: Celtzs occidentalis, Catalpa speciosa, Euca- lyptus globulus, Tecoma radicans, Acer negundo, Berchemia racemosa, Butneria florida and fertilis. The first four named have the cotyledons bifid or variously notched or retuse. Catalpa and Tecoma, both Bignoniaceous plants, have very similar cotyledons. The peculiar asymmetrical cotyledons of Butneria florida are reproduced exactly in B. fertilis. Huca- lyptus globulus, on the other hand, does not agree at all, in the shape of its cotyledons, with 4. cetrzodora and E. corymbosa. These have rotund-orbicular cotyledons. The long, narrow cotyledons of Acer negundo are quite different from those of A. saccharinum. Berchemia racemosa has ligulate cotyledons, while in /thamnus purshiana, the only other plant of the same family investigated, the cotyledons are obovate. The large notched cotyledons of Ce/t/s occédentalis do not resemble those of the other Ulmaceze examined. This, is, however, to be ex- pecied from the great difference in the character of the fruit in Celtis and Ulmus. 86 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. From the foregoing it may be concluded that broad general- izations in regard to the shape of cotyledons in plant families, cannot be safely made without a considerable mass of data. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate I. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants: Popz- lus deltotdes, Ulmus americana, Celtis occidentalis, Toxylon pomt- ferum, Broussonetia papyrifera, Liriodendron tulipifera, But- neria florida, Parkinsonia aculeata. Plate II. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants: Cerczs canadensis, Amorpha fruticosa, Amorpha nana, Robinia pseudaca- cia, Ptelea trifoliata, Atlanthus glandulosa, Schinus molle, Celas- trus scandens. Plate III. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants: Acer negundo, Acer saccharinum, Acer glabrum, Berchemtia racemosa, Rhamnus purshiana, Vitis cordtfolia, Parthenocissus quinguefolia, Sterculia plantantfolia. Plate IV. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants: Eleagnus umbellata, Eucalyptus globulus, Eucalyptus citriodora, Cornus amomum, Mohrodendron carolinum, Catalpa speciosa, Te- coma radicans, Cephalanthus occidentalis, Sambucus pubens. The amount of enlargement or reduction is indicated for each plant. “ 7 io VOLE; If. MINNESOTA B a oe Ulmus americana x Populus deltoides x 14 Broussonetia papyrifera x 14 Liriodendron tulipifera (natural size ) PART Tk: ANICAL STUDIES. ylon pomiferum x # Tox Celtis occidentalis x } ia florida x # Butner . VO. Ti: MINNESOTA BO Ptelea trifoliata x » Ailanthus glandulosa x - Pi NICAL STUDIES. | si Vi@uer al. MINNESOTA B Acer negundo x $ Acer saccharinum x $ wg a Rhamnus purshiana x } _ Vitis cordifolia x # fe | ANICAL STUDIES. PARTE i Acer glabrum x Berchemia racemosa x 14 Sterculia platanifolia x $ = Parthenocissus quinquefolia x 4 tw III. ae we “ a a” 4 { 2 > ‘ aS eo | \ : . \ = r ol ( ( oi om" - ~= a om — - a ot 5 ih 4 = : io) * = via } ‘ ~ - if - A V@QE ii: MINNESOTA BO” Jy “Pp 4 Eucalyptus corymbosa (natural size ) Ae ————> Eucalyptus globulus Eucalyptus citriodor (natural size) (natural size) Eleeagnus umbellata x 14 Catalpa speciosa x # Tecoma radicans x ‘ | PLAg 1 | | HELIOTYPE PR IX. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF HY POCOT YA AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS, Francis RAMALEY. The following is an account of the anatomy of seedlings of certain woody dicotyledonous plants. These plants were studied : Ulmus americana Linn., Celtis occtdentalys Linn., 7% oxylon pomiferum Rar., Broussonetia papyrifera (Linn.) VENT., Zi- riodendron tulipifera LINN., Menispermum canadense Linn., Butnerta florida (Linn.) KEARNEY, Parkinsonia aculeata Linn. ; Cercis canadensis Linn., Gleditsia triacanthos Linn., Amor pha Sruticosa Linn., Robinia pseudacacia Linn., Ptelea trifoliata Linn., Adlanthus glandulosa Desr., Schinus molle Linn., Ber- chemta racemosa Stes. & Zucc., Ahamnus purshiana DC., Vitis cordifolia Micux. »Elacagnus umbellata THunp. » Lucalyp- tus globulus Lasitu., Tecoma radicans Glin.) -DC., Cz talpa speciosa WARDER, Cephalanthus occidentalis Linn. The order in which they are described is that of Engler and Prantl. This order will be followed throughout. The author is under obligation to Professor Conway MacMil- lan, who suggested the subject of the investigation and under whose direction the work has been completed. The seedlings were grown at the University of Minnesota during the years 1896, 1897 and 1898. They were examined at different ages so that the original structure of both hypocotyl] and epicotyl could be noted as well as the differences brought about through secondary changes. For the sake of convenience and uniformity three stages were studied; these may be designated as first, second and third stages. A seedling with the cotyledons expanded but with the epicotyl undeveloped is said to be in the first stage. Obviously only the structure of the hypocotyl was studied in this stage. In the second stage the epicotyl has elongated and the first foli- age leaves have appeared. In the third stage a considerable number of foliage leaves have been developed and the anatom- ical structure has, to a considerable extent, taken on its perma- 88 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. nent characters. Sections were also, in many cases, Cut from material two years old for purposes of comparison. Since the structure of the hypocotyl is often materially differ- ent in all the three mentioned stages, it has seemed important to make a record of the changes which take place during the first year’s growth. Previous investigators have not done this. A number of investigators who have made a comparative study of root and shoot have incidentally examined the hypocotyl, e. g., Goldsmith [1876] and Gérard [1880 and 1881]. The latter made some careful observations on the course of vascular bundles from the cotyledons to the root. His statement that the characteristic root structure often extends as high as the coty- ledons is not, in general, confirmed by the present investigation. The most important articles* which need to be mentioned at the present time are by Dangeard [1888 and 1889], Van Tieg- hem [1891], and Flot [1889 and 1890]. Dangeard begins with a study of the structure of roots, of which he distinguishes three types. In the first type the root is diarch; the hypocotyl has four bundles in two pairs which arise as cotyledonary trace bun- dles by the division of the midrib of each cotyledon. In the second type the root is tetrarch; the hypocotyl has eight bun- dles in four groups. In the third type the root is octarch, while the hypocotyl has sixteen bundles in eight groups. The first type of structure of the hypocotyl above mentioned is the one commonly found in the plants studied by the present writer who has called it the ‘typical structure.” (See General Conclu- sions at the close of this paper. ) Flot [ 1889, 1890 | describes the ‘‘ region tigellaire,” a much thickened portion of the axis of certain year-old seedlings. The region extends from the base of the hypocotyl up to the first foliage leaf or to some point between that and the cotyledons. It is noted only in certain species. It is not the same as the ‘‘ tigelle,” which extends only as high as the cotyledons. The ‘region tigellaire” is characterized by only a slight develop- ment of sclerenchyma and of normal phloem, while internal phloem is probably altogether absent. The pericycle, he says, is well developed. Van Tieghem [1891] divides the hypocotyl into ‘‘tigelle”’ and ‘‘rhizelle.” The growth of the hypocotyl is produced by the elongation of either the tigelle, as in /tzcenus, Acer, Cucur- * Search has been made, but without success, for a paper by Monal: Rech. sur l’anat. compar. de la tige hypocot. et epicot. Ramaley - HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 89 bita, Tagetes, Convolvulus and Mirabilis, or, the rhizelle, as in Ranunculaceez, Crucifere, Caryophyllacez, Chenopodiacee, Umbellifere, Rubiacee and Conifer, or by a combination of the growth of both as in Euwonymus. The designation of certain regions as tigelle, rhizelle and tigellaire does not seem to the present writer a matter of great importance in the plants which he has studied, for in them these regions are by no means sharply differentiated. Further obser- vations and references to the work of Flot mentioned above are given in the pages which follow. In the special portion of the present work will be found de- scriptions of the structure of hypocotyl and epicotyl in the various species examined. Accompanying each description is a diagram of the cross section of the hypocotyl when the seedling is in the first stage previously described, and diagrams of both hypocotyl and epicoty] of the second and third stages. In these diagrams stereom is black, xylem is dotted, cortex, phloem, pericycle and the pith are white. The endodermis, when dis- tinct, is indicated by a single line as is also the epidermis and the boundaries between the various zones. In each figure the diagrams of the hypocotyl are at the left, those of the epicotyl at the right. ULMACEZ. Ulmus americana. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells which, in cross section, are square or rounded. After secondary growth of the stele has commenced these cells become very much flattened. There is no hypoderma differentiated. The cells of the cortex are large ; all are about the same size. The endodermis is small-celled and is easily recognized in early stages, when it contains very little starch. Afterward starch becomes abundant in the endodermis, pericycle, cortex, phloem and inner xylem. In the stele there are many small phloem bundles which are confluent into two crescent-shaped areas. There are two xylem bundles of somewhat crescentic appearance in cross section. The xylem and phloem soon form closed rings. The pericycle, in seedlings which have about two internodes 90 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of the stem developed, is partially sclerenchymatous. At a later time numerous groups of sclerenchyma are found in the phloem and cortex. The pith becomes quite small. There is a small-celled peri- medullary zone. The formation of cork cambium, as noted by Flot ( [1890], p. 29 ), takes place in the inner cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis when seen in cross section, are somewhat rectangular in outline. The tangential diameter is the longer. Numerous hairs are present. No collenchymatous hypoderma is produced. The cortex is rather narrow. The cells are all about the same size. The endodermis is distinct only in young material. The cells are small. They contain starch. At the end of the season starch is found in the pith and inner xylem and is sparingly dis- tributed in the cortex and phloem. In the youngest material examined the phloem forms a closed ring surrounding a number of xylem groups. ‘There are usually eight of these. They soon fuse to form a complete ring. Numerous small groups of thick-walled cells finally make their appearance in cortex, pericycle and phloem. The pith becomes quite small. The cells have thin unligni- fied walls. The perimedullary zone is easily distinguished; it consists of from one to three layers of small cells which are often somewhat flattened. Cork formation, as is well known in this species, begins in the outer- most cell layer of the cortex. Comparison of Structure of fypo- cotyl and Eprcotyl. The epidermal cells of the hypo- cotyl in young material appear radi- ally elongated, those of the epicotyl tangentially elongated. The former Re. region has a thicker cortex, fewer epi- americana dermal hairs, sclerenchyma developed earlier in the pericycle. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 91 The stele of the hypocotyl has two xylem bundles and two aggregations of phloem bundles. In the epicotyl the youngest material examined has a complete ring of phloem and about eight xylem bundles. Cork formation in the former region takes place deep in the cortex instead of in the outermost corti- cal layer. In their final structure the two regions are practically alike. Celtis occidentalis. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of thin-walled cells, small, square in cross section. There is no hypoderma. The elements of the cortex are large. There are about twenty layers of cells. The cells of the endodermis are much smaller than those of the cortex and on this account the endodermis is readily distin- guished until considerable secondary growth of vascular tis- sue has taken place. Starch is found in the endodermal region from the first ; toward the close of the season it is found not only in the pith, phloem and cortex, but very abundantly distributed throughout the xylem. Large isodiametric crystals, long known in the stem of this species (Moeller [1882], p. 74), make their appear- ance in the cortex some time before the close of the first season. The stele, which is cylindrical from the first, has originally four xylem bundles and two crescentic masses of phloem. At an early stage the xylem forms a closed ring, while it is not till sometime afterward that the two areas of the phloem become united. Two interrupted rings of sclerenchyma appear later in the first season, one of these is in the cortex and consists of much larger groups of cells than does the other which is in the outer phloem. The pith is large-celled. A more or less definite perimedul- lary zone of small cells is at length developed. Cork formation begins at a late period in the outermost cell layer of the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis are at first nearly square in cross section but at a later time are considerably flattened. There 92 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. are numerous simple curved and pointed hairs; there are also some with bulbous ends. The cortex is thin. A distinct collenchymatous hypoderma is developed. It usually consists of three or four layers of cells. The endodermis, which is originally distinct, soon becomes unrecognizable. The cells are about the same size as those of the cortex; they contain starch. Eventually all the parenchy- matous elements contain starch. The stele is originally somewhat elliptical in cross section. The phloem, in the youngest material examined, forms a com- plete ring. There are generally two large and four small xylem bundles. These soon fuse to form a closed xylem zone. An interrupted band of sclerenchyma is developed at the outer limit of the xylem. As in Celtis australts (cf: Flot [1893], p. 68) there is a dis- tinct perimedullary zone composed of two or three cell rows. ~ Cork formation begins, rather late in the season, in the outer- most hypodermal layer (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 74). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. A striking difference between hypocotyl] and epicoty]l is the ab- sence from the former region of the numerous epidermal hairs so abun- dant in the latter. The hypocotyl is without a hypoderma. The primary stelar structure of the hypocotyl is peculiar, the phloem forming two crescentric masses and not uniting into a closed ring till after the xylem bundles have fused. The epicotyl possesses a ring of phloem and six xylem bundles. At the end of the season the hypo- cotyl has two interrupted bands of sclerenchyma instead of one, and a Bi smaller pith. Aside from these dif- occidentalis. © ferences the “two: Tes@ionsrarcmrie 2. same in structure. ive) ew) Ramaley ¢ HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. MORACES. Toxylon pomiferum. Structure of Hypocotyl. In cross section the cells of the epidermis appear radially elongated. Eventually they are considerably flattened. The cells of the outer cortex are similar to those of the epidermis. There is no collenchyma developed. The inner cortex is com- posed of larger cells. The endodermis is distinct but in material taken at the close of the growing season it was not distinguished. The develop- ment of pericycle is remarkable. This region is composed of about six layers of parenchymatous cells resembling, in shape, those of the endodermis. Starch is found, from the first, in the endodermis and later appears in all the conjunctive tissues. The stele is slightly four-angled. There are, in the young- est material examined, four xylem bundles and two large cres- cent-shaped phloem bundles. The phloem soon forms a com- plete ring as does also the xylem, but the two xylem bundles first fuse in pairs. About this time four aggregations of small groups of scleren- chyma appear in the pericycle. Eventually a nearly complete sclerenchymatous ring surrounds the phloem. The pith is large-celled. A small-celled perimedullary zone of three or four layers is present. Cork formation takes place in the fourth or fifth layer of the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells which are, at first, nearly square in cross section but later are very much flattened. Ac- cording to Moeller [1882] the epidermis is two-layered. Numerous straight epidermal hairs are present; there are also some stalked glandular hairs. The cells of the cortex are rather small, parenchymatous, not at all collenchymatous. The endodermis is distinguished with difficulty even in very young material. Its cells contain starch. Starch is later found in all the parenchymatous tissues. There is a variable number of vascular bundles; usually eight to sixteen. These soon fuse to form closed rings of _ phloem and xylem. 94 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. An interrupted sclerenchymatous ring is formed at the outer edge of the phloem; the cells are thick-walled but do not be- come lignified the first year. -The pith is rather large. There is a small-celled perime- dullary zone which is quite definite. Cork formation in the epicotyl takes place in the outermost cortical layer (cf. Moeller [1882] ). Comparison of Structure of [Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. In the hypocotyl the cortex and pericycle are much better developed than in the epicotyl. The former region is without epidermal hairs. This point of difference was previously noted by Klebs [1885]. The stele of the hypocotyl has orig- inally four vascular bundles, instead of from eight to sixteen; the pith is small in extent. The sclerenchyma is first formed in four patches but afterwards forms al- most a complete ring. Cork formation. in the hypocotyl begins in a deeper layer of the cortex: At the close of the year the two Toeylen regions have nearly the same structure, pomiferum about the only difference being the size Fic. 3. of the pith. Broussonetia papyrifera. Structure of [Hypocotyl. There is an epidermis of small cells nearly square in outline when seen in cross section. These cells become greatly elon- gated tangentially as the tissues within increase in thickness. Short, blunt, unicellular epidermal hairs are numerous. The cortex is composed of about six layers of large, thin- walled parenchymatous elements which, like the epidermal cells, become stretched toward the close of the season. The endodermis is small-celled. It sometimes remains dis- tinct till nearly the close of the first season. Starch is present in the endodermis, but absent from all other tissues for a long Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 95 time. It eventually appears in the pericycle, phloem, medullary rays and inner elements of the xylem. The stele is originally very small. In the disposition of the vascular tissues this plant differs from all others examined by the writer. In cross section the center of this stele is seen to be occupied by an elongated area of xylem. On each side of this, separated by a small amount of conjunctive tissue, is a crescent-shaped mass of phloem. ‘The xylem soon forms a somewhat four-sided mass, and is surrounded by a ring of phloem. The xylem at length becomes circular, and the sur- rounding phloem increases greatly in amount. There is but slight development of stereom, although, toward the close of the first season, numerous isolated sclerenchymatous elements are found in the phloem. The cork cambium originates in the endodermis or pericycle. The ring of phellogen is sometimes irregular, appearing now in one, now in the other of the regions named. It may be said that, since the structure of the hypocotyl in this species so much resembles the general type of root struc- ture, it was thought best to examine a large number of plants, lest the peculiarities noted should have been due to teratological development. All the plants were, however, found to be alike. Neither is there any trouble in this species, to determine the lower limit of the hypocotyl, for it is enlarged below and does not gradually shade off into root, as is the case in some seed- lings. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis is small-celled. There are numerous simple, blunt and pointed hairs, and also some with a single stalk cell and a multicellular bulb at the distal end. A somewhat collenchymatous hypoderma is developed, con- sisting of two or three layers of cells, which are smaller than the deeper cells of the cortex. The small-celled endodermis, at first distinct, soon becomes displaced and changed, owing to secondary growth of sub-lying tissues. Starch is almost entirely absent, except in the endodermal region, till about the close of the first growing season, when it appears in the pith, medullary rays, phloem and, to a slight - extent, in the cortex. 96 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The stele is large. There is a circle of twelve to eighteen conjoint vascular bundles. These soon fuse to form a narrow zone each of xylem and phloem. There is a considerable amount of sclerenchyma at the outer edge of the phloem. Thecells are, however, mostly isolated or else occur in small groups. The pith, which is extensive, is composed of large, parenchy~ matous elements with thin, slightly lignified walls. According to Flot [1893], there is a perimedullary zone of five or six lay- ers of crushed, thin-walled cells. ‘The same author states that laticiferous tubes are found in the perimedullary region of young twigs of this species. The cork cambium is formed in the outermost hypodermal layer (ct. aMloeller [13882], p..82); Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. Both hypocotyl and epicotyl have simple epidermal hairs, but the former does not have the pointed or the bulbous hairs found in the latter region. The hypocotyl is also without the some- what collenchymatous hypoderma found in the epicotyl; its endodermis persists for a greater length of time. The structure of the stele in the hypocotyl is anomalous. A _ single flat bundle of xylem is flanked by phloem, which eventually surrounds the centrally-lying xylem, the inner cells of which contain starch. There isno pith. The epicotyl, on the other hand, has a large pith, and the vas- cular bundles are originally numer- ous. Starch is absent from the xylem. sete ab i Cork formation is endodermal or papyrifera pericyclic in the hypocotyl, but hypo- Fie.4. dermal in the epicotyl. MAGNOLIACES. Liriodendron tulipifera. Structure of LHypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which are nearly square in cross section; at first they are very much bulged. They never Rlamaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 97 become flat. The two or three layers of the cortex just below the epidermis are small-celled. The deeper layers are very large-celled. The endodermis is small-celled and easily distinguished in young material, but is eventually displaced and is not distin- guishable. In the young stages starch is entirely absent from the hypocotyl, but later is found sparingly distributed through the various parenchymatous tissues. The stele, which is originally quadrangular, has four vascu- lar bundles arranged in pairs. By their continued growth zones of xylem and phloem are produced. About the time that a complete ring of xylem has been formed four masses of sclerenchyma appear in the pericyle. Even- tually other groups of pericyclic cells also become sclerotic. The phloem immediately under these groups is better developed than at other places. The pith is slightly quadrangular. The cells are thin-walled. A definite perimedullary zone was not distinguished. The cork cambium is produced in the outermost layer of cor- tical cells. Structure of LEpicotyl. The cells of the epidermis, when seen in cross section, ap- pear square or tangentially elongated. A narrow collenchyma- tous hypoderma is developed. The remaining cells of the cor- tex are all about the same size. The endodermis is distinct in young material, owing to the presence of starch in its cells. Ata later time starch is distrib- uted in small amount in the various parenchymatous tissues. The number of primary xylem groups in the stele is about six or eight. Groups of phloem are somewhat more numerous. Closed zones of xylem and phloem are produced very early. The outer phloem has many groups of sclerenchymatous fibers. ‘These groups are close together, separated only by medullary rays. A small amount of sclerenchyma is produced in the cortex. The pith is rather large, and composed of cells with thin, un- lignified walls. No perimedullary zone was distinguished. Cork is developed in the outermost cell layer of the cortex (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 229). 98 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The cortex of the hypocotyl is much thicker than that of the epicotyl. The former region has no hypoderma; it has four vascular bundles instead of six or eight or more; the sclerenchyma first ap- pears in only four groups and at no time is as well developed as in the epicotyl. The pith of the hypocotyl is smaller than that of the epicotyl; it is some- what quadrangular in shape. MENISPERMACE#. Menispermum canadense. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which Liriodendron are square or rectangular in cross sec- tulipifera ; : tion. Late in the first season they be- come flat and tangentially elongated. A very thick, tough cuticle develops at the same time. There is no hypoderma. ‘There are about twelve layers in the cortex. | Whescells, are large: The endodermis consists of cells smaller than those of the cortex. It remains distinct a long time, but was not distin- guished in material taken at the close of the growing season. The pericycle is peculiar. It is one or two layers in thickness. Usually every second or third cell, when seen in cross section, is without starch, although starch is present in the other cells. Eventually these cells also contain starch. This plant is somewhat unique in the distribution of starch in its tissues, for in all the different stages examined starch was found in cortex, pith, endodermis and medullary rays and in the pericycle except as just noted. The*stele 1s quadrangular and has four primary vascular bundles. These increase considerably in size as the plant grows older. At the close of the growing season they are of about the same extent as the medullary rays which are com- posed of wood parenchyma and are full of starch. There is no phloem produced the first year opposite the medullary rays. The pith is composed of large cells. There is a rather dis- BIG 25. Ramaley - HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 99 tinct smaller-celled perimedullary zone. No cork is formed the first year. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis, at first square in cross section, be- come very much flattened and develop a thick cuticle like that of the hypocotyl. A more or less definite collenchymatous hy- poderma is developed. The cortex is composed of about six cell layers. The endodermis is not easily distinguished even in youngest stages. The pericycle has some cells which in cross section appear empty, while the neighboring cells contain starch. These empty cells at a later time either become filled with starch or else are displaced so that they are not recognized. Starch is present in the cortex, medullary rays, endodermis, pericycle and pith. There are originally from nine to fifteen vascular bundles. These usually fuse to some extent so that there come to be only about six or eight. These remain easily distinguishable, since the primary medullary rays are very broad. The growth of the cambium produces no true phloem elements opposite the me- dullary rays, although there is some thin-walled parenchyma. A crescent-shaped area of stereom is finally formed at the outer edge of each phloem bundle. The pith becomes rather small in extent. There is a perime- dullary zone of two or three layers of smaller cells. According to Flot [1893] these form at a later time five or six layers of sclerotic paren- chyma. The formation of cork was not observed. It does not take place the first year. Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl has a thicker cor- tex than the epicotyl: it is without a collenchymatous hypoderma. The endodermis is much more distinct in the former region and the peculiar dis- tribution of starch in the pericycle is _ more pronounced. Fic. 6. Menispermum canadense 100 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Concerning the structure of the stele it is to be noted that in the hypocotyl it is quadrangular; it has but four vascular bundles instead of from eight to twelve and there is no stereom, while in the epicotyl a crescentic mass of stereom borders each phloem bundle. CALYCANTHACEA. Butneria florida. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which are nearly square in cross section. They soon become more or less broken, owing to the early formation of cork. A few short, pointed, uni- cellular hairs are present. A true hypoderma becomes differentiated late in the season. About three or four of the sub-epidermal layers of cells become collenchymatous. The cortex has about twenty layers of cells all approximately the same size. Intercellular spaces abound. The endodermal celis are but slightly smaller than those of the cortex. The endodermis remains more or less distinct until the close of the first year. Starch grains are very small. A few are found in the endodermis, but no starch is present in the other parts of the hypocotyl till late in the season, when it is found in great abundance throughout all the parenchymatous tissues. The stele is somewhat quadrangular. There are four xylem bundles and four principal phloem bundles. These are situated in the angles of the stele. There are also some small phloem areas. ‘Their location will be seen by reference to the diagram. The phloem and xylem soon form narrow, closed zones. The former is most developed at the original angles of the stele. It is stated by De Bary [1884], that in the seedlings of Caly- canthaceze a transverse section of the hypocotyl shows six bun- dles. In the plant under investigation, the present writer found this to be true only for the upper end of the hypocotyl where the cortical bundles, to be mentioned later, are separating and pre- paring to leave the stele. This appearance is, of course, only seen after the fusion of the primary xylem bundles in pairs, and before complete rings of phloem and xylem are produced. Toward the upper limit of the hypocotyl there is present a small stereom bundle at each of the four angles of the stele. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 101 These stereom bundles bend outward and accompany the corti- cal bundles in succeeding internodes. The pith is rather thick-walled; the cells are about the same size as those of the cortex. A small-celled perimedullary zone of one or two layers is at length clearly distinguishable. Cork formation begins very early in the outermost sub-epider- mal layer of the cells. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis when seen in cross section are rec- tangular with the long diameter parallel to the surface of the section. There are numerous pointed hairs of various lengths. A collenchymatous hypoderma, four or five layers of cells in thickness, forms the outer part of the cortex, the rest of which is composed of very loose parenchyma. A definite endodermis was not distinguished. The endoder- mal region is, however, easily recognized by the presence of starch in many of the cells. Starch is afterward found in great abundance in pith, cortex and medullary rays. The normal phloem and xylem form closed rings even in the youngest material examined. In the cortex, about half way between the epidermis and phloem are four vascular bundles, ninety degrees apart; each bundle consists of a more or less crescent-shaped mass of lignified sclerenchyma, at whose con- cave surface is a small area of slightly lignified xylem, consist- ing usually of five to ten cells. Adjoining this xylem and pro- jecting some distance toward the stele is a lenticular mass of phloem. The general arrangement of the bundle is the same as that carefully described for Calycanthus sp. by Woronin [1860] and for Calycanthus occidentalis by Williams [1894]. Serial sections showed that in this species these cortical bundles enter the stele about 1 mm. below the insertion of the cotyledons, and not at the middle of the first internode as reported by Herail [1885] for.certain other species. The pith is large. There is a definite perimedullary zone of about three layers of small cells. The cork cambium is formed very early in the outermost hypodermal layer (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 364). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The epidermal hairs of the hypocotyl are fewer and shorter 102 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. than those of the epicotyl, There is in the former region also a less developed hypoderma. The stele of the hypocotyl is originally quadrangular; it is sur- rounded by a distinct endodermis, and has four xylem bundles and four principal phloem bundles. The stele of the epicotyl is cylindrical, without a distinct endodermis, and even at a very early age, the xylem and phloem form closed rings. The hypocotyl has no cortical vascular bundles; of these the epi- cotyl has four. The presence of true collenchy matous hypoderma in the hypocotyl deserves special mention, as this Butseie forms an exception to the general florida rule that collenchyma is not de- Fic. 7. veloped in the hypocotyl. CHSALPINACEA. Parkinsonia aculeata. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells which are rectangular in cross section. They are, at first, radially elongated. Eventu- ally they become elongated in the other direction. The cortex is many-layered. There is no hypoderma. The outer cells of the cortex are much smaller than those further down. Very early in the history of the hypocotyl a parenchy- matous sheath of small cells is formed in the cortex about mid- way between epidermis and endodermis. The cells are not arranged in definite rows. The position of this sheath is shown in the last plate accompanying this paper. The cells of the endodermis are smaller than those of the cor- tex. They contain starch. The endodermis is quite distinct ; it was, however, not definitely distinguished in material col- lected late in the season. The cortex and pith at a later time also have some starch. The stele is four-angled. There are originally four phloem Ramaley - HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 103 bundles and eight paired xylem bundles. Eventually closed rings of xylem and phloem are formed. At the corners of the stele in the pericycle groups of scleren- chyma are formed. The cells become very thick-walled and each group quite large. The pith is large. The cells are rather thick-walled. No definite perimedullary zone was distinguished. In the material examined cork formation had not commenced. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermal cells are thin-walled, square in cross section, becoming at length much flattened. There is no collenchyma. The cortex is narrow; the cells are about the same size as those of the epidermis. The endodermis is composed of thin-walled cells. After secondary growth of the stelar tissues it cannot be definitely seen. The cells are about the same size as those of the cortex ; they contain starch. Starch is found at a later time in the various parenchymatous tissues. The number of vascular bundles is variable. Usually there are about twelve. These, at length, fuse to form closed rings of phloem and xylem. The pericycle develops a sheath of sclerenchyma which almost completely shuts in the phloem. ‘The cells were not very thick- walled in the material examined. The pith is large, the cells rather thin-walled. A perimedullary zone of small-celled parenchyma at length becomes differentiated. No material old enough to show cork formation was examined. Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl] differs from the epi- cotyl in having a thicker cortex with a narrow small-celled parenchyma- tous sheath. The cells of the cortex are also larger. In its primary stelar structure the differences are very marked. The Fic. 8. Parkinsonia aculeata 104 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. hypocotyl has four phloem bundles and eight xylem bundles instead of a large number of conjoint bundles. It has four large groups of stereom instead of a narrow, almost continuous sclerenchymatous sheath. Cercis canadensis. Structure of FHypocotyl. The epidermal cells are rectangular in cross section; the radial diameter is the longer. These cells never become tan- gentially elongated. The cells of the outer cortex are smaller than those within. An indefinite sheath of small-celled paren- chyma similar to that in Parkznsonza can sometimes be recog- nized. The endodermis is small-celled; it remains distinct through the first year. Its cells contain starch. Starch is also present toward the close of the year in the pith. The stele is originally quadrangular. There are four xylem bundles and four phloem bundles. ‘These, at length, develop into closed rings. Four small groups of sclerenchyma make their appearance in the pericycle at an early time and become, at length, consid- erably extended. * The pith finally becomes cylindrical. The cells are large and thin-walled. The perimedullary zone is not clearly dif- ferentiated. Cork formation takes place in the cortex either next to or very near the endodermis. It begins sometime before the close of the season. Structure of Epicotyl. The epicotyl 1s somewhat quadrangular in the early stages. The epidermal «cells are rectangular in cross section. ‘The tangential diameter is the greater. There is no hypoderma. The cortex is thin. The cells are all about the same size. The endodermis was not definitely distinguished. In the youngest material examined the phloem forms a closed ring. There are four large primary xylem bundles. There are also some smaller ones. The latter have often only one or two xylem cells. A closed zone of xylem is soon produced. Nearly all the cells of the pericycle become, at length, scler- otic, thus forming an almost continuous sheath with but few parenchymatous cells. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 105 The pith is large-called. A perimedullary zone was not dis- tinguished. Cork formation takes place in the second cortical layer as in Cercis siliquastrum (fide Moeller [1882] ). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The epidermal cells of the hypocotyl, when seen in cross section, appear radially, not tan- gentially elongated as in the epi- cotyl. In the former region the endodermis is distinct, the cortex thicker and the sclerenchyma at first differently disposed. The stele of the hypocotyl has originally four phloem bundles and four xylem bundles. The young- est material of the epicotyl which was examined has a closed ring of phloem and four large xylem bundles, also a few small groups of xylem. Cork formation in the hypocotyl takes place in the lower cortex; in the epicotyl it takes place in the second cell layer of the cortex. Fic. 9. Cercis canadensis Gleditsia triacanthos. Structure of fypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of rather thick-walled cells which are oblong in cross section, the long axis being at right angles to the periphery of the section. These cells are eventually elongated in the tangential direction. The cortex is very thick. There is no differentiated hypo- derma, but three or four of the outer cortical layers are com- posed of smaller cells than those below. The endodermis is definite; it is large-celled. In some places it is two layers of cells in thickness. Starch, at first present only in the endodermis, is eventually widely distributed throughout all the parenchymatous tissues. The stele is cylindrical. There are in the young hypocotyl 106 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. eight paired xylem bundles and a large number of groups of phloem. The latter soon grow together, forming a complete ring, while the xylem bundles first fuse in pairs, afterward growing together into a closed zone. In the pericycle, alternating with the paired xylem bundles there are developed four large bands of sclerenchyma which ex- tend so far around that they nearly touch each other. By the end of the first season these become divided into a number of groups by the intercalation of parenchymatous cells. — The pith, which is eventually of slight extent, is composed of large-celled parenchyma. Cork formation begins rather early the first season in the third or fourth cell layer of the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The general shape of the epicotyl is originally somewhat hexagonally prismatic; it soon becomes cylindrical. The cells of the epidermis are originally nearly square in cross section. ‘There are numerous, long, curved, pointed epi- dermal hairs. The outer two layers of the cortex become slightly collenchymatous. The other cortical layers are com- posed of parenchyma. . The endodermis was not distinguished in material taken in the autumn butin the young epicotyl is quite distinct. The cells are rather large, similar to those of the cortical region but packed with starch. The phloem, in youngest materiai examined, forms a ring of tissue. There are about six principal xylem bundles which soon fuse. A broken sclerenchymatous ring is formed which resembles that of the epicotyl. No other stereom is, as a rule, produced the first year. The pith is large and composed of cells with unlignified walls. There is a small-celled perimedullary zone. Cork formation takes place in the hypoderma (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 393)- Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl differs from the epicotyl in the absence of epi- dermal hairs and of a collenchymatous hypoderma, in the pri- mary structure of the stele, and in its smaller pith. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 107 In the hypocotyl there are at first four pairs of xylem bundles and a number of phloem bundles. Four large groups of sclerenchyma soon make their appearance in the peri- cycle. In the epicotyl, on the other hand, a closed ring of phloem surrounds usually about six xylem bundles. No differentiated peri- medullary zone was distinguished in the hypocotyl. The structure of the two regions at the close of the first year differs only in the perimedullary region and pith ; the formation of cork having removed the epidermis and hypo- derma. Gleditsia triacanthos PAPILIONACEZ. Amorpha fruticosa. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells rather small, somewhat thick- walled, square or nearly so, in cross section, at length becom- ing flattened. The cells of the cortex are large; those imme- diately below the epidermis somewhat smaller, but not forming a definite hypoderma. The endodermis of thin-walled cells containing starch re- mains distinct forsome time. ‘Toward the close of the first year its exact position cannot be determined, although it can be lo- cated approximately. A small amount of starch is scattered throughout the cortex, pith and pericycle as well as the endo- dermis, even in the youngest stage. This is not the case in most species. Later the phloem and the medullary rays also come to be filled with starch. The stele is at first quadrangular, and remains so for a con- siderable length of time. There are four conjoint vascular bundles, and in addition there appear a few small patches of phloem. The bundles soon tend to unite in pairs. Xylem and phloem at length form complete zones. The medullary rays are very numerous; they are one cell in width. 108 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. About the time that the epicotyl has reached its full length four small areas of sclerenchyma appear in the pericycle, one adjoining the phloem of each vascular bundle. These increase somewhat in size, and are still visible in two-year-old material. Numerous isolated sclerenchymatous elements are found scat- tered through the phloem. The pith is composed of rather large cells with thin walls, which soon become lignified. As the plant grows older the pith becomes almost obliterated. No perimedullary zone was dis- tinguished. Cork formation takes place in the outer pericycle, at length cutting off all tissues outside, leaving the bundles of scleren- chyma which are at the inner limit of the pericycle. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells nearly square in cross section. These abut directly upon a large-celled, few-layered cortex. There is no hypoderma. A definite endodermis was not distinguished at any time al- though in a very young stage certain starch containing cells were recognized as having the appearance of endodermis; a continuous ring of them was not traced. With the exception of the endodermal and medullary region, starch does not occur until the plant has developed a number of internodes above the epicotyl. The cells of pericycle and phloem are at length filled with starch. The stele is cylindrical from the first. Owing to fusions the number of vascular bundles is variable. ‘There are, however, generally about five or six bundles. The phloem and xylem eventually form closed rings. There is a narrow interrupted ring of stereom at the outer edge of the pericycle. Toward the end of the first season numerous small patches of thick-walled fibers appear in the phloem and the pericycle. The pith is large-celled; it does not decrease appreciably in size as the stem grows older. In the lower part of the epicotyl cork formation takes place in the pericycle below the ring of stereom mentioned above, thus cutting off the cortex and epidermis which soon die and disappear. In the upper part it takes place in the cortex (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 383). This plant shows a distinct ‘‘ re- gion tigellaire ” in two-year-old material. © Ramaley “ HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 109 Comparison of Structure of FHypocotyl and LEpicotyl. In very young plants the hypocotyl shows a few slightly dif- ferentiated layers of smaller cells in the outer cortex. The epicotyl has nothing of the kind. The endodermis of the hypocotyl is distinct in the early stages, but was not definitely located in the epicotyl. Starch appears earlier in the hypocotyl] and the four large groups of stereom are not represented at all in the epi- cotyl which, however, has an inter- rupted circle of the same material. In the former region the stele is at first quadrangular, while always cylin- drical in the latter. Cork formation in the hypocotyl is pericyclic, but is cortical in the epicotyl. The final structure of the two regions is very similar, save in the arrange- ment of sclerenchyma. Fig. i: Amorpha fruticosa Robinia pseudacacia. Structure of fly pocotyl. The epidermal cells are oblong in cross section, radially elongated at first, later becoming elongated in the tangential direction. A few straight multicellular hairs are present. There is no differentiated hypoderma. The cells of the cortex are all about the same size. The endodermis is small-celled and contains starch. It is not easily distinguished in material taken at the close of the grow- ing season. Starch is also found in some of the pericyclic cells in early stages. Later nearly all the parenchymatous tissues have starch. The stele is originally quadrangular. There are eight phloem bundles and four xylem bundles. These soon produce closed zones. In the pericycle Opposite each of the original xylem bundles a group of stereom appears. These groups, at length, become quite large. In addition to these, at the close of the first year, there are some small patches of stereom irregularly disposed just outside the phloem. 110 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The pith is composed of parenchymatous cells which acquire thick lignified walls. There is a well-differentiated perimedul- lary zone three or four cells in width. The cells are small and have thick lignified walls. Cork formation, according to Flot [1890], takes place rather deep in the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis are square or oblong in cross sec- tion, and become in time greatly flattened. There are numerous epidermal hairs. A narrow collenchymatous hypoderma is present. The cells of the cortex are about the same size as the epidermal cells. The endodermis was distinguished only in very young stages. The cells are rather small and closely packed with starch. Starch is found at a later time in the various parenchymatous tissues. Troschel [1879] states that in year-old twigs starch is present in some of the elements of the wood but disappears the next year. In young material the epicotyl is animal in cross section. The stele follows this closely in shape. The phloem forms a _ closed ring surrounding a variable number of xylem bundles. There are usually more than eight of these bundles. The xylem also soon forms a complete zone in which medullary rays are prominent. The pith cells become, at length, thick-walled. There is a well-de- fined perimedullary zone. Cork arises in the fourth, fifth or sixth layer of the cortex (cf. Moel- ler [1882], p. 384). Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl is without the col- lenchymatous hypoderma of the epi- cotyl; it has fewer epidermal hairs ; the cortex is thicker; there are four Robinia large groups of stereom with some pseudacacia ~~ very small ones instead of a broken Pre. 12) ring of medium-sized bundles. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN woopy PLANTS. 111 In its primary structure the stele of the hypocotyl differs con- siderably from that of the epicotyl. There are four xylem bundles instead of eight or more and eight phloem bundles in- stead of a closed ring of phloem. The cork, although of cortical origin in both regions, arises in the hypocotyl in deeper layers. RUTACEZ. Ptelea trifoliata. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis, when seen in cross section, appear nearly square. They, at length, are flattened. There are a few short, blunt, unicellular hairs. The cortex is large-celled. There is no distinct hypoderma differentiated. The endodermis is large-celled and contains, at first, very little starch. It later becomes closely packed with starch. The various parenchymatous tissues at length also contain starch in the cell cavities. Numerous lysigenous reservoirs are pres- ent in the outer part of the primary cortex. The stele is originally four-angled. There is one phloem bundle and one xylem bundle in each angle. The phloem soon forms a closed ring surrounding the now greatly enlarged xylem bundles which enclose, at this stage, a somewhat cruciform pith. The xylem bundles also finally fuse. Four very small groups of sclerenchyma appear, toward the end of the season, in the pericycle. They are equidistant. There are about six cells in each group. Some sections do not show all these groups, as the sclerenchymatous elements do not form continuous strands in the hypocotyl. Some sections show no sclerenchyma at all. The pith is eventually quite small. The perimedullary zone is not well developed. The formation of cork begins early in the outermost cortical layer of cells. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells which appear slightly rec- tangular in cross section. They are elongated in the tangen- tial direction. Numerous epidermal hairs are present. There is a narrow collenchymatous hypoderma. The cells of the in- ner cortex are very large. 112 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The endodermis is distinct and can be recognized in year-old material. Starch is present from the first. The various paren- chymatous tissues at length have a small amount of starch. Secretion cavities develop in the cortex. The stele is small; much smaller than is usual in most spe- cies. Inthe youngest material examined the phloem forms a complete ring surrounding a small number of xylem bundles which eventually fuse. Numerous groups of elements in the pericycle become scler- otic so that they form an interrupted ring of sclerenchyma sur- rounding the phloem. The pith is small, unusually so for an epicotyl. There is a definite perimedullary zone of small-celled parenchyma contain- ing starch. The formation of cork takes place in the outermost layer of hypoderma (cf. Moeller [1882], p- 326)- Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl] does not have the epidermal hairs andthe collen- chymatous hypoderma of the epicotyl. The cortex of the former region, though oo very thick, is but little thicker, in pro- portion, than that of the epicotyl. © In the stele of the hypocotyl there are four phloem bundles and an equal number of xylem bundles, while in the epicotyl, in the youngest material ex- amined, the phloem forms a closed ring surrounding about six xylem strands. The sclerenchyma of the hypocotyl is in four somewhat irregular columns in the pericycle, while in the epicotyl st forms more nearly a closed sheath. n the former region also the peri- Fig. 13. medullary zone is poorly developed. Ptelea trifoliata SIMARUBACE. Ailanthus glandulosa. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of small cells, square or nearly so, in cross section, and considerably bulged when young. A few Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 113 short, unicellular hairs were seen, but none noted in very young plants. There is a hypoderma of one or two layers of some- what larger and thicker-walled cells. The rest of the cortex is parenchymatous and large-celled. The endodermis consists of cells somewhat smaller than those of the adjacent cortical layer. The endodermis was not recog- nized in older material. Starch is present from the first in the endodermis, pericycle and pith, but does not appear in the cor- tex till nearly the close of the first season. The stele is at first quite small. There are four xylem bun- dles arranged in pairs and four phloem bundles similarly dis- posed. The phloem soon forms a complete ring, surrounding the now considerably enlarged xylem bundles, which also even- tually form a closed ring. Opposite each of the four original xylem bundles there ap- pears in the pericycle a group of sclerenchymatous cells. These groups become, at length, somewhat divided so that the old hypocotyl may have a considerable number of smaller groups. There are numerous sclerenchymatous fibers scattered in small and large patches through the phloem and pericycle. The pith is thin-walled; toward the end of the first season it becomes lignified. The perimedullary zone, described by Flot [1893], as an important feature of the stem structure is first definitely noted at this time. The oleoresin canals described by Trécul [ 1867 ] as occurring at the outer border of the pith, and by Van Tieghem [1884] as in the inner xylem of the stem, were not distinguished in the hypocotyl. Crystal rosettes of calcium oxalate occur singly in certain cells of the phloem area. Single oleoresin cells are found here and there in the cortex and phloem. Cork formation, as noted by Flot [1889 and 1890] takes place in the layer of cells just below the epidermis. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis resembles that of the hypocotyl, but there are numerous, somewhat long, curved or hooked epidermal hairs. Most of these are unicellular. The hypoderma is, as previously described for the stem by De Bary ([1884], p. 404), collenchymatous. The cells are small; toward the inside the hypoderma gradually shades into the ordinary cortex. 114 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. A definite endodermis was not distinguished at any stage, al- though, since starch is present in the region of the pericyle and endodermis from the first, those regions can be located approx- imately. Starch is found later in pith and cortex; also in many of the inner xylem elements. There are, at first, eight to ten conjoint vascular bundles. Eventually the phloem and xylem form closed rings. Scattered sclerenchymatous elements are found in the phloem, pericycle and cortex. The pith is irregular in outline. The first formed xylem ele- ments project into it. The perimedullary zone is not conspic- uous the first year, being composed of a few cells with unligni- fied walls. The cork cambium is formed in the outermost hypodermal layer (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 327). Comparison of Structure of HHypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl has a few, the epi- cotyl a considerable number, of epi- dermal hairs. The hypocotyl does TOSN not have the collenchymatous hypo- derma found in the epicotyl. The pith is smaller and circular instead of scalloped ; the perimedullary zone is better developed. The endodermis is distinct in the hypocotyl for a considerable time, while in the epicotyl it was not definitely distinguished at all. The hypocotyl has, at first, four xylem and four phloem bundles; the epi- cotyl eight to ten conjoint bundles. At the close of the year the only dif- Ailanthus P wlandulosa 4 ferences are those noted in the me- Fic. 14. dullary and perimedullary regions. ANACARDIACE:. Schinus molle. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermal cells are square or oblong in cross section, becoming, at length, flattened. There are numerous short epi- Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 115 dermal hairs. No hypoderma is developed but the cells of three or four outer layers of the cortex are smaller than those of deeper layers. The endodermis is small-celled and easily recognized in young stages, although at that time the cells are without starch. Later starch appears in small quantities in these cells and in those of the pith and phloem. The stele is originally four-angled and remains so for some time. In each angle there is a single xylem bundle and two groups of phloem; these form a crescent-shaped mass border- ing a group of cells which later develop into a resin duct. After a time secondary vascular bundles are intercalated be- tween the primary bundles. All finally fuse to produce closed zones of phloem and xylem. A few small groups of sclerenchymatous cells develop at the outer border of the phloem. The pith remains somewhat four-sided. The four original xylem bundles project into it at the angles. The pith cells have thin, unlignified walls. A perimedullary zone of small cells was distinguished. Material old enough to show cork formation was not obtained. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis resembles that of the hypocotyl. Trichome structures seem to be no more abundant. ‘There is no collen- chymatous hypoderma developed. The cells of the cortex are all about the same size. The endodermis is not easily recognized owing to the fact that in young stages it contains no starch. Later when starch is present the cells have been compressed and displaced by pressure from the subjacent tissues. The stele contains a variable number of vascular bundles. Usually there are about eight. In connection with each bundle is a small resin passage, at first pointed out by Trécul [1867]. In older material these resin passages become quite large and somewhat flattened. The phloem and xylem then form closed zones. Groups of sclerenchyma, usually consisting of only a few cells, are found at the periphery of the phloem. These are often located near the resin passages. The pith is nearly-circular, not quadrangular, and is com- 116 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. posed of large, thin-walled cells. There is a distinct perime- dullary zone. The region of cork formation was not determined. Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. In their primary structure the steles of the hypocotyl and epi- cotyl show important differences. That of the former region is quadrangular; it has four primary vascular bundles and ata later time other secondary bundles are intercalated. These latter do not have resin canals. In the epicotyl there are about eight vascular bundles each with a resin canal. The pith of the hypocotyl is four- sided, that of the epicotyl circular in outline, when seen in cross section. RHAMNACEZA. Berchemia racemosa. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are nearly square in cross section, sometimes radially elongated, but becoming at length considerably flattened. No hypoderma is developed, although the cells of the outermost layer of cortical tissue are considerably smaller than those below. ‘There are about five layers of cells in the cortex. This tissue is extremely loose, having many in- tercellular spaces. The endodermis is quite distinct until nearly the time that cork formation begins. The cells are smaller than those of the cortex but larger than the pericyclic elements. Starch is present in the endodermis from the first, but does not appear in the cortex at all, nor in the pith and phloem till about the close of the season. The stele is originally four-angled. There are four xylem and four phloem bundles. These are paired. They soon fuse so that there are two crescent-shaped bundles, and by further growth closed rings of xylem and phloem are produced. While the bundles are in the crescent form four small groups FIG. 15. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 117 of sclerenchyma appear in the pericycle, one opposite each of the original xylem groups. The pith is composed of large cells, whose thin walls be- come, at length, somewhat lignified. A perimedullary zone of about two layers may be distinguished but is not always con- tinuous the whole way around the pith. The cork has its origin in the inner cortex or in the endoder- mis. Some of the layers of cork carry a brown pigment. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis, composed originally of small cells, square or pentagonal in cross section, eventually becomes strongly cuticu- larized and the separate elements very much flattened. There is no hypoderma developed. The cortex is rather large-celled, but very narrow, being only three or four layers of cells in thickness. During the second year the walls of these cells become conspicuously pitted. Many large crystals, chiefly cubical in form, are found in this region. The endodermis, composed of flat cells containing starch is distinct till near the close of the first season. Except in the en- dodermis starch is absent until about the end of the first year’s growth, when it appears in the pith and medullary rays. Even in very young stages the phloem forms a closed zone surrounding a ring of from six to ten, but generally about eight, xylem bundles. These soon become fused. A narrow band of sclerenchyma, for the most part only one cell wide, is found at the outer limit of the phloem; it does not form a closed ring, but is more or less irregular and broken. Small patches of sclerenchyma are found in the phloem of two-year-old seed- lings. The pith is large-celled ; the walls are thin but slightly ligni- fied. No perimedullary zone was distinguished. The region of cork formation was not distinguished. Two- year-old material was examined, but the cork cambium had not begun to form. Comparison of the Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The epidermis of the hypocotyl remains thinner-walled and exhibits less cuticularization than that of the epicotyl. This is to be expected, since in the former region cork is produced the first year, while inthe latter not till a later period. 118 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ‘The hypocotyl has at first four xylem and four phloem bun- dles, the epicotyl a closed ring of phloem and about eight xylem bundles. In the former area there are but four groups of scleren- chyma, while in the latter there is an interrupted circle of thick-walled ele- ments just outside the phloem. The pith of the hypocotyl is smaller than that of the epicotyl. Rhamnus purshiana. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are origi- nally square or pentagonal in cross section. They become, at length, much Berchemia = flattened. The cortex is thick and very large-celled. No hypoderma is differentiated. The endodermis consists of small, thin-walled cells contain- ing starch. It remains distinct until cork formation takes place. Starch is found, late in the season, in the perimedullary zone © and phloem, but not in the cortex. The stele is originally somewhat four sided and has four vas- cular bundles which soon fuse and produce closed zones. The pith is composed of very large cells. The perimedul- lary zone is rather ill-defined. It is one or two cells in width. The cells are small and contain starch. The cork is of endodermal origin. Its formation begins to- ward the close of the growing season. FIG. 16; Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermal cells, at first square or pentagonal in ‘cross section, become at length, considerably flattened. There are numerous short, curved and pointed hairs. A poorly developed hypoderma is present in year-old material. The cells of the cortex are all about the same size. The endodermis was distinguished only in young material. The cells are small and contain starch. The perimedullary zone, cortex and phloem have at a later time, small amounts of starch. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTs. 119 The phloem, in the youngest material examined, forms a complete ring. There are about six xylem bundles. These soon fuse. Considerable masses of stereom develop at the periphery of the phloem forming a broken sheath. The pith is large-celled. There is present a definite peri- medullary zone of small cells containing starch. The cell walls are lignified. Cork is produced in the outermost hypodermal layer as in other species of APhamnus (cf. Moeller [1882], pp. 292 et seq.). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl has a thicker cortex than the epicotyl; it does not have a hypoderma; epidermal hairs are absent; the scleren- chymatous ring found in the epicotyl is here absent. The endodermis of the hypocotyl remains distinct for a greater time than that of the epicotyl. The former region has originally four vascular bundles; the latter has, in the youngest material examined, a zone of phloem and about six xylem bundles. Cork formation in the hypocotyl is endoder- mal while in the epicoty] it is hypoder- mal. VITACEZ. Vitis cordifolia. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are nearly square in cross section, but become at length considerably flattened. Many of them are somewhat prolonged, forming short, blunt papille. A thick cuticle is present. In cross section it appears minutely notched. Three or four of the outer layers of the cortex are small-celled, but not collenchymatous. The cells of deeper layers are larger and all about the same size. The endodermis is small-celled, and is for a long time read- ily distinguished because it contains starch. Starch is gen- erally absent from the other tissues, but, at a later time, ap- - pears in the pith. Rhamnus purshiana FIG. 17. 120 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. There are four primary vascular bundles. Other secondary bundles soon become intercalated and finally complete rings of phloem and xylem are produced. A single group of sclerenchymatous elements is formed at the outer edge of each primary vascular bundle. By the end of the season other smaller groups are also present. The pith finally becomes very small. Sometimes, by the projection into it of two of the vascular bundles, a line of xylem extends nearly across it. There is no perimedullary zone. The cork cambium, as in other species of Vztzs (cf. Flot [1889]), is formed about the close of the first season in the pericycle. Structure of LEpicotyl. The epidermal cells are square in cross section, becoming at length flattened. The cuticle is like that of the hypocotyl. A well-differentiated collenchymatous hypoderma is present. ‘The other cells of the cortex are parenchymatous. The endodermis contains starch and is, therefore, easily dis- tinguished. Toward the end of the season starch is also found in the pith. The number of primary vascular bundles is var- iable. Usually there are more than eight. At an early time closed zones of phloem and xylem are produced. A broken ring of sclerenchyma is developed toward the end of the first year in the pericycle. The pith is thin-walled and large- celled. A definite perimedullary zone was not distinguished. The cork, as in the hypocotyl, is of pericyclic origin (cf. Moeller [2882], pe 2071 Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl has a thicker cortex than has the epicotyl. It has but four primary vascular bundles instead of eight or more. It has four large masses of sclerenchyma in the peri- cycle and a few smaller ones instead of a more nearly continuous scleren- Vitis cordifolia Fic. 18. chymatous ring. a a Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 121 The pith of the hypocotyl becomes, at length, nearly ob- literated. ELZAGNACEZ. Eleagnus umbellata. Structure of HHypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are more or less oblong in cross section. There are no epidermal hairs. The outermost layer of the cortex becomes somewhat thick-walled but not collenchy- matous. ‘The cortex has about six cell rows. The endodermis is small-celled. It remains distinct for a time, but in sections of material gathered at the end of the season it was not distinguished. Very little starch is found in any of the tissues save in the endodermis. The stele is originally four-angled. A single phloem bundle and two xylem bundles are placed in each of the angles. The phloem soon forms a closed ring while the xylem bundles fuse in pairs and increase in size. This leaves a cruciform pith. The continued growth of the xylem produces a complete zone surrounding, at length, a circular pith. Secretion cells in the phloem are numerous. At the outer edge of the xylem, in old material, are a few patches of sclerenchyma forming a very much interrupted ring. The pith is of considerable extent and is surrounded by a perimedullary zone of small cells containing starch. Cork formation takes place far down in the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which are oblong in cross section with the tangential about twice the radial diameter even in very young material. The peculiar stellate trichome struc- tures, well known in this genus, are abundant. The outer cortical cells are nearly circular in outline, when seen in cross section. They are somewhat smaller than the cells of the epidermis. The inner cortex is composed of large cells which eventually are very much flattened owing to pres- sure of the growing parts within. The endodermis is small-celled and contains starch. In old material it was not recognized. The stele is circular from the first. In the youngest material examined the phloem forms a complete ring surrounding about 122, MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. six xylem groups. The xylem bundles soon fuse producing at the end of the season quite a thick zone. An interrupted sclerenchymatous ring is developed in the pericycle. The pith, which is composed of large thin-walled elements, is surrounded by a narrow small-celled perimedullary zone con- taining starch. The cork is formed rather late in the season in the outermost cortical layer as in other species of -laeagnus (cf. Moeller fireo2 ]5.p. LE7)).. Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl is without the trichome structures so noticeable in the epicotyl; the stele is at first four-angled instead of cylin-- drical; there are four phloem bundles and eight xylem bundles instead of a ring of phloem and six xylem bundles. At the end of the season the vas- cular tissue is alike in the two regions. but the pericyclic sclerenchyma of the hypocotyl is less abundant. Cork is. developed in the inner cortex of the hypocotyl and in the outermost layer > of cortex in the epicotyl. MYRTACEZ. Eucalyptus globulus. Structure of FHypocotyl. The epidermal cells, at first oblong, radially elongated, become at length in Elaeagnus cross section nearly square. The umbellata Cuticle, which is covered with eleva- tions, appears, when young, in cross. section minutely serrate. There is nohypoderma differentiated, but the outermost layer’ of the cortex is smaller-celled than the layers below. The cor- tical cells are large. They become flattened toward the end of the season by the growth of the internal tissues. The endodermis is composed of small cells containing starch ;. it at length becomes indistinguishable. Starch is for the most. part absent from other tissues. Lysigenous secretion reservoirs. are found in the conjunctive tissue. FIG. 19. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WCODY PLANTS. 123 The stele is four-sided. The general shape of the hypocotyl sometimes follows that of the stele (cf. Irmisch [1876]). There are originally four narrow curved phloem bundles and the same number of small xylem bundles. The phloem soon forms a closed ring; the xylem bundles increase in size, leaving for-a time a cruciform pith; but eventually the xylem also forms a complete ring and the pith is cylindrical. Four small groups of sclerotic cells make their appearance in the pericycle about the time that the phloem ring is first formed. These groups eventually become somewhat broken up and numerous groups of fibers appear in the phloem ar- ranged in three or more interrupted circles. The pith is large-celled. It is small in amount even from the first. No definite perimedullary zone was distinguished. Cork formation, according to Flot [1890], is cortical or peri- cyclic. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis are at first more nearly square in cross section than those of the hypocotyl. They at length be- come very much elongated in a tangential direction. The cortex is large-celled; the cells of the outer layer are rather small. No hypoderma is differentiated. Numerous lysigenous secretion sacs are present. The endodermis is thin-walled; the cells are small and con- tain starch. The stele is at first somewhat quadrangular and becomes at length elliptical, in cross section. In the youngest material ex- amined the phloem forms a closed ring. The number of xylem bundles issomewhat variable ; these are so disposed that the pith is generally at first somewhat cruciform. The pericycle becomes, at length, largely sclerenchymatous ; numerous interrupted rings of bast fibers begin to appear but are only slightly thickened the first year. The pith, at first cruciform, becomes somewhat quadrangular. There is a perimedullary zone (fide Flot [1893]). An inter- nal cambium produces a ring of phloem just outside the pith. This is mentioned by DeBary [1884]. A few sclerotic cells were noted at the inner limit of the internal phloem. According to Flot [1890] cork formation is sub-epidermal. 124 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl is more nearly cylindrical than the epicotyl ; its epidermis less flat, its stereom is better developed the first year. Stem internodes above the epicotyl are square. The primary structure of the hypocotyl is like that of Ze- coma. ‘There are four xylem bundles and four phloem bundles. In the youngest epicotyl examined the phloem forms a complete ring and there is a variable number of xylem bundles. No internal phloem was recognized in the hypocoty] although it is quite dis- 4) tinct in the epicotyl. The cork of the = former region is pericyclic or cortical in origin, that of the latter subepi- y dermal. BIGNONIACEZ. Tecoma radicans. Structure of [Hypocotyl. The epidermal ceils are rectangular in outline when seen in cross section. — From being originally radially elon- gated they are, at length, nearly Eucalyptus i 0 5 globulus Square. The cuticle in cross section appears minutely serrate. There are a few short, simple, epidermal hairs. The cortex is of loose parenchyma, generally about six layers in thickness. There is no differentiated hypoderma. The endodermal cells are smaller than the cells of the cortex. Originally they are irregularly hexagonal in outline, but toward the end of the year they become elliptical and have slightly thickened walls. Starch is entirely absent, except in the en- dodermal region until nearly the close of the first year, when it appears especially in the pith. The stele is originally very small and somewhat four-sided, containing four xylem bundles and four phloem bundles. The latter are next the pericycle. They alternate with the xylem bundles. These are presumably the four ‘‘ principal bundles ” found, according to Hovelacque [1888], in all Bignoniaceous stems. At quite an early stage the phloem and xylem form closed rings. LG 20. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 125 About the time that this is apparent four small groups of sclerenchyma make their appearance in the pericycle just out- side the original xylem bundles. Each of these is composed of only six to ten cells with extremely thick walls. Later numer- ous isolated, lignified sclerenchymatous cells appear in the outer- most layer of the cortex; a few also are found in the phloem area. The pith is large-celled and thin-walled. The formation of a cambium layer in the small-celled perimedullary region begins some time before the close of the year. This will be further noticed in the description of the epicotyl. Cork formation takes place in the second cortical layer, 7. e., in the cell layer immediately below the sclerenchyma which is thus eventually lost. Structure of Eprcotyl. The epidermis has a well-marked cuticle which, in cross sec- tion, appears minutely notched. The cells seen in cross sec- tion are about square, but become tangentially elongated toward the end of the season. There are occasional short epidermal hairs. The cells of the outermost layer of the cortex are somewhat smaller than those of deeper layers. These are considerably flattened. Although at first of about even thickness through- out, the cortex soon grows in thickness at four equidistant points giving the epicotyl a quadrangular prismatic shape. The endodermis, which in young stages is distinct, at length becomes indistinguishable owing to displacement and crowding of the cells caused by growth in the lower layers. Starch, though present in the endodermal region, is found only in very small amount in the cortex and pith until the close of the sea- son. Even then the cells are not closely packed with it. Even in the youngest stage examined, 7. e., second stage of our arbitrary division, the phloem and xylem form complete rings. The outermost cortical layer toward the end of the season be- comes largely sclerenchymatous, although here and there are cells with but slightly thickened walls. Certain cells of the pericycle, at first but slightly differentiated, form, at length, groups of very thick-walled cells. The pith is composed of large cells with thin, unlignified 126 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. walls. It is found to be practically in the center of the section, though Pedicino [1876] found that when the plant climbs the pith is eccentric. About the time that the seedling has developed one internode above the epicoty] a medullary cambium has begun to form in the epicotyl. This produces xylem without and phloem next the pith. Considerable masses of phloem may thus be formed. This peculiar cambium in Zecoma was noted by Sanio in 1864 and fully described later by De Bary [1884]. Young branches of the plant were studied by these investigators who did not examine seedlings. Cork formation, as previously described by Moeller [1882] for young branches, takes place in the second layer of the cor- tex. The cork cells are nearly square in cross section. Comparison of the Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. Although both hypocotyl and epicotyl are originally cylindri- cal, only the former remains so, the latter developing four thickened areas which make it somewhat quadrangular. The four small groups of scleren- chyma in the pericycle of the hypo- coty] are represented in the other region — by a considerable number of smaller groups forming an interrupted ring. The endodermis remains distinct in the hypocotyl for a longer time than in the epicotyl. The medullary cam- bium is formed later and is less active. Catalpa speciosa. Structure of Hypocotyl. | \ The epidermis consists of small cells, RNY } square in cross section. Short, blunt Nee? ee _ epidermal hairs are rather numerous. ae No hypoderma is developed; all the cortical cells are thin-walled. The endodermis remains distinct for a long time. It consists of thin-walled cells which are but slightly smaller than the cells of the cortex. Starch is present, from the first, in the endoder- mis and toward the close of the season appears sparingly dis- tributed in medullary rays and cortex; it is apparently absent from the pith. FIG. 21. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 127 The stele is small; in cross section it is circular. There are at first six, seven or eight conjoint vascular bundles arranged in a circle. Eight is probably the original number, but fusions often take place between adjoining bundles. Complete zones of xylem and phloem are formed at an early stage. About this time four small groups of sclerencnyma appear in the pericycle ; they are equidistant. These eventually become somewhat divided, and other cells of the pericycle become sclerotic, so that a number of small groups of stereom are found in this area. The pith is small in amount. The cells are large, with thin, slightly lignified walls. There isa perimedullary zone of small cells containing starch. Cork formation takes place in the outermost layer of cortical cells. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermal cells at first are oblong in cross section; the long axis is at right angles to the periphery of the section. Later the shape is more nearly square. There are many straight, blunt epidermal hairs. The first two or three cell layers of the cortex are collenchy- matous. ‘The other layers are rather small-celled parenchyma. The endodermis, though at first distinct on account of the presence of starch in its cells, was not recognized in older ma- terial. Starch is absent from the other tissues in the early stages, but is at length found in the cortex, phloem, medullary rays and perimedullary zone. Toward the end of the first year a narrow, much interrupted ring of sclerenchyma appears at the outer edge of the phloem. The cells are small with very narrow lumen. The number of vascular bundles is somewhat variable. About twenty is the usual number. These soon unite to form zones of xylem and phloem. The pith is large, the cells thin-walled parenchyma. There is a perimedullary zone of small cells containing starch. Cork arises in the outermost hypodermal layer, as it does in the stem of Catalpa catalpa (ct. Moeller [1882], p. 184). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The epidermis of the hypocotyl has fewer and shorter hairs than that of the epicotyl. The former region has no hypo- 128 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. derma, though in the epicotyl a distinct collenchymatous zone is developed. The endodermis of the hypocotyl remains distinct fora much longer time than that of the epicotyl ; the stele has about eight vascular bundles, instead of twenty or more; sclerenchyma is first disposed in four groups instead of a considerable num- ber. The pith of the hypocotyl is much smaller in amount than that of the epicotyl. RUBIACEZ. Cephalanthus occidentalis. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are ob- : long or somewhat hexagonal in cross Catalpa > E speciosa += section. About every fifth or sixth Fic. 22. cell is elongated radially and pointed, © projecting somewhat beyond the gen- eral line of cells. These might be described as extremely short hairs. This characteristic feature continues for a consid- erable length of time. No distinct hypoderma is formed. The cells of the two or | three outer layers of the cortex are rather thick-walled but not collenchymatous. The cortex is loose with numerous large in- tercellular spaces. The endodermis is large-celled. It remains distinct through the first year although the cells become at length very much flattened. They contain starch. Starch is later found in the various parenchymatous tissues. The stele is circular in cross section. There are originally four phloem bundles and an equal number of xylem bundles; they are grouped in pairs. The xylem and phloem soon form closed zones, the xylem encroaching upon the pith which, at the close of the first season is almost entirely obliterated. The hypocotyl thus assumes a root-like structure—* rhizelle” of Van Tieghem [1891]. The cork is of epidermal origin. . a ee i Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 129 Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermal cells are rectangular in cross section. The radial is the long diameter at first but eventually the two diame- ters are nearly equal. Many of the cells are prolonged to form pointed hairs which are about three times as long as the ordinary cells of the epidermis. A narrow collenchymatous hypoderma is developed; this shades off gradually into the ordinary cortex, which is quite extensive. The endodermis is rather large-celled, the cells resembling those of the cortex but containing starch. The endodermis re- mains distinct throughout the first year. Starch, which is at first absent from the other tissues, becomes, at length, dis- tributed through all the parenchymatous elements. The stele, originally elliptical in cross section, follows the general shape of the epicotyl. Eventually the epicotyl be- comes cylindrical as does also the stele. In the youngest ma- terial examined, the phloem forms a complete zone surrounding a ring of about six xylem bundles, which soon fuse to form a closed ring. A few of the cells of the pericycle become sclerotic after a time. These are generally isolated; not aggregated in groups. The pith becomes quite small; it is surrounded by a well- developed small-celled perimedullary zone whose elements con- tain starch. The cork, like that of the hypo- cotyl, arises in the epidermis. Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl] differs from the epi- cotyl in its shorter epidermal hairs, in the absence of a true hypoderma and in the much looser parenchyma of its cortex. The structure of the stele is also very different, the hypocotyl having originally tour phloem bundles and four xylem bundles, while in the epi- cotyl the phloem, even in the youngest FIG. 23. Cephalanthus occidentalis 130 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. stage examined, forms a closed ring surrounding six xylem bundles. At the end of the first year the structure of the two regions is essentially the same except that the hypocotyl is without pith or differentiated hypoderma. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS. The following summary and conclusions are based on the facts shown in the foregoing pages. It is not intended to re- peat here all the points which are there given, but merely to bring together under appropriate headings the most important facts of structure of the hypocotyl and epicotyl in the plants studied. General Shape of [Hypocotyl and Epicotyl.—In cross sec- tion the hypocotyl is usually circular in outline, the epicoty] is, however, not infrequently hexagonal in outline and somewhat flattened. The hypocotyl has usually in early stages much the greater diameter. : Comparison of the Epidermis of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl._— | The epidermal cells of both regions when seen in cross section appear at first square or radially elongated. After a time, however, they became elongated tangentially, being stretched by the growth of the stelar tissues and not continuing to divide. In quite young stages some plants have in the epicotyledonary region, epidermal cells which, in cross section, appear tangen- tially elongated, viz.: Udmus americana, Liriodendron tulip- tfera, Butneria florida, Cercts canadensis. 'Trichome struc- tures are usually fewer and less complex in the hypocotyledon- ary region, ¢. 9., Ulmus americana, Broussonetia papyrifera, Butneria florida, Robinia pseudacacia, Ailanthus glandulosa, Catalpa speciosa, Cephalanthus occidentalis. In the following species the epicotyl has trichome structures but they are absent from the hypocotyl: Celt?s occzdentalis, Toxylon pomiferum, Gleditsia triacanthos, Ptelea trifoliata, Rhamnus purshiana, Eleagnus umbellata, Tecoma radicans. flypoderma in the Hypocotyl and Epicotyl.—Only one of the species examined has a definite collenchymatous hypoderma in both regions. This is Butnerza florida. 'The following plants have a hypoderma in the epicotyl, but notin the hypocotyl: Ced¢zs ee el Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. usa) occidentalis, Broussonetia papyrifera, Liriodendron tulipifera, Menispermum canadense, Gleditsia triacanthos, Robinia pseu- dacacia, Ptelea trifoliata, Atlanthus glandulosa, HRhamnus purshiana, Catalpa speciosa, Cephalanthus occidentalis. Comparison of Cortex of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl_—The cortical cells of the hypocotyl are nearly always much larger than those of the epicotyl. This is so commonly the case that various species need not here be specially mentioned; a good example is Parkinsonia aculeata. ‘The cortex of the hy- pocoty! is thicker than that of the epicotyl. Comparison of Endodermis and Pericycle in Hypocotyl and Epicotyl.—The endodermis in the hypocotyl is, as a rule, more distinct and persists longer than that of the epicotyl. Its cells contain starch. Pericycle is well developed in the hypocotyl, usually consisting of two or more layers of small cells. Typical Structure of the Stele of the Hypocotyl. The stele is usually somewhat quadrangular. As a rule there are four phloem bundles and four xylem bundles. The phloem and xylem may be in contact or they may be separated by a small amount of undifferentiated parenchyma. In the latter case each phloem area is either directly outside of a xylem area (when the phloem may be spoken of as opposite the xylem), or the phloem bundles are removed from the xylem by greater or less angular distances (alternate arrangement). Using the foregoing terminology the arrangement of bundles may be de- scribed as opposite in the following: Lzréodendron tulipifcra, Menispermum canadense, Butneria florida, Cercis canadensis, Amorpha fruticosa, Ptelea trifoliata, Atlanthus glandulosa, Schinus molle, Berchemia racemosa, Rhamnus purshiana, Vitis cordifolia, Cephalanthus occidentalis. It is alternate in Fu- calyptus globulus and Tecoma radicans. Certain modifications of the more usual type just described would best be noted separately. There are four xylem bundles and eight phloem bundles in Pobznza pseudacacia. In Parkin- sonia aculeata, Gleditsia triacanthos and Eleagnus umbellata there are eight xylem bundles and four phloem bundles. The xylem bundles soon fuse together in pairs in the last two named species. In Celtis occidentalis and Toxylon pomiferum, the phloem forms two crescent-shaped areas while the arrangement of the xylem is normal. Unusual Structure of the Stele of the Hypocotyl.—In certain 132 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. species the stele of the hypocotyl does not have the typical structure just mentioned, the number and arrangement of vascu- lar bundles being different. Udmus americana has two xylem crescents and numerous small phloem bundles; Broussonetia papyrifera has a root-like structure; in Catalpa speciosa there are about eight vascular bundles. Primary Structure of the Stele of the Epicotyl.—tin shape the stele of the epicotyl is often originally somewhat hexagonal, though, as in the case of the hypocotyl, becoming at length cylindrical. As is well known there are usually from six to very many vascular bundles. Sometimes the phloem is com- pletely fused into a closed zone even in very young stages. Arrangement of Sclerenchyma in the Hypocotyl. "The scler- enchyma of the hypocotyl first appears as four masses in the pericycle in Zowlyon pomiferum, Liriodendron tulipifera, Cer- cis canadensis, Gleditsia triacanthos, Robinia pseudacacia, Ail- anthus glandulosa, Vitis cordifolia, Eucalyptus globulus, Te- coma radicans and Catalpa speciosa. In the plants just named this original disposition of the sclerenchyma becomes altered either by the intercalation of parenchymatous elements in the areas of sclerenchyma or by the development of sclerenchyma at other points. In the following plants, however, there is ~ practically no change in the sclerenchyma during the first year and the four original masses remain to the end of the season: Parkinsonia aculeata, Amorpha fruticosa, Ptelea trifolata, Berchemia racemosa. Comparison of the Hypocotyl and Epicotyl with heference to the Distribution of Sclerenchyma. Commonly the scleren- chyma in the two regions becomes, at the close of the first grow- ing season, equally well developed and similarly arranged. Ex- ceptions to this rule will now be noted. Sclerenchyma is absent from the hypocotyl of AZenispermum canadense, Butneria fio- rida and fthamnus purshiana although present in the epicotyl. In Ptelea trifoliata and Berchemia racemosa at the close of the first year there is a greater development of sclerenchyma in the epicotyl than in the hypocotyl. The reverse of this condition obtains in Celtis occidentalis and Eucalyptus globulus. Only scattered sclerenchyma in small amount was recognized in either region in year-old material of Broussonetia papyrifera ; in Cephalanthus occidentalis a few only of the pericyclic cells of the epicoty] become sclerotic. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 133 Cork Formation in Hypocotyl and Epicoty!. The cork cam- bium is developed in the layer of cells next below the epi- dermis in both hypocotyl and epicotyl of Cedtzs occzdentals, Liriodendron tulipifera, Butneria florida, Ptelea trifoliata, Ailanthus glandulosa, Catalpa speciosa. In Cephalanthus oc- ctdentalis it is of epidermal origin in both regions. In the following species cork formation is sub-epidermal in the epi- cotyl but the cork is produced in deeper cell layers of the hypo- cotyl: Ulmus americana, Toxylon pomiferum, Broussonetia papyrifera, Rhamnus purshiana, Eleagnus umbellata, Euca- lyptus globulus. In Cercts canadensis, Gleditsta triacanthos, Amorpha fruticosa, Robinia pseudacacia, Vitis cordifolia and Tecoma radicans cork formation in the epicotyl is cortical, while in the hypocotyl it takes place in some cases in the same cell layer, in other cases in deeper layers. Details are given in the previous descriptions for the separate species. Pith and Perimedullary Zone of [ypocotyl and Epicotyl. The pith of the hypocotyl is smaller than that of the epicotyl, sometimes it becomes nearly obliterated, e. ¢., Cephalanthus oc- cidentalis. ‘The perimedullary zone is sometimes not distin- guished in the hypocotyl though present in the epicotyl, e. @., Parkinsonia aculeata, Gleditsia triacanthos, Eucalyptus globu- lus. 'The opposite condition is found in Cerczs canadensis and Berchemia racemosa. More often where a perimedullary zone is recognized it is equally developed in both hypocotyl and epi- cotyl. Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl at the close of the first years growth.—Owing to secondary changes the two regions, though at first quite dissimilar in structure, may come to be very muchalike. The xylem and phloem always form closed rings ; the endodermis often becomes indistinguishable; the cells of the cortex become flattened. The differences of pith, perime- dullary zone and sclerenchyma have already been given. Condensed Summary. Although secondary changes may cause a great resemblance in the structure of hypocotyl and epicotyl, the two regions are, in their primary structure, essentially dissimilar. The epidermis of the hypocotyl is more often without trichome structures, the cortex is thicker and composed of larger cells, 134 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. the endodermis is more distinct and persists for a greater length of time, the pith is smaller, sclerenchyma is often less well-de- veloped and differently arranged and a hypoderma, so common in the epicotyl, is nearly always absent. Cork formation in the hypocotyl begins either in the same cell-layer that it does in the epicotyl or in a deeper layer, never in a more superficial one. Starch is, as a rule, distributed in the same way in both regions. It is usually present in the endodermis in the early stages but does not appear in other tissues until the plant has developed foliage leaves, in considerable number. As to the structure of the stele it may be said that in the hypocotyl there are usually four primary vascular bundles. The exact disposition of the phloem and xylem elements is subject to some variation. Occasionally there are more than four bundles. In the epicotyl the vascular bundles are from six to eight or very many. The hypocotyl does not have a root-like structure. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate V. Drawings of cross sections to show the primary stelar structure of the hypocotyl of Ulmus americana, Celtis occidentalis, Toxylon pomtferum and Broussonetia papyrifera. Plate VI. Drawings of cross sections to show the primary stelar structure of the hypocotyl of Menzspermum canadense, Butneria florida, Amorpha fruticosa, Robinia pseudacacta and Ptelea tri- Sfoliata. Plate VII. Drawings of cross sections to show the primary stelar structure of the hypocotyl of Azlanthus glandulosa, Schinus molle, Berchemia racemosa, Eucalyptus globulus, Catalpa speciosa and Cephalanthus occidentalis. Plate VIII. Photographs of cross sections to show the primary structure of the hypocotyl. 1. Ulmus americana, 2. Liriodendron tulipifera, 3. Parkinsonia aculeata, 4. Cercts canadensis, 5. Berchemia racemosa, 6. Vitis cordifolia,7. Eucalyptus globulus, 8. Tecoma radicans. The drawings were all outlined with the aid of a camera lucida. The magnification used was about five hundred diameters. For pub- lication the drawings have been reduced to one-half their original size. The magnification used in making the photographs was from fifty to eighty diameters. They have been slightly reduced. All drawings and photographs were made by the author from his own preparations. Ramaley: HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 135 Berar HY oF ARTICLES TO WHICH REFERENCE IS MADE IN THE FOREGOING PAPER. Dangeard, P. A. Le mode d’union de la tige et de la racine chez les angiospermes. Comptes rendus. 2e Sem. 107: 287. 1888. Dangeard, P. A. Rech. sur la mode d’union de la tige et de la racine chez les dicotylédones. Le Botaniste. 1: 75. 1889. De Bary, A. Compar. Anat. of the Vegetative Organs of the Phanerogams and Ferns. English translation. 1884. Flot, Léon. Sur la region tigellaire des arbres. Comptes rendus. ter Sem. 108: 306. 1889. Flot, Léon. Rech. sur la structure comparée de la tige des arbres. Rev. gén. de Bot. 2: 17-32, 66-77, 122-136. 1890. Flot, Léon. Rech. sur la zone périmédullaire de la tige. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. VII. 18: 37. 1893. Gérard, R. Rech. sur la structure de l’axe au-dessous des feuilles séminales chez les dicotylédones. Comptes rendus go: 1295. 1880. Gérard, R. Rech. sur le passage de la racine a la tige. Ann.-Sc. Nat. Bot. Vi. 11: 279. 1881. Goldsmith, Sophie. Beitrige zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Fi- brovasalmassen im Stengel und in der Hauptwurzel der Dicotyledonen. Inaug. Diss. Ziirich, pp. 48. 1876. Herail. Rech. sur |’ anat. comp. de la tige des dicotylédones. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. VII. 2: 203. 1885. Hovelacque, Maurice. Characteres anatomique genereaux de la tige des Bignoniacées. Bull. Soc. d’Etudes scientif. de Paris, 11me année. 1888. Irmisch, Th. Einige Beobachtungen an Eucalyptus globulus Lab. Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturwiss. 48:—1876. (Just. Bot. Jahresbericht 4: 440. 1878.) Klebs. Beitrage zur Morph. und Biol. der Keimung. Pfeffer’s Untersuchungen aus dem Bot. Inst. zu Tiibingen. 1: 536. 1885. Moeller, J. Anatomie der Baumrinden. 1882. Pedicino, N. A. Studii sulla struttura e sulla maniera di accres- cersi di alcuni fusti di piante dicotiledoni. Annuar. della R. Scuola Super. d’Agricoltura di Portici. 1876. (Just. Bot. Jahresbericht, Abt. I., 6: 41. 1880.) Sanio, C. Notiz iiber Verdickung des Holzkérpers auf der Mark- seite bei Tecoma radicans. Bot. Zeit. 22: 61. 1864. Trécul. Des vaisseaux propres dans les Terébinthinées. Comptes rendus 65:17. 1867. Troschel, J. Untersuchungen iiber das Mestom im Holze der dicotylen Laubbiume. Verhandl. des Bot. Ver. der Provinz Bran- denburg, 21: 78. 1879. 136 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Van Tieghem, Ph. Sur les canaux sécréteurs des Liquidambarées et des Simarubacées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France II. 6: 247. 1884. Van Tieghem, Ph. Sur la limite de la tige et de la racine dans Vhypocotyle des Phanérogames. Morot Journ. de Bot. 5: 425. 1891. Williams, J. Lloyd. The sieve tubes of Calycanthus occidentalis. Ann. of Bot.8: 367. | 1694. Woronin, M. Ueber d. Bau d. Stammes von Calycanthus. Bot. Let. 185177. 1860. MINNESOTA BC WOVE, JOE Ulmus americana Toxylon pomiferum (NICAL STUDIES. PART ~ EI: DO Broussonetia papyrifera EV. teh, @ Ne VOL. MINNESOTA BCH Menispermum canadense Amorpha (ey one iy wes Sack aR be OO ve 1) ess L/ oe. ser, CS i ae. Butneria florida PART ii \NICAL STUDIES. a = °° a ae WO eae BAC Patie® gees ( Saceaeies eee 3 SEY . cst Robinia pseudacacia Ptelea trifoliata MINNESOTA BO VOisy i: Ailanthus glandulosa molle Schinus : oo NICAL STUDIES. PART IF. : te@e Cephalanthus occidentalis VOI. We: MINNESOTA B Ulmus americana ; Parkinsonia aculeata Berchemia racemosa Cercio canadensis PLAS THE HELIOTYP! PAE ae STUDIES. NICAL Liriodendron tulipifera Vitis cordifolia Eucalyptus globulus Tecoma radicans VIII. ING CO BOSTON X. CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. Bruce FInk. Introduction.—The preliminary work leading to the present paper was nearly all done in the botanical laboratories of the University of Minnesota during the summers of 1896 and 1897. This work included a study of the macrosporangia and their con- tents in Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton, Szlene antirrhina L., Polygonum erectum L., Rumex acetosella L., Rumex salict- folius Weinm., and Rumex verticillatus L. At the close of the season of 1897, I had about an equal num- ber of good preparations of the last two species and had learned that Aumex verticillatus is a much more favorable plant for study than Aeumex salicifolius because of the larger size of the structures to be investigated. Consequently, during the latter part of August, 1897, after previous study of the former plant had enabled me to select methods which seemed best adapted to my purpose, a large number of flowers and buds, selected to represent various stages of development of the gametophyte, were preserved for future study. During the summer of 1898 over three thousand macrosporangia were sectioned, and the drawings presented with this paper were reproduced from the preparations that gave the best results. Aumex salicifolius was also further studied in 1898, and the series of slides of this plant is nearly as complete as that for Reumex verticillatus. As the two plants gave very similar results, except for size of structures, I have not thought it necessary to multiply figures by giving a full series for both plants. The figures then are, in the main, drawn from preparations from the latter plant; those from the former being introduced only when the equivalent phases of development were not found in the other plant, or were poorly exhibited in the preparations. The plants of the genus studied are not well adapted to the 138 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. study of nuclear mechanism and phenomena because of the small size of the cells and contained nuclei, and I have conse- quently confined myself to other phases of the subject. Nor have I found anything in the study that would give additional evidence as to the nature of various structures within the em- bryo sac so that my work resolves itself into a description of the gametophyte and some comparative studies. Under the subject stated I shall, for the sake of relationships, begin with the archesporium, which is the last term in the sporophytic generation and also include stages immediately fol- lowing the establishment of the sporophyte. So far as I know this is the first work done on the female gametophyte of /twmex, or of any plant within the Polygona- cee, except Polygonum divaricatum, which has been investi- gated by Strasburger. I am under obligations to Professor Conway MacMillan for helpful suggestions as to technique and interpretation of struc- ture and for access to the literature of the subject. Origin of the Macrospore.—At about the usual stage in the development of the macrosporangium, an axial hypodermal cell at the summit of the nucellus begins to enlarge and soon contains a larger nucleus and denser cytoplasm than the sur- rounding cells (Fig. 1). This cell constitutes the archespor- ium, and in all instances examined, only one cell showed this archesporial nature. The archesporium in plants may develop directly into the macrospore ; it may itself become a sporogen- ous cell (mother cell) and divide into a number of potential macrospores; or more commonly it divides first into a tapetum and a sporogenous cell, each of which may divide, forming a cellular tissue. In /tumex the last order of development is followed. After increasing considerably in size (comp. Figs. 1 and 2), the archesporium divides by a periclinal wall into the inner sporogenous cell (the mother cell of the macrospore), and the outer hypodermal tapetum ( Fig. 2). This apparently pro- tective tapetum proceeds next to divide, sometimes by a peri- clinal wall ( Fig. 4), but no doubt much more commonly by an anticlinal (Fig. 3). In no instance did I observe more than four tapetal cells derived from the primary tapetum and often only three, one of the two derived from the primary tapetum apparently failing to divide. Indeed, sometimes only one tape- tal cell could be distinguished at a period of development which Fink: CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 139 led to the suspicion that the tapetum may sometimes fail to di- vide. Fig. 5 shows four tapetal cells and the sporogenous cell below somewhat more elongated than usual with its nucleus un- usually near its upper end. That this elongated cell is the mother cell of the macrospore instead of the macrospore itself is proved by the outline of the inner seed coat, which shows its early development as compared with its more advanced condi- tion before the macrospore is produced (Fig. 10). Fig. 6 rep- resents a single tapetum lying above a dividing mother cell, and this may be the original tapetum which has failed to divide, though a cell lying almost directly below it, and hence not shown in the figure, may have been a second tapetal. Fig. 3 shows a typical mother cell apparently about ready to divide, and showing two tapetals, neither of which would be likely to divide again. After the formation of the protective cap of tapetal cells and the enlargement of the mother cell of the macrospore, the latter divides as usual, among the Archechlamydee at least, into a row of four potential macrospores. It is here that our subject proper really opens since this mother cell, in which the reduction of chromosomes takes place, stands between the sporophytic and gametophytic generations, connected morphologically with the former and physiologically with the latter. As the mother cell divides the nucleus lies longitudinally at or a little above the center of the cell (Fig. 6). As elsewhere in these studies, the number of chromosomes could not be made out, but, in all probability through failure to get a complete view of individual chromosomes, there really seemed to be twenty-four in this nu- cleus. The two cells resulting from this division were not seen, but from the position of the dividing nucleus in several instances observed, it may be assumed that the division is into two cells of approximately equal size as observed by Strasburger* in Po- lygonum divaricatum. This dividing nucleus of the mother cell of the macrospore was about as large as that of the macro- spore itself (Fig. 9) and, being like the latter a nucleus of a large well-fed and consequently somewhat inactive cell, was ap- parently a long time in dividing. The reduction of chromosomes is supposed to be a process involving more time than is com- monly occupied in mitotic division of nuclei; and this process doubtless also added further to the time occupied by this mother * Strasburger, E. Die Angiospermen und die Gymnospermen, p. 5, 1879. 140 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. cell nucleus in dividing, so that it was seen dividing much more frequently than the equally large and apparently as well-fed nucleus of the macrospore. As stated above the two cells resulting from the division of the macrospore mother cell were not seen in the resting condi- tion, though the four potential macrospores resulting from their division were frequently found. ‘The two cells were seen once with their nuclei dividing, but the nuclei were indistinct because of improper staining. The two-celled condition, which was not seen, is doubtless a very transient phase, the upper of the two cells almost immediately cutting off a small cell from its lower end, and the lower of the two likewise dividing at once into two cells, a large one below and a small one above ( Fig. 7 ). This four-celled stage seems to be constant and of quite long duration as it was frequently seen as represented in Fig. 7 or as in Fig. 10. In the latter the lower more successful cell which is to become the fertile macrospore has begun to absorb the other three potential macrospores for its own nourishment. This may be seen by observing the decrease in amount of cyto- plasm contained in each of the three cells as compared with the same three in Fig. 7 and the swelling of the softened periclinal cell walls between any two of them and between the lowest one and the absorbing cell below. The next observed develop- mental condition was that in which the three cells were all ab- sorbed except possibly a refractive cytoplasmic cap at the sum- mit of the absorbing cell, which more probably represents a nearly absorbed tapetal cell (Fig. 8). This brings us to the macrospore as shown in the figure. Germination of the Macrospore.—When first formed the macrospore has very nearly the shape of the four cells replaced and shows the nucleus at the center surrounded by cytoplasm, while the upper and lower ends are each occupied by a large vacuole. Though I cannot account for this apparent poverty in cytoplasm at this time, the condition seems to be typical. As the macrospore increases in size by the absorption of tapetal cells and those cells of the macrosporangium which surround its upper lateral wall, cytoplasm increases in amount (Fig.g). In the figure the nucleus is lying in its usual longitudinal direction about the middle of the macrospore while dividing. Before the nucleus divides, the macrospore increases considerably in size by the absorption and pressing upon surrounding tissues (comp. Fink: CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 14] Figs. 8 andg). ‘The cavity of the macrospore, which I shall now designate by the usual name of embryo sac, continues to increase in size as it approaches the condition shown in Fig. 1r by the continual absorption and pressure upon surrounding cells. The relative position of cytoplasm and vacuoles in Fig. 9 is hardly normal, the nucleus of the macrospore more com- monly lying along the central longitudinal axis of the spore. In another preparation showing the dividing nucleus of the mac- rospore, the nucleus was in this more usual position, and no vacuole was seen. Fig. 11 shows the two nuclei derived from the nucleus of the macrospore and two tapetals and two other sporangial cells nearly absorbed. Of these two nuclei it is quite common to find the lower one larger, probably as a result of better nourishment, and, apparently consequently giving rise in division to a larger number of chromosomes. The condition as to chromosomes could not be studied, but I noticed relative sizes carefully. As instances of difference in size of the two nuclei, the researches of Sargant,* Mottiert and Guignard{ may be cited. I examined a number of the embryo sacs showing the two nuclei, and it would seem that the lower nucleus becomes very slightly larger than the upper (Figs. 11 and 12). ‘The slight difference may not be constant, and indeed in the closely related Polygonum divaricatum Strasburger§ shows the upper nucleus larger thanthe lower. This stage of develop- ment was quite frequently observed, but the next, in which two nuclei appear in each end of the sac, was only seen twice (Figs. 13 and14). The first of the two figures shows the probable posi- tion of the two nuclei during division as a persistent spindle was seen between the anterior pair. Then the anterior pair seems to result from the division of a nucleus lying transversely in the anterior end of the sac and the posterior pair from a posterior nucleus lying longitudinally in the sac. This position of the two nuclei while dividing is the common one in plants so far as I can ascertain. Fig. 14 represents a later stage, in which the *Sargant, Ethel. The Formation of the Sexual Nuclei in Lzleum martagon. I. Odgenesis. Annals of Bot. 10: 464. S. 1896. t+Mottier, David M. Ueber das Verhalten der Kerne bei der Entwicklung des Embryosack und die Vorginge bei der Befruchtung. Jahrbiicher fiir wissen- schaftliche Botanik 31: 132. 1897. tGuignard, L. Nouvelles Etudes sur le Fecundation. Ann. des Sci. naturelles Botanique VII. 14: 187. 1891. §Strasburger, E. 1. c. Fig. 15. 142 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. nuclei have changed position somewhat. A difference in size has frequently been observed here also, in some other plants the lower pair being larger. I may cite Guignard* again and also Mottier.t However, the last named investigator only states that the nuclei forming the lower pair are much larger just before dividing, distinctly stating} that at an earlier period the four are all of equal size. I did not observe this phase of development often enough to be certain that the size is the same at all times in /tumex ; but it seems from the instances observed that, though coming from the nuclei differing somewhat in size, the four are so nearly of the same size at all times that any difference would be difficult to detect. During the change to the four-nucleate con- dition the sac increases somewhat in size, as may be seen by comparing Figs. 13 and 14 with Fig. 12. The development from the four-nucleate to the eight-nucleate condition must be even more rapid than that from the two-nucle- ate to the four-nucleate phase, for I was neither able to find the two tetrads in position, nor the division of the four nuclei leading to its establishment. The nearest approach to it was observed in /tumex salicrfolius (Fig. 15), when the polar nuclei were ap- proaching. ‘The condition represented in Fig. 15 is an espe- cially interesting step in the life-history of the gametophyte of Ftumex because of departure from the usual conditions and espe- cially from the nearly related Polygonum. On examining the figures of Guignard, Vesque, Strasburger, Ward and others, I find that in fully five-sixths of their drawings they show cell walls about the three anterior cells before the polars have fused. Strasburger figures for Polygonum divaricatum § three nuclei enclosed in cellular membranes and one free nucleus in each tetrad even before the two polars begin to approach each other. My own observations on Polygonum erectum L. (Fig. 16), Bursa bursa-pastoris ( L.) Britton and Szlene antirrhina L. gave the same results so far as the anterior end of the sac is con- cerned, though the evanescent antipodals of Bursa were not satisfactorily studied in this respect. Methods which brought out these walls in the three plants named above should show them, if present in Awmex, yet in this genus I find all the an- *Guignard, L., |. c. 188. t+tMottier, David M., 1. c. 137. tMottier, David M., 1. c. 136. § Strasburger, E. 1. c. Fig. 17. es Fink = CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 143 terior three cells free while the polars are approaching each other in Rumex salicifolius (Fig. 15). When the polars have met, or are fusing in this plant, the cellulose walls seem to begin to form, and a suggestion of such a structure may occasionally be, seen (Figs. 17 and 20) about the nuclei of the synergide. In Rumex verticillatus, even shortly after the definitive nucleus is formed ( Fig. 18), I could only distinguish a suggestion of a beginning of formation of a membrane about the lower end of the egg while the sister nuclei which form the synergide were yet free. In Aumex salicifolius the synergide form earlier than in Reumex verticillatus and are more regular in form in the former plant (compare Fig. 24 with Figs. 19 and 23). So far as investigation has proceeded then, cell walls appear about the three anterior nuclei (excluding the anterior polar) before the meeting of the polar gametes in Polygonum; while in /tumex the walls appear after the meeting of the gametes, or even after their fusion to form the zygote constituting the definitive nucleus. The matter is one of some taxonomic interest, which can only be solved by a laborious study of all the species of the two genera with reference to this particular problem in developmental history. Regarding conditions presented in Figs. 15, 17 and 20 some further statements are necessary. In these stages I was able to note no difference in size of the three anterior nuclei, while at later periods the nucleus of the egg had increased in size so that it was larger than those of the synergide (Figs. 18 and 10). So far as I could ascertain, the nuclei of the three antipodals were smaller than the three just discussed at all periods. Fig. 17 represents the three antipodals as best seen in /humex salicr- folius, and here their smaller size can be seen distinctly. The antipodals are difficult of observation at all times because of their lying in the small cecum-like prolongation of the embryo sac so that, except in very thin sections, other cellular struc- tures of the surrounding macrosporangium almost always par- tially or completely obscure them. In the sac of the same plant showing a slightly earlier stage of development (Fig. 15), only the deeply-stained nucleoli could be seen through the overlying tissues of the macrosporangium, neither the nuclear membrane nor the cellular wall about each of the three nuclei appearing. In this plant the three-celled antipodal area was found persisting in the latest phases studied after the establishment of the em- bryonic sporophyte (Fig. 33) and seems to be quite constant, 144 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. though in the sac represented in Fig. 24 I suspect that there were really no walls about the antipodal nuclei. However, here again overlying tissues may have obscured them. /tumex verticillatus gave less satisfaction in the study of the antipodal region. In only one instance were three antipodals seen con- stituting a three-celled mass of tissue (Fig. 21). This figure represents the posterior end of a mature sac. In other instances various conditions of cell-wall formation were shown in this re- gion before the establishment of the sporophyte (Figs. 23, 27 and 28). Sometimes more than three nuclei could be distin- guished within this antipodal area (Figs. 23 and 28). After fertilization these cells seem to disintegrate more or less in this plant, and no such typical structure was found persisting as is figured for FRumex salicifolius (Fig. 33). The degenerating condition of the antipodal region just after fecundation is shown in Fig. 27, which is the lower end of the sac presented in Fig. 26. Here I was only able to make out a highly refractive area with neither walls nor nuclei. As to the time when the cellular membranes appear around the antipodal nuclei, I am not able to state certainly because of the difficulty encountered in inves- tigation, but it seems, from the facts presented and other ob- served phenomena, that in /tumex saliczfolius they form earlier than those about the three nuclei in the anterior end of the sac. In Ftumex verticillatus walls were not detected till the time of maturity of the embryo sac when the typical three celled condi- tion (Fig. 21) presented itself, or that of three or more nuclei within a common wall (Fig. 23). The antipodal area in Rumex salicifolius seems to agree substantially with the third of the four types proposed by Coulter* of ‘‘ three comparatively per- manent cells not notable for size or activity and usually associ- ated with a sac decidedly narrowed at the antipodal end.” The antipodals of /tumex verticellatus are not so permanent, but doubtless should be classed here also as should those of Poly- gonum erectum. The size of the two polars in plants may differ as well as their place of fusion. Schaffner finds the upper one larger in Alisma plantagot and Sagittaria variabilis.t Also he finds in *Coulter, John M. Contribution to the Life-History of Ranunculus. Bot. Gaz. 25: 80-81. F. 1808. t Schaffner, John H. The Embryo Sac of Alésma fplantago. Bot. Gaz. 21? 126. Mr. 1896. +~ Schaffner, John H. Contribution to the Life History of Sagittaria varia- bilis. Bot. Gaz. 23: 255. Ap. 1897. Fink > CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 145 the last plants that the two polars fuse in the lower part of the sac, the larger gamete strangely enough traveling further than the smaller and thus showing greater activity. Mottier* finds them of about the same size in Seneczo aureus and that they fuse in the anterior end of the sac just below the egg, the lower of the two equal-sized polars thus showing greater activity. In Ftumex, and all of the Polygonacez so far as studied, the two polar nuclei are of about the same size (Figs. 15, 17 and 20) and fused at or near the center of the sac. During the passage from the four-nucleate to the eight-nucle- ate condition, the sac increases considerably in size (comp. Figs. 13 and 15), and the increase in size is even more noticeable as the sac matures (comp. Figs. 15 and 24). The Mature Embryo Sac.—The mature sac contains typically the usual seven nuclei, though in Aeumex verticillatus, as stated elsewhere, the number in the antipodal region may vary, pro- ducing a corresponding variation in the total number contained in the sac. In Aumex verticillatus the synergide are some- what irregular in form (Figs. 19 and 23), while in /tumex salicifolius they are more regular in outline (Fig. 24). The egg usually lies in contact with the lower part of one synergid in both plants (Figs. 19, 23 and 24), and its nucleus is much larger than those of the synergide. All three nuclei are en- closed in definite walls at this time. The definitive nucleus is much the largest nucleus in the sac (Figs. 18, 23, 24, 25 and 28). In Aumex vertecrllatus it usually approaches the egg after formation and lies close to it till the time for fecundation approaches (Fig. 23) when it commonly recedes somewhat (Figs. 25 and 26). In Aumewx saliczfolius it usually lies at some distance from the egg in the mature sac (Fig. 24) though it was once seen nearer in an earlier stage (Fig. 22). In /u- mex salicifolius it may be assumed that the antipodals are in the typical three-celled condition at maturity as they were observed in this condition both before and after as already stated (Figs. 17 and 33). As before noted the condition of the antipodals in Fig. 24 is doubtful. The condition of the antipodals in Amex verticillatus at this time has also been explained above. In shape the mature sac in both plants differs quite widely from that of Polygonum divaricatum as shown in Strasburger’s * Mottier, David M. Onthe Embryo Sac of Sencc’o aureus. Bot. Gaz. 18: Fig. I and p. 248. Jl. 1893. 146 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. figure,* the largest part being near the anterior end and the posterior narrowed end being quite long (Figs. 17, 23, 24, etc.) while his figures show the narrowed posterior caecum dilating quite abruptly, making the posterior half of the mature sac quite as large as the anterior half. Polygonum erectum the mature sac is much more like /tumex than Polygonum divaricatum as figured by Strasburger. Frecundation, and the origin of the Sporophyte. During the period of fecundation and the establishment of the sporophyte, the embryo sac continues to increase in size rapidly, as may be seen by comparing Figs. 24 and 33 and also 23 and 30, making allowance for the greater reduction of Figs. 30 and 33. The first evidence of a pollen tube approaching or already present in the sac is the disappearance of one of the syner- gide (Fig. 25). When actually present the tube is an easy object to detect because it stains more deeply than surrounding tissues, hence in those instances in which one synergid was breaking down while no tube could be distinguished, I have concluded that the tube was just approaching the sac. In Fig. _ 25 the tube has not yet discharged, as it shows two nuclei and the end is intact, and it lies as usual beside the persistent syn- ergid. The definitive nucleus here occupies a position at some distance from the egg as it frequently does at this time. Here this nucleus is in a resting condition, and I find it so constantly up to this time. After the pollen tube has discharged the re- maining synergid disappears, and the definitive nucleus soon divides (Fig. 26). Though in some plants the definitive nu- cleus seems to divide sometimes before the entrance of the pol- len tube into the sac, its presence in the style probably furnish- ing the necessary stimulus, it does not divide till after the entrance of the tube in Aumew verticellatus and probably usually not till after the fecundation of the egg. In the discharge of the sperm nucleus the tip of the tube is ruptured as shown in Figs. 26, 29, 30 and 35. After the pollen tube has discharged a deeply stained spot may always be seen within the tube as shown in the same figures. This is the shrunken second and undischarged sperm nucleus. The fusion of the sexual nuclei was only seen once, and in that instance the egg was badly distorted. The tube in this case was closely applied to the egg though the figures given herewith seem to indicate that this * Strasburper, &. “le; Fig. 21. Fink : CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 147 is not the usual relation during fusion of these nuclei. The conditions existing in Fig. 28 are somewhat of an enigma. The sac is surely larger than it could be previous to fecundation, but the two smaller nuclei in the anterior end look like those of the synergidz. Also the definitive nucleus lies near the egg as I uniformly find it in Aeumex vertecellatus before fecundation. I thought for a time that I had here a pollen tube showing one sperm nucleus within and the other discharged and entering the egg. However, taking into account the appearance of the two smaller nuclei and the restful condition of the egg, I have concluded that the sac is one whose egg failed to be fertilized and in which one synergid has disintegrated leaving its nucleus while the other is rapidly dwindling. If this is true, the sac has gone on increasing in size the same as if the egg had been fecundated. The next stage observed after that already ex- plained (Fig. 26) is that represented in Fig. 30, in which the tube had discharged, the first two endosperm nuclei had divided and the spindles were persisting, and the egg was evidently preparing to divide. A little later phase was also found (Fig. 29), in which the tube was persisting and showed the broken end beautifully, the egg was dividing and three of a probable four endosperm nuclei were visible. The tube frequently persists in both plants till the sporophyte is well established (Fig. 35), and in one instance an undischarged tube was seen in the sac of PRumex verticillatus after the embryo was well established and four endosperm nuclei were dividing (Fig. 34). This tube, containing two sperm nuclei, is a second one which entered the sac after fecundation had been accomplished. An exhaustive study of the embryo will not be attempted ; but I shall state a few observed facts concerning its origin and early development, making no use of the terms suspensor and pro- embryo, but designating the structure from the beginning as the embryo. The first division then of the embryo occurs soon after the egg has elongated and secreted a cellulose wall about its base to attach it to the anterior end of the sac and is trans- verse (Fig. 29). The second and third divisions were also transverse in several instances observed (Fig. 35), and the fourth was a longitudinal division of the distal cell of the em- bryo (Fig. 31). In an instance observed the third division was transverse and closely followed by a longitudinal dividing the second cell from the distal end (Fig. 32). During its early de- 148 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. velopment the embryo is not always attached centrally at the anterior end of the sac, nor does it often lie in an exactly longi- tudinal direction in the sac. It has already been stated that the definite nucleus in /rwmex does not divide till after fecundation of the egg, an observation based upon examination of two or three hundred sacs. It is worthy of note that the endosperm nuclei observed while divid- ing in any given sac were all in the same mitotic phase (Figs. 30 and 34). ‘The last figure shows only one of four nuclei ob- served dividing. ‘The endosperm nuclei were not so numerous, at the stages studied, in /tumewx verticillatus as in Ftumex salici- folius (Fig. 33); nor were they yet enclosed in cell walls in either plant. elation of the Gametophyte to the Macrosporangium.—l have studied carefully the position of the base of the sporogen- ous tissues and derived embryo sac with reference to lines con- necting the points of origin of the seed coats in order to as- certain how much of the enlargement of these structures is associated with a downward growth and consequent crowding of the tissues of the macrosporangium and how much is accom- plished by upward growth, keeping pace with the growth of the nucellus. The position of the base of sporogenous tissue, and later of the sac, with reference to these lines is not always quite the same at any particular stage of development; but by comparative study, safe conclusions have been secured. Be- tween the base of the archesporium and the lines connecting the supposed points of origin of the future seed coat are five or six cells. After the tapetum is cut off (Fig. 2), there are only three or four cells between the base of the mother cell of the macrospore and the lines. By the time of division of the tape- tum (Fig. 3) the base of the mother cell is within two or three cells of these lines. During this time the nucellus has increased in length very little, its increase in size being principally in width. Consequently, this fact, together with the relative posi- tion of the base of sporogenous tissue and the lines at various stages of development, indicates that the sporogenous tissue has grown downward in the nucellus. As no evidence of absorp- tion of cells was seen at this time, I conclude that this down- ward growth is accomplished by crowding downward and out- ward the subjacent layers of cells of the macrosporangium. However, the effects of the crowding were so distributed among Fink >: CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 149 several layers of cells that they were scarcely visible in any particular cell. After the mother cell has reached its full length, there is no further downward growth, the further increase in length of the sporogenous tissues and subsequently of the sac being accompanied by a proportionate elongation of the nucel- lus. By the time of the establishment of the macrospore, a thickening of the walls of cells in the chalazal region for the support of structures above has begun in a layer of cells ex- tending transversely between the points of origin of the inner seed coat. As the superimposed structures become heavier, the thickening extends to several layers of cells below the ones first thickened and gives rise to quite a mass of thick-walled tissue extending entirely across the chalazal region. As the macrospore matures and prepares to divide (Fig. 9), absorption of tapetals above and pressure on surrounding cells of the upper nucellus becomes evident and is apparent in all subsequent stages of development of the gametophyte. How- ever, the swelling of the cell walls of the upper nucellar tissue just beneath the epidermis as observed by Strasburger* in Po/y- gonum divaricatum as a result of absorption I have not seen either in Amex or Polygonum. By the time development has proceeded to the condition rep- resented in Fig. 11, the subepidermal cells of the upper end of the nucellus have all been absorbed, and from this time on till the establishment of the conditions shown in Fig. 28, or possibly not later than those shown in Figs. 25 or 26, the increase in size is due, at least principally, to the absorption of cells of the nucellus surrounding the middle portion of the sac, which still continues to increase in size. During this time the sac is in- creasing in length, and since there has been no further sinking of its posterior end into subjacent tissues, as is shown by the fact that its lower end is still removed from the lines connecting the points of origin of the inner seed coat by two or three cells, as was the lower end of the mother cell, this increase in length is accompanied by an equal upward growth of the nucellus. Dividing nuclei were seen in the basal region of the nucellus, both in the epidermis and in the sub-epidermal cells, up to the latest stages studied, indicating that this basal portion of the nucellus is its chief region of growth at these stages. After the growing gametophyte has absorbed all the sub-epidermal tissues of the *Strasburger, E. |. c. Figs. 10 et seq. 150 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. upper nucellus, the sac does not cease to expand laterally, but presses the remaining epidermis of this portion of the nucellus outward as it still further increases in size. These epidermal cells contain cytoplasm and may divide even after the cells of the inner nucellus, or their cytoplasmic contents, at least, have been absorbed; but the increase in epidermal surface accom- panying the continued increase in size of the sac is doubtless due principally to increase in length of these upper epidermal cells and the division of those near the base of the nucellus. Fig. 28 shows certain of these conditions of the nucellus brought about by absorption of its tissues by the growing game- tophyte and by its own growth. All of the epidermal cells ex- cept those at the summit show elongation in the direction of upward growth of the nucellus. All of the epidermal cells ex- cept those at the summit are also well filled with cytoplasm, indicating activity. The lowest sub-epidermal cells of the nucellus shown in the figure are also well filled as were the cells of five or six layers lying between the lowest shown in the fig- ure and the area of thickened cells in the chalazal region. In passing upward from the base to the summit of the nucellus, we find greater and greater absorption of the cytoplasmic cell-con- tents and finally a partial breaking down of the cell walls and a beginning of the consequent collapsing of the cells. In the lower portion of the nucellus the absorption by the gametophyte has only affected the layers of cells near the sac, while in the upper portions all of the sub-epidermal cells are affected. The upper and older cells of the nucellus, where not too much disin- tegrated, also show an increase in size over those of younger nucelli, which accounts in part for the elongation of this organ as it keeps pace with the growth of the sac. Methods.—After trying one per cent. solution of osmic acid, one-half per cent. and one per cent. chromic acid, a saturated solution of corrosive sublimate in seventy per cent. alcohol and the last two plus a small addition of acetic acid to prevent shrinkage, the corrosive sublimate with acetic acid was found to give best results. The sections thus fixed also took best the stains used. After this method of fixing, the tissues were washed in seventy per cent. alcohol containing iodine, gradually transferred to ab- solute alcohol, imbedded in paraffine through xylol, stained and mounted in balsam in the usual way. Alcohol safranin fol- Fink: CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 151 lowed by methyl blue was found to be the best stain for stages before the establishment of the macrospore, and safranin or Del- afield’s hematoxylin gave best results from this period up to the fecundation of the egg, after which the haematoxylin proved best. The nucellus of Polygonum erectum is transparent enough to show the nuclei of various stages of development of the sac, ex- cept the antipodals, as well as the cytoplasm and vacuoles with oil immersion lens, without sectioning or any treatment what- ever. The results, however, were not reliable enough for my purpose, nor are they certain enough for use in instruction. The figures are all drawn to the same scale by using one-inch Leitz eye piece, one and one-half-inch Leitz objective and camera lucida. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Note.—All figures are of Rumex verticillatus unless otherwise indicated. The figures of the first two plates are reduced to one-half the original size of drawings, those of the last two to one-third. Plate IX. 1. Upper portion of nucellus showing the archesporium. 2. Later stage showing the primary tapetum cut off above and the mother cell of the embryo sac below. 3. The tapetum has divided into two tapetal cells and the mother cell has increased considerably in size. Stage between 2 and 3 showing the tapetum dividing. Four tapetal cells and the elongated mother cell. The mother cell dividing and one tapetal cell above. The four potential macrospores derived from the mother cell. The macrospore and a highly refractive cytoplasmic cap, repre- senting an almost completely absorbed cell, either a tapetal cell or the upper one of the potential macrospores. g. The nucleus of the macrospore dividing. 10. A somewhat older stage than 7 and showing the upper three potential macrospores partly absorbed by the lowest one, which is to become the macrospore. 11. Embryo sac containing two nuclei resulting from the division of the nucleus of the macrospore, the lower one being somewhat larger. The highly refractive remains of four nearly absorbed cells of the nu- cellus are also shown. Om DNB 152 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Plate X. 12. Embryo sac of Rumex salictfolius showing the two nuclei as above and the lower one also slightly larger. 3. Embryo sac of Rumex salictfolius showing the four nuclei de- rived from division of two corresponding to those figured 1n 11 and 12, and also showing the persistent spindle in the anterior end of the sac. 14. Embryo sac of /Ramex salictfolius showing the corresponding four nuclei in a somewhat older sac. 15. Embryo sac of Rumex salicéfolius showing eight nuclei derived from four corresponding to those figured in 13 and 14. The polar nuclei are approaching each other. The three anterior nuclei are of about equal size and not enclosed in walls. Only the nucleoli of the antipodals could be seen. 16. Embryo sac of Polygonum erectum showing the earlier forma- tion of cell walls about the anterior nuclei, one of which was lying be- low the other two. The polar nuclei are approaching each other, and the cellular structure in the antipodal area is distinct, one cell here also lying below the other two. 17. Embryo sac of Ramex salicifolius showing the egg yet free, cell walls forming about the synergide, the polar nuclei fusing and three distinct nucleated antipodal cells. 18. Embryo sac showing the sister nuclei which form the synergide yet free and the wall forming about the egg after the definitive nucleus is formed. 19. Anterior end of a mature embryo sac showing the synergide and the egg. 20, Embryo sac of Rumex salicéfolius showing all of the nuclei of the mature sac, except the antipodals and at about the same stage as the corresponding nuclei in t7. 21. Posterior end of a mature embryo sac showing three antipodal cells. 22. Anterior end of the embryo sac of Aewmex salictfolius showing walls forming about the egg after the definitive nucleus is formed. 23. Mature embryo sac showing more than three nuclei in the anti- podal end. 24. Mature embryo sac of Rumex salicifolius, with the antipodal region perhaps not distinctly seen. Plate XJ. 25. Anterior end of embryo sac showing one synergid degenerated, the pollen tube entering and showing two nuclei very indistinctly. The egg and definitive nucleus are also shown. 26. Anterior end of embryo sac showing a pollen tube discharged and containing an undischarged sperm-nucleus. The two synergidze VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART II. PIsAt rs, xe HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO, BOSTON iy ey, > VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART” TI, PLATE X. HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO. BOSTON MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ey Migudh Ul VOL. II. Pe Ae Ea exal HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO, BOSTON >a roy 7 — : 2 \ 7) iy Ps , = ‘ ; wal’s Po ase = hf & are as 4 ¢ ' , : . = x * me 7 > -- i n eS mei = , ’ : —_ - ~ —— — = : e ‘ i s . » \ “ _ = i) y Tate eo * th i 5 neo : : 7 : } ng - ‘ : 7 a a - » , ) : il Z i a se < - ni i : So = “¥ i-- f I , : : = «SO 0 a = 4 W = - & — j 4 7 q 7 a y ‘ ae > 6 =e ’ PACE Lie MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. VOL. Il. Pi AES yi. HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO. BOSTON. Fink = CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF RUMEX. 1538 have degenerated, the fecundated egg is extending its cell wall up- ward to attach it to the anterior end of the sac and the definitive nu- cleus is dividing. 27. Posterior end of the sac whose anterior end is shown in 26, The antipodals are degenerating. 28. Embryo sac and surrounding tissue of the nucleus showing mutual relations of the two structures. 29. Anterior portion of embryo sac showing three of a probable four endosperm nuclei, pollen tube ruptured at the end and the egg di- viding to form the two-celled embryo. Plate XII. 30. Anterior end of an embryo sac somewhat younger than that fig- ured in 29 and showing the discharged pollen tube, the egg apparently preparing to divide, and four endosperm nuclei with a spindle persist- ing between each pair. 31. Anterior end of embryo sac showing a five-celled embryo and three endosperm nuclei. . 32. Young embryo in anterior end of embryo sac showing four newly formed nuclei and two persistent spindles. 33. Embryo sac of Rumex salictfoliws showing a somewhat more advanced embryo, a larger number of endosperm nuclei and the anti- podals still persisting. 34. Anterior end of embryo sac showing five-celled embryo, one of four observed dividing endosperm nuclei, and an undischarged pollen tube which entered the sac after the egg was fecundated. 35. Anterior end of embryo sac of Rumex salictfolius showing three-celled embryo, whose middle cell is dividing, and the persistent discharged pollen tube in the micropyle and extending into the sac. xa: OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. Mary E. Otson. The genus Gzgartina is of wide distribution, especially in temperate latitudes. It is found both in the Atlantic and Pa- cific oceans as far north as the coast of Greenland and as far south as Cape Horn. The material used in preparing this paper was collected in Puget Sound, at Channel Rocks, near Seattle, Washington, on August 3, 1897. It does not correspond exactly with any of the specific descriptions recorded. Indeed it has been with some reluctance that this plant has been included in Gzgartina. The material used for study in the preparation of this paper had been preserved in 75 per cent. alcohol, with the exception of some dried material which was studied in determining the color, size, shape and other external characters. In the dried material the fronds appear thin and membrana- ceous and very brittle. The alcoholic material is leathery in texture and quite tough. The older fronds show a considerable increase in thickness over the younger ones, and are strongly Calliblepharis-like in appearance. HABIT AND EXTERNAL APPEARANCE. The fronds are reddish purple in color and occur at a depth of eight fathoms. Several or more fronds are generally found growing crowded together from united holdfasts. Such a group isiscen im Pig, Pl: 13. The general outline of a frond whether branched or un- branched is typically cuneate. Fig. 3, Pl. 13 shows a good specimen of the unbranched type. When branched the general wedge-shaped outline is retained by a more or less regular, dichotomous form of branching, in which the branches spread and remain of considerable width. (Fig. 1, Pl. 13.) Olson: OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. LSS: Holdfast.—The holdfast is disc-like, and varies in size accord- ing to the number of plants springing from it. In an isolated in- dividual (Fig. 3, Pl. 13) it is seen to be but little larger than the circumference of the base of the stipe. On the under side, by which it is attached to the substratum, it is seen to have a smooth surface, and two areas are clearly distinguishable in the alco- holic material used in this study; a central, nearly circular al- most translucent area, and an outer apparently denser portion (Fig. 3, Pl. 13). When viewed from the upper side the signi- ficance of these areas is understood. If a large holdfast be ex- amined, from which part of the fronds have been removed, the upper surface will be seen to be uneven and dotted with circu- lar pits bordered by very distinct rims (Fig. 6, Pl. 13). On running the point of a needle through one of the translucent areas of the under side it is found to correspond with the pit of the upper side. A still more interesting demonstration is to pull away one of the fronds still attached to the holdfast. If this be done carefully it will be seen thata characteristic pit remains to mark the point of attachment of the stipe. An old holdfast is found to be covered with these scars, which are very perfect markings of the outline of the stipe at the point of attachment. Stipe.—The stipe is a well-marked organ whose presence is more or less evident in all the plants, especially as they attain their mature size. Some of the members of the group in Fig. 1, Pl. 13, show that in the first stages the width of the frond varies but little from the base to the tip, so that a distinct stipe is scarcely distinguishable. Very soon, however, the upper por- tion of the frond begins to expand and a typical stipe becomes evident. Its outline just at the point of attachment to the hold- fast is circular, but above this it becomes slightly compressed in one diameter so that its cross section appears oval or elliptical. The transition trom stipe to lamina is so gradual that no distinct demarcation can be detected between them. The shorter diam- eter becomes still shorter, and the longer one increases to the width of the frond till all appearance of the stipe has van- ished and even the greater thickness at the center of the lamina merges so gradually into the thinner margins that it cannot be be said to be present as a midrib. Lamina.—The lamina is seen to attain its greatest width at some little distance from the tip. If it is branched the division is dichotomous, though the lobes are often unequal in size, and 156 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. occurs near the tip of the frond, so that there is no branching of the stipe. The margins present a more or less wavy, undula- ting outline. In fertile fronds the margins all along the upper part of the frond are prolonged into little leaf-like outgrowths bearing the cystocarps (Fig. 2, Pl. 13). These proliferations also occur on the surface of the frond and sometimes are scarely more than the stalk of the single cystocarps they bear. Inmany fertile fronds the surface is almost entirely covered with these outgrowths. As arule they occur much more densely on one side than the other. Frequently they are found as simple small leaflets bearing no cystocarps. ‘Their presence gives a look to the lamina quite suggestive of fruiting Callz/blepharis. INTERNAL ANATOMY. fToldfast.—A section of the holdfast shows a very distinctive structure unlike anything seen elsewhere in the plant. The ap- pearance of a section is seen in Fig. 9, Pl. 13, showing the outline of the pit or scar and the depression from which the stipe was removed. The cellular structure varies but little from the general type except in the transition zone from the holdfast to the stipe. Along the upper surface the cells are covered by a gelatinous envelope or cuticle of considerable thickness often . 15 mic. deep (Fig. 10 a, Pl. 13). This, of course, in one of the scars extends only to the border of the pit as indicated in Fig. 9, Pl.13. Some sections also show a similar layer on the lower side at joints (Fig. 9 b, Pl. 9), while the remainder of the lower surface shows a rough irregular margin of cells (Fig. 9 c, Pl. 13). The possible explanation suggests itself that the cuticle, when occurring on the lower side, appears at joints which, through some unevenness of the substratum, are not closely ap- pressed to it and hence are left exposed as it were. The tissue of the holdfast is characterized by cells having a quadrilateral outline as seen in zone ‘‘ b” in the right-hand part of Fig. 10, Pl. 13. This general type becomes greatly modi- fied in various regions. In the transition zone ‘‘c” (Fig. 10, Pl. 13), from the holdfast to the stipe, the angular outline of the cells disappears and they become more rounded and smaller in size. In all regions cells of irregular outline are frequently met with scattered among the cells of typical quadrilateral out- line. In general the cells are arranged in approximately regular Olson : OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. 157 rows extending vertically through the holdfast. This is more apparent outside the region of the pit than within. In passing from the holdfast proper to the stipe the character of the cells is seen to change, the outline becomes rounded, the cells smaller and the arrangement very irregular (Fig. toc, Pl. 13). On the upper side of this zone the cells become elongated and soon merge into the structure of the stipe (Fig. 10 d, Pl. 13). At the side, in the region where the surface of the holdfast passes to the surface of the stipe, an interesting curvature of the rows of cells of the holdfast is noticed (Fig. 10 e, Pl. 13). The upper cells of the holdfast gradually become smaller and merge into the outer cells of the stipe, so that at the periphery there is not so marked a change in the character of the cells as in the center. The central elongated cells of this stipe extend farther into the holdfast in the center than at the periphery of the stipe region. This is to be expected from the outline of the pits from which the stipe has been removed, and an examination of these pits under high power reveals the fact that none of the elongated stipe cells are present in the scar, showing that the separation zone when a stipe is pulled from a holdfast is at the region shown in Fig. 10, Pl. 13 at c, and curves upward at the sides, thereby forming the pit-like scar. In many sections of stipe and holdfast the elongated cells are seen to extend much farther down than in the section of Fig. 10, Pl. 13, so that only one or two layers of holdfast cells lie between them and the lower surface. In a few sections an interesting development of outgrowths on the lower surface was noticed. These occur below the stipe region and show the same cellular structure as the holdfast proper. They are apparently rhizoid-like growths (Fig. 10, EP 33). The sections used were placed in an alcoholic solution of fuchsin for a few moments, then washed with alcohol and mounted in glycerine jelly. The stain failed to bring out any cell contents and to all appearances the cells are empty. Stipe and Lamina.—The structure of the stipe and lamina is very similar, the chief difference being that in the former the cells are of somewhat smaller diameter. The upright portion of the plant may be divided, anatomic- ally, into two fairly distinct portions: the pith, consisting of the larger, apparently empty cells and the cortex, of smaller 158 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. cells containing the chromatophores. Because of this dif- ference in the cells the sections for the structure of the stipe and lamina show the outlines of the cell wall in the pith, but in nearly all the sections examined the cell walls of the cortex could not be distinguished, and it is the outline of the cell con- tents that is represented in such sections. The inner portion or pith consists of elongated, cylindrical cells, united into loosely interwoven filaments, extending prin- cipally in the direction of the long axis of the frond. The union between cells is so irregular that often the filamentous arrangement is scarcely recognizable. Surrounding this pith region, which is of compressed cylindrical contour in the stipe, is the cortex, which consists of much smaller cells, arranged in radiating rows, more or less regular, perpendicular to the sur face of the frond. Fith.—The transverse sections of both stipe and lamina show the cross-sectional outline of the pith cells to be more or less circular with considerable space between the cells (Figs. 12 and 13, Pl. 13). In the lamina portions of .& filament are often found running through the section. The outlines of the pith cells in both lamina and stipe show an area of larger cells just within the cortex, passing inward to a central portion of smaller diameter (Fig. 11, Pl. 13). Within the pith itself there is con- siderable variation in the size of the cells, showing that smaller filaments anastomose with the larger ones. The average size of the cells is from 100 to 170 mic. long by 17 to 33 mic. wide. The most interesting feature of the pith is the presence of protoplasmic pits connecting the cells. These occur not only in the end walls, but also in the lateral walls, as seen in Fig. 11, Pl. 12. By these connections, as well as by lateral pressure in some cases, the cylindrical outline of the cells becomes variously modified. Communication of adjacent cells of the pith region is thus completely established. The significance of this will be more clearly seen as the physiological importance of this area is dis- cussed. These pits were first discovered by staining with hama- toxylin. A more careful trial of different stains showed that these pits always take the stain more deeply than any other part, either cell contents or cell wall. Both methyl] violet and fuchsin produced good results. An alcoholic solution of the stain was used. Olson : OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. 159 A study of these pits showed them to be of the form of small plates or rings, apparently one in each of the two adjacent cells (Figs. 11 and 13, Pl. 9g). When seen edgewise they appear as two small plates narrower than the width of the cell wall, so that the inner line of the cell wall appears to curve out to meet them. Often the entire outline of one ring may be seen and only part of the other, which apparently lies beneath it. Again the sec- tion will lie so as to show both rings. Some sections, especially with the methyl violet, showed a faint outline of cell contents just within the wall and in all cases extending close up to the rings or pits. Careful observations of this sort led to the opinion that these connecting pits wust be of the nature of the protoplasmic cell contents rather than the cell wall. Schmitz confirmsthis opinion. Unfortunately the writer did not have access to Schmitz’s original article, but in George Murray’s /utroduction to the study of Seaweeds, 1895, in the chapter on Rhodophyceze (which he states is based upon Schmitz’s papers) the following is found (p. 201): ‘* The plates stand in direct connection with the protoplasm lining the cell wall and are, in fact, so coherent with it that they may be regarded as transformed or rather differentiated protoplasm lo- cally covering the pit. However it is probable that a thin layer of protoplasm covers them in turn.” All observations have gone to show that there is an intimate protoplasmic connection between the contents of neighboring cells. Zimmermann’s Botanical Microtechnique was consulted as to re-agents for testing these rings. The use of sulphuric acid and a mixture of iodine and potas- sium iodide is recommended for cellulose walls giving a blue color. This was used, but neither the cell walls nor the pits showed any trace of blue staining. Cuprammonia was also tried, but with no success. Some interesting results were ob- tained, however, with the use of sulphuric acid. The sections were first stained and then treated with the acid. Although the acid at once destroyed the original color it was found better re- sults were obtained than without first staining. A trial was then made as to the strength of acid which would give most satisfac- tory results, and it was found that treating sections prepared as before described, with a 50 to 60 per cent. solution of the acid produces at first no apparent effect beyond a slight swelling of the cell wall. The sections were left mounted in the acid, and 160 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. after twenty-four hours re-examined. It was then found that the cell walls were all dissolved and only the rings remained (Fig. 17, Pl. 14). This leads to the conclusion that the rings are not of the same composition as the cell wall. The pith of the cystocarpic proliferations of the frond shows a marked difference from that of the vegetative portion (Fig. 18, Pl. 14). The cells have become very irregular in outline and are so anastomosed and interwoven as to form a network which becomes more and more dense in passing from the stalk to the pericarp proper. Here, as well as in the cortex, the cell contents have a dense granular appearance, and the cell walls appear only very faintly, if at all. In most sections stained as in the vegetative part they cannot be distinguished. This is true also of the protoplasmic pits, though it is evident there is close communication throughout. From one or two unusually clear sections it was ascertained, however, that the rings are present, but are very small. ‘The cells in this region measure from 25 to 37 mic. long by 2.5 to 7 mic. wide. Cortex.—The transition from the pith to the cortex is some- what abrupt. In longitudinal sections the pith cells are seen to decrease in length until in the four or five outermost rows the outline of the cells is spherical or slightly oblong. In the transi- tion zone, or the inner part of thé cortex, they measure from 5 to 12 mic. along either diameter. In the outermost layers of smallest cells, measuring from 2.5 to 5 mic. in diameter, the cell contents are very dense and the cells are apparently imbedded in a gelatinous matrix from which it is impossible to distinguish their walls. In one section, how- ever, the writer was able to make out faint outlines of the walls, but it is difficult to represent them and maintain the proportional thickness of the wall (Fig. 11, Pl. 13). The cortex cells are seen to lie in communication also, but only along the radial lines of the thallus. The cells are so small no rings can be distinguished, but protoplasmic threads are seen running from cell to cell (Fig. 13, Pl. 13). There are no lateral protoplasmic connections between cells. A surface view of the thallus shows a somewhat regular arrangement of the end cells of these radial rows. ‘They appear as a rule in groups of two or occasionally three, surrounded by the gelatin- ous matrix (Fig. 14, Pl. 14). If the sections be placed in water this swells rapidly, as do also the cell walls. The walls often Olson: OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. 161 increase to three or four times their width, as seen in alcoholic material, and a stratification of the walls becomes evident (Fig. 16, Pl. 14). REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS. Cystocarps.—The material studied was too far advanced to show antheridia or the development of the cystocarp. The cystocarps are found scattered very abundantly along the margin and over the surfaces of the fertile fronds. As a rule they are much more abundant upon one surface than the other. They are borne in leaf-like proliferations of the frond and are usually more or less distinctly stalked, though often they are nearly sessile. Fig. 4 shows one of these leaf-like outgrowths bearing no less than nine cystocarps. Generally the number is smaller, from two to four (Fig. 5, Pl. 13). The larger leaflets, with a larger number of cystocarps, are usually found along the margin. In form the cystocarps are subglobose with a marked indenta- tion at the apex which seems to indicate a distinct carpostome, but in the large number of sections observed no opening could be detected. The nearest approach to it was seen in the section represented in Fig. 19, Pl. 10, but even here there is no sign of a true pore or even of a rupture, so that evidently the cystocarp is closed. From the uniform closure of the cystocarp it is diffi- cult to include the plant in question with Gzgartzna. The struc- ture of the cystocarp regions of the thallus shows the same two general areas described for the stipe and lamina with the modi- fication of the inner region or pith described above. The spores are developed within the central region, the cortex and outer part of the pith forming a true pericarp. Except at the apex both areas surround the central mass of spores. Here it is covered only by the cortex. A peculiar structure observed was one in which the surface of the thallus was only slightly raised to indicate its location, and numerous long filaments were seen with their tips protruding slightly from the surface (Fig. 18, Pl. 14). The section was stained with fuchsin and the clear filaments were sharply dis- tinguishable from the other cells with their granular contents. They measured 150 mic. in length. There was some little doubt as to what should be the interpreta- _ tion of the section represented in Fig. 18, Pl. 14. The pith cells 162 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. have the appearance characteristic of the cystocarp region. A comparison with figures in which trichogynes are represented shows but slight similarity in appearance. The pericarp consists of the two layers found in the lamina and stipe. The outer small cells containing chromatophores pass somewhat abruptly to the cells of the interior (Fig. 21, Pl. 14), which are elongated and connected to forma more or less dense net-work. In most cases the transverse connecting cells are more numerous than in Fig. 2I, so thatthe pericarp presents the reticulated appearance of the tissue in Fig. 19. Very frequently, however, the cells show much lateral crowding in the pericarp. The cystocarp is compound and the spores are aggregated into distinct groups (Fig. 19, Pl. 14). This is clearly seen in all but the oldest cystocarps and even here a carefully cut sec- tion shows it. These groups are separated from each other by large, empty cells, with smaller cells of the same character ex- tending between them (Fig. 20, Pl. 14). This is brought out very clearly by staining the section with iodine and then wash- ing in water. The carpospores are more or less oval in shape, often some- what angular. They measure from 12 to 15 mic. along one diameter by 10 to 12 mic. along the other. The normal cystocarps measure from I to 2 mm. in diameter, but it was noticed that frequently some were met with from two to three times as large as the ordinary ones, measuring 2.5 to 3.5 mm. On examination it was discovered that the fronds of another small alga were always found upon these large cysto- carps. Several specimens were studied and it was found that there was evidently more than one species infecting them. The largest one discovered is represented in Fig. 7a, Pl. 13. It ap- pears to emerge directly from the apical depression of the cys- tocarp. A longitudinal section through the cystocarp shows the parasite or epiphyte to consist of an axial cylinder of large cells with protoplasmic connections between adjacent walls. Most externally is a region of quadrilateral cells larger than the corresponding cells of the host arranged quite irregularly, and be- tween this and the central cylindera region of long filamentous cells, and it is these which are seen to penetrate the pith of the pericarp (Fig. 22, Pl. 14). They can, be traced to the central spore-bearing area, where they apparently curve outward and follow along the side a short distance. They are distinguish- Olson : OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. 163 able from the granular cells of the pericarp by their clear ap- pearance. In most cases the infecting plant was found to be a smaller one, represented in b Fig. 7, Pl. 13. It consists of simple or branched filaments of oblong cells, but its entrance into the tis- sues of the pericarp could not be detected. Its presence is evi- dently the cause of the enlargement of the cystocarp, however. Except in cases where the parasite can be seen within the tis- sues of the cystocarp no difference except size can be observed between the infested organs and the normal ones. Vemathecia.—These were found upon only one frond in the alcoholic material at command, but in this they were abundantly distributed on both sides of the frond. They appear in surface view as wart-like projections which can be distinguished with the naked eye by their slightly lighter color ePia) SP ls 73)). (It must be remembered that this description applies to alcoholic material. ) A section of the frond shows many interesting features. The filaments of the internal pith area are even more loosely anas- tomosed than in the vegetative part of the frond and show large intercellular spaces. In this central area large, dark bodies the size of spores were discovered scattered very abundantly among the filaments (Fig. 24 e, Pl. 14). These could easily be seen from the surface, showing through the external area of cortex cells, and even appear to the naked eye as tiny black dots. Upon examination they were found to be of a dark green color and apparently unicellular. They are evidently internal para- sites, but no connection between them and the nemathecia could be discovered, though it was earnestly sought, inasmuch as Schmitz, in his article ‘Die Gattung Actinococcus Kutz,’* ascribes the nemathecia of Phyllophora brodiet and P. inter- rupta to the parasite Actinococcus. Outside the central filaments is an area of approximately spherical cells, which decrease gradually in size toward the ex- terior. They exhibit a characteristic arrangement, z. e., from a single basal cell two and sometimes three rows diverge toward the surface. The outer layer is covered by a thick gelatinous cuticle (Fig. 24, Pl. 14). The tetraspores are evidently pro- duced from the cells just outside the central filaments and are formed in irregular masses just below the surface. *Schmitz. Flora. Tf 307". 1993. 164 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. In many places where there is almost no elevation of the sur- face a small group of tetraspores is distinctly seen in section. Staining with iodine brings out the distinction between tetras- pores and the surrounding cells very clearly. A peculiar feature of the nemathecia is the pore-like break in the cuticle just above the group of spores. This was seen in even the smallest nemathecia, and in the larger ones several were often present. A full-grown nemathecium rises from 25-37 mic. above the level of the thallus, and an irregularity in the ar- rangement of the cortex cells is noticeable at the apex, suggest- ing a rupture as a result of the crowding upward of the spores. The spores measure 12-20 mic. by 10-15 mic. Wille* makes a physiological distinction between the pith and cortex regions, considering the former as conducting tissue and the latter as assimilative. Some interesting results were brought out by iodine staining in connection with this view. Sections of the holdfast, stipe, lamina, cystocarp region and nemathecia were placed in an iodine solution for half an hour, then washed with water, with the following results: The hold- fast simply shows a general yellowish staining of the cell walls, showing there is no starch present in that region, as would be expected from its evident mechanical function. The stipe like- wise showed a slight yellowish staining of the walls, but no cell contents in accordance with its function as a supporting and conducting area. In the lamina the sections used were longitudinal ones. The central elongated cells remained colorless; in the inner cortex cells marking the transition in shape from the central to the small peripheral cells the contents stained a deep purple, in- dicating the presence of starch. The four or five outer rows showed the cell contents stained yellowish brown. These are the cells containing chromatophores. These results suggest a confirmation of Miiller’s interpretation of the physiological sig- nificance of this area, inasmuch as they are evidently concerned with the food supply. In the cystocarp region the outer layers of cells containing rhodoplasts stain yellowish brown as in the lamina; the rest of the pericarp and the spores stain a deep violet, but the thin- walled cells separating the groups of spores stain yellow. This brings out the structure of the central spore region better than any of the other stains used. zs Wille, N. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 52: 49-100. PJ. 3-8. 1897- Olson >: OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. 165 In the nemathecia the tetraspores stain a‘deep violet, as also do the contents of the central filaments just below the spores. The rest of the central filaments remain unaffected and the outer cells stain yellowish brown. SpPEcIFIC DESCRIPTION. Gigartina sp. und.—Fronds purplish-red, distinctly caules- cent, several often springing from the same disc-like holdfast ; 18—28 cm. long by 7-10 cm. wide. Stipe somewhat compressed, 3-5 to 5 mm. wide by 2-3 mm. thick, gradually widening into the typically cuneate lamina. Young fronds often entire, older ones sparingly branched, branches expanded, never linear or lanceolate. Cystocarps compound, closed, more or less stalked, several generally occurring crowded together on the same pro- liferation ; enclosed within a pericarp; 1-2.5 mm. in diameter ; carpospores numerous, crowded together in more or less definite groups, oval, 12-15 mic. long by 10-12 mic. wide. Tetraspores produced in nemathecia, on both sides of the frond; nemathecia wart-like, rising 25-37 mic. above the level of the thallus. Tet- raspores oval, more or less angular, 12-20 mic. long by 5-10 mic. wide. METHODs. Part of the sections used were cut with the freezing microtome, the rest by hand. The material used had been preserved in 75 per cent. alcohol. The effect of imbedding in gelatine pre- pared according to Osterhout’s directions was tested. The por- tions to be sectioned were cut in* pieces .5 cm. long and about the same width and placed in the gelatine. This was left for twenty-four hours to allow the gelatine to penetrate the tissues, then removed and placed in a gum arabic solution on the freez- ing chamber. After several trials it was found that sections in- troduced directly into the gum arabic without embedding were as satisfactory as by the longer process. Staining.—At first water solutions of the stains were used, but it was found that this caused the tissues to swell to such an extent that cells often presented a very unnatural appearance. For example, a cross section of the stipe was obtained in which the cell lumen appeared irregulary star-shaped or was nearly obliterated (Fig. 16, Pl. 14). This was then abandoned and *Osterhout. Bot. Gaz. 21: 195-201. 1896. 166 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. alcoholic solutions were used. Both staining the sections and the material in toto were tried. Inthe latter method, if the ma- terial was to be imbedded, it was first stained. If the stain is sufficiently diluted, and the sections are allowed to stand in it from ten minutes to half an hour, the results are quite as satis- factory as staining in toto, for in the latter method often the stain fails to penetrate the material completely. The stains employed were hematoxylin, anilin blue, methyl blue, carmine, methyl violet, fuchsin and safranin. Hema- toxylin stains both cell wall and contents, but not clearly enough; it was found very unsatisfactory. Anilin blue and carmine hardly affected the tissues. Methyl! blue and safranin proved good for the gelatinous sheath. Methyl violet and fuchsin gave the most satisfactory results. They stain both the cell walls and protoplasmic contents, but the latter more deeply. These two stains, and especially fuchsin, were used for all the work. The sections were at first taken from the knife and placed in glycerine, transferring gradually from 20 per cent. to absolute, but the glycerine was found to swell the cell walls to a consider- able extent and was abandoned. . The most satisfactory method and the one employed in all the latter part of the work was as follows: The alcoholic material was placed directly in the gum arabic solution on the freezing chamber, transferred from the knife to the alcoholic solution of the stain and mounted in it. When the staining was completed, usually after a few moments, the sections were washed in alco- hol. This was then evaporated and, without allowing the sec- tions to become dry, glycerine jelly was added, making a per- manent mount. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Jonsson, B. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Dickenzuwachses der Rhodophyceen. (Bot. Zeit. 50: 181. 1892.) (Bot. Jahresb. 19: 120-121. 1894.) Lunds Univers. Arskr. 27: 41. 2 fl. 1890-91. Wille, N. Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der physiologischen Gewebesysteme bei einigen Florideen. Nova Acta Acad. Leop.- Carol. 52: 49-100. fl. 3-8 1887. (Bot. alresbetos. 2754. 1891.) Osterhout, W. J. V. A Simple Freezing Device, BotstGaz. 21: 195-201. 1896. Schmitz, F. Die Gattung Actinococcus Kiitz. Flora. 77: 367— ANS. Dliiga O08. Olson: OBSERVATIONS ON GIGARTINA. 167 Moore, S. Le M. Studies in Vegetable Biology.—I. Observations on the Continuity of Protoplasm. Journ. Linn. Soc. 21: 595-621. A/. rg-27. 1886. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES IN PLATES XIII. Anp XIV. All drawings were made from material preserved in alcohol. Fig. 1. Group of fronds springing from a common holdfast. One- half natural size. Fig. 2. Upper portion of fertile frond showing marginal and sur- face proliferations with cystocarps produced upon them. One-half natural size. Fig. 3. Young frond showing typical shape and single holdfast. One-half natural size. Fig. 4. Small leaflet with cystocarps. x 4.5. Fig. 5. Four cystocarps on a smail stalk-like proliferation. x 4.5. Fig. 6. Surface view of holdfast showing scars. x 4.5. Fig. 7. Cystocarps infected by a parasite. x5. Fig. 8. Surface view of nemathecia. x5. Fig. 9. Section through a scar of the holdfast: a, layer of cuticle on upper surface; 4, region of the lower surface covered with cuticle ; c, rough broken lower surface. x 5. Fig. to. Section through the holdfast with rhizoid-like outgrowth from the lower surface. A portion of the tissue is omitted in the cen- ter, as it issimply a continuation of that represented on either side. Toward the left the drawing stops in the stipe region. On the right the transition from the stipe to the holdfast is shown: a, cuticle of upper surface; 4, region showing cellular structure characteristic of the holdfast; c, cellular structure marking transition from tissue of holdfast to that of stipe; d, beginning of tissue of the stipe; e, curva- ture of cells at juncture of stipe and holdfast. x 300. Fig. 11. Longitudinal section of the lamina: a, cortex; 4, outer region of pith showing larger pith cells; c, inner region of pith with smaller cells. x 300. Fig. 12. Cross section of stipe: a, cortex; 6, larger celled pith; c, smaller celled pith. x 300. Fig. 13. Cross section of the lamina showing many pith cells con- nected by pits and cortex cells connected by protoplasmic threads. X 300. Fig. 14. Surface view of thallus. x 300. Fig. 15. Outline of cross section of stipe showing cortex and pith areas. xX 4.5. Fig. 16. Pith cells of lamina stained with methyl violet and mounted in glycerine. Cell wall is much swollen and one shows stratification. x 300. 168 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Fig. 17. Effect of sulphuric acid on cell wall and pits; @, pith cells treated for ten to fifteen minutes in 50 per cent. solution; 4, pits as seen twenty-four hours after treating the section with the acid. The walls have been entirely dissolved. x 300. Fig. 18. Cluster of filaments. x 300. Fig. 19. Longitudinal section through a cystocarp. x 85. Fig. 20. Group of spores from cystocarp with thin-walled cells separating them. x 300. Fig. 21. Longitudinal section through the pericarp: @, cortex; 4, Pith ;sc, spores.~ xX 300. Fig. 22. Longitudinal section through an infested cystocarp. The upper left-hand portion shows the manner in which the parasite pene- trates the host. x 56. Fig. 23. Portion of the same region enlarged showing to the left the tissues of the host pericarp and to the right the long filamentous cells of the parasite. x 300. Fig. 24. Section through frond producing nemathecia. On the upper surface is a mature nemathecium, on the lower surface two two younger ones: a, gelatinous cuticle; 6. pore-like break in cuticle ; c, cortex cells; d, cells from which tetraspores are produced; e, para- site; f, pith filaments. x 300. r* _ 7 ; : ~ De 7 MINNESOTA BO VOL. IL PLAT] PARI fk VICAL STUDIES. wv w RP 9200 i SAO SOR --------+- m b) es 4 oe . BOPP OOSS EE, a xe S (0) WO) ile MINNESOTA BO CE Rie HELIC Oqeoeg eke} PART. oh, 21 % o +.) B® eco an wonenecee ge ° eee 898 ove a © 2 00% io ©0000 000° NICAL STUDIES. 3 ss) E XIV. By ‘ XII. SEED DISSEMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF RAZOUMOFSKYA ROBUSTA (Engelm.) Kuntze.* D.T. MacDoucGAt. The branches of the bull pine (P:nus ponderosa scopulorum), of the southwestern United States, offer suitable conditions of nourishment for the growth of Aeazoumofskya robusta, a parasite belonging to the Loranthacee. Some of the members of this family, such as the mistletoe (Phoradendron flavescens), which live on deciduous trees in temperate latitudes, are furnished with a fair amount of chlorophyll. These forms are able to carry on more or less food-formation during the warmer portions of the season in which the deciduous hosts lack leaves. /tazoumofskya, however, fastens on an evergreen conifer, and hence has no such need or use for chlorophyll. Itis, therefore, furnished with this substance in minute quantity only, and its leaves are reduced to mere bracts. It is dicecious, and the aérial shoots of both kinds may appear in close contiguity on the same branch of the host or be separated some distance. The shoots start up from the submerged rhizomes in the latter part of April or early in May, the flowers maturing in June and the seeds in August. After the dispersal of the seeds the aérial portion of the plant dies away, leaving only the haustorial rhizomes buried in the tissues of the host plant. With the opening of the next season shoots are produced as before. The submerged portion of the parasite penetrates the branches of the host long distances longitudinally, and where aérial shoots are given off the tissues of the host show abnormal structures, the branches undergoing enlargement, while the development of the nearest buds is variously checked and altered. The dis- tortion is magnified with age, and old trees exhibit the most grotesque malformations. The writer has seen trees a meter in height infected, and the size of the older branches bearing the *An abstract of this paper was read before the Botanical Club of the A.A.A.S. at Boston, August 25, 1898. 170 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. parasite is such as to justify the statement that they may live ten to twenty years after the parasite has fastened upon them. A common type of structure resulting from the attachment of the parasite to the pine consists of an old branch bent downward, from the infected tip of which numbers of smaller branches stand erect, forming a coarse ‘‘ witch’s broom” (See Plate XVI.). Perhaps the most interesting facts in connnection with the history of ARazoumofskya, are those which concern the distribu- tion of the seeds. The single-seeded berries are borne on short stalks curved semi-circularly, from which they are easily de- tached when ripe. The berry is joined to the stalk by a scission layer, which is ruptured by the slightest touch or may be burst away by the action of forces set up in the berry, which also expel the seed. The shooting of the seeds from the berry has been known for many years, and a note of the fact has found place in American text-books of systematic botany, but it has failed of wider recognition. Engler and Prantl remark con- cerning the seeds of the Loranthacee : ‘‘ The stickiness enables some seeds falling from branch to branch to become attached ; on the other hand, birds crush the fruits and discard the seed, which is surrounded by a viscid layer.” (Naturlichen Pflan- zenfamilien. Theil III.) Kerner says: ‘* The dissemination of the European mistletoe is effected as in all Loranthacez through the agency of birds, thrushes in particular, which feed upon the berries and deposit the undigested seeds with their ex- crement upon the branches of trees.” (Nat. Hist. of Plants, I: 205, 1894.) Keeble, the most recent observer who has pub- lished upon the Loranthacez, says: ‘‘ The berry-like fruits of the Loranths are technically speaking indehiscent; yet owing partly to growth of the embryo, partly to weakening of the fruit wall in some species, this latter becomes ruptured on the ripening of the fruits, ¢. 9., Loranthus neelgherrensis L. cuneatus; in others a very slight pressure is sufficient to cause the complete extrusion of the seed, sometimes basally, some- times apically. In all cases the seed slips out, but in Vescum ortentale Willd., a gentle pressure will cause the fruit wall to crack and the seed to be jerked out.” (Observations on the Loranthaceze of Ceylon, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 2nd Ser. Bot!'5 + Pt. sy p:'97; 1896.) In view of the above statements it is safe to conclude that Razoumofskya is the only Loranth furnished with a mechanism MacDougal: DISTRIBUTION OF RAZOUMOFSKYA ROBbuUSTA. 171 for the expulsion of the seeds from the berries without the in- tervention or codperation of outside factors. The expulsory mechanism is best seen in a longitudinal section of the berry. The base of the berry is joined to the stalk by a scission layer several cells in thickness. The outer coat is firm and smooth, and is composed of an epidermal layer with the outer wall ex- tremely heavy and cuticularized. Beneath the epidermis is a mass of parenchymatous tissues, the outer portion of which is slightly palisaded and containing chlorophyll, the inner layer showing only starches and sugars. Immediately internal is the fibrovascular framework which fuses at the apex in a solid mass of mechanical tissue. Lying inside the fibrovascular strands, and continuous with the parenchymatous tissue external to it is also a mass of similar thin-walled elements of ovoid or cylindri- cal form rich in carbohydrates. These cells have their axes at right angles to the surface of the berry. The second layer in- ternal to the fibrovascular tissue is the expulsory layer, consist- ing of very long thin-walled cylindrical tubes with their axes parallel to the long axis of the berry at the apex of the seed or variously inclined from this position according to the location, but all so arranged that their longitudinal expansion would tend to force the seed out of the mouth of the sac formed by the berry. Immediately coating the seed is a layer of globoid cells with thick mucilaginous contents. The seed has the form of a modern rifle bullet, conical at the basal end and truncate at the apical end, with a general cylindrical outline. The scission layer appears to cut into the mucilaginous layer or at least very nearly so in the mature berry. During the ripening period the contents of the expulsory layer undergo such chemical changes as to give the contents a very high isotonic coefficient. The consequent osmotic attraction of water into this layer sets up a _turgescence which could not be measured, but which probably amounted to many atmospheres. The steady increase of the turgidity of the expulsory layer brings the tension to the breaking strain of the scission layer, and its sudden and complete rupture permits the full force of the pressure to act upon the seed, send- ing it to a distance of two or three meters. The entire arrange- ment is that of a mortar cannon. The muzzle of the gun is sealed by the stalk, and the charge amounts to several atmospheres, which is allowed to act upon the seed when the muzzle is freed. The firing of this unique 172 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. gun may result from the overcoming of the resistance of the restraining layer at the muzzle, or this event may be precipi- tated by any force from the outside which would result in the disturbance of the scission layer. One may stand under a pine tree on a quiet morning and hear the sharp click accompanying the expulsion of the seed from the berries at irregular intervals. If the branches are jarred or shaken, however, the irregular ex- plosions give way to fusillades by which nearly all of the berries on a plant will be set in action at once. The expulsion of the seed occurs as soon as the berry has broken loose from the stalk, and as these berries were originally in all positions the seeds are sent out in all directions. The mucilage adhering to the seed causes its attachment to the branches or other bodies it may strike. In this manner dissemination is effected throughout a cylindrical space about seven meters in diame- ter and extending downward to the ground. The only localities which offer suitable condi- tions for the germination and growth of the seeds, however, are the tips of branches or the shoots of young trees underneath. It is to be. seen that no animals are to be found in the habitat of the parasite which would in ordi- Fic. I. nary usage carry the seeds to these locations. Seed of Zazoumof- ‘The only part, therefore, that animals play in skya adhering to the dissemination of the seeds would be in ae causing the discharge of the berries, a matter of no direct value, since they are capable of quite as efficient action independently. The berry of /tazoumofskya is, there- fore, to be classed as a sling fruit, and is probably the only one of this class from the United States which has been de- scribed, though many doubtless exist. A second point of interest in this plant consists of a fact bear- ing upon its local distribution. During the course of some re- cent field work in northern Arizona the writer found that feazoumofskya was most successful in its attacks on the pine trees along the rims of cafions or along the brows of hills or margins of mesas. A study of the meteorological conditions shows that this method of distribution has a direct connection with the vertical movements of the air. As the air resting on lowlands in caifions or valleys is warmed MacDougal: DISTRIBUTION OF RAZOUMOFSKYA ROBUSTA. 173 by radiation during the time of exposure to the sun’s rays, it rises and expands. During the ascent some heat is converted into the work necessary in expansion, causing a cooling of one degree Fahrenheit for every one hundred and eighty-eight feet of elevation. The decrease in temperature lowers the dew point or increases the relative humidity, a matter of very great im- portance to germinating seeds and transpiring leaves. /tazou- mofskya is especially abundant, precisely at the places where the effect of the ascending humid currents of air is greatest, along the margins of hills and mesas and the rims of canons. This is very noticeable along the Grand Cajion of the Colorado river, in the Coconino Forest reserve, where the air rising more than a vertical kilometer from the river bed pours across the pine-covered mesa at a much lower temperature and very much nearer the dew point than the body of air which it replaces. In its rise it has lost heat at the normal adiabatic rate to the amount of about twenty-five degrees F., and has undergone a great variation with respect tothe dew point. As a consequence of the increased humidity favorable to germination, the pines near the rim of the cafion are most thickly infested with the parasite over a belt one to four or five kilometers in width run- ning parallel to the margin. One may walk through the forest and note the decreasing abundance of /tazoumofskya as the dis- tance from the cafion increases. In recapitulation of the facts adduced in this note it is to be said that the berries of ARazoumofskya are to be classed as sling fruits, the only one from North America hitherto described, and that this genus is the only one of the Loranthaceze furnished with means of seed-disseminaticn independent of gravity and animals. The writer also believes that he is justified in an- nouncing the discovery of the influence of vertical air-currents upon the distribution of plants, and that this factor must be taken into account in the consideration of the boundaries of zones in mountainous regions or those with irregular topography. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate XV. D. Staminate plants of Razoumofskya. B. Pistillate plants with mature berries. The distortion of the branch of the host is plainly shown. Plate XVI. A. Pinus ponderosa dying from the effects of the para- site, photograph of a specimen growing on the extreme edge of the rim of the Grand Cajion of the Colorado, June, 1898. C. Specimen of Pzzzs ponderosa showing drooping of branches attacked by Razoumofskya. FOE. . IT. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. THE PART PIG ATR exeV- HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO. BOSTON Miia nh ey VOL MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PLATE XVI. THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO BOSTON PAEUE Wee XII. OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. E. M. FREEMAN. fiistory and Literature.—The earliest mention of the red seaweed now classified under Constantznea is found in Gmelin’s* flistoria Fucorum published in 1768, in which he describes Fucus rosa-marina from the material collected by G. W. Steller during the years 1742-1745 at Kamtschatka. The description is as follows: ‘‘ Peculiare sistet hec planta fuci specimen, cujus exemplum aliud in omni reliqua fucorum historia non oc- currit. Caulis teres est, carnosus, penne anserinz crasitie, ramis sibi similibus, quibus, tanquam totidem pendiculis, adpli- cantur verticillatim folia petaloidea terna vel plura, rotunda, concava, circulo in centro notata, pulchre expansa, plerumque sissa, ramo per illa penetrante, exeunte, et pollicis dimidii inter- vallo nova fronde priori simili, prolifico, tertia nunnunquam pari ratione accedente. Petala convoluta pulchre representant flores polypetalos, ut Rosam, anemonen, cet. Substantia tota gelatinoso-membranacea, aqua dissoluenda, pellucida. Colore rubro flavescens. Magnitudo semipedalis. Locus. Circa Lapatka inter spongias ad Kamtschatcam occurrit.” Such terms as ‘‘ petala convoluta,” ‘* flores polypetalos,” etc., show what a profound impression the superficial resemblance of the described plant to a rose had made upon the author. In the years 1826-1829 the Russian vessel Seniavin, Fr. Liitke, Captain by the order of Czar Nicolaus I., sailed through Russian waters and collected a large amount of valuable algo- logical material. ‘The results were published in 1840 by Pos- tels and Ruprecht in their ///ustrationes Algarum tin itinere, etc. The authors in their preface to this work state that the collections of H. Mertens and the plates of Alex. Postels form the basis of the entire work. The genus Constantinea is here described, founded upon Gmelin’s Fucus rosa-marina, and three species are recognized, Constantinea rosa-marina, C. sitchensis and C. rentformis. *Gmctn, os. G. Hist. Fuc. 102. A/. 5, f.2, 2a. 1768. 176 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. According to the descriptions the first two species of Constan- tinea differ in the length of stipe between annuli, the mode of branching of the stipe and in the nature of the edge of the frond. The following are also noted: Constantinea rosa-marina is the smaller (one-half foot or less) ; branched even to the base ; termi- nal frond two inches in diameter, laciniate (laciniz 3-6), rarely remaining entire; 2—4 laminz under the terminal one laciniate in a similar manner. C. sztchens¢s has solitary terminal fronds at the apices of the branches; the fronds are 4-6 inches in diameter, entire but laciniate when older; young fronds are often 8 lines in diameter. In these supplementary descriptions all differences are com- promised except the following: length of the ‘‘internode” of the stipe; the number of fronds on each branch; the method of branching of the stipe and the difference in size. The tetra- spores of C. setchensis alone are described. The ‘* gongyli rotundi” as Kiitzing* has since pointed out are but ordinary cells of the intermediate layers of the frond. Postels and Ru- precht also mention Constantinea reniformis, arare Mediterran- ean plant supposedly of this genus. In 1843 Zanardinit described the C. renzformzs of Postels. and Ruprecht under the name of (Veuwrocaulon foliosum from material collected on the shores of Dalmatia in the Adriatic. In the same year Kiitzing} called attention to the incorrect view of Postels and Ruprecht concerning the ‘‘ gongyli rotundi” and to the great similarity in vegetative structure but great difference in outward appearance and tetraspore formation between Con- stantinea and Euhymenta. He describes the tetraspores and states that the cystocarps are unknown. His statements are evidently based solely on Postels, and Ruprecht’s observations. In Speczes Algarum, 1849,§ the two arctic species of Postels and Ruprecht are described under /Veurocaulon as JV. rosa- marina and LV, stichensis. Two years later J. Agardh|| accepts the Postels and Ruprecht generic name of Constant/nea and adds to the previous descrip- tion of the vegetative parts and tetraspores that of the cysto- * Kiitzing. Phyc. Gen. 400. 1843. +Zanardini. Saggio class. 49. 1843. = eutzinig. wie: § Kiitzing. Spec. Algar, 744. 1849. || Agardh, J. Spec. Gen. et Ord. Algar. 2: 295. 185T. et ia Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. ea carps. Since no new observations nor collections of the arctic species are cited, his generic description of the cystocarp is probably based upon Constantinea rentformis, the Mediter- ranean species. The cystocarps are described as ‘‘ kalidia in media fronde numerosa, clausa, disruptione partis ambientis demum liberata, nucleolis pluribus composita; nucleoli intra periderma gelatinosum hyalinum gemmidia, nullo ordine dis- posita foventes.” The zonate division of the tetraspores is noted. The collections of C. reniformi7s cited are: In the Ad- riatic sea on the shores of Dalmatia (Meneghini! and Zanar- dini!) and in the Mediterranean sea at Cette (Salzman!) and at Marseilles (Solier!). Nothing new is added concerning C. sttchensis and C. rosa-marina, but C. reniformis is fully dis- cussed. The latter had been collected also by Mertens and de- scribed by him under the name of Aalymenia reniformis. In 1822 it was described by Agardh* under the name of Haly- menta reniformis, and Postels and Ruprecht ¢ describe it as a third species of Constantinea—C. reniformts. In 1822 J. Agardh jf stated that the tetraspores of C. renzformis had not been found. Harvey’s description of Constantinea in 1858 § is based upon the observations and literature cited above. The similarity in structure and the difference in external form and in position of tetraspores is noted. The branching of the stipe is described as at first irregular but later dichotomous; the dichotomy, how- ever, is often lost in the abortion of one branch. In 1862 in a notice of acollection of alge made by Dr. David Lyall at Vancouver Island in the years 1859-1861, by W. H. Harvey|| specimens of Constantinea sitchens?s with torn lamine which were probably six to eight inches in diameter when perfect were reported ‘‘ adrift on the beach at Victoria harbor.” And Harvey observes that ‘‘ perhaps this is only a luxuriant state of Constantinea rosa-marina.” In Kiitzing’s work of 18674 the genus is again described un- der WVeurocaulon and NV. foliosum and JV. rosa-marina are mentioned. The work of Postels and Ruprecht is not cited. *Agardh. Spec. Alg.201. 1822. t+ Postels and Ruprecht. Ill. Alg.17. 1840. fAgardh, J. l.c. § Harvey, W.H. Nereis Boreali-Americana 2: 173. 1853. | Harvey, W. H. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 6: 172. 1862. | Kiitzing. Tab. Phyc. 17: 24. A/. 83. 1867. 178 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Mention is again made of the genus by J. Agardh in 1876.* He had seen specimens of C. rosa-marina from the Museum of St. Petersburg and alsoa plant from Californian shores which he referred to C. sctchensis; but on account of inability to satisfy himself as to the structure of the fruiting bodies he based his descriptions upon those of Postels and Ruprecht. In 1885 Constantinea thicbauti was described by Bornett from a single specimen collected at Majunga onthe north coast of Madagascar. Bornet very properly calls attention to the re- markable range which this genus, with the addition of his new species would enjoy: C. rosa-marina and C. sttchensis in arctic seas, C. renzformis in the deep waters of the Mediterranean and C. thiebauti in the tropical waters of the Indian ocean. In 1891 there appeared in the Botanical Magazine of Tokyo ‘¢Remarks on some alge from Hokkaido” t in which Con- stantinea sitchensis Post. and Rupr. (?) is mentioned, but the position of the described plants in the genus Constantinea is ad- mitted to be doubtful. In ** Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien” § the genus under- goes rearrangement. C. renzformis is restored to the genus NVeurocaulon of Zanardini, where probably should also be placed Bornet’s C. ¢thzebaut:z. The reproductive bodies, as well as the vegetative structure of C. rosa-marina and JV. foltosum, had been studied personally by Schmitz.|| The classification of Schmitz and Hauptfleisch includes under Constantinea the species C’. sttchensis and C. rosa-marina and under /Veurocaulon the single species /V. foliosum. I have no certain knowledge as to whether Schmitz had or had not in possession any material of C. setchensts. Collection.—In August, 1897, and again in the summer of 1898 collections of a species of Constantinea, reported as C. sttchensis, were made by Miss Josephine E. Tilden, and it is upon this material that the following observations are based: On August 3, 1897, specimens of C. sitchensis were found * Acardh, J. “Spee. Alg. 3): 225. 1876. tBornet. Alg. de Mad. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France 32: 18. f. 7. 2. © 1885. fOkamura, R. Remarks on some alge fron Hokkaido. Bot. Mag. Tokyo. 5: 333-336. 1891. § Schmitz and Hauptfleisch. Nat. Pflanz. I. Teil. Abt. 2: 517, 519, 520, 525. 1897. | Schmitz. Sys. Ubers. der bisher bekannten Gattungen der Florideen. Flora 72: 436. 1889. i Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. 179 growing upon holdfasts of (Vereocystzs liitkeana in 8 fathoms of water at Channel Rocks, near Seattle, Washington. Dur- ing the summer of 1898 large collections were made at many of the stations where Dr. Lyall collected in 1859-1861. Col- lections were made at the following places: (1) Fairhaven, Washington. May 25. Washed up onthe beach. (2) Near Minnesota reef, San Juan island, Washington. June 5. At- tached to stones on a flat, sandy beach. This and the three following were found just below lowest tide. (3) Near Friday Harbor, San Juan island, Washington. June 5. Attached to rocks on rocky, steep beach. (4) Oak Bay (a suburb of Vic- toria), British Columbia. July 1. On a sandy beach. (5) Esquimalt, British Columbia. July 2. Attached to rocks. The first and last two collections contained abundant tetraspore material. Preservation.—The material collected in 1897 was killed and preserved in 80% alcohol. Owing to the small amount of this material and to the better condition of that collected in 1898, all of the following drawings except Fig. 1 have been made from the 1898 material. The larger part of it was killed and preserved in a 2 per cent. formalin solution in sea water. In this the color was very well preserved. ‘The firmness of the tissues, however, suffered considerably more in the formalin- solution material than did that of the alcohol material of 1897. The formalin material was still sufficiently firm to admit of very satisfactory manipulation. Still other plants were preserved in camphor water, and some in 1 per cent. chromic acid solution. The camphor material lost its color almost as completely as the alcoholic. It preserved, however, a great firmness, which ren- dered the tissues excellent for section cutting, and especially for hand sections. The gelatinous cell walls, however, were so Cleared that they were not as easily defined as in the formalin material. ‘The chromic acid collections were in a poor state of preservation ; the tissues were very soft, the cell walls almost invisible and the contents usually, at least partially, disorganized. Methods.—V arious methods were employed in cutting the tis- sues. A part of the material was transferred directly from water to 20 per cent. glycerine, thence to a gum arabic solution upon an Osterhout freezing chamber.* Material was some- times placed directly from the sea water on the freezing chamber * Osterhout, W. J. V. Bot. Gaz. 21: 195. 1896. 180 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. with results almost, if not equal, to those obtained when it was passed first into 20 per cent. glycerine. When the sections were removed from the knife they were placed in 20 per cent. glycer- ine, and from this into 50 per cent. and then into absolute glycer- ine; or from 20 per cent. glycerine to water and then through the alcohols to an alcohol stain or directly into a water stain. The freezing device mentioned above proved very satisfactory in many respects. The tissues can be frozen in a minute’s time, are held firmly in place, and the gum arabic, when of the proper consistency, is an excellent imbedding medium. The difficulty experienced with this method of cutting such delicate tissues as are found in many of the seaweeds lies in the handling of sec- tions after they are cut. Especially is this true when it is desir- able to stain the sections and when they must be transferred through several per cents. of alcohol and glycerine. With such tissues as are found in the frond of Constantinea, where they part with great ease, the difficulty is augmented, and it was found almost impossible to preserve thin sections whole. An attempt was made to obviate this difficulty by mounting the sec- tions directly from the microtome knife into glycerine jelly at a temperature sufficient to keep the jelly semi-fluid. This was in. part an improvement, but necessitated the mounting of many worthless sections. When sections unstained were mounted in glycerine or glycerine jelly, the great transparency of the swollen cell walls added a new difficulty. Material was also passed into paraffin and stained on the slide and mounted in Canada balsam by the usual methods. Ex- treme care was found necessary, on account of the delicacy of the tissues, to make the stages from one fluid to another by very gradual changes. I was unable to prevent a partial shrinkage of the cell contents. Sections by this method were otherwise quite satisfactory, having the advantage of use in serial work. Staining is necessary in this method since the sections become almost invisible in Canada balsam. Sections cut freehand with a razor or in a hand microtome with the material imbedded in pith have furnished most of the material from which the accompanying plates are drawn. Suf- ficiently thin sections were obtainable in this way with the great advantage of certainty as to the normal condition of the tissues and of speed in preparation. A large number of such sections can be cut and preserved in 2 per cent. formalin for a long time and are ready for use at any moment. Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. 181 A number of staining fluids were used, section staining, either on or off the slide proving more satisfactory than stain- ing in toto. Aniline stains were used almost exclusively. The following were employed with at least some degree of success: Aniline blue: Stains the gelatinous wall of the cells pale blue, the chromatophores of the cortical cells deep blue and the contents of the tetraspores and of the paraphyses light blue. The central part of the pyrenoids of the endophytic alga which is usually present in these collections takes on a light blue. The best results were obtained with a 40 or 60 per cent. alcoholic solution, acting from 24 to 36 hours. For sections on the slide 5 to 10 minutes in a strong 60 per cent. alcoholic solution was usually sufficient. My best staining results were obtained from aniline blue. Methylen blue: Stains the cell walls, especially the outer portions, which become quite clearly defined. Sections were stained in a strong 95 per cent. alcoholic solution from 5 to-1o minutes. Fuchsin: Best results weré obtained from sections left in a 10 per cent. alcoholic solution 36 hours. The gelatinous walls were stained light red while the protoplasm of the paraphyses and chromatophores of the cortical cells took up a deep carmine red. Delafield’s hematoxylin: Same strength and time as fuchsin. The granular contents of the cells are stained a reddish purple. Several other stains were used, but without success. In a weak solution of iodine in potassium iodide the granules of the cells of the middle and intermediate layers assume at first a yel- lowish-brown tinge which finally deepens to an amethyst purple. Stained in a strong solution for a few moments these areas take on a dense violet color. Gross Anatomy.—In generalform Constantinea presents sev- eral interesting peculiarities. (Figs. 1-6.) The plant is differen- tiated into a cylindrical stipe and peltate frond atits summit. It is of a purple-reddish color, stands upright in the water below lowest low tide mark, and the texture is quite firm and brittle. It is somewhat gregarious in habit. The stipe is ‘terete, branched, ringed and the apex of each branch expanded into an orbicular peltate lamina; stipe 1-4 mm. in diameter, 2-8 cm. in length; lamina 2 cm.—3 dcm. in diameter.” (Tilden, Am. Alg. no. 203. 1897.) The lamine have numerous minute 182 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. dark brownish spots on their upper surfaces. The older fronds are irregularly perforated with circular holes and are more or less torn at the edges (Fig. 3). When young the fronds are en- tire (Fig. 2). Asthe plant continues its growth the stem pushes up through the center of the frond, forming a new growing point which elongates into an internode and soon forms another frond at its summit. The old frond then falls off, leaving an annulate marking on the stipe (Figs. 5, 6). There is often, espe- cially in the youngest portions of the oldest plants, a formation of two growing points at the center of each lamina giving rise to a dichotomy of the stipe (Fig. 5). Irregularity in the develop- ment of these growing points gives rise to an irregular system of branching (Fig. 5). Growing points are not confined to the bases of laminz but may be found occasionally arising from other portions of the stipe. There are often a group of small branches formed upon the holdfast (Fig. 1). The latter is a disc-like body arising as an expanded portion of the stipe at its base and usu- ally concave below (Fig. 22). Upon the lower surface of the fronds especially the larger ones, can be seen distinct radial striations caused by small ridges running from the region near the stipe toward the edge of the - frond (Fig. 4). These mark the course of bundles of elongated narrow filaments (see below). The nemathecia which bear the tetraspores are found only on the lower surface of the frond. They occur more abundantly on the larger fronds and are often so numerous as to almost completely cover the under surface. They form small wart-like bodies of whitish color and gelatin- ous consistency. Minute Anatomy.—As is well known the thallus of the red seaweed is a group of dichotomously branching filaments whose fused branches form tissue-like areas. In Constantinea this method of branching can readily be seen in the frond but par- ticularly so in the cortical area of the stipe (Fig. 18). frond.—A cross section of the frond shows three areas of cells: (@) a central layer of loosely woven filaments; (4) an in- termediate layer of large approximately spherical cells stuffed with starch granules (Fig. 7); (c) a cortical layer of pseudo-pa- renchymatous cells. a. There are in the central area filaments of large cells, usually slightly elongated, often stretching across the frond and perpendicular to the frond surface (Fig. 11). These cells ap- Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. 183 proach the large cells of the intermediate layer in form and size, transitional stages between them being abundant (Figs. 8, 9, 10). Their average size is 55 mic. x 12 mic., but they may attain 75 x 16mic. A cross section of the lower part of the frond, tangential to its orbicular outline, shows in the central area at more or less regular intervals corresponding to the external stri- ation on the lower surface of the frond, a number of bundles of greatly elongated cells, woven into strengthening bundles (Figs. 7, 8, 9). In the lower region the general course of these bundles is radial in the frond. Divergence from this course is found in the upper part so that a tangential cross section of the frond shows some of these bundles in longitudinal or oblique section (Fig. 9). These filaments are articulated; the cells of- ten attain a length of 325 mic. They average about 8 mic. in breadth. Thin sections of the frond often contain clean-cut cir- cular spaces where the bundles of elongated cells have been pulled out, showing the compactness of the bundles and indicat- ing for it a strengthening function. The bundles vary in size; the striations on the lower surface of the frond mark only the largest bundles. 6. The typical cells of the intermediate area are spherical and average 46 mic. in diameter. They are packed with Flor- idian starch granules which turn brownish with a weak KI so- lution of iodine and finally purple or violet in a strong solution. Those cells toward the surface of the frond contain ordinarily a few chromatophores, usually in the end near the surface. The cells of the intermediate layer shade off towards the surface into the cortical cells. c. The cortical cells are characterized by a compact pseudo- parenchymatous grouping in which the long diameters of the but slightly elongated cells are perpendicular to the frond sur- face. Many of the cells are approximately cylindrical or pris- matic. The external layer is of a sufficient regularity in struc- ture and form to recall forcibly an epidermal layer. In these the outer wall is rounded. The cells of the cortical layer con- tain but a small amount of starch, and this is found in the cells adjoining the intermediate layer. Chromatophores are, how- ever, abundant and more numerous toward the frond surface. Almost all of them are to be found in the first three or four rows of cells from the surface (Fig. 10), but some are found in still deeper layers. They occupy, in the great majority of 184 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. cases, a position in the peripheral end of the cell. Under the microscope they appear finely rose-colored pink with perhaps a purple tinge. They are irregular in outline, apparently in most cases assuming such a shape as will allow them to occupy the peripheral end of the cell to best advantage. The epidermal cells average about 13x5 mic. and the chromatophores about IO x2 mic. Stipe.—(Figs. 14-21). A cross section of the stipe shows a similarity in structure to that of the frond. The same areas are present with modifications, however (Fig. 14). The cortical area is composed of cells more elongated than those in the frond and is a larger number of cells deep. Internally these pass into the large cells of the intermediate area (Fig. 19). Here there is a noticeable difference from the condition in the frond. A large number of the elongated central cells find their way into this area and a cross section of the stipe shows them in cross, oblique and even longitudinal section between the large starch-containing cells of the intermediate area which stand out very clearly in large radial filaments (Fig. 21). The central area in the stipe is a very compact area and is made up of a large number of thin filaments interwoven in a very com- . plicated manner (Figs. 20, 21). These cells correspond to those of the elongated filament bundles in the frond. ‘There are in the stipe, moreover, a small number of larger cells also elon- gated and corresponding to the cells of similar shape and posi- tion in the frond. Incross section the cut-off ends predominate (Fig. 20), while in longitudinal section the cut-off ends are few ; the longitudinal view of the filaments is the predominant one and the intricate weaving (Fig. 21) is very plainly seen. A Jongitudinal section through the annulate portion shows the ab- sence of the cortical and intermediate layers in the region of the annulus indicating the continuity of these areas in the frond and stipe (Fig. 15). A longitudinal section through the growing point shows but two areas in the growing region. ‘There is no distinct interme- diate area although a number of large cells may be present (Fig. 16). The two areas are the cortical in which the fila- ments are all parallel, perpendicular to the stipe surface and pseudc-parenchymatous in character, and the central, which is as before a mass of densely woven elongated filaments. The end of the intermediate area of the frond can readily be seen in such a section (Fig. 16). Freeman :. OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. 185 Holdfast.—The holdfast, 7. e., the expanded portion of the stipe at its base, presents a similar anatomical structure to that of the stipe with the exception of one modification. The lower cortical and intermediate areas which are in contact with the surface to which the plant is moored are changed into a yellow- ish brown disorganized mass which probably serves as a cement- ing substance in attaching the plant to the rocks. Indications of the former cell structure can be seen in occasional cavities and in the arrangement of these cavities. The area adjoining the cement layer is composed largely of elongated filaments (Fig. 24). Protoplasmic Connections.—In freshly cut material the proto- plasmic connections between cells, is very plainly to be seen in many of the starch cells of the intermediate area. They are also easily seen in the larger cells of the central area, as well as in the small cells of the same area. The cortical area of the stipe furnishes particularly good views of this continuity (Figs. a. 203). Reproductive Tract (Figs. 11, 12).—I have been unable to find, in the material at hand, and it is considerable in amount, any trace of cystocarp development. The following description of the occurrence and structure of the cystocarp of the genus is translated from Schmitz and Hauptfleisch,* the former of whom has made a personal study of the cystocarp of C. rosa- marina (Schmitz, 1. c.): The carpogonial branches and aux- iliary cell branches are distributed in the fertile portions of the frond in large numbers in the loosened inner portion of the inner cortex of the upper side of the leaf, together with numer- ous vermiform sterile cellular threads. Cystocarps distributed in large numbers on the fertile fronds, comprising a broad zone along the edge of the frond on its upper surface, imbedded in the much loosened inner cortex of the upper surface of the frond, swelling out into an arch the superposed outer cortex which is punctured by pores. The nucleus of the form of-a mulberry and pierced by single strands of sterile tissue. Goni- molobes separated only at first, later confluent. Kiitzing + states that the ‘‘ gongyli rotundi” described by Postels and Ruprecht as two kinds of fruiting bodies in Coustan- tinea rosa-marina are ordinary cells of the cubcortical layer. * Schmitz and Hauptfleisch. In Engl. and Prantl. Nat. Pflanz. I. Teil. Abth. 2. 520, 521. 18097. 7 Phyc. Gen. 400. 1843. 186 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Tetraspores are known only in C. s¢tchensis. They are ob- long and zonate, lodged in nemathecia. The nemathecia are found exclusively on the lower surface of the frond more abun- dant near the outer half. They are in the form of delicate, slightly-raised ‘‘ wart-like,” often confluent bodies of a whitish color. They average 3.5-4 mm. in diameter and often become so numerous that they completely cover a very large part of the lower surface of the frond. The nemathecia are covered by the gelatinous layer on the surface of the paraphyses. The para- physes are elongated, narrow, peripheral cells (Figs. 11, 12). The tetraspores arise as club-shaped elongations of peripheral cells between the paraphyses and are divided zonately into four chambers. The tetraspores are numerous in each nemathecium. Their average size is 108 x 22 mic. Endophyte.—In a large majority of sections and upon all material examined, are present peculiar green approximately spherical bodies imbedded in the cortical tissue of the frond. They are endophytic algze and probably the Chlorochytrium in- clusum of Kjellman. In general they are pear-shaped with their small end toward the surface and the cell wall at that end thickened. They are greenish in color and contain a number of conspicuous pyrenoids, the central areas of which stain very readily, having a particular affinity for aniline blue. The proto- plasm is denser toward the small end where the cell wall is also thick. It is with this end that the endophyte breaks through the cortical tissues of the nurse plant. Ihave as yet been un- able to detect any zodspore formation. This interesting little endophyte will receive a more complete discussion in a subse- quent paper. Conclustons.—The material upon which these observations are based was distributed by Miss Tilden as Constantinea sttchensts Post. and Ruprecht. A careful comparison of it with the plates and descriptions of Postels and Ruprecht shows however that the plant under observation might as well perhaps be placed under Constantinea rosa-marina. The material agrees in almost every particular with C. vosa-marina hav- ing, however, single terminal fronds and an occasional evi- dent dichotomy of branching. The differences enumerated above in the descriptions of the two species can hardly be con- sidered of specific importance. The length of the internodes may vary considerably. The greater part of the material under Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. 187 observation contained long internodes. This material was col- lected in late summer. The number of fronds on a branch is also given specific value by Postels and Ruprecht. It is prob- ably of important significance that 2o tetraspores were found by these authors upon C. rosa-marina but that large numbers were found upon C. sztchensis. Figure 6 represents a young frond having no tetraspores but with a succession of fronds similar to those of C. rosa-marina, while almost all of the re- maining material had solitary terminal fronds crowded with tetraspores. The material collected in May, 1897, contains tetraspores. The dichotomy of the branching of C. széchensis is a com- paratively late development in the growth of the stipe and is not seen in the older parts. C. se¢chenszs is further described as larger in all parts than C. rosa-marina, though actual meas- urements given do not accord with this. These facts suggest the probability that the C. sitchensts of Postels and Ruprecht is the late summer stage of C. rosa-marina. This supposition ex- plains satisfactorily the absence of tetraspores in the one and of dichotomy of the stipe in the other, the comparative lengths of ‘* internodes” and the difference in sizes of the two plants. The observations and impressions of subsequent writers add additional weight to this view. In recounting the founding of the genus by Postels and Ruprecht upon the Fucus rosa-marina of Gmelin, Agardh (1. c. 1851) observes of C. s¢échensis ‘* novo consimili adjecta specie” (p. 294) and of C. rosa-marina ** pre- cedente (sitchensis) videtur proxima, cum nulla alia confun- denda” (p. 296). Of the material collected by David Lyall at Vancouver island ‘adrift on the beach at Victoria harbor” and reported as C. sitchensis, although corresponding in size to C. s¢échens7s Har- vey (1. c. 1862) remarks ‘ perhaps this is only a luxuriant state of C. rosa-marina.” From these facts it would seem, therefore, highly probable that C. sztchensis and C. rosa-marina are but different forms of the same plant, and since the work of Schmitz has removed C. reniformis to the genus Veurocaulon where also it is probable that C. thiebauti should be classified, that Constantinea is a monotypic genus, with Constantinea rosa-marina as the only species. 188 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Fig. 1. Young plant with group of young branches on the holdfast. xy. Fig. 2. Portion of the plant showing the entire edge and form of young fronds (from dried material). x1 Pigs 3. Any old irond wee: lageraied border and perforations (from dried material). x Y%. Fig. 4. A frond showing striations on the lower surface (dried specimen). x¥% Fig. 5. Plant with fronds almost entirely cut away showing the growing points, the annulations of the stipe and the dichotomous branching. a. annulations. ¢.f. growing point. f. frond cut off. xy. Fig. 6. Small branch showing a rapid succession of lamine. x %. Fig. 7. Diagram of a tangential cross section of the frond. c. cortical area. 7zz¢. intermediate. e. bundles of enlarged filaments. Z. loosely woven cells of central area. Fig. 8. Cross section of a frond showing bundle of elongated cells in central area in transverse section. Letters as above. Drawn with camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 9. Cross section of a frond showing a longitudinal section of a part of a bundle of elongated central cells. Drawn with camera lucida. x250. Fig. 10. Cross section of a frond stained for a minute in a Sone solution of Tin KI. ch. chromatophores. s¢. starch grains. Drawn with camera lucida. x 345. Fig. 11. Cross section of a frond through a nemathecium. cezz?. central layer. Z. paraphyses. ¢. tetraspores. Cells are drawn only in outline. Contents have been omitted. Camera lucida. x83. Fig. 12. Cross section of a frond through a nemathecium showing tetraspores. Drawn from a glycerine mount in which the gelatinous walls became almost entirely obliterated. The walls are, therefore, omitted except around the tetraspores. x 250. Fig. 13. Cells from central area showing protoplasmic connec- tions. Camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 14. Diagram of cross section of stipe in internode. Letters as in frond. Fig. 15. Diagram of longitudinal section of a stipe through a node. Fig. 16. Diagram of a longitudinal section of the stipe through a growing point. Fig. 17. Peripheral cells from cross section of stipe showing the striations in the outer gelatinous covering, x 345. Fig. 18. Filament from a cross section of the stipe in the cortical a Ts Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CONSTANTINEA. 189 area showing the dichotomy of the branching. Camera lucida for an outline. x 250. Fig. 19. Cross section of stipe including the cortical and the begin- ning of intermediate layer. The cut off ends of elongated central fila- ments are seen in the intermediate area. Camera lucida. x 130. Fig. 20. Cross section of stipe in the central area; shows the pre- dominance of elongated filaments. x250. Outlined with camera lucida. Fig. 21. Longitudinal section of a stipe at the inner edge of the cortex; shows the complication of the elongated filaments. Outlined with camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 22. External view of holdfast seen from below. x™%. Fig. 23. Diagram of cross section of a holdfast. mm. layer of disor- ganized mass on lower surface by which the holdfast adheres. Fig. 24. Lower portion of the cross section of the holdfast showing the attaching layer #. Camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 25. Diagram of a cross section of a frond showing the distri- bution of an endophytic alga (probably Chlorochytrium). Larger number on the upper surface. ezd. endophyte. Figs. 26 and 27. Cross section of a frond; detail drawing of endo- phyte. w. endophyte wall. fd. pyrenoid. 2. cell of nurse plant in outline. Camera lucida. x 250. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. Gmelin, S. G. Historia Fucorum. 1768. 2. Postels, A., and Ruprecht, F. Illustrationes Algarum in itinere circa orbem jussu Imperatoris Nicolai. I. 18, p/. go, f. 88. 1840. 3. Zanardini, G. Saggio di classificazione naturale delle Ficee con nuovi Studi sopra l’Androsace degli Antichi. 49. 1843. 4. Kiitzing, F. T. Phycologia Generalis. 400. 1843. 5. Kiitzing, F. T. Species Algarum. 744. 1849. 6. Agardh,J. Species, Genera etOrdines Algarum. 2: 295. 1851. 7. Harvey, W. H. Nereis Boreali-Americana 1: 21; 2: 160, 173. 1853. 8. Harvey, W. H. Notice of a Collection of Algw made on the Northwest Coast of North America, chiefly at Vancouver’s Island, by David Lyall, Esq., M.D., R.N., in the years 1859-61. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 6: 172. 1862. 9. Kitzing, F. T. Tabula Phycologice 17: 24. Al. 83. 1867. to. Zanardini, G. Iconographia Phycologica Adriatica 2: p/. 78. 1860-76. ae Agardh, J. Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum. 3: 225. 1876. 190 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 12. Bornet, E. Algues de Madagascar recolteés par M. Ch. Thie- baut: Bull. Soc. Bot.de France. 32: 18, ji, 2a. toase 13. Hauck, F. Die Meeresalgen, in Rabenhorst’s Krypt. Fl. 2: 146. 1885. 14. Schmitz, F. Systematische Ubersicht der bisher bekannten Gattungen der Florideen. Flora 72: 435-456. 1889. 15. Okamura, R. Remarks on some alge from Hokkaido. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 5: 333-336. ISgI. 16. Schmitz, F., and Hauptfleisch, P.j Die nattirlichen Pflanzen- familien. J: Teil. Abt. 2. 517, 519,520, 525. 1607. on VOL. Ik MINNESOTA B a rg et pe ee ee —_ ae PAR Hk .NICAL STUDIES. = 900 | 0000 So ° >So S S yo bo 00 | S 3 8 oe 95, XVII. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART II. VOL. 11. PLATE XVIII HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO, BOSTON #\ “ XIV. EXTENSION OF PLANT RANGES IN THE UPPER MINNESOTA VALLEY. L. R. Mover. The following notes refer to plants that have been collected in the upper Minnesota valley since the publication of Professor MacMillan’s Mletasperme of the Minnesota Valley. Duplicates have been deposited in the Herbarium at the State University. Thlaspi arvense L. This old world crucifer has become well established in the railroad yards at Montevideo and is spreading rapidly. Conringia orientalis (L.) Dumorr. This plant, first collected in wheat fields in Chippewa County in 1894, is spreading very rapidly and seems likely to become one of the worst ‘‘ mustards ” with which the farmer has to con- tend. Sisymbrium altissimum L. This plant, too, is spreading very rapidly along the railroad tracks at Montevideo, and seems likely to become a very trouble- some weed. Peucedanum nudicaule (PursH) Nutr. This plant is found to be quite plentiful in the upper Minne- sota valley on thin gravelly land near ledges of igneous rock. It is one of the earliest spring flowers. Potentilla hippiana Leno. This western Potentilla is occasionally found on ledges of gneiss rock near Montevideo. Helianthus annuus L. Among the recent arrivals at Montevideo, an immigrant from the West, is the annual sunflower. It is traveling along the - railroads. 192 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Grindelia squarrosa (PuRsH) DuNAL. This is another western plant that seems to be traveling east. It has but recently become well established in the railroad yards at Montevideo. - Lactuca scariola L. Another Old World weed that has but recently arrived at Montevideo is this species. It is spreading with great rapidity. Senecio vulgaris L. Recently arrived at Montevideo, this plant is becoming com- mon as a weed in gardens and waste grounds. Poa pseudopratensis Scrip. & Ryp. A FPoa collected at Clara City, in Chippewa County, has been identified by Professor Lamson-Scribner as this species. Fraxinus lanceolata Borcx. A study of this species based on a large collection of ma- terial from the prairie portion of the State, some of which was sent east for comparison, makes it probable that all of our ash trees are referable to this species. /. Amerzcana appears to be absent from western Minnesota. Cactus viviparus Nutr. This cactus is found quite abundantly on granite ledges in the ancient valley of the ‘‘ Warren,” about two miles southeast of Ortonville. Its bright red flowers are strikingly beautiful. Astragalus flexuosus (Hoox.) Dove. This species is quite plentiful near the railroad yards at Or- tonville. xV.- LIST OF HEPATICA COLLECTED ALONG THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY BY J. M. HOLZINGER, 1897. ALEXANDER W. EVANS. . Aplozia autumnalis (DC.) Herc. F, N. . Bazzania trilobata (L.) S. F. Gray. F, R, U. . Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dumorr. R. . Cephalozia catenulata (HUBEN.) Spruce. F. . C. media Linps. P. . Frullania Eboracensis Gotrtrscue. F. . Jungermannia barbata Scures. F, G, P. . J. quinquedentata Wes. P,R. . J. ventricosa Dicks. S. . Lejeunea serpyllifolia (Dicxs.) Lis. U. . Lepidozia reptans (L.) Dumorr. P,R, 5S, U. 12. Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dumorr. N, P, U. 13. Porella platyphylla (L.) Linps. F, U. 14. Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Nees. C, F, 5, U. 15. Radula complanata (L.) Dumort. C, F, U. 16. Scapania glaucocephala (TayuL.) Austr. F. C = Camp IV., on the Prairie Portage, shore of Basswood Lake, near the rapids from Sucker Lake. F = Fall Lake, near the foot of Kawasatchong Falls, seven miles north of Ely. G = between Gunflint Lake and Grand Portage. N = stream flowing from North Lake into Little Gunflint Lake. P = Grand Portage Island. R = Pipestone Rapids, on Basswood Lake. S = Safety Island. U = United States Peninsula. Oo ON AM & © WH H HoH H Oo XVI. OBSERVATIONS ON CHLOROCHYTRIUM. E. M. FREEMAN. In 1850 Mettenius found numerous green cells in the thallus of Polyides lumbricalis which resembled closely what are now classified as the Endosphzrez of the Protococcacee. He interpreted them as spore-mother cells of the red seaweed upon which they were found. Thuret fourteen years later observed these same structures and interpreted them as parasitic zoospores which on germination produce the bushy thallus of Cladophora lanosa. Cohn in 1865 was able to confirm the observations of Mettenius and of Thuret, except as to the germ- ination of the endophyte into Cladophora lanosa. The condition of endophytism was considered at that time as indicative of parasitism. Hence new interest was aroused in the investigation of these lower forms when Rees and Schwen- dener at about the same time (1871) advanced independently the theory that the Co//ema type of lichen is to be derived from a discomycetous fungus, the mycelium of which has pene- trated the mucilage of a /Vostoc completely surrounding the latter. Reinke’s observations on /Vostoc in the stems of Gun- nera scabra and the work of Milde and Janczewski on /Vostocs in liverworts demonstrated the occurrence of Protococcus-like algal forms in the plant tissues of higher plants. Cohn in 1872 suggested that the presence of the Nostoc filaments in Gunnera and Anthoceros is perhaps to be explained as an acci- dental entry of the movable /Voszoc filaments into the tissues of the nurse plant, their continued growth in this new sheltered position and their subsequent imprisonment by the growth of the surrounding tissues of the nurse plant. In contrast to this form of endophytism Cohn describes the new genus Ch/oro- chytrium, which he considers to be a true parasite in certain species of Lemna. ‘The zodspores, very numerous on the sur- face of the host, send out a germination tube between two epi- 195 196 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. dermal cells. The membrane of this tube becomes thickened by subsequent layers, the tube swells with the absorption of the chlorophyll and protoplasm and the intercellular endophyte results, with a cellulose button protruding from the point where the germinating tube entered. The endophyte then becomes pyriform and almost opaque on account of the density of the chlorophyll. By free cell formation large cells are formed in the endophyte and these finally break into a large number of zoospores which are expelled through the cellulose protuber- ance from the nurse-plant epidermis. The endophyte is, there- fore, an independent organism closely related to Hydrocytium (Characium A. Br.) on the one hand and to Synzchytréum on the other. With the Eu-Synchytrium group its cell form and the formation of zodspores by a preliminary division into seg- ments, corresponding to the zodsporangia of Syuchytrium, agree, but it differs in the presence of chlorophyll and of a germination tube and in its intercellular position. Upon these observations Cohn founded the genus CMa and de- scribed it as follows: Planta endophytica viridis unicellaris, globosa ovoidea vel irregulariter curvata: bi, tri, multiloba dense conferta plasmate viridi, primum in segmenta majora diviso dein secedente in zoosporas immersas pyriformes virides processibus tubulosis ex- tus emissas. Chlorochytrium lemne upon which the genus is based is then described. Cohn pronounces Chlorochytrium a true parasite. That no deleterious effects upon the host are visible is paralleled in Per- onospora and Synchytrium. In its intercellular position it re- sembles the Uredinee. Two years after Cohn’s observations were published Kny described a new species of Chlorochytrium endophytic upon Ceratophyllum demersum. It differs from Chlorochytrium /emne in size and in the absence of a cellulose button. In 1877 Wright established a third species of Chlorochy- trium, C. cohniz Wright. ‘The zodspores impinging on the fronds of several species of marine alge quickly assuming a figure-of-eight form, the lower sphere growing into the frond and rapidly assuming com- paratively large dimensions, the upper sphere remaining as a tube-like neck portion to the larger mass. On the cell arriving Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CHLOROCHYTRIUM. 197 at an adult stage, the whole of the green protoplasmic contents divides into a number of from 10-30 nearly circular zoéspores, which escape through the neck-shaped portion. ‘sLiving in the thallus of various species of Schzzonema, Polysiphonia, etc.; also on the Infusoria found at Howth.” Wright states further that there are two kinds of zodspores, large and small, the latter being the more numerous. Szymanski in 1878 described C. Anyanum apparently identical with the plant mentioned by Kny four years before as inhabiting the tissues of Ceratophyllum demersum. This species was found on Lemna minor and possessed a cellulose button which did not protrude farther than twice the thickness of its outer wall above the epidermis of its nurse plant. Klebs published the results of his investigations on C. /emne in 1881. Chlorochytrium in the younger vegetative stages contains a light green chlorophyll-bearing protoplasm with iso- lated starch grains surrounded by a cell sap vacuole (see below, pyrenoids). Inthe later stages the grains increase in number, the mesh-work of green bands becomes smaller, the chlorophyll darker until almost opaque and the protoplasm finally becomes coarsely granular. After a resting period of a week or more the zodspores are formed by successive bipartitions of the cell contents, at first by perpendicular, later by radially disposed walls. The number of divisions is not known. Liberation of the zoospores is accomplished by absorption of water resulting in the splitting of the Chlorochytrium wall and of the superposed Lemna tissues. The conjugation of the biciliate zodgametes into larger quadriciliate zodzygotes was observed, a fact which may throw light on the macro- and microzoéspores of Wright’s species. Klebs observes that Cohn’s account of the liberation of the zoospores is without observational foundation and doubts its ac- curacy. He also calls in question the appropriateness of placing Wright’s species in the genus Chlorochytrium and further sug- gests the probability that C. kuxyanum is but the asexual form of C. lemne since no copulation had been observed between the zodspores. C. pallidum Klebs and many similar forms are probably mere ‘‘ place varieties” of C. knyanum. Klebs points cut with much truth that no proof has been given of the much averred parasitism of Chlorochytrium by Cohn 195 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. and other previous investigators. On the other hand Chloro- chytrium has well developed chlorophyll and lives near the sur- face where abundant light is available. The requisite inorganic matter may gain access to the cells by the constant or at least periodical submersion in water. Chlorochytrium lemne penetrates dead as well as living leaves and culture methods demonstrate an entire lack of de- pendence of the endophyte upon a host plant. In many endo- phytes zodspores can be developed on culture slides for months. No proof has as yet been adduced for any injury of the host beyond the results of the mechanical pressure exerted. The explanation then of endophytism is to be found not in parasitism but in the mechanical protection of position, which the inter- cellular spaces of the host offered; hence the appropriateness of the term ‘* Raum Parasiten.” It is, of course, possible for parasitism to develop from such a condition and this develop- ment seems to be in evident progress in such a nearly related form as Phyllobium dimorphum and also perhaps in JVostoc lichenoides. In the systematic relations of Chlorochytrium and the nearly related genera, Klebs briefly points out the inter- mediate position of Chlorochytrium and Endosphera, between — the Protococcacee and the Chytridez, the isolated position of Scotinosphera and the, probable affinities of Phyllobzum on the one hand with Chlorochytrium and on the other with Bo- trydium. Schaarschmidt, 1881, found zodspores of Chlorochytrium in a Desmid culture in which the zodspores subsequently devel- oped, confirming Kleb’s view on the parasitism of the endo- phyte. In 1883 Kjellman described the following species: Chlorochytrium inclusum Kjellman.—‘‘In the vegetative stage spherical or subspherical, entirely included within the nurse plant, with the formation of the zodspores becoming slightly elongated, short-conical, flask-shaped, ovoid or ellip- soidal, finally bare at the pointed apex, which penetrates the cor- tical layer of the nurse plant and emitting the zo6spores through an ostiole which has been formed.” ‘This species is endophytic upon Sarcophyllis arctica, mostly near the surface but some- times in the middle of the host. It averages 80-100 mic., has yellowish-green contents and a cell-wall which is thin and of equal thickness. The chromatophore is thin and is spread along the wall. With the elongation at the formation of zoospores Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CHLOROCHYTRIUM. 199 the membrane thickens towards the outer surface especially, and a cone-shaped growth of cellulose is formed. The proto- plasm then takes on a more intense yellow green and divides into numerous zoéspores.. Numerous bulgings of the plant cell are produced probably by the growth of the surrounding tissues of the host. An ostiole is formed at the apex of the cellulose out-growth by which the zodspores escape. Those cells found in the center of the host may attain as great a diameter as 275 mic. The even thickness of the wall of these cells suggests that they may be resting stages. Kjellman refers this plant to the genus Chlorochytrium, but hesitatingly on account of his lack of knowledge about the further development. He found C. tnclusum in all of the Sarcophyllis edulis material which he has examined. Zodspores are most abundantly produced in winter, but are also found in summer. The endophyte occurs in greatest abundance and most strongly developed in Savrco- phyllts arctica. Its range is apparently coextensive with that of Sarcophyllis arctica; 7. e., throughout the arctic region, except in the North Atlantic, most abundant in the eastern part of the Siberian sea. Three more new species were described by Schroeter in 1883. Chlorochytrium rubrum with red contents and occupying the air spaces of the leaves and stems of Peplis portula and of Mentha aguatica; Chlorochytrium viride, in the leaves of Rumex obtus- tfolius; and C. letum, a spherical cell with yellow contents which become green in water, found in Lychnzs flos-cucul?. The investigations of Moore on Chlorochytrium lemne pub- lished in the following year brought to light no new facts of importance. Moore held that the nearest affinities of Chlorochy- trium lie with Protomyces. In 1887 Hieronymus described C. archertanum in punctured cells of Sphagnum leaves, and characterized by a greatly devel- oped cellulose button. Zodspores are formed regularly but do not copulate. P. Hariot, 1889, collected C. 7zclusum on species of Gigartina at Cape Horn, supposedly identical with Kjell- man’s C. znclusune. In his Conspectus of Endophytic Algz, Mobius, 1891, men- tions in addition to those species enumerated above, C. dev mato- colax which was described by Reinke and found on species of Polysiphonia and Sphacelaria, and in his opinion should be classified under the genus Ch/orocystzs, since it is marine, is in- tracellular and emits zodspores singly. 200 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. C. schmitzit was described (1893) by Rosenvinge from Greenland material on Cruoria arctica. ‘The cell is without a cellulose button or papilla, is more or less attenuate at the base and has a single chromatophore with sometimes two pyre- noids. Zodspores were not observed. Collections, Methods, etc.—Upon the Constantinea material which was collected by Miss J. E. Tilden at different points along Puget sound and was distributed as Constantinea sztch- ensis Post. and Rupr., were found a large number of endo- phytic unicellular, chlorophyllaceous alge, referred to the genus Chlorochytrium of Cohn. The endophyte was found in abundance on all of the Constantznea collected. One collection was made in August, 1897, near Seattle, and in the summer of 1898 (May 25-July 2), five were made at as many points farther up the Sound. Most of the material used in the following in- vestigations was fixed and preserved in a 2 per cent. sea-water solution of formalin. The green color of the endophyte was well preserved. The lower ends of the cells have in very many cases an irregular outline which may possibly be in part due to shrinkage but is caused for the most part by pressure of the surrounding Constantinea cells. In all of this endophyte formalin material and in the dried material as well, though not so markedly, brown bodies were found jutting out between the chromatophore and the cell wall and assuming various forms (see below). These bodies were undoubtedly due to a chloro- phyllan reaction, the hypochlorin reaction of Pringsheim. The formalin solution when tested was found to give a slightly acid reaction. Sections of Constantinea cut freehand between elder pith furnished most of the material for study. They were mounted either in the two per cent. formalin sea-water solution, in glyc- erine, or in glycerine jelly. Material carried through the usual paraffin method stained and mounted in Canada balsam has also furnished useful sections. The abundance of the endophyte makes it easy to get favorable surface and sectional views of it. General Habit and Structure.—The endophytes on Constan- tinea sttchensts occur on both the upper and lower surfaces of the fronds. I have been unable to find any on the stipe. They are most abundant on the older fronds and especially towards the peripheral portion. From some young fronds they are almost altogether wanting. They occur in greatest numbers Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CHLOROCHYTRIUM. 201 on the lower surface while rather few are found on the upper side. The following figures are taken from a medium-sized frond in the peripheral region: on the under side 140-160 (sometimes as many as 230) in one square mm.; on the upper surface 60-65 in the same area. Many areas of 4 square mm. on the upper surface contained no endophytes. The endophytic cells are found almost exclusively in the tis- sues just beneath the pseudoepidermis of the nurse plant, with the slightly pointed end just at or just below the surface. They occur in rare cases in the central part of the frond completely enclosed. The pointed ead protrudes from the tissues of the nurse plant in but few cases and then not mozyz than for a distance equal to one-half the thickness of its outer wall. The cells not infrequently occur between the paraphyses of the nemathecia of Constantinea where they usually penetrate to but not into the tissues beneath. The predominant form assumed by the endophyte is pear- shaped with the smaller end directed toward the surface of the nurse plant. The cells are often ovoidal and even ellipsoidal. In the central portion they assume a spheroidal form. In the paraphyses they become elongated or assume a figure-of-eight form similar to that described by Wright for Chlorochytrium cohnit. The inner ends of the cells are marked more or less by the bulgings undoubtedly caused by the pressure of the adjacent cells of the nurse plant. The cells average 85-115 mic. in length and 40-85 mic. in breadth but often attain 143x100 mic. The wall in some cases is 28 mic. thick at the outer surface and 8 mic. thick around the remainder of the cell, but usually is less than one-half of these dimensions. The lamellation of the cell wall can clearly be seen in many sections (especially glycerine mounts) and is due probably to the apposition of successive layers of cellulose. Chlorophyll occurs in the form of a single yellowish-green plate in which are included a large number of fine refringent gran- ules. This chromatophore extends around the entire wall of the cell and contains a varying number of very conspicuous pyrenoids, which are flattened spherical in form, 5-11 mic. in diameter, and jut out into the cavity of the cell. As many as thirty-nine have been found ina single cell and at least one pyrenoid can be seen soon after the cell begins to penetrate the tissues of the nurse plant. The pyrenoids show a clear central 202 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. portion probably proteid. In sections stained heavily with aniline blue the central portion appears blue. Around the clear center are arranged 5-10 plates of starch which stain brown with both a KI and an alcohol solution of iodine. By careful washing of material stained in an alcoholic solution of iodine and with the aid of a 54, oil immersion lens a distinct violet tinge is discernible in the plates. The protoplasmic contents of the cell are usually most dense in the pointed part. Between the chromatophore and the cell wall are found numerous rust-brown to black (in a few cases copper-colored) bodies of different form and size. In some places they occur in diffuse patches the limits of which are often indefinable, in others as five-pointed rosettes. Again they may appear filiform, partially and usually irregularly coiled or forming a delicate and loose network. I have interpreted these bodies as products of the action of the dilutely acid formalin solution and as identical with the hypochlorin of Pringsheim. His plates agree closely with much of the material at hand. In accordance with Pringsheim’s account of the chemical reactions of hypochlorin, these brown bodies are wanting in those sections which have been carried through the alcohols in the method for paraffin ~ embedding. A large amount of material has been examined but in no case has even atrace of the production of zodspores or gametes been found. The stages in the penetration of the nurse plant, consisting in the elongation of the at first spheroidal cell, the subsequent withdrawal of the protoplasm into the inner end and the increase in size of the latter to form the mature pyriform cell, have been observed, but nothing to indicate the formation of zodspores. Conclusions.—It is therefore upon the basis of vegetative characters that the endophyte described above is provisionally placed in the genus Chlorochytrium under C. inclusum Kjell- man. Upon examination of the Chlorochytrium inclusum found upon Dilsea (Sarcophyllis) distributed in Phycotheca Boreal- Americana (Fasc. XI., no. 514) this is seen to possess a thicker cell wall than the material on Constantinea sitchensts, is almost spheroidal, larger, has denser dark green contents, con- tains no pyrenoids (or very inconspicuous, if present at all) and resembles a resting stage. The time of collection, December, moreover, strengthens this last supposition. The material under Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CHLOROCHYTRIUM. 203 observation was collected, on the other hand, in summer, May to July. The light yellow-green color, the absence of repro- ductive bodies and the abundance of small cells point strongly, I think, to the conclusion that this endophyte is but a young stage of Chlorochytrium tnclusum WKjellman. A similar dif- ference in the vegetative and resting stages of C. /emne@ are recorded in Klebs’ observations (P/. 39, f. 2 and g). The form and habit of the endophyte upon Constantinea accord best with Kjellman‘s description of C. zzcluswm; no mention, however, is made by Kjellman of pyrenoids, which are so conspicuous in the Constantinea material. It is suggested by De-Toni and also by Miss Whitting that Kjellman’s species may possibly belong to Ch/lorocystis, a genus established by Reinhard in 1885. Chlorocystts is described with but one pyrenoid while the endophyte on Constantinea contains many. C. schmitziz, described by Rosenvinge, is but imperfectly known. I have seen in the sections studied a number of cases where the endophyte in Constantinea has assumed approxi- mately the same irregular or obovoidal form shown in the figures of Rosenvinge. The only remaining marine species of Chlorochytrium, C. dermatocolax, lives in the outer mem- brane of Polyszphonza and, according to Mobius, belongs prob- ably to Chlorocysts. The great similarity in vegetative structure to that described by Kjellman for C. zzclusum would indicate that the Constan- tinea endophyte described above is a midsummer stage of C. inclusum and I would provisionally place it in that species awaiting further information on the life history and develop- ment. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Cohn, F. Ueber parasitische Algen. Remarks before the ‘* Wand- eryersammlung der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandischer Cul- tur. Botanische Section. 1872. Beit. zur Biologie der Pflanzen. foo 7. fl. 2. 1875. Kny, L. Ueber eine griine parasitische Alge. Sitz. Gesellch. na- tiirf. Freunde zu Berlin. 1874. Wright, P. Ona new species of parasitic green alga belonging to the genus Chlorochytriwm of Cohn. Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. 26: 1877. Szymanski, F. Ueber einige parasitische Algen. Inaug. dissert- der Univ. Breslau. 1878. Kirchner, O. Die Algen Schlesiens. Breslau. 1878. Klebs, G. Beitrage zur Kenntniss niederer Algenformen Bot. Centralb. 39: 16-21. Al. 3, ¢. 1881. 204. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Hariot, P. Algues recuillies par la Mission scientifique du Cap Horn. Paris. 1882-83. Reinke, J. Algenflora der westliche Ostsee deutschen Antheils. Sep.- Abdr. VI. Ber. Commiss. Untersuch. deutschen Meere, in Kiel. 1889. De-Toni, J. B. Sylloge Algarum. 1: 635-637. 1889. Mobius, M. Conspectus Algarum endophytarum. Notarisia. 6: 1282. 1891. Rosenvinge, M. L. Kolderup. Les Algues Marines du Groenland. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. 19: 169. f. 56. 1894. : Whitting, F. G. On Chlorocystis sarcophycz. Phyc. Mem. Pt. z. 41-45. 1893. Wille, N. Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. I. Abt. 2. 66. f. 420 “1597, , Schaarschmidt, G. A Chlorochytrium Erdelylen. Magyar N6- venyt. Lapok.5:)°37.. S161. Kjellman, F. R. Alge of the Arcticsea. 320. pl. 77. f. 8-17. 1883. Schréter, J. Neue Beitrage zur Algenkunde Schlesiens. 61. Jahresb. Schles. Gesellch. Cult. 178-189. 1883. Moore, S. Le M. Remarks on some endophytic Alge. Journ. of Bot. 22: 136-138. 1884. Lagerheim, G. On Chlorochytrium cohniz Wright och ders for- hallande till narstande arter. Sv. V. A. Oefvers. 7: g1-97. Dl. . (Bot: Jahres: 12": "371. 13865) Hieronymus, G. Ueber einige Algen des Riesengebirges. Jahresb. Schles. Gesellch. Vaterl. Cultur. 293-297. 1887. Tilden, J. E. American Algae. Cent. III. 1898: DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIX. 1. Diagram of a cross section of a frond of Constantinea sttchen- sts showing the endophytic Chlorochytrium cells on the upper (less numerous) and lower surface. e. endophyte. f. pseudoepidermis. z. intermediate area. c. central area of the frond. 2. Surface view of the frond of Comzstantinea (lower surface) showing the pseudoepidermis (/) with cavities (e) through which the endophytes have penetrated. x 57. 3,4, 5,6. Stages in the penetration of the nurse plant. s. pyre- noid. x 288. 7. Chlorochytrium cell with a not infrequent form. Shows fila- mentous form of hypochlorin. x 288. §. Cell showing elongated form of endophyte found amongst the paraphyses of the nurse plant. x 288. 9. Large Chlorochytrium cell of typical form. x 288. 10. Detail showing the position of a Chlorochytrium cell in the cross section of the Cozstantinea frond. Lettersasinno. 1. x 288. 11. The outer end of a Chlorochytrium cell showing the lamella- tion of the cell wall. x 288. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. fi ee eRe SMS, ie) 2 ee o Vake® Z $ * ee aaa eu 5826 2°) @eanFn PEATE. XX. THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. PART III. ent j agr) he \ i p aed ® , tia na 7 ’ aM : wv a“, AS if . Fett cs oy iH i t _ \ S ' ‘ > 7 te >. ‘ : 7 : a ; | t , om 7 i. ; 7 th . — J “ 4 . A XVII. OBSERVATIONS ON RHODYMENIA. FrEpDERIC K. BUTTERS. History and Literature. —The genus /thodymenia was founded by Greville in 1830. As originally constituted it con- tained species which have since been referred to Graczlarza, Gigartina, Kallymenta, Calliblepharis and other genera. Agardh (3), p. 376, states that in his Mediterranean Alge (1) he transferred many species to the genera Gracilarza, Gigan- tina and Kallymenia, but united Calliblepharzs with /ehody- menia under the latter name. In 1849 Kiitzing in his Species Algarum, p. 778, united the species of the genera /?thodymenza and Gracilarza together with some other species under the generic name Sphe@rococcus. Agardh (2), p. 15, (3) p- 375, revised the genus /thodymenta and gave it substantially its present limits and generic characters. The generic description as given by De-Toni and Levi, p. 19, is as follows: Frond plane, membranaceous, dichotomous or pal- mate, proliferate from the margin or surface, composed of two layers ; interior cells oblong, cortical minute, rounded ; cystocarps scattered throughout the frond, each within an hemispherical pericarp opening by a carpostome, composed of cells, the outer radiating the inner concentric; cystocarp with a simple rounded or somewhat lobed nucleus; nucleus naked within the pericarp, on a basal placenta with paniculate-branched placental fila- ments sustaining the lobes; young fertile lobes disposed radially composed of articulated filaments, older obconico-rotund, bear- ing numerous protospores; tetraspores often collected into sori, cruciately divided; antheridia produced in superficial sori com- posed of minute hyaline cells in a single vertical series. Greville spelled the name of this genus Ahodomenia. Mon- tagne, p. 44, in 1839, employed this spelling in a list of Bra- silian cryptogams, but in a footnote states that, in conform- ity to its etymology it should be spelled Rhodymenza. J. 205 206 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Agardh (3) adopted the latter spelling and it has since been in general use, although /thodomenza and, according to Ardis- sone, /thodhymenia and Ltodhymenza also have been occasion- ally employed. Fehodymenia pertusa was first described and figured by Pos- tels and Ruprecht, p. 20, p/. 36, under the name Porphyra pertusa. Kiitzing, p. 693, describes it under this name. He introduces a question, however, in respect to its generic de- termination. J. G. Agardh (3), p. 376, points out that the spe- cies should be classed as a Aehodymenza and not as Porphyra. He describes it as /t-hodymenia pertusa (Post. and Rupr.) and places it, together with /thodymenza palmata (Linn. Sp. 2: 1630) and /rhodymenia peruviana (J. Ag. Mscr.) in the sec- tion Palmate characterized by ‘‘ tetraspores occurring throu gh- out the surface of the frond, scattered or collected into sori.” In his Epicrisis (Agardh, J. G. @); p. 379), he asstems it the same position. Agardh (3) gives the habitat of /?hodymenra pertusa as ‘* in the Arctic Ocean near Kamtschatka (Mus. Petropolitani!) ; and near Greenland (Wormskjéld!).” Kjellman reports it it from the northwest coast of Spitzbergen and the west coast of © Greenland. It was first reported from the northwest coast of America by Harvey (1) who found it among the algae collected by Captain Wilkes’ exploring expedition. Harvey gives its locality as the Straits of St. Juan de Fuca. He compared Wilkes’ specimens with an authentic specimen furnished him by Dr. Ruprecht and found them identical in species, though Wilkes’ specimens were considerably larger than Ruprechts’s. Harvey, p. 171, also reports the speciesyasmegllectea spy sor. Lyall in 1859-61, his specimens being ‘‘ cast ashore on Point Roberts, and on rocks at low water, Fuca Strait.” Cystocarps were present on both sets of specimens mentioned by Harvey. In commenting on the specific name, Harvey (1) p. 148, states that to him the perforations of the thallus appear to be due to casualties. In 1893 Carruthers, p. 80, examined one of the specimens mentioned by Harvey as collected by Dr. Lyall. He found that in that specimen the cystocarps occur all over the much perforated segments; the majority are very young and project but little from the surface of the thallus. The structure of the thallus is that typical of the genus. He says ‘* The cystocarp Butters: OBSERVATIONS ON RHODYMENIA. 207 projects on one side of the thallus and possesses a fairly thick fruit wall of five or six cells in thickness arranged irregularly inwards. At the bottom of the fruit cavity is to be found the placenta formed of numerous small cells closely packed to- gether and lying on the medullary layer of large cells. ‘¢ From the placenta the gonimoblast of more or less irregular shape, is borne on an elongated style cell and spreads upward into the empty fruit cavity. ‘*This gonimoblast is composed of numerous pear-shaped lobes which lie close together. The spores of these lobes be- come ripe nearly at the same time. ‘* The ostiole is generally quite in the center of the projecting fruit wall, and is similar to the ostioles of the kindred species.” Collection and Preservation.—All the material at hand was collected by Miss Josephine E. Tilden at Port Orchard, Kitsap County, Washington, on August 2, 1897. The specimens were dredged in water 4-6 fathoms deep. A small portion of the material was killed and preserved in 80 per cent. alcohol. The larger part of the material was dried. By soaking, this dried material so far regained its original form that the anatomy could be well studied although the cell contents were largely disor- ganized. All the observations upon the stipe and the prolifera- tions were made upon this dried material; observations upon other points were made mainly upon the alcoholic material. Methods.—The dried material was soaked in water until it regained its natural consistency. Various methods were em- ployed in cutting the tissues. Much of the material was cut upon the Osterhout freezing chamber. (Osterhout, W. J. V., p- 195.) The alcoholic material was first passed into water —preferably through about three intermediate grades of dilute alcohol. When the alcohol was completely removed the mate- rial was in some cases infiltrated with gelatine solution and then mounted in a drop of gum arabic solution upon the freezing chamber ; in other cases it was embedded directly in the gum arabic. On account of the firm nature of most of the tissues, this method of mounting directly in gum arabic proved quite as successful as that in which the tissues were first infiltrated with gelatine. The sections, as soon as they were removed from the knife, were passed into 20 per cent. glycerine. Those which were to be stained were transferred from this glycerine to the staining © 208 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. solution, thence, after washing, back to the glycerine solution. The glycerine solution was allowed to concentrate by evapora- tion, and the sections were thence mounted into glycerine jelly. Portions of the frond were also embedded in pith and cut free- hand with the razor. Some of the material was embedded in paraffine, according to the usual methods and cut on the microtome. The sections thus obtained proved, in some instances, very successful, espe- cially in the case of such firm tissues as the stipe and the vege- tative portions of the lamina. Several staining fluids were used. Both section-staining and staining 22 ¢oto were employed. The former method proved most successful. The following stains were found useful. Aniline blue: Sections were placed for 5-10 minutes in a saturated solution of aniline blue (spiritlés) in 50 per cent. alco- hol. The walls were stained a deep blue, gelatinous structures and cell contents a light blue. This proved the most useful stain for clearly defining anatomical details. Hoffman’s violet: Sections were stained with a saturated so- lution of Hoffman’s violet in concentrated sulphuric acid. As soon as the section had taken a brown stain they were placed - in water and the acid washed out. The protoplasm took a blue stain, the walls were unstained. This method proved useful in staining the protoplasmic connections between the cells. Fuchsin: Dilute alcoholic solution of fuchsin stained the walls light red, the protoplasmic contents a deeper red. Iodine in potassium iodide: This stained the floridian starch a dark yellow-brown, the other cell contents a light yellow- brown. It proved very useful in staining the protoplasmic con- nections between the cells, especially in the gonimoblast fila- ments. Gross anatomy (Fig. 1).—The plant consists of a broad, flat, membranaceous, more or less subdivided, blood-red lamina borne upon a short stipe which is sensibly continuous with the lamina. The stipe is expanded below into a small holdfast. The lamina is sometimes nearly entire in outline, ovate, or broadly lanceo- late, sometimes very deeply lobed, or divided almost to the base into 2-4 lobes which may be widely divergent. The lamina is 17-40 cm. long and 8-17 cm. wide. The two faces of the frond are in all respects similar. The lamina is perforated by numerous holes ranging from .5 mm. to 10 cm. in length and i“ j * Butters: OBSERVATIONS ON RHODYMENIA. 209 from .5 mm. to 2 cm. in width. The smallest are almost circu- lar in outline. Those somewhat larger (up to about 5 mm. in diameter) are usually somewhat oval, being elongated in the direction of the long axis of the frond. The larger perforations are of irregular elongated outline. Sometimes these perfora- tions are exceedingly numerous, as many as four or five per square cm. being not uncommon. In some specimens numerous proliferations are borne on the faces and edges of the lamina and also on the stipe. These are cylindrical bodies, about 1 mm. in diameter, seldom more than 25 mm. long, often flattened somewhat towards the apex and often branched once or twice or deeply lobed at the apex. In two specimens the upper portions of the laminz present a peculiar mottled appearance which was at first supposed to be due to the presence of tetraspores. It appears that this is not the cause of the phenomenon noted. This subject will be dis- cussed further under the description of the cystocarp. The entire stipe was present in only one of the specimens at hand. In this it was 3.5 cm. long, about 1 mm. in greatest diameter, flattened somewhat, parallel to the flat surface of the lamina, passing insensibly into the lamina above, and expand- ing abruptly below to form the holdfast, which is a small, thin, irregular disk, about 5 mm. in diameter. All of the specimens have cystocarps scattered irregularly over the entire surface of both sides of the lamina. These are bodies 1-1.5 mm. in diameter, nearly hemispherical, or pro- truding slightly at the apex, and are extremely numerous, as many as fifteen being often found on one square cm. of the lamina. Minute anatomy: Lamina.—The lamina consists of pseudo- parenchymatous tissue of which two principal areas may be dis- tinguished in the cross-section (a), a central layer of large- celled; and (b) a cortical layer of small-celled tissue (Fig. 2). (2) The cells of the central area are large, generally some- what flattened parallel to the surface of the frond, isodiametrical in tangential section (Fig. 3). The cells vary greatly in size, the average being 73.5 x 105 mic., while cells occur as small as 6x 14 mic., and as large as 100 x 200 mic. The largest cells are situated near the central portion of this area, and from them the size of the cells decreases quite regularly towards the more superficial portions. The more superficial cells of this area 210 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. differ considerably in other respects also, from the central cells. The outer cells are more flattened than the central ones, they are more densely protoplasmic and are filled with grains of floridian starch, while but little starch occurs in the central cells. In this more superficial portion of the central area the proto- plasmic connections between the cells of the filaments of which the tissue is composed can be easily made out. They are plainly visible in both stained and unstained preparations, and in both tangential and cross sections. In accordance with the less dense protoplasmic contents of the central cells, the con- necting strands are less evident among them, but when the walls of this area are stained, numerous pits are shown penetrating the walls of the central cells (Fig. 3). These pits appear to be of irregular distribution and often more than one are to be ob- served between the same pair of cells. They can be best ob- served in a tangential section. (4) The cortical area consists of small cells almost spherical or with the longest diameter perpendicular to the surface of the frond, of quite uniform size (averaging 5.7 x 8.5 mic.), arranged in 1-3 layers, either in filaments perpendicular to the surface of the frond or somewhat irregularly. In a surface view of the > lamina they appear entirely irregular in arrangement (Fig. 4). The cells are densely protoplasmic and contain chromatophores. Stipe.—The general structure of the stipe (Fig. 5) is similar to that of the lamina, but there are numerous special modifications of the several areas. The cells of the central area are elongated somewhat in the direction of the axis of the frond and are some- what compressed parallel to the compression of the stipe. They are of more uniform size than were those of the lamina, and they were otherwise more nearly uniform than those of the lamina. Their average size is 57 x86x143 mic. The cortical area of the stipe is much thicker than that of the lamina. Itis 3-8 cells deep. ‘The cells are larger than the corresponding cells of the lamina (average 14 x 23 mic.) and are conspicuously ar- ranged in filaments running perpendicular to the surface of the stipe. Proliferations.—The structure of the proliferation is similar to that of the main frond. The central cells are somewhat elongated in the direction of the axis, and, in general, are more numerous and smaller than the corresponding ones of the main frond. All the cells except those of the cortical area contain considerable floridian starch. Butters: OBSERVATIONS ON RHODYMENIA. 211 Reproductive tract.—Cystocarp (Fig. 7-12). The cystocarp projects on one side of the thallus. The pericarp is composed of thickened cortical tissue, which, in the mature cystocarp, is 8-40 cells thick. The outer walls of the pericarp are small and resemble those of the cortex of the vegetative part of the frond. The inner cells are large (14 x 29 mic.), flattened paral- lel to the surface of the cystocarp and show numerous irregu- lar protoplasmic connections. The cystocarp opens by a carpo- stome situated at the apex of the pericarp. The sporogenous tissue is in the form of an irregularly lobed mass, borne on a basal placenta, and partially filling the cavity of the cystocarp. The space between the spore mass and the pericarp is filled with gelatine. The placenta is a mass of small- celled tissue containing numerous intercellular spaces, which rests upon the large-celled central tissue of the lamina. The gonimoblast filaments (Fig. 9-11) branch repeatedly. They consist of irregular elongated or rounded, often club-shaped cells, with dense, finely granular protoplasm and very trans- parent walls. They contain no starch. They are connected in filaments by very broad protoplasmic connections surrounded midway by a callous-like ring. The upper cells of the fila- ments are smaller and more rounded than the lower. The structure of the filaments was best shown in preparations made by pressing out the contents of a mature cystocarp upon a mi- croscopic slide, staining lightly with iodine in potassium iodide, and then pressing out with a cover glass. The spores themselves are irregular, ovoid, thin-walled cells, densely packed with floridian starch. Their average size is 21.5 x 34.5 mic., but they vary considerably in this respect. The number of spores produced in each cystocarp is very great, 20,000—30,- 000 being notuncommon. The lowest lobes of the sporogenous mass appear to be in all cases sterile. They form small masses of compact tissue consisting for the greater part of cells having about one-half the diameter of mature spores and containing but little starch. A few long cells like those of the goni- moblast filaments also occur in this region. In many cystocarps branched filaments of cells rise from the vegetative tissue at the base of the cystocarp. The cells of these filaments (Fig. 8) exhibit peculiar lateral outgrowths which appear to fuse with the adjacent cells or with similar outgrowths from them, forming a peculiar loose, irregularly Di?, MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. connected tissue similar to that.which forms the inner portion of the cystocarp wall. These filaments are not present in all cys- tocarps. They appear to result from the tearing of the sub- cortical tissue in the formation of the cavity of the cystocarp. In the young cystocarp (Fig. 12) the thickened wall is al- ready present and shows its permanent division into two layers. The cells of the outer layer are arranged in filaments perpen- dicular to the surface, those of the subcortical layer are ar- ranged in oblique rows converging towards the apex of the pericarp. ‘The placental area and spore mass are represented by a few connected cells with very dense contents. The cavity of the cystocarp is, at this stage, comparatively small. The carpostome is already developed even in very young cystocarps. It appears to be formed by the tearing apart of the cells to- gether with the destruction of some of the cells. As was men- tioned in the account of the gross anatomy of the lamina, in two specimens the apical portions of the frond present a pecu- liar mottled appearante. Cross sections of these areas show that in places there are slight protuberances from the surface of the thallus associated with an unusual development of cortical and, in some cases, also of the subcortical cells. The cortical cells are rather narrower than elsewhere, and more elongated perpendicularly to the surface of the frond. The cortical layer is also a greater number of cells deep than elsewhere, and in some cases there is also increase in the number of the smaller central cells situated immediately beneath the cortex. These areas in some cases involve only a few cells, in others they are .5 mm. in diameter. The structure of the larger protuberances agrees essentially with that of the young cystocarp described above, except that in no cases could any cavity be discovered in them. ‘They appear to me to be very young stages of cysto- carp development, but in no case could positive evidence of their nature be discovered. No indubitable cases of tetraspore formation were seen, but in some cross sections taken through the upper part of the lamina, some of the cortical cells are peculiarly divided pro- ducing somewhat the appearance of tetraspore formation (Fig. 6). Except for their peculiar arrangement, these cells appear in all respects similar to the ordinary cortical cells. Whether they are tetraspores or not, could not be determined. Their method of division is cruciate or somewhat irregular approach- ing the tetrahedral arrangement. Butters: OBSERVATIONS ON RHODYMENIA. 213 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Greville, R. K. Alg. 1830. Montagne, C. Crypt. Brasil. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. 12: 42- 55. 1839. Postels A. and Ruprecht, F. J. Illust. Algar. 20. A/. 36. 1840. Kiitzing, F. T. Spec. Algar. 693, 778-784. 1849. (1) Agardh, J.G. Alg. Med. et Adriat. 1842. (2) Agardh, J.G. Alg. Liebm. (3) Agardh, J. G. Spec. Gen. et Ord. Algar. 2: 374-383. 1852. (4) Agardh, J. G. Epicr. syst. Florid. 324, 329. 1576. Harvey, W. H. Ner. Bor.-Am. 2: 147,148. 1853. Harvey, W. H. Coll. Alga Northwest Coast of North America. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 6: 157-177. 1862. Kjellman, F. R. Alg. Arctic Sea. 150, 151. 1883. Ardissone, F., Phyc. Med. 1: 212-215. 1883. De-Toni, J. B. and Levi, D. Schem. Gen. Florid. Ilustr. Nota- risia. 3: appendix I-XXV._ 1888. Carruthers, J. B. On the cystocarps of species of Callophyllis and Rhodymenia. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 29: 77-86. 1893. Osterhout, W. J. V. A simple freezing device. Bot. Gaz. a1: 195-201. 1896. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XX. t. Mature plant showing perforations, proliferations and cysto- carps. x. 2. Cross section of frond. MJed. medullary area, cor. cortical area. XII2. 3. Longitudinal section of central area of frond, showing pits in the walls. x 132. 5. Surface view of frond, showing irregular arrangement of surface cells. Stained with fuchsin. x 335. 5- Cross section of stipe. Drawn with camera lucida. x 4o. 6. Tetraspores? x335. 7. Cross section of mature cystocarp (not cut through carpostome) showing placentation and general structure of the spore mass. The upper part of the spore mass is somewhat scattered. Only the spores have their contents filled in. x39. 8. Peculiarly branched and interwoven filaments from the base of a cystocarp. x 237. g- Gonimoblast filaments stained one minute in iodine in potassium jodide. x 237. 10, 11. Gonimoblast filaments, contents not drawn. x 237. 12. Young cystocarp showing carpostome and early stage in the development of spore mass. Contents have been omitted except from sporogenous cells. Drawn with Camera lucida. x 230. " \ hs “> ’ c - i vir = ‘ * ; bi - : b * . - “i ? > ; ' ‘ ’ ; f ~< . & + + bi i i y 4 i ‘ i Pa ‘ : } Noor 4 eine i ing ad : ‘ ety ; Pee an wit i ’ \ ¥, ai é i) H bas { 4 4 hs i ip r ti)? ure vin © : - a, he s 4 ¥ ‘ } , _ . e f Toi ( , } & iver cea n ' Ae ’ Lif & oly thy ie tay ee Sip) Me ; vee 5 fy may . Rie Pi j va en tet haa bh “ec if iis ots. oye: aon te itt int Riya : ike he ey 3 VOL I) MINNESOTA THE HELIOTYP! e TANICAL STUDIES. | PART III. siVe. OS OY A BIOOLORY” a 6d N00O) O moSG (hs) % ofa OG BELO ors goo Q) (oy 2. OOK 50, sie' iene! es! > > Geos BEI OCR ESOS 2A a fi a O ING CO., BOSTON. XVIII. CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE LICHENS OF MINNESOTA.—IV. LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. Bruce FInk. CONSIDERATIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT. The area treated in this paper includes essentially the counties of Cook and Lake, comprising about 5,000 square miles of land. It lies to the northwest of lake Superior, bordering on the lake for about 150 miles and on the province of Ontario, Canada, for about 125 miles, thus forming the extreme northeastern portion of the State of Minnesota. It was supposed, before studying it, that the region, because of its position, would furnish many lichen species new to the State and to the interior of North America, and the investigation has fulfilled expectations. Besides its geographical position, certain physical features have produced diversity of lichen species as will be shown later. The lichens of the region have never been studied previously. Tuckerman, in his Synopsis,* mentions collections from the north shore of lake Superior by John Macoun and L. Agassiz. The collections by Agassiz were made in 1848 and published t+ from 1850 to 1852. He traversed the north shore from Sault Saint Marie to Fort William. The collecting by Macoun was done in July, 1869, along the north shore in Canada, and in 1884 around lake Nipigon. A publication may soon be ex- pected from the latter collector, giving a complete list of the Canadian lichens, and this should add much of interest con- cerning some species listed in this paper. Of the two collec- tors, Agassiz, at Fort William, came within about 50 miles, while Macoun probably came within 150 miles of certain points * Tuckerman, E., Synopsis of the North American Lichens, Parts I and II, 1882 and 1888. ¢ Agassiz, L., Lake Superior, its Physical Character, Vegetation and Animals compared with those of other and similar Regions, pp. 170-174. Boston, 1850. 215 216 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. reached by me along the international boundary or the shore of the lake. Several species of the lichens collected by Dr. C. C. Parry in 1848 and published in 1895 * show northern range, but care- ful investigation ¢ indicates that they were collected south of lake Superior. Thus it appears that the collections listed herein are the first made on the north shore of lake Superior in Minnesota, or along the international boundary for more than 100 miles west of the lake. The collecting was done by the writer, assisted by Mr. A. S. Skinner, during the latter part of June and the whole month of July, 1897. We were fortunate enough to be associated with Dr. A. H. Elftman, who wished to traverse the region for geo- logical study and whose thorough knowledge of the territory covered, alone made it possible for us to find the best collecting stations in this for the most part uninhabited region, and thus to accomplish good results in a comparatively short time. We reached Grand Portage island on the north shore of lake Superior, June 16th, and began collecting at once. The plan was to study the lichen flora of the international boundary and the north shore of lake Superior within the boundaries of Minnesota and to reach some of the inland portions of the two counties. On the whole trip we sought localities as collecting stations offering the greatest differences as to elevation, rock formations, arboreal flora, soil, moisture, etc. Beginning at Grand Portage island we traveled westward by Pigeon river and the chain of lakes along the international boundary to Gunflint, thence south by a series of lakes to Poplar river and down the river to Lutsen, on the shore of lake Superior. From here we proceeded down the lake to Tofte, Beaver Bay and Two Har- bors. We next went directly to Ely and thence eastward to Snowbank lake. We made as thorough a study as possible of the lichen flora of the Grand Portage area, and then stopped for study whenever and wherever we found enough of difference in * Fink, B., Lichens collected by Dr. C. C. Parry in Wisconsin and Minne- sota in 1848. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 2: 137. 1895. + Parry, C. C., Systematic Catalogue of Plants of Wisconsin aud Minnesota, made in connection with the geological survey of the Northwest during the season of 1848. In Owen, D. D., Report of a geological survey of Wisconsin, Iowa, Minnesota and incidentally of a portion of Nebraska Territory. Appen- dix, article V. 606-622. 1852, mentions Cladonia rangiferina (1,.) Hoffm- and Gyrophora muhlenbergii Ach. from Falls of St. Croix. Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. Pa physical environment to lead to the conclusion that time would be profitably employed. The writer was relieved of camp duty as much as possible, so that there was some time for collecting each day, even when traveling. However, the few collections thus made are nearly all recorded in the list with those of the nearest well studied locality. The principal collecting stations are given below, with elevation and time spent in collecting for each. Since many of these stations are in uninhabited and little known regions, I have given the township and range of each one. I. Grand Portage and Grand Portage island, 9 days, elevation 602 to 1305 feet, T. 63 N., R. 6 E. II. English portage, 3 hours, elevation 1339 feet, T. 64 N., R. 4. III. South Fowl lake, 3 hours, elevation 1436-1450 feet, T. 64 N., R. 4 E. IV. Moose lake, 2 hours, elevation 1492 feet, T. 65 N., R. 3 E. V. Rose lake, 1 day, elevation 1528 feet, T. 65 N., R. 1 W. VI. Paulson iron mines, 2 days, elevation 1825 to 2000 feet, aoe, NL Ko 4 W. VII. Gunflint, 1 day, elevation 1547 to 1650 feet, T. 65 N., R. 3 W. VIII. Winchell lake, 2 days, elevation 1910 to 2230 feet, T. 64 N., R. 2 W. IX. Brule lake, 5 hours, elevation 2084 feet, T. 63 N., R. a Ww. X. Tofte, 3 days, elevation 927 to 1529 feet, T. 59 N.,R. 4 W. XI. Beaver Bay, 2 days, elevation 602 to 1250 feet, T. 55 N., R.8 W. XII. Great Palisades, 6 hours, elevation 602 to 1200 feet, T. 56 N., R. 7 W. XIII. Two Harbors, 2 hours, elevation 692 feet, T. 52 N., R. 1m W. XIV. Prairie portage, 1 day, elevation 1300 feet, T. 64 N.,R. a W: XV. Iron Mountain lake, 1 day, elevation 1342 feet, R. 64 N., R. 8 W. XVI. Snowbank lake, 4 days, elevation 1424 feet, T. 64 N., Ro9 W. XVII. Disappointment lake, 1 day, elevation 1449-1850 feet, T. 64 N.,R.8 W. 218 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. XVIII. Moose lake, 1 day, elevation, 1339 feet, T. 64 N., R. Ori. XIX. Wind lake, 1 day, elevation 1359 feet, T. 64 N., R. 9 W.. XX. Ella Hall dake, 3 whours, elevation. 1306 feet; 6any. Ri 10, W.. XXII. Fall lake, 3 hours, elevation 1313 feet, TGs sie rr W. . Of the stations given above, numbers XIV to XIX inclusive have been designated in the list of species as the Snowbank lake area, XX and XXI as Ely, VIII and IX as the Misquah hills, and VI and VII as Gunflint. All other areas include each but asingle station. The quantity-collecting being largely done when we left Grand Portage, we were able to move rapidly, as only plants not found in this first area needed to be collected in bulk. For illustration of distribution, the collections were made as complete as possible at Grand Portage, Gunflint, in the Misquah hills, at Tofte, at Beaver Bay and in the Snowbank lake area. There is an appreciable difference between the lichen flora of Grand Portage island and that of the mainland two miles across the bay. The island reaches an elevation of only 125 feet above lake Superior while Mt. Josephine on the mainland reaches an altitude of about 800 feet above the lake. The Keweenawan series of rocks, which appears on the island, is wanting on the portion of the adjacent mainland explored, while the Animikie series is found in both places. However, I could not ascertain that difference in petrographical construction in any noticeable way determines the floral differences either here or elsewhere in the territory studied. Passing by the Gunflint area for the pres- ent, I may say that the Misquah hills were regarded as especi- ally important, since they contain the highest areas in the state, and were as carefully studied as our time would permit. Carl- ton peak at Tofte, and the Palisades were points of special in- terest. Two Harbors was of interest as it is the most southern point reached in the survey, and Ely was, also, as it is the most western. However, the Snowbank lake area somewhat further east was much more thoroughly studied than Ely. On the whole all of the two counties was studied thoroughly enough to know that practically all of the lichens generally dis- tributed over the area were secured as well as many more which Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 219 as yet show only local occurrence. Examination of the route will show that we covered all of the international boundary be- tween Ely and Grand Portage, except about 20 miles in a straight line from the most eastern portion of the Snowbank lake area to Gunflint. Thus the boundary was well studied. The line of travel through the Misquah hills from Gunflint to Lutsen gave a fair view of the interior of the region as well as the highest area in the state. A day spent along the shore at Lutsen failed to furnish any species not found at Grand Port- age. Consequently, as we were to stop at Tofte, only 10 miles distant, no record was made of the species found at the former place. Tofte, Beaver Bay and the Palisades gave a good view of the lake shore and higher elevations near by in the Sawteeth mountains. It is to be regretted that we did not have oppor- tunity for examination of the lake shore and Sawteeth moun- tains at some points between Lutsen and Grand Portage, but doubtless the number of additional species would not have been large after a thorough examination of the shore both to the ex- treme north and toward the south of the area studied. The whole region is one of extreme interest to the lichenist because of the diversity of natural conditions which gives a flora rich in individuals as well as variations within certain species which attracted special attention. The great masses of igneous and metamorphic rocks along the Superior and inland shore lines, the same rocks back from shore lines and the coniferous and various other trees together with diversity as to temperature, moisture and elevation, all help to produce a flora richer in lichen species than I had expected to find. Though the annual precipitation of moisture for the area is not large, yet the com- paratively impervious nature of the rocks causes the water to collect in depressions of surface, forming a multitude of lakes of various sizes whose moist borders are a veritable paradise for lichens and especially for lithophytic species. The dense forests also hold moisture and favor lichen growth. When one finds single branches of Usnea longissitma Ach. five feet long, as we collected on Grand Portage island, he realizes the signifi- cance of the name. Here and in some other localities of the region studied the dying conifers especially are literally covered with this plant, other species of the genus and A/ectorza jubata (L.) Nyl., all growing in a tangled profusion which obscures the host and when wet with rain or dew furnishes a view of sur- 220 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. passing beauty. Hardly less remarkable is the growth of Cla- donia rangiferina (L.) Hoffm. in open woods near Mt. Josephine, single clusters measuring three or four feet across and reaching a foot in height. This plant was also common on rocks and in crevices exposed to wind and sun, but was always much smaller in such locations. It is evidently not a natural pioneer among lichens, but grows after other plants have attacked the rocky substratum, or on a thin layer of soil in crevices, and best of all after trees or shrubs have grown sufficiently to protect it some- what from wind and sun and have not yet become large enough or thick enough to kill it out. This same kind of ecological relation favors Cladonza_furcata (Huds.) Fr., a variety of which was found fruiting only in such environment. More is given below about other C7ladonias, and the observation could be extended to Sterveocaulon. After fires have passed over a region destroying the trees and small scattered second growth begins to appear to furnish some protection, Cladonza cristatella Tuck. and a large variety of forms of C. gracilis (L.) Nyl. soon begin to grow in great pro- fusion on old stumps, prostrate logs and bits of decaying wood lying upon, or more or less sunken into the soil. Only a few of the many varieties of the latter plant allowed by European lichenists are recognized in the list of species though forms closely resembling other varieties, so called, are represented in my collections. Nothing seems to be gained by carrying the ‘¢ splitting” process to extremes without a study of life histor- ies. C. gracilis (L.) Nyl. in regions recently burned showed much less variation than in places where the species had been established longer since the burning, and a careful study of a large number of individuals in this region, extending over a ser- ies of years would enable one to trace the growth and variation within single individuals and thus establish varieties with cer- tainty. Great variety was observed in the plants in regions that had burned 15 or at most 20 years ago so that a study ex- tending over 10 years should be sufficient to give the desired data. Like Cludonia rangiferina (L.) Hoffm., C. crzstatella Tuck. is extremely sensitive to environment. In regions where the plants are exposed to sun and wind and in stations of high ele- vation, the plants are much smaller than in better shaded and less elevated places. The relation of size to amount of protec- a Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. OA: tion offered by trees and shrubs may be observed in many places between Gunflint and Lutsen, especially at Gunflint and in the Misquah hills. The effect of elevation, or rather the combined effect of elevation and exposure, was especially noted on Mt. Josephine and on Carlton peak. In both of these places the stunted condition was also noticeable in other C/7adonzas and in lichens belonging to other genera. The part that lichens play in rock decay and soil formation was studied in a general way in the Grand Portage area, and some of the most noticeable facts are stated below. Grand Portage island contains 57 acres of land and furnishes sufficient variety as to substrata suitable to lichen growth to make the study interesting. The crustaceous lichens furnish most of the species which first gain a footing on the rocks, and of these were found on the island three or four species of Placodium, a half dozen or more rock Lecanoras as well as a larger number of ratoras, Lecideas and Buellias. Of the foliaceous lichens the Umzdzle- carzas are most characteristically rock pioneers; but these were very rare on the island, which did not furnish the high bluffs that they seek especially. As soon as rock decay has begun, the less strictly crustaceous species begin to appear. Of these Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) Delis was especially noticed some- times growing on quite firm rock, but more frequently on rotten rock or a residual product of rock decay still 7 sz¢w and pro- tected by the lichen though sometimes several inches deep. Next come the typically foliaceous and fruticulose species as the Peltigeras and Cladonzas. Finally enough soil is established so that smaller Spermaphytes and finally trees and shrubs be- come established, these larger ones in turn furnishing substrata for epiphytic lichens. At the present time, trees grow at one end of the ridge of highest land extending across the island while the other end is bare of trees and soil to a large extent and yet supports many strictly lithophytic lichens. At the shore line one finds amphibious Hudocarpons and a Collema while typically xerophytic species cover the remainder of the island. The analysis could be extended to include a statement of differ- ent sorts of woody substrata which result in giving diversity of lichens growing on wood and, indeed, to give a detailed account of substrata including that of each one of the 88 species and varieties listed from the island. But this would lead to more detail than can be undertaken here, and for more minute ac- 222 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. count I have been compelled to select very small islands, though not offering so much diversity as to substrata, and have even then confined the analysis to the lithophytic and a few epigean species. For this study of islands three were selected in the Snowbank lake area, and the lithophytic species were carefully noted on two of them and on the other also the decrease in number due to the establishment of an arboreal flora. It is to be regretted that the study could not have been extended to more islands and to include epiphytic and epigean species as well as lithophytic. Island number one is situated in Sucker lake, 30 feet from the shore, in the N. W. 4 of 5. W Y% of S. Eo ygok seer. e ie o4 N., R. 9 W. The size of the island 1s about ox 75 feet Phe surface is rocky with soil in a few places formed zx sztu or washed in from the lake, so that C/adonzias were well estab- lished. About twenty shrubs were growing on the island and two rather small pines. The species noted in a short time are as follows: 1. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. 2. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horrn. var. sylvatica L. 3. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. var. alpestris L. 4. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. 5. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Fr. 6. Cladonia uncialis (L.) FR. 7. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. 8. Umbilicaria muhlenbergii (Acu.) Tuck. g. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. 10. Parmelia conspersa (EuRuH.) ACH. 11. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. 12. Parmelia caperata (L.) Acu. 13. Physcia sp. 14. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuck. 15. Physcia speciosa (Wutr., Acu.) Nyt. 16. Physcia obscura (Euru.) Nyt. 17. Ephebe solida Born. 18. Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) DELIs. Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 223 19. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyt. 20. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) NaArc. and Hepp. 21. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) Acnu. 22. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF. 23. Buellia petrea (FLotT., Korers.) Tuck. Island number two is in Snowbank lake, 50 feet from the shore, in the N. W. 4 N. E. Yof Sec. 29, T. 64 N., R. 8 W. near the outlet of the lake. The size of the island is about 80x 100 feet, and it is thickly covered with trees and shrubs except in a few spots where Cladonza rangtferina (L.) Hoffm. persists. The species listed below for this island are excepting the Cladonza, confined to a circle of rock extending around the island and up from the water three inches to one foot. The species are as follows: 1. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horrn. . Endocarpon fluviatile DC. . Parmelia conspersa (Euru.) Acu. . Parmelia caperata (L.) Acu. . Physcia obscura (Enru.) Nyt. . Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr. . Placodium aurantiacum (Licut.) NArc. and Hepp. . Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. . Lecanora cinerea (L.) SoMMERF. SO; (CO “STI 1) Ol -h Oo ob Island number three is in Disappointment lake, about 200 feet from the shore, in the N. E. ¥% of the S. E. ¥ of S. E. Yf of meet tos Nn. kh. SW. The size is 50x75 feet. The surface is rocky, with a few small shrubs growing in crevices, and is literally covered with rock lichens, and a few Cladonzas and Stereocaulons growing along crevices and beginning to ’ spread in one or two places. The following species were easily detected. . Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. var. sylvatica L. . Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. . Cladonia uncialis (L.) Fr. Ll wm —p w bd . Cladonia furcata (Hups.) FR. 224 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 6. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. 7. Umbilicaria muhlenbergii (Acu.) Tuck. 8. Umbilicaria pustulata (L.) Horrn. g. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. 10. Parmelia conspersa (Euru.) Acu. 11. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. 12. Parmelia caperata (L.) Acu. 13. Physcia sp. 14. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuck. 15. Physcia cesia (Horrm.) Nyt. 16. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. 17. Ephebe pubescens Fr. 18. Ephebe solida Born. 19. Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) DE.is. 20. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyv. 21. Placodium vitellinum (Enru ) Narc. and Hepp. 22. Rinodina oreina (Acu.) Mass. 23. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) Acu. 24. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SomMERE. 25. Buellia petrea (FLoT., Korrs.) Tuck. Comparing the lichens easily detected on islands numbers one and three—those which give character to the flora—whatever rare species may have escaped notice, we find that, of a total of 23 species and varieties on the first and 25 on the second, 19 are com- mon to both islands, separated by several miles. The lists as a whole show a large number of foliaceous and fruticulose species ; and we evidently have not the primitive post-pleistocene lichen population of these rocky islands, which indeed must have dis- appeared centuries ago. It is the more remarkable that practic- ally the same species have succeeded in replacing a former flora on the two islands. I regret that time was wanting for the study of more of these islands, and especially of some farther from the shore line. The growth of larger forms of vegetation is probably beginning to effect a decrease in lichen species on island number one for otherwise, being larger, it should have Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 225 furnished more species than number three rather than a smaller number. But it was only on number two that we found the un- mistakable evidence of the effects of the arboreal vegetation in exterminating the lichens. Here too the species existing are all but two the same as those found on one or both of the other islands, but the number is reduced to little more than one-third as many as occur on either of them. The succession of species is as apparent upon trees as upon rocks and is constantly in evidence in this largely undisturbed region where trees of various ages grow side by side. Some of the crustaceous lichens, of such genera as Pyrenula, Ar- thonia and Graphis, were usually found on young trees with smooth bark. As the substratum becomes more rugged with the increasing age of the tree, these are gradually replaced by foliaceous and fruticulose species as /tamalinas, Usneas, Par- melias, etc. Finally as the trees die certain species of Caliczum Cladonia, Peltigera, Parmelia, etc., become the dominant types. It is not possible, nor is it necessary here, to give a detailed ac- count of relation between each epiphytic lichen and its host, but a few of the most apparent relationships are in order. Acer spicatum Lam. supports Arthonza dispersa (Schrad.) Ny]. over the whole area. Populus tremulotdes Michx. and P. bal- samifera L. bear Pyrenula leucoplaca (Wallr.) Kbr. commonly. Some conifers, as Pymus resinosus Ait., P. strobus L., Thuja occidentalis L.., serve for substrata for those species of the genus Calictum which grow on living trees. The most luxuriant growths of Usnea were found on Picea mariana (Mill.) and Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. Graphis scripta (Li) Ach. var. recta (Humb.) Nyl. was almost wholly confined to Betula lutea Michx. and this same tree also supports Sagedia oxyspora (Nyl.) Tuck and two or three Pyrenzadas. A close analysis of the distribution of species within the area studied reveals much of interest even though it is a rather a re- stricted region. Of the 258 species and varieties listed, 96 were found only in one place, 32 in two, 31 in three, and the remain- ing 99 were collected along lake Superior and also inland, in four or more localities and are known to be generally distributed over the whole of the two counties. Also of those found in in two or three localities, 34 species were collected at some point along lake Superior and also beyond the ridge of high land formed by the Mesabi range and the Misquah hills and 226 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. are doubtless quite generally distributed over the territory sur- veyed. Of these found in two or three places, 13 more were found along the lake and inland, but none beyond the divide mentioned above. ‘These are doubtless generally distributed between this highest land and lake Superior, and of course may occur northwest of this high area as well. Of course the 133 or more species most generally distributed over the area largely determined the character of its flora and are interesting in studying the relation of the flora of the region to that of others. But for the study of distribution within the area, as influenced by natural conditions, the chief interest cen- ters around the 96 species found in one place only and those found in two or three areas and yet not generally distributed over the whole region. I give below alist stating the whole number collected in each principal collecting ground and also the number found at each one and not elsewhere. It will readily be seen that the last datum for each locality simply bears a close relative proportion to the first, or in other words, that no one area shows a large relative proportion of the rare species. Of course the data as to occurrence of these rare lichens can not be relied on fully ; but about two-thirds of them are species of size large enough to be easy of detection, and while these may occur in other places, they are surely not common in the area. The table of species is as follows: Grand Portage island, total collected, 88, not found elsewhere, 15 Grand Portage, 66 6 SG, Shee Us ‘< mo South Fowl lake, 6 66 TA) Hib ty tt 6c , Rose lake, 6 “ Bos 6o Lhe 6 3 Gunflint, oT 6 Tugs Mes ec 6 a Misquah hills, 6 “6 Tih, «cee 7 II 66 6 66 66 66 olte, By Beaver Bay, “< < 82, “© & “ 13 Palisades, a 6% eee ol 6 66 I Two Harbors, &< 6 14; eee &< 5 Ge 66 66 66 66 Ely, 4I, 3 Snowbank lake area, ‘ 6 TZ ty Cla ee Tt is The rather high per cent. of forms collected at Grand Port- age only is due to the fact that the attempt was made to collect here especially species not found on the island. At an average about one-eighth of the species collected in each locality were not found elsewere. As stated above, two-thirds of these are Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 227 conspicuous forms. The remaining one-third are some of the less conspicuous Sratoras, Lecideas, Buellias, Graphises, Pyrenulas, etc., which are not easily found. When we consider the limited size of the area studied, the restriction of certain of the rarer species to certain parts of it _ rather than to others is worthy of careful study. The area lies on two sides of a divide extending approximately east and west and formed of the Mesabi range and the Misquah hills. The alpine or sub-alpine species not generally distributed over the area are mostly confined to the portion lying between the divide and lake Superior and to the Misquah hills on the divide, and also those found along the lake are for the most part found toward the northeastern portion of the territory traversed. The rarer temperate region species on the other hand are most numerous to the north and west of the divide, or toward the south of the portion between the lake and the divide. All of the data given above as to distribution within the area studied are based upon carefully prepared lists showing the distribution of each species. They can not all be reproduced, but parts of them must be. First of all, the facts concerning the species found only in one place can only be properly presented for con- sideration by the somewhat laborious table below, giving the various localities and species for each. GRAND PoRTAGE ISLAND. Usnea cavernosa Tucx., N. Physcia hispida (ScHREB.) FR., N. Solorina saccata (L.) Acu., N. Lecanora calcarea (L.) Sommerr. var. contorta Fr., T. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyx. var. symphycarpia Tuck., T. Cladonia squamosa Horrm. var. phyllocoma RaBennu., T. Cladonia deformis (L.) Horrm., N. Bzomyces byssoides (L.) Scuarr., N. Biatora turgida (Fr.) Ny ., T. Lecidea spirea Acu., N. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) Scuarr., T. Lecidea crustulata Acu., N. . Lecidea enteroleuca Fr. var. achrista SomMerr., T. bo 28 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Staurothele drummondii Tuck., T. Pyrenula cinerella (FLor.) Tuck., T. GRAND PORTAGE. Parmelia perforata (JAca.) Acu. var. hypotropa Nyt., T. Physcia adglutinata (FLoERK.) Nyt., T. Umbilicaria hyperborea Horrn., N. Nephroma levigatum Acu. var. parile Nyv., N. Placodium murorum (Horrm.) DC. var. miniatum Tuck., T. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER var. diffracta Fr., T. Biatora leucophea FLoeErRK. var. griseoatra Korers., N. Biatora lucida (Acu.) Fr., N. Lecidea lapicida Fr. var. oxydata Fr., N. Thelocarpon prasinellum Nyt., T. Verrucaria nigrescens Prers., T. Pyrenula cinerella (FLor.) Tuck. var. quadriloculata var. nov. (°). Soutu FowL TAKE: Alectoria sepincola (EHru.) Acu., N. ROSE LAKE. Heterothecium sanguinarium (L.) Fuor. var. affine Tuck., N. Opegrapha varia (PerRs.) Fr. var. notha Acu., T. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. dasyopoga Fr., T. GUNFLINT. Physcia cesia (Horrm.) Nyu., T. Pannaria nigra (Hups.) Nyu., T. Placodium cinnabarrinum (Acu.) Awnz., T. Lecanora pallida (ScHREB.) SCHAER., T. Lecanora hageni Acu., T. Cladonia symphycarpa Fr. var. epiphylla (Acu.). NyL., T. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr., T. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyu. var. cervicornis FLoERK., T. Biatora glauconigrans Tuck., T. N Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. Lecidea acclinis Fior., T. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korers.) Tuck.var. grandis FLoERK., Arthonia patellulata Nyv., T. MisQuaAH HILLS. Parmelia centrifuga (L.) Acu., N. Collema flaccidum Acu., T. Placodium murorum (Horrm.) DC., T. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acn. var. hypnorum Scuaer., T. Pertusaria glomerata (AcH.) ScHAER., N. Biatora oxyspora (Tux.) Nyt., T. Biatora schweinitzii Fr., T. Lecidea lapicida Fr., N. Lecidea albocerulescens (WuLF.) ScHAER., N. Lecidea platycarpa Acu., N. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu. var. limitata Acu., T. TOFTE. Parmelia perforata (Jaca.) Acu., T. Sticta limbata (Sm.) Acu., N. Leptogium myochroum (Euru.) ScHAeEr., T. Lecanora elatina Acu., T. Stereocaulon coralloides Fr., N. Cladonia cespiticia (PEers.) Fu., T. Cladonia digitata (L.) Horrm., N. Calicium chrysocephalum (Turn.) Acu. var. filare Acu., T. BEAVER Bay. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. fastigiata Fr., T. Ramalina pollinarella Nyv., T. Placodium cerinum (HEpw.) Narc. and Hepp. var. pyracea MaL., 1. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) Narc. and Hepp., T. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SomMERr., T. bo 30 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cladonia mitrula Tuck., T. Cladonia delicata (Enru.) Fu., T. Cladonia decorticata FLoERK., T. Biatora coarctata (Sm., Ny.) Tucx., T. Biatora myriocarpoides (Nyv.) Tuck., T. Biatora negelii Hepr., T. Buellia myriocarpa (DC.) Mupp., T. Sagedia oxyspora (Nyv.) Tuck., T. PALISADES. Cetraria islandica (L.) Acu., N. Two HArRgzors. Physcia aquila (Acu.) Nyu., T. Buellia dialyta (Nyv.) Tucx., T. iw. Lecanora tartarea (L.) Acu., T. Buellia myriocarpa (DC.) Mupp. var. polyspora WiLLEy., T. Calicium trichiale (Acu.) var. stemoneum Nyv. T. SNOWBANK LAKE AREA. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. canaliculata Fr., T. Ramalina pusilla (PRev.) Tuck., N. Parmelia tiliacea( Horrm.)FLOERK. var. sublevigata Nyv.,T. Collema pycnocarpum Ny ., T. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr., T. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. var. pulvinatum Move. and INES@E se. al Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt. var. confragosa Nyt., T. Gyalecta fagicola (Hrpp.) Tucx., T. Biatora spheroides (Dicxs.) Tucx., T. Biatora fuscorubella (Horrm.) Tucx., T. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) Tuck., T. Lecidea cyrtidia Tucx., T. Buellia parmeliarum (SomMERF.) Tuck., T. Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 231 Coniocybe pallida (Pers.) Fr., T. Verrucaria epigea (PeRs.) Acu., T. In the above table all of the arctic and subarctic species are marked (N.) and the species common in temperate regions at low elevations (T.). Beginning then with the areas between the divide formed by the Mesabi range and the Misquah hills and lake Superior and toward the north of this region, of a total of 15 species found only on Grand Portage island, seven or one less than half are characteristic of northern regions. Of 12 confined to Grand Portage, five or about 42 per cent. are northern species. A single one collected only at South Fowl] lake and one of three at Rose lake are also northern. Of the 12 found only at Gunflint and the 15 found only in the Snow- bank lake area, only one strictly northern species is restricted to each place, while for Ely of the three restricted species not one is northern. Consideration of the figures will show that for the five localities along the international boundary there is a de- crease in proportion of rare arctic or alpine species in passing westward along the boundary. Again passing southward from Grand Portage we found three northern of a total eight species confined to Tofte, and the one species taken only at the Pali- sades is northern. The thirteen species found only at Beaver Bay and the two collected only at Two Harbors are all distinctly temperate region plants. Thus it appears that the northern species give way to those more characteristic of temperate re- gions in passing southward even along the shores of lake Su- perior where the cold lake winds have greatest influence upon the flora. An elevation of more than 1,000 feet was reached at Beaver Bay without finding northern species while at Grand Portage about 150 miles northeast they descend to the lake level. At Tofte a short distance northeast of Beaver Bay we reached an elevation of 1,529 feet on Carlton peak in the Sawteeth mountains and found three northern species. Only one of the three species was taken at the summit of Carlton peak, but this is because the top of the peak is burned over. The other two species were collected at a considerable distance above the base of the peak and are doubtless to be found on unburned portions of the Sawteeth mountains near by. In the discussion of the table thus far the Misquah hills area has not been considered. As stated elsewhere this area is the By MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. highest portion of the State, reaching 2,230 feet, and the region gave five arctic or subarctic species of a total of eleven collected only here. ‘The influence of elevation becomes apparent when we compare the Misquah hills area with the Gunflint region as to number of northern species. The latter locality lies 20 miles north of the former and about 400 feet lower, only a small por- tion of it near the Paulson mines reaching 2,000 feet. The Misquah hill area which is a more extended region of higher elevation furnished the goodly proportion of northern forms noted above while the Gunflint area gave only one such species in a total of twelve found only in the area. Of all the species found only in one place 25, or more than one-fourth, are arctic or subartic and 71, or approximately three-fourths are plants characteristic of temperate regions. Without entering into the yet more complicated analysis which a consideration of these rare temperate region plants would involve, a mere inspection of the table will show in a general way that their distribution is just the reverse of that of the north- ern species, or that they are especially characteristic of that small portion of the region studied which lies to the north of the © divide and of the southern portion of the region lying between the divide and lake Superior. Of course it could also be shown that they are more especially characteristic of the lower elevations. Of the 63 species collected only in two or three places, only a half dozen are arctic or subarctic species, and it would have been useless to give the whole 63 in tabular form as no safe data could be obtained from so small a proportion of northern species. However, the 6 northern species are as follows: Ramalina pusilla (Prev.) Tuck. var. geniculata Tuck. Parmelia encausta (Sm.) Nyu. Sticta scorbiculata (Scop.) Acu. Lecanora frustulosa (Dicxs.) Mass. Lecanora sordida (PEers.) Tu. FR. Buellia geographica (PErRs.) Tuck. In order that we may have all of the northern species before us for a final consideration, I shall give a list of those generally distributed as follows: Lecidea lactea FL. a Fink =: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. BSS Buellia petrea (FLor., Korers.) Tuck. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korers.) Tuck. var. montagnei Tuck. Umbilicaria vellea (L.) Nyv. Nephroma tomentosum (Horrm.) Neck. Pannaria lepidiota Tu. Fr. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Ir. Cladonia amaurocrea (FL.) SCHAER. Bezomyces eruginosus (Scop.) DC. Heterothecium sanguinarium (L.) For. Taking into account the above table, we find that of a total of 99 species and varieties generally distributed over the area studied only 10, or one-ninth, are arctic or subarctic, and con- sidering both of the last two tables we see that of 162 species and varieties more or less widely distributed 16, or nearly one- ninth, are arctic or subarctic. It has been stated that about one-fourth of the species found only in one place are such north- ern forms. ‘Thus we find that the more general the distribution of a series of plants in the area the smaller the per cent. of northern species, and conversely the larger the per cent. of temperate region species. In other words the prevailing species are those characteristic of temperate regions, and as a whole the rarer ones are the more northern floral elements. Since the in- troduction of new species is commonly a more rapid process than the complete extermination of others in a given region, the existing conditions above stated seem to prove, as one would naturally suppose, that the present lichen flora of the region is in general of temperate region elements and that the more northern elements of the flora are the persisting for most part in a few favor- able spots. This supposition also explains the existence of the northern species in isolated regions further south as I have done for Taylors Falls. Professor Conway MacMillan has con- sidered the spermaphytic flora of this region as a south-bound one,* or at least that of the portion between the divide and lake Superior. My observations here and at Taylors Falls do not indicate that this is generally true of the lichens. However, because of somewhat milder temperature, lower elevation and perhaps more early retreat of the ice sheet in the western half * MacMillan C. Observations on the distribution of plants along the shore at Lake of the Woods. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 954. 1897. 234 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of the State, the temperate region lichens have no doubt driven or followed the northern species farther north there and doubt- less very few of the latter elements now exist in western Min- nesota south of Lake of the Woods, or indeed anywhere in the western half of the state. Since gaining possession of the north- western part of the state these temperate region lichens have doubtless been moving southward over the Mesabi range to meet similar floral elements of a generally northward bound lichen flora. The western half of the state remains to be ex- plored for lichens, but the above statement as to the character of the flora, based on observations recorded in this paper for localities north of the Mesabi range and some knowledge of the general character of the region, I regard as sufficiently secure. Like the Taylors Falls region this one of course at one time contained only arctic species, and the present more numerous species characteristic of temperate regions have gained the ascendency in quite recent time. However, the problems in- volved in the struggle betwen the contending floral elements do not force themselves upon the observer so strongly in this larger area and must be dismissed with a much briefer state- ment. Asin the Taylors Falls region the persisting northern species are largely lithophytic. This is shown in the following exhibit of substrata for the 42 species : Arctic or subarctic lichens confined to’rocks!.-.0.2-.)- eee eee 25 6 6c 66 ‘6 66 0. $rOESu. 2 ala cee 8 66 66 66 66 66 66 eartlale 103 Gets eee ee 4 66 66 6c ee 66 ‘Cea! WWiOOG saa eneenee Z 66 66 66 6c 66 ‘¢ dead wood and trees 1 ‘c 66 3 “6 66 *¢ earth and rocks........ I 74 6¢ 66 66 66 a4 trees 66 a4 I The greater persistence of the lithophytic species is doubtless due in part at least to the greater stability of the rock surfaces and also probably in part to the fact that the arctic and sub- arctic species became more thoroughly established on the rocks, which were present for them to attack immediately at the close of the Pleistocene before the advent of large trees and temper- ate-region lichens. Thus far I have given a detailed account of habitat for the northern species only. Of the whole 258 species and varieties Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 235 listed in this paper, so far as observation showed, 83 are epi- phytic, 8o lithophytic and 29 may occur on either trees or rocks. Another 29 are epigean, 22 were found only on dead wood, six dre lithophytic or epigean, three are found on earth and dead wood, three are parasitic on other lichens and two were found on living and dead wood. The above analysis of substrata is somewhat different from that used in the second paper of this series for comparison of substrata at Minneapolis and at Fayette, Iowa; but when reduced to that form shows that the percentage of lichens growing on rocks is somewhat higher than that for the two areas farther south, while the percentage of those grow- ing on wood is considerably lower. The larger proportion of rock lichens in the Superior region is due to at least three things. First, the more extensive exposure of rock surfaces, though this is offset in part at least by the existence of three distinct kinds of rock in the Minneapolis region, viz.: the igneous or meta- morphic boulders, the limestone outcrops and the Saint Peter sandstone. Second, the rock surfaces become warmer, each day in the warm portion of the year, than the trees, because of rapid absorption of heat; and this doubtless favors lichen de- velopment on rocks in this northern region. Third, general moisture of much of the surface due to the fact that the rocks are comparatively impervious to water, so that much of it col- lects in lakes and swamps, favors good development of rock lichens as compared with the region about Minneapolis. At Minneapolis unshaded rocks bear very few lichens, but in the Superior region rocks are well populated with them at all eleva- tions and in all sorts of environment at or above the water line, except where killed by fire. The total number of genera for the region is 39, while the number for Minneapolis and Taylors Falls, so far as is known, is 34. The whole number for Illinois, as given by Wolf and Hall* is 40 and for Iowa as recorded by the writer in two paperst is 38. This total number of genera for the Superior region is seen by the comparisons with both larger and smaller areas further south to be rather large for a somewhat limited northern * Wolf, John and Hall, Elihu. A List of the Mosses, Liverworts and. Lich- ens of Illinois. Bull. Ills. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 18-34. June, 1878. 7 Fink B. Lichens of Iowa. Bull. Lab. of Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa3: 70-83. Mr. 1895, and Notes concerning Iowa Lichens, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 5: 174-187. 1897. 236 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. area, but a locality where northern and more temperate floral ele- ments meet seems to compensate fully at least for difference in latitude. The genera giving most of the species new to the state are the following, given in tabular form with the total number of species collected in each genus and the number new to the state. Ramalina, collected 6, new to the State 4. Cetaréa, 66 Se ates GL oly KGa” Sticta, 66 5. 66 66 chi eg Nephroma, 6 Bea a Ki hes Oe Solorina, 6 Tne ees cs Kei aie Lecanora, bey eich aaes 6 ie ke ies Gyatlecta, zs ex Gt) oleae Beomyces, 66 ai Aes ce yen ee Biatora, 66 22%, 66 66 65 58. fleterothecium, ‘+ Pa TeaG% ce) RC aoe Lecidea, cb De eae CaCO?) Calictium, “< ofa bi | Ae Coniocybe, 6 1, | 66) ) MECC MMC Sagedia, G6 he 6 66 66 it - Of these genera Solorina, Beomyces, Heterothectum, Caltc- zum, Contocybe, and Sagedia are new to the State. An inspec- tion of the above list shows that the genera are for the most part those furnishing large numbers of arctic and subarctic species, or species hitherto supposed to be confined to New England. The genera Stereocaulon and Umbzlicaria are equally characteristic of northern and eastern areas, but two- thirds of the species of these genera here recorded were listed for Minnesota in the first paper of this series. By comparing the present list of species and varieties with those recorded for Minneapolis and Taylors Falls we find that that there are 152 lichens growing in the territory considered in this paper and not found in either of the two areas named above, while there are 33 found in them and notin the northeastern Minnesota area under consideration. This leaves only 73 lichens known to be common to central and northeastern Min- nesota. In the comparison between Minneapolis and certain localities in northeastern Iowa it was shown that no species have been found at the former place and not in the latter region, though Minneapolis is 150 miles north of Fayette, the principal Iowa area considered. In passing about 200 miles north from > = Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 237 Minneapolis, on the other hand, we find a lichen flora, about three-fifths of whose species and varieties are not found at Min- neapolis and about half of which are new to the state. The region of rapid transition in lichen species lies between the Minneapolis and Superior areas and has only been touched in the study of its rock lichens at Taylors Falls. As stated in the third paper of this series, this region is one of special interest for tracing the distribution of species. The cause of the great difference in lichen flora between Minneapolis and the Superior region is scarcely due in any great measure to difference in latitude since an almost equal difference in latitude to the south of Minneapolis caused no appreciable difference in the flora. Also, I have shown in this paper that in three localities lying in the northern part of the region studied in the paper, viz.: Snowbank lake, Ely and Gunflint, very few typically northern species are found. These regions at the north of the area are more closely related to the Minneapolis region as to lichen flora than others 50 or 75 miles further south. The difference in lichen flora between central and northeastern Minnesota seems then to be due chiefly to three factors. The first is difference in substrata. The limestones of the Minneapolis regions, as well as the sandstone, are almost entirely wanting in northeast- ern Minnesota, being replaced by an abundance of igneous or metamorphic rocks. ‘The conifers, which abound in the north- ern part of the State, and which serve for substrata for quite a number of species not found southward, form the other chief difference as to substrata. Location in the valley of lake Superior, where the region is shut off from warmer regions west and north as well as south, is another factor that has caused much of the difference in flora. It has been shown that the number of arctic and subarctic species for a given elevation decreases in passing southwestward along the lake. This I suppose to be due not so much to difference in latitude as to the fact that in the northeastern part of the region studied along the lake the winds coming from the broader expanse of water, on this largest American fresh water area, are rendered cooler than farther down where the lake is not so wide. That the cold winds are a factor is demonstrated by the occurrence of a large proportion of northern species at the Grand Portage area, and especially on the island which rises little more than 100 feet above the lake, while such inland areas as Gunflint and Snow- 238 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. bank lake, which are somewhat farther north, are almost entirely devoid of such species. LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 249 53- Physcia cesia (HorrM.) Nyt. On rocks, frequent locally. Sterile. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, nos. 282 and 292. 54. Physcia obscura (Euru.) Nyv. On rocks and trees, rare. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 145b. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 172. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 642. No. 145b yielded spores a little large, 19-33 mic., and other- wise looks somewhat like P. pulverulenta (Schreb.) Nyl., but is black below. Apothecia have hispid borders, and the thallus is much smaller than that of any plants referred to the latter. 55. Physcia adglutinata (FLoERK.) Nyt. On trees, rare. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, nos. 82a and gia. 56. Pyxine sorediata Fr. On rocks and trees, rare but widely distributed. Collected in fruit three times. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 364, and July 2, 1897, no. 385. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 437. Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 633. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 746. Two Harbors, July 7, 1897, no. 790. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 912. 57. Umbilicaria muhlenbergii (Acu.) Tuck. On rocks, common or abundant. Grand Portage (Mt. Jose- phine), June 21, 1897, no. 53. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, nos. 245 and 246. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 537. Tofte (Carl- ton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 602. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 771. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 938. 58. Umbilicaria vellea (L.) Nyt. On rocks, common or frequent. Grand Portage (Mt. Jose- phine), June 21, 1897, no. 57, and June 24, 1897, no. 178. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 367. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 430, and July 5, 1897, no. 538. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 766. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 931. 59. Umbilicaria dillenii Tuck. On rocks, common. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 170. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 370. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 429, and July 5, 1897, no. 445. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 250 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 10, 1897, no. 599. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 775. Snow- bank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 937. 60. Umbilicaria pustulata (L.) Horr. var. papulosa Tuck. On rocks, rare to frequent. Spores reaching I00 mic. in length. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 371. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 542. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 756. Snow- bank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 932. 61. Umbilicaria hyperborea Horr. On rocks, rare, Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 23, 1897, no. 104. Not previously reported from NOnmesee and new to the in- terior within the United States. 62. Sticta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. On trees or rocks, rare or infrequent. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 115. «Tofte (Carlton peak), July jones 7) no: 609. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 720. ‘Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 802. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 981. 63. Sticta pulmonaria (L.) Acu. On trees or rocks, common or frequent. Grand Portage island, June; 19, 1897, no. 23. Rose lake; Jume) 26) 16607, no- 225. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 365. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 443. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 396. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 724. ‘Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 795. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 808. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 984. 64. Sticta limbata (Sm.)?Acu. On trees, very rare. Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 626. Only two plants collected with thallus also much like that of the Euro- pean Sticta fuliginosa. Spores brown, two-celled, constricted, 19-23 8-9 Not previously reported from Minnesota and only once from North America. (Oregon, by J. W. Eckfeldt.) 65. Sticta crocata (L.) Acu. On trees and rocks, rare. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no 597. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 685. Snow- bank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 940. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior within the United States. mic. bo Or _ Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 66. Sticta scorbiculata (Scopr.) Acu. Mossy rocks and trees, rare except at Grand Portage where frequent. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 176. ‘Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 629. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 67. Nephroma tomentosum (Horrm.) Korrs. On rocks and trees, frequent. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 26. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 541. Tofte, July ro, 1897, no. 634. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 803. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 68. Nephroma helveticum Acu. On rocks and occasionally on trees and earth, frequent. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 133. Gunflint June, 29, 1897, no. 235, and June 30, 1897, no. 250. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 540. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 740. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 605. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 921, and July 26, 1897, no. 961. Ely, July, 28, 1897, no. 1005. 69. Nephroma levigatum Acu. On trees, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 426. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 799. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 70. Nephroma levigatum Acun. var. parile Ny. On rocks, locally common. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. II3. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 71. Peltigera venosa (L.) HorrM. On earth and mossy rocks, rare, spores reaching 60 mic. in length and occasionally five-celled. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 150. Portage at south end of South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 207. 72. Peltigera aphthosa (L.) Horrn. On earth or rocks, common or frequent. Grand Portage Island, June 24, 1897, no. 177. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 248. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 526. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 770. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 829. PAT MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 73. Peltigera horizontalis (L.) Horr. On earth, frequent or common. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 30 and June 23, 1897, no. 121. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 247, and July 1, 1897, nos. 338 and 360. Mis- quah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 441. Tofte, July 12, 1607, nos. 630 and 631. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 723. Palisades, July 15,1897,no. 761. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, nos. 917 andg18. Part of the plants placed here agree somewhat with those reported elsewhere for Iowa and Minnesota as P. pulveru- lenta (Tayl.) Nyl., but though the sterile forms previously seen differ considerably from the fertile ones herein reported per- haps all must eventually be placed here. The sterile forms, occasionally light colored below, are crisped and broken prob- ably from unfavorable conditions which prevented their fruiting. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 74. Peltigera polydactyla (Nreck.) Horrm. On earth,common. Spores reaching 110 mic. Grand Port- age island, June 23, 1897, nos. 140 and.144. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 336. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 536. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no 726. Snowbank lake area, July 24,. 1897, no. 929, and July 27, 1897, no. 971. 75. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. var. spuria Acu. On earth, frequent or common. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 29. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 21, 1897, no. 54. Gunflint, July 1, 1607, nowg27eee beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 663. Palisades, July 1gyteo07, 10- 760. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 943. 76. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. var sorediata SCHAER. On earth, frequent. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 23, 1897 no. 118a. Gunflint, July 2, 1807;nougage lis- quah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 535. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10,. 1897, no. 589. Beaver’ Bay, July 13574807, a0.) 002. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 902. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 976. 77. Solorina saccata (L.) Acu. On earth, rare. Grand Portage island, June 24, 1897, no. 179. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the interior of North America. 78. Pannaria languinosa (Acu.) KoErs. On rocks, common. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, Fink >: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 253 no. 1. South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 195. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 272. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 435, and July 5, 1897, no. 457. ‘Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 561a. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 691. Snow- bank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 824. Nos. 195 and 457 showing the bright sulphur-colored plant common in Europe and only noted in North America by the present writer in the second paper of this series. 79. Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) DELIs. On rocks, frequent on Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 22. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 330. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 684. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 987. 80. Pannaria lepidiota Tu. Fr. On rocks and wood, infrequent. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 175. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 372. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 463 and 479. ‘Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 582. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 908. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 81. Pannaria flabellosa Tuck. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 128. Sterile, but having the narrow linear lobed thallus and blue-black hypothallus. The thallus does not show the ex- panded and striated lobes at circumference. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new west of New England. $2. Pannaria nigra (Hups.) Nyt. On rocks, rare. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 347. 83. Ephebe pubescens Fr. On rocks, rare, sterile. Palisades, July 13, 1897, no. 745. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. gor. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 84. Ephebe solida Born. (?) On rocks, rare and sterile. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 488. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 683. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 849. A short form growing in small dense tufts. 254 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 85. Collema pycnocarpum Nyt. On trees, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 27, 1897, nos. 968 and 974. 86. Collema flaccidum Acu. (?) On high rocks, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 495. Sterile, but with the thallus corresponding with tree forms farther south, except that the plant is larger. 87. Collema nigrescens (Hups.) Acu. On trees, especially Populus, common or frequent. Grand Portage, June 19, 1897, no. 36, and June 235 1607, me. 107. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 221. Gunflint, July 30, 1897, no. 266. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 483. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 783. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 822, and July 21, 1879, no. 874. Ely, July. 28, 1897, no. 1014. 88. Collema furvum (Acu.) NyL? On wet rocks, frequent. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 156. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 646. Not typical. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 89. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. . On rocks, rare and sterile. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 867. 90. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr. var. pulvinatum Moue. and NESsTL. On rocks, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 29, 1897, no. 965. Not previously reported from Minnesota. gi. Leptogium tremelloides (L.) Fr. On rocks andrarely ontrees. Widely distributed, but usually rare locally. Portage between South Fowl lake and Pigeon river, June 26, 1897, no. 208. Gunflint, July, 567, ues. 349 and 358. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 424. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 781. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 843, July 26, 1897, no. 962, and July 27, 1897, no. 974a. Ely, July 28, 1897, nos. 977 and 1008. 92. Leptogium myochroum (Euru., SCHAER.) TUCK. On trees and rocks, frequent. Grand Portage island, June 19,' 1897, no. 24. Gunflint, July 1, 16075) nGslga=e mone (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 598. Snowbank lake area July 19; 1897,.00.S20- Not previously reported from Minnesota. Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 255 93. Leptogium myochroum (Enru., ScHAer.) Tuck. var. tomentosum SCHAER. On trees, rare. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 559. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 94. Placodium elegans (Linx.) DC. On rocks, common. Grand Portage, June 21, 1897, no. 69. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, nos. 93 and 98. Gun- flint, June 30, 1897, no. 294, and July 1, 1897, no. 328. Mis- quah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 444. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 747. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 887, no. 444, looking toward the next in having orange-red apothecia. 95. Placodium murorum (Horrm.) DC. On rocks, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 450. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 96. Placodium murorum (Horrm.) DC. var. miniatum Tuck. On rocks, rare. Sterile. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 88. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 97. Placodium cinnabarinum (Acn.) Anz. On rocks, common at the one locality. Gunflint, July 2, no. 378. 98. Placodium citrinum (Horrno.) Letcur. On rocks, infrequent. No. 68 well fruited but with thallus nearly obsolete in some specimens. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no.68. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 117. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 461. 99. Placodium aurantiacum (Licutr.) Narc. and Hepp. On rocks, rare at first locality, frequent at second. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 127. Gunflint, June 30, 1897. nos. 296 and 298, and July 2, 1897, no. 389. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 661. No. 296 with a white thallus and otherwise not typical, but I can place it nowhere else. 100. Placodium cerinum (Hrepw.) Naerc. and Hepp. On trees, frequent. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 84. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 253, and July 2, 1897, no. 392. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 669. tor. Placodium cerinum (Hrpw.) Naec. and Hepp. var. pyra- cea Nyt. On old wood, common locally. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, “no. 682. ie 256 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 102. Placodium vitellinum (Enru.) Narc. and Hepp. On old wood, frequent. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 660. Spores simple or two-celled and reaching 3o in each ascus. 103. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) Narc. and Hepp. var. aurellum Acu. Onrocks, common at Gunflint, rare elsewhere. Grand Port- age island, June 24, 1897, no. 163. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 279, and July 1, 1897, no. 329. Tofte (Carleton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 618. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 903. Spores reaching 20 in asci. 104. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) Acu. On rocks, common or frequent. Grand Portage (Mt. Jose- phine), June 19, 1897, no. 47. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 73. Gunflint, June 30; 1897, mo 265.) 3 Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 486. Beaver Bay, Julysr3a; 1697, no. 705. Snowbank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 954. 105. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) Acu. var. heteremorpha Acu. On rocks, frequent locally. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 19, 1897, no. 47a. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 326. Pali- sades, July 15, 1897, no. 748. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 106. Lecanora muralis (ScHREB.) SCHAER. var. saxicola SCHAER. On rocks, common or frequent. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 75. Rose lake, June 20,1609 7quienmee me tis- quah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 513. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 643. 107. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. var. diffracta Fr. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 19, 1897, no. 46. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 108. Lecanora pallida (ScHREB.) SCHAER. On trees, infrequent. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 337. Not previously reported from Minnesota. tog. Lecanora frustulosa (Dicxs.) Mass. On rocks, frequent. Grand Portage, June 21, 1897, no. 78, and June 23,1897, no. 153. Gunflint, july 2; meeo yoo: Beaver Bay, July, 13, 1897, no. 706. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. ~— 4 he ’ Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 257 110. Lecanora sordida (Pers.) Tu. FR. Rocks, common at the last two locations which were high bluffs. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 185. South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 198. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 465 and 505. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 111. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. On trees and rocks, common on the former. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 131. South end of South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 202. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 500. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 274, and July 1, 1897, no. 305. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 588 and 595. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 780. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 825, and July 21, 1897, no. 855. 112. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. hypnorum ScHAER. Among moss on a cedar tree, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 494a. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 113. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. coilocarpa Ach. On trees and rocks, frequent. Grand Portage island, June entao7, no. 67- Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 301, and July eaeo7, 00. 339. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 481. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 608. 114. Lecanora varia (EuRuH.) NyL. On rocks, rare or infrequent and some specimens perhaps approaching var. polytropa Nyl. Grand Portage, June 19, fog, 00.41. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 307, and July 2, 1897, no. 380. 115. Lecanora varia (EHRuH.) NyL. var. sepincola FR. On wood, common at first locality. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 742. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 889. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 116. Lecanora varia (Euru.) Nyu. var. symmicta Acu. On old wood, rare. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 12. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 400. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 580. 117. Lecanora hageni Acu. On rocks, rare. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 357. 118. Lecanora hageni Acu. var. sambuci (PEers.) Tuck. 258 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On trees common locally. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1807, no. 25., |Misquah ‘hills, July 55 1897; 10.) SOl-se wire (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 575. A puzzling plant with exciple commonly entire or excluded and looking quite as much like forms of ZL. swbfusca (L.) Ach. or L. varia. (Ehrh.) Nyl. Spores reaching sixteen in asci. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 119. Lecanora elatina Acn. On trees, rare. Tofte, July 10, 1897, me. 633: Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 120. Lecanora pallescens (L.) ScHAER. On trees, infrequent or rare, but widely distributed. Mis- quah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 412, and July 5, 1897, no. 494. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 592. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 674. Two Harbors, July'17, 1897, no. 798. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 864, and July 27, 1897, no. 973. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 121. Lecanora tartarea (L.) Acu. On rocks, rare. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 988. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 122. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF. On rocks, common or abundant. The thallus varying in color from ash-color to a dull black. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 19, 1897, no. 39. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 74. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, nos. 285, 293a, 295 and 300. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 458, 468 and 493a. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 615 and 622. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 752. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 778. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 833. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. ggo. 123. Lecanora cinerea (L.) Sommerr. var. levata FR. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage, Jume\z2,mroo7suueNg4- Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 286. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 471. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 836. 124. Lecanora cinerea (L.) Sommerr. var. gibbosa Nyt. On rocks, rather rare. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 79. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 309a. Misquah hills, July 5 LOO7s NO. 492. Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 259 125. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SomMERF. (?) On rocks, rare. Thallus almost obsolete and spores only 10-14 ae | Not previously reported from Minnesota. mic. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 707. 126. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SomMERY. var. contorta Fr. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 155- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 127. Lecanora fuscata (ScuRAD.) TH. FR. On rocks, frequent. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June I9, 1897, no. 44a. Grand Portage, June 21, 1897, no. 71. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 331. 128. Lecanora fuscata (ScurAD.) Tu. Fr. var. rufescens Tu. Fr. On rocks, frequent at second locality. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 446. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 718, and July 15, 1897, no. 777- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 129. Rinodina oreina (Acu.) Mass. On rocks, rare, preferring high perpendicular rocks or larger masses of talus. No. 750 is an unusually coarse form, but must be referred here. South end of South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 203. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 518. Pali- sades, July 15, 1897, nos. 750 and 753. Snowbank lake area July 20, 1897, no. 854. : 130. Rinodina ascociscana Tuck. On trees, rare. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 340. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 594. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 131. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt. Abundant on drift pebbles at Beaver Bay, infrequent on wood elsewhere. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 95. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 651. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 702. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 853. 132. Rinodina sophodes (Acu..) Nyw. var. confragosa Nyt. On wood, rare. Spores 25 to 34 mic. in length. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 875. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 260 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 133. Pertusaria velata (Turn.) NY. On trees, infrequent. Portage, between Rose and Rove lakes, June 27, 1897, no. 210a. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 577. “Ely, July 28, 1307, nomron 7: 134. Pertusaria multipuncta (TurN.) Nyt. On trees, frequent at second locality. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 611. Snowbank lake area, July 28, 1897, no. goo. 135. Pertusaria multipunctata (TurN.) Ny. var. levigata Turn. and Borr. On trees, probably frequent. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 158. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 217a. Gzunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 389a. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 478. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to North America. 136. Pertusaria communis DC. On trees, nearly always cedars, common or frequent. Port- age, between Rose and Rove lakes, June 27, 1897, no. 210. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 217. -Gunilinty aly, 2397, no. 336, Misquah hills, July 7, 1897, nos. 453 and 499.. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 664, and July 15, 1897, no. 782. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, nos. 870 and 888. 137. Pertusaria sp. On trees. Spores nearly like the above in the few apothecia not transformed into soredia. Thallus lighter colored at cir- cumference with frequent two or three dark lines near circum- ference. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 410. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 688. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 826. 138. Pertusaria leioplaca (AcH.) SCHAER. On trees, widely distributed but seldom common in any local- ity. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 91. Portage between North Fowl lake and Moose lake, June 26, 18947, no. 192. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 218. (Gumihnt, june 9go, 1607, no. 275, and July 2, 1897, no. 399. Misqual nilisms jai s; 1897, no..4o1a. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1007) mOegou-mmee ly. July 28, 1897, no. 1010. Varying greatly according to sub- stratum. On young trees with smooth bark the thallus is thin and smooth and the ostioles frequently indistinct. On older trees with rough bark the thallus is thicker and broken, and Fink > LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 261 the apothecia are falsely lecanoroid. The last feature is due no doubt to great age of these plants which began growth when the trees were young. The extremes appear macroscopically like distinct species. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 139. Pertusaria pustulata (Acu.) Nyv. On trees, infrequent. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 228. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 310. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 418. 140. Pertusaria glomerata (AcH.) SCHAER. On rocks, very rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 490. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 141. Gyalecta fagicola (HEepp.) Tuck. On trees, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 880. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to west of of New England. 142. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyv. On rocks, rare or infrequent, but widely distributed and no. 126 with thallus approaching var. gypfsacea Nyl. Grand Port- age island, June 25, 1897, no. 126. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 302. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 473. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 701. Snowbank lake area, July 23, 1897, no. 899. _ Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 978. 143. Stereocaulon coralloides Fr. On rocks, frequent. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897. no. 549- Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 144. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. On earth among rocks, common. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 19, 1897, no. 49. Grand Portage island, ieee 2i, 19907, fo. 50. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 233. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 482. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 689. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 758. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 927. No. 49 seems to approach the above. Also no. 50 has the stout podetia of .S. tomentosum (Fr.) Th. Fr. and is somewhat tomentose. Yet it appears nearer herb. specimens of the above. 262 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 145. Cladonia symphycarpa FR. var. epiphylla (Acu.) Nyt. In crevices in rocks, rare. Habitat unusual but thallus too large for C. cespiticza (Pers.) Fl. Gunflint, July t, 1897, no. 363. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 146. Cladonia mitrula Tuck. On earth, rare. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 694. 147. Cladonia cariosa (AcH.) SPRENG. On earth, probably frequent. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, nos. 120 and 146. Gunflint, July a, 1607, mon327. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 509 and 533. Tofte (Carl- ton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 606. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, nos. 737 and 729; The forms listed here seem to me to be partly intermediate between this and the last having the habit of this, but some are rather small with the squamules usually small. C. mztruda Tuck. is the common form in southern Minnesota, but the better de- velopment of this region runs into the present species. Of the specimens here listed no. 146 is the best representative of the species and no. 120 the poorest. Some of the smaller ap- proaches C. symphycarpa Fr., which is itself a doubtful species. . 148. Cladonia decorticata FLOERK. On earth, rare. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 738. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to west of New England. 149. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. On earth, common. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 32. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, nos. 333) and 352-e0squan hills, July 5, 1897, no. 534. Tofte (Carlton peak), July ro, 1897, nos. 567 and 568. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 735. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 868, and July 27, 1897, no. 972. 150. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. On earth, rare. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 259. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 151. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tubeformis Fr. On dead wood and earth, common. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, n0: 129. Gunflint, June (go, 1Se7,emem2 oe. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 439. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 561. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 930. Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 263 152. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. radiata Fr. On earth and old wood, frequent. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 33 and June 24, 1897, no. 162.. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 234. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 840. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 153. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyv. On earth, common or abundant and extremely variable. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 35. Gunflint, July I, 1897, nos. 325, 344 and 345. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 508 and 522. ‘Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 550, 564 and 604. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 734. Snow- bank lake area, July 21, 1897, no 876 and July 24, 1897, nos. 922 and 923. 154. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Ny. var. verticillata Fr. On earth, rare, Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, nos. 35b and 35d. ‘Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 625. 155. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Ny. var. symphycarpia Tuck. On earth, infrequent, possibly as near C. degenerans Floerk. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 35a. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 156. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyv. var. cervicornis FLoERK. On earth, rare. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 231. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 157. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyv. var. hybrida Scuaerr. On earth, common. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 35c. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 346. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 433. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. $21, and July 24, 1897, no. 905. 158. Cladonia turgida (Enru.) Horrn. On earth, common at Gunflint. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, nos. 241 and 252. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 928. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 159. Cladonia turgida (Euru.) Horrm.var. conspicua (SCHAER.) Ny. Simeattn, frequent. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 237. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 425, and July 5, 1897, no. 525. Tofte, (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 603 and 637. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 264 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 160. Cladonia squamosa Horrn. On earth, common or abundant. Grand Portage island, June 24, 1897, no. 165. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 232, and July 1, 1897, no. 350, and July 2, 1897, no. 384. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 529. Tofte, July 22, 1807,.mecmoze and 632. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 719. Above Pali- sades, July 15, 1897, no. 772. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, nos. 913, 919 and 924. Ely, July 28, 1897, no.-995. 161. Cladonia squamosa Horr. var. phyllocoma RABENH. On earth, frequent. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 141. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 459. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, nos. 939 and 942. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to North America. 162. Cladonia cornuta (L.) FR. On earth, rare. Grand Portage island, June 24, 1897, no. 159. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 511. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 163. Cladonia delicata (Euru.) Fu. On old wood, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 692. 164. Cladonia cespiticia (PERs.) FL. On old wood, rare. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 586. 165. Cladonia furcata (Hups.) Fr. On earth, frequent. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, nos. 236 and 237. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 524. Above Palisades, July 15, 1897, no, 767. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. iq. 166. Cladonia furcata (Hups.) FR. var. crispata FL. On earth, common locally. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 168. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 249. Palisades, July T5,) LOO]. 11Osn75i7.- 167. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horrn. On earth, abundant or common. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, no. 2, and June 23, 1897, 135. |) Grameeonage (Mt. Josephine), June 19, 1897, no. 48. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 244. Misquah hills, July 5, 18907,.me@ss52m-00 ome. (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 548. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 732. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 759. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 926. Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 26 ou 168. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. var. sylvatica L. On earth, frequent. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 531. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 553. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, nos. 915 and 936. 169. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. var. alpestris L. On earth, common locally. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 171. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 351. Above Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 773. 170. Cladonia amaurocrea (FL.) SCHAER. On earth and rocks, common or frequent. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 21, 1897, no. 52. Grand Portage island, June 24, 1897, no. 164. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 243. Misquah hills, July, 5, 1897, nos. 530 and 532. Tofte (Carl- ton peak), July, 10, 1897, no. 552. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 769. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, nos. 935 and as Not previously reported from Minnesota. 171. Cladonia uncialis (L.) Fr. On earth, frequent or common. Grand Portage (Mt. Jose- phine), June 21, 1897,no. 55. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no.167. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 239. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 475. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 528. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 551. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 727. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 764. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 933. 172. Cladonia cornucopioides (L.) Fr. On earth, rare but widely distributed. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 166. Gunflint, July 30, 1897, no. 238. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 497 and 527. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 563. Above Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 754: 173. Cladonia deformis (L.) Horr. On earth, rare. Grand Portage island, ie 23, 1897, no. I51. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 174. Cladonia digitata (L.) Horr. On an old stump, rare. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 655. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 266 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 175. Cladonia macilenta (Enru.) Horr. On old wood and earth, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 510. Above Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 776. 176. Cladonia cristatella Tuck. On earth and old wood, abundant. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 31. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, nos. 322 and 332. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 417. Tofte (Carltom peak), July 10, 1897, no. 610. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, mo. 736. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 827. 177. Bzomyces byssoides (L.) ScHAER. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 109. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 178. Beomyces eruginosus (Scop.) DC. On rotton wood, common. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 16. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 309. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 404. Tofte, July 12) 2807. m0: Ogomeraecaver, Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 721. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. $23. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 179. Biatora rufonigra ‘Tuck. On rocks, frequent. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 19, 1897, no. 37. Grand Portage island) June 25,1467, 10: 64. South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 193. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 456. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 859. 180. Biatora coarctata (Sm., Ny.) Tuck. On rocks, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 709. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 181. Biatora viridescens (SCHRAD.) FR. On old wood, common locally. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 414. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 846. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 182. Biatora vernalis (L.) FR. On old wood, mosses and trees, frequent. Grand Portage Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 267 island, June 21, 1897, no. 61, and June 23, 1897, no. 149. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 262. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 183. Biatora sanguineoatra (Fr.) Tuck. On earth common. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 21 and 28. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 181. Gun- flint, June 30, 1897, no. 269, and July 1, 1897, no. 359. Mis- guah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 413. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 578. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 884. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 184. Biatora turgidula (Fr.) Nyv. On old wood, rare. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 14. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 185. Biatora leucophea (FLOERK). On rocks, infrequent. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 139, and June 24, 1897, no. 187. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 306. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 186. Biatora leucophea FLoERK var. griseoatra KorrRs. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 186. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new south of Arctic America. 187. Biatora uliginosa (Scurap.) FR. On earth, abundant near Disappointment lake. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 708. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 944. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 997. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 188. Biatora spheroides (Dicxs.) Tuck. On old wood, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. o47*- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 189. Biatora glauconigrans Tuck. On trees, rare. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 398. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new west of New England. 190. Biatora arthropurpurea (Mass.) Hepp. On trees, rare. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 56. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 811. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1007. 268 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 191. Biatora oxyspora (TuL.) Nyu. On Parmelia colpodes, rare. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 416. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 192. Biatora lucida (Acu.) FR. On damp rocks, rare. Grand Portage, June 23, 1887, no. 183. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 193. Biatora myriocarpoides (Nyv.) Tuck. On old wood, frequent locally. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 673. Apothecia larger than usual. 194. Biatora flavidolivens Tuck. On old wood, frequent locally. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 214. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 504. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new west of New England. 195. Biatora hypnophila (Turn.) Tuck. On trees, rare. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 273. Snow- | bank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 956. 196. Biatora negelii Hepp. On old wood, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 715. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new west of New England. 197. Biatora rubella (Euru.) RABENH. On trees, rare or infrequent. ‘Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 546. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 640. Snow- bank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 812, July 21, 1897, mo. 372, and July 24, 1897, no. go6. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1021. 198. Biatora fuscorubella (Horrm.) Tuck. On trees, infrequent. Snowbank lake area, July 17, 1897, no. 816, and July 21, 1897, no. 861. 199. Biatora schweinitzii Fr. On cedars, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 493. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 200. Biatora incompta (Borr.) HEpp. On trees, probably common locally. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 222. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 335. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 269 201. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) Tuck. On trees with moss, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 963. 202. Heterothecium sanguinarium (L.) F or. On old wood and occasionally on trees or rocks, common ex- cept in last region. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, nos. 318 and 319. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, nos. 409 and 415, and July 5, 1897, nos. 492a and 498. ‘Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 581. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 695. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 796. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 810. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 203. Heterothecium sanguinarium (L.) For. var. affine Tuck. On wood, rare. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 222a. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 204. Lecidea lactea FL. On rocks along lake Superior, common especially north. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 76, and June 23, 1897, no. 136. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 182. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 652. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 751. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 205. Lecidea crustulata Acn. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 137. Not previously reported from Minnesota and known else- where in North America only from Labrador by Eckfeldt and Arnold. 206. Lecidea lapicida Fr. On rocks, probably common locally. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 448. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the interior of North America. 207. Lecidea lapicida Fr. var. oxydata Fr. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 174. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 270 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 208. Lecidea speirea Nyt. On rocks along lake shore, rare. Grand Portage island, June™2351507, lo. 110. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 209. Lecidea albocerulescens (WuLF.) SCHAER. On rocks, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 484. 210. Lecidea platycarpa Acu. On rocks, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 474. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 211. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr. On trees and rocks, common. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, nos. 59b and 60, and June 23, 1897, no. 111. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 148. English Portage, June 26, 1897, no. 191.: Misquah) shills}> July 5; sco7,0eme.. 402. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 700. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 909. 212. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr. var. achrista SoMMERF. On trees, infrequent. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 59a. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 97. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 213. Lecidea melancheima Tuck. On old wood, rare. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 390. Mis- quah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 454. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 835. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 214. Lecidea cyrtidia Tuck. On pebbles, rare, thallus reduced and hence the black hypo- thallus prominent. Snowbank lake area, July 27, 1897, no. 969. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 215. Lecidea acclinis Fior. On cedars, rare. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 353. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 216. Buellia alboatra (Horrm.) Tu. FR. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 99g. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 217. Buellia parasema (Acu.) Tu. FR. On trees, common. Ely specimen having spores reaching I8—30.. ae mic. Grand Portage island, June 16, 1897, no. 4, and Fink = LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. Pi June 21, 1897, no. 65. South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 196. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, nos. 311 and 312. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 480. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 676. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, nos. 811a, 813 and 817. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 98ga. 218. Buellia parasema (Acu.) Tu. FR. var. triphragmia Nyt. On trees, infrequent. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, nos. 255 and 278. Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 613. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 219. Buellia dialyta (NyL.) Tuck. On pines, rare. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 792. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 220. Buellia myriocarpa (DC.) Mupv. On old wood, abundant locally. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 716a. 221. Buellia myriocarpa(DC.) Munn. var. polyspora WILLEy. On trees, rare. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. Io1t. 222. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tuck. On rocks, common or abundant. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, no. 5. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, nos. 281, 283 and 291. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 470. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 779. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 989. 223. Buellia petrea (Fior., Korrs.) Tuck. var. grandis FLOERK. On rocks, rare. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 293, and July I,.1897, no. 304. 224. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tuck. var. montagnei Tuck. On rocks, common or abundant. Grand Portage (Mt. Jose- phine), June 18, 1897, no. 42. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 379. ' Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 467. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 662. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 749. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 834. 225. Buellia geographica (L.) Tuck. On rocks, rare and approaching var. J/ecanorina Floerk Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 303. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 743: Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 272 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 226. Buellia parmeliarum (SomMERF.) Tuck. On Parmelia borrerz, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 885. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 227. Opegrapha varia (Pers.) Fr. On trees, common on cedars except along lake Superior. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 334. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 502. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 593. Snow- bank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 857. 228. Opegrapha varia (Pers.) Tuck. Fr. var. notha Acu. On cedars, locally abundant. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, NO. 220. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 229. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu. On trees, frequent or common. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 66... Gunflint, July 24 189075 essa aaa 37. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 576. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 716. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 858. 230. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu. var. recta (Hums.) Nyt. On birch trees, infrequent. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 189. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 405. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 650. Snowbank lake area, July 23, 1897, no. 897. 231. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu. var. limitata Acu. On trees, very rare. Resembles G. dendritica externally as to apothecia. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 451. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 232. Arthonia dispersa (ScHRAD.) Nyt. On Acer spicatum, abundant. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 86. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 590. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 714. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 845. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 979. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 233. Arthonia radiata (Pers.) Tu. FR. On trees in low places, common. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 123. Rose lake, June 28) a607.snem 220. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 315, and July@2)ya907, ene msco- Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 584, Beaver Bay, Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 273 July 15, 1897, no. 785. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 838. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 10713. 234. Arthonia punctiformis Acn. On trees, locally common. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 277. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 407. 235. Arthonia patellulata Nyt. On trees, rare. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 254. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 236. Calicium trichiale Acn. On trees, common locally. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 230. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 696. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 818. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 237. Calicium trichiale Acu. var. stemoneum Nyt. On pine, common. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. gg2. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 238. Calicium brunneolum Acu. On decorticated wood, common locally. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 800. Snowbank lake area, July 12, 1897, no. 860. Ely, July 26, 1897, no. 1000. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 239. Calicium chrysocephalum (Turn.) Acu. On trees, frequent. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 447. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 788. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 882. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1003. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the in- terior of North America. 240. Calicium chrysocephalum (Turn.) Acu. var. filare Scu. On cedars, rare. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 647. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Variety apparently new to North America. 241. Calicium parietinum Acu. On decorticated wood, common. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, no. 3. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 382. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 408. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 274 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 242. Calicium quercinum Pers. On dead wood, infrequent. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 229. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no 583. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 243. Calicium hyprellum Acu. var. viride Nyv. On trees, rare. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 476. Snow- bank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 877, and July 22, 1897, no. 893. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1015. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Variety new to North America. Stipes sometimes very short. 244. Calicium turbinatum Pers. On Pertusaria communis, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 664a. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 866. Not previously reported trom Minnesota. 245. Coniocybe pallida (Prers.) FR. On Fraxinus, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, nO. O31. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 246. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHarr. On rocks, along shore of lake Superior, very rare. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 8o. 247. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHAErR. var. complicatum SCHAER. On rocks, frequently 1000 feet above water level, frequent. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 19, 1897, no. 38. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no 102. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 445. 248. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. On rocks frequently inundated, common. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 211. Gunflint, July 1, 1897, no. 327, Misquah hills, July 7, 1897, no. 512. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 878. 249. Thelocarpon prasinellum Ny v. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 22, 1897, no. 90. The plant agrees here and not with saxicoline species, Euro- pean or American. 250. Staurothele umbrina (WanL.) Tuck. Wet rocks, common. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. Fink: LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION 275 462, 519 and 520. Snowbank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 957: Not previously reported from Minnesota. 251. Staurothele drummondii Tuck. On rocks along the shore, frequent locally. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 72. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 252. Verrucaria nigrescens Pers. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 184. 253. Verrucaria epigea (Pers.) AcH. On earth, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 944: Not previously reported from Minnesota. . 254. Sagedia oxyspora (Nyw.) Tuck. On birch, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 697. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- yerior of North America. 255. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acu.) Nagc. var. fallax Nyv. On trees, common. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 276. Mis- quah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 503. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 871, and July 26, 1897, no. 950. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 256. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WALLR.) Krp. On trees, common to west of region. Between Rose and Rove lakes, June 27, 1897, no. 209. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 391. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 499 and 507. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 828, July 20, 1897, no. 852, and July 26, 1897, nos. 955, 958 and 959._ Ely, July 28, 1897, nos. 100g and 101g. 257. Pyrenula cinerella (FLot.) Tuck. On birch, common. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 56. The only American specimens seen by me which show the spores as Jarge as those of the European plant. Spores meas- ured 12-18 by 6-9 mic. Spore measurements for the species in America are more commonly 12-17 by 5-7 mic., my lowa specimens giving 12-16 by 6-7 mic., and T. A. William’s from Nebraska, 15-17 by 5 %4-7 mic. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 276 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 258. Pyrenula cinerella (FLor.) Tuck. var. quadriloculata, var. nOv. Spores 12-15 by 5-6% mic., passing from 2 and occasion- ally 3-celled to a much more common 4-celled condition. The apothecia somewhat below normal size for the species. Pyren- ula punctiformis Ach., Naeg. var. fallax Nyl., quite commonly occurs with the species and variety, as it does with the latter in the present instance and with the former both in Minnesota and Iowa. On birch, probably common locally. Grand Portage island, June 24, 1897, no. 85. \ XIX. CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE LICHENS OF MINNESOTA.—V. LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY AND SOUTHWESTERN MINNESOTA. Bruce FInk. CONSIDERATIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT. The area considered in this paper was selected with a view to obtaining as complete a knowledge as possible of the lichen flora of the Minnesota river valley and of that of southwestern Minnesota in general. . The upper portion of the valley near Minneapolis would, of course, give a flora essentially like that of Minneapolis and vi- cinity already studied. Hence, for the month’s field work, it was thought best to begin operations at a locality a considerable distance from Minneapolis. As an initial place, Mankato, about 60 miles from Minneapolis, was selected. The location of this city is also advantageous in that it lies nearly midway between the Minneapolis and the northeastern Iowa areas compared carefully in the second paper of this series, thus forming a con- necting link between the two areas previously studied. After a careful study of the lichens of the Mankato area both to gain a knowledge of the lichen flora of the region and for the sake of relationships with the areas indicated above, New Ulm was next selected as an area of special interest because of the expo- sures of Cretaceous sandstone and the most southeastward ex- posures of quartzite rocks in the valley. At New Ulm only these two rock formations were studied, as time spent on other substrata present would only be repaid for most part by a repe- tition of the species found upon the same substrata at Mankato, only 30 miles distant. Three days were next spent at Red- wood Falls, Morton and North Redwood with a view to secur- ing rare species and noting the southeastern extension of certain species in the valley. From here I proceeded to Granite Falls. 277 278 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. This being the most northwestern area reached in the survey, its lichen flora was studied carefully. The final task was to study the lichen flora of the pipestone and the Sioux quartzite at Pipestone. A brief statement as to substrata is next in order. About Mankato trees abound, and three kinds of rock—limestone, sandstone and bowlders—are plentiful. I found only the two interesting substrata mentioned above at New Ulm. ‘Trees and bowlders were abundant, but were not studied for the reason al- ready stated. At Redwood Falls, Morton and North Redwood, granite trees and earth were examined for species especially rare or interesting. The great masses of granite, supposed to have been exposed since the close of the glacial age, formed the most interesting substratum at Granite Falls. This is also the most northwestern area in the valley where trees occur in any considerable numbers. The calcareous drift pebbles and cal- careous earth proved also very interesting here. The two sub- strata examined at Pipestone have been mentioned. I need to add only one statement more to make the analysis of substrata complete enough for the present purpose. This is that earth . was examined everywhere and furnished much of interest, as will appear later. The following rare lichens were found only at Redwood Falls, Morton or North Redwood: /Peltagera canina (L.) Hoffm. var. spongtosa Tuck. and Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. Also the area including the above places forms the most southeastern known extension of the following lichens in the valley: Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. var. prolixa Ach.; Pan- naria microphylla (Sw.) Delis; Omphalaria phyllisca (Wahl.) Tuck.; Lecanora frustulosa (Dicks.) Mass., and Buellia pul- lata Tuck. With this much in hasty review I shall pass to lo- calities more thoroughly studied. However, I may add here better than elsewhere in my paper that /?7nodina orezna (Ach.) Mass. and Lecanora xanthophana Nyl. are here and elsewhere in the valley far more abundant than I have ever found them in other regions. In attempting a general comparative study of distribution in the valley the places that present questions of greatest interest are the vicinities of Mankato and Granite Falls, where all sorts of sub- strata were examined. ‘The two areas were about equally well studied, though the former, because of the greater number and Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 279 less accessibility of rocky substrata, required more time. The former area furnished 151 species and varieties and the latter 124. A brief analysis of the causes of the advantage in favor of the former region can be best made by a consideration of the sub- joined table, giving the various substrata for both localities with the number of lichens most commonly found on each. Numbers for Mankato. For Grauite Falls. Trees 60 41 Rocks 55 54 Earth 22 17 Dead wood 14 12 A complete analysis introducing per cents as was made in a former paper is not necessary since general likeness except for trees is apparent inthe table. The difference in richness then is due mainly to absence of large areas of trees at Granite Falls. The slight differences in the other three items in the table is doubtless due to difference in moisture, the precipitation being 30.53 inches annually at Mankato for three years for which I could get data and 21.83 inches annually at Granite Falls for five years for which data were obtained. Difference in moisture doubtless also accounts in small measure for the ad- vantage of the Mankato area as to arboreal lichens. As to rocky substrata favorable to lichen growth little can be definitely given by way of comparison. As to kinds of rocks Mankato has an advantage in having the sandstone which is wanting at Granite Falls, and also in the great masses of lime- stone which are replaced at Granite Falls only by the calcareous drift pebbles and a few bowlders. Yet these two advantages are probably quite overcome by the great masses of exposed gran- ite at Granite Falls, not replaced at Mankato in any way, since granitic bowlders are equally abundant in both places. Comparing the Mankato vicinity with Minneapolis and with Fayette, lowa, two areas compared in a former portion of these studies, we find that it has a much richer lichen flora than the former region which gave only 113 lichen forms and probably nearly as rich as the latter which gave 157 lichens which one could expect to find in a study of limited duration. Minnesota has now furnished more lichens than any other state in the Mississippi Valley, having 351 species and varieties. Illinois with 249 lichens being next in order. Yet the fact that 280 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. northeastern Iowa, a portion of a State not so thoroughly sur- veyed and only having 226 known lichens, has 26 lichens not yet found in Minnesota, shows that the study of Minnesota lichens is by no means yet approximately completed, since a large part of these 26 rare or obscure lichens found already within 50 miles of the state certainly exist within its bord- ers in the southeastern portion, and other unstudied portions of the state may yet be expected to bring additions to the lichen flora in like proportion. A list of these 26 lichens could be added with habitats to aid in their discovery in southeastern Minnesota but an inspection of another paper* will give the names of them. A study of the table above, giving habitats and number of species for each, by per cents, would give a somewhat larger per cent. of lithophytic lichen species for the two areas consid- ered than a former study exhibited for the Minneapolis and Iowa localities and about the same per cent. as the lake Superior region. I subjoin, arranged according to habitat, a list of the 41 lichens added to the state in this paper. From the list it will be seen that more than half of these species are most common on rocks, and that the great Archean and Algonkian masses exposed throughout the upper valley alone produced one-third of them. For convenience of reference to the above statements I shall now add the table, placing rock species first, and then follow the list with further discussion. New to Minnesota on Archean or Algonkian rocks. Ramalina polymorpha (Acu.) Tuck. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. var. panniformis (AcH.) SCHAER. Pyrenopsis pheococca Tuck. Pyrenopsis melambola Tuck. Omphalaria phyllisca (WaAnL.) Tuck. Leptogium pulchellum (Acu.) Nyt. Lecanora sp. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. allophana Acu. Lecanora cinerea (PERs.) Ny . var. cinereoalba var. nov. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt. var. tephraspis Tuck. * Fink, B. Review of Lichenological Studies in the Upper Mississippi Valley, with suggestions for future investigations. In list to be published in Memozrs of the Torrey Botanical Club, Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 281 Rinodina lecanorina Mass. Urceolaria actinostoma PErRs. Buellia pullata Tuck. New to Minnesota on limestone. Omphalaria kansana Tuck. Omphalaria pulvinata Nyv. Collema plicatile ScuarEr. Collema pustulatum Acu. Lecanora bookii (Fr.) Tu. FR. Rinodina bischoffii (Hepp.) Korres. Buellia alboatra (Horrm.) Tu. FR. var. saxicola Fr. Staurothele diffractella (NyL.) Tuck. New to Minnesota on wood. Placodium ferrugineum (Hups.) HEpp. Placodium ferrugineum (Hups.) Hepp. var. pollinii Tuck. Cladonia cristatella Tuck. var. paludicola Tuck. Biatora flexuosa Fr. Biatora suffusa Fr. Buellia turgescens (Nyv.) Tuck. Opegrapha varia (Pers.) FR. var. pulicaris Fr. Arthonia sp. Endocarpon arboreum ScHWEIN. Pyrenula gemmata (Acu.) Nake. Pyrenula hyalospora Nyt. Pyrenula quinqueseptata (Nyu.) Tuck. Pyrenula glabrata (Acu.) Mass. Pyrenula megalospora sp. nov. New to Minnesota on earth. Heppia despreauxii (Monr.) Tuck. Heppia polyspora Tuck. Collema tenax (Sw.) Acu. Biatora decipiens (Euru.) Fr. Biatora decipiens (Euru.) Fr. var. dealbata Aucr. The list of species new to the state shows a large number of Pyrenulas, the genus being unusually well represented in the valley, especially at Mankato. It will also be seen that the 282 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. gelatinous lichens, the Co//emez, are especially conspicuous in the genera Pyrenopsis, Omphalaria, Collema and Leptogium. This happens because part of the valley is more favorable for their development as to substrata and moisture than other studied portions of the state. The part of the studied por- tion of the valley most favorable for their development is the Mankato vicinity where most of the gelatinous lichens were found. The whole number of Co//emez found in the valley is 17. Richness is apparent when we add that only four were found about Minneapolis, 11 in the lake Superior region and that only 16 are known in Iowa. It may be added that a large proportion of the species added to the state flora are of special interest for various reasons. Thus the Omphalarzas are not commonly collected; Lecanora booki (Fr.) Th. Fr. is a difficult lichen to detect; the Pyrenulas are difficult to distinguish macroscopically and are therefore commonly overlooked; members of the genus Pyrenopsis are seldom reported; while Urceolaria actinostoma Pers., Buellia pullata Tuck. and Heppia polyspora Tuck. are very rare lich- ens. tinodina lecanorina Mass. is reported for the first time from North America, and Lecanora cervina (Pers.) Nyl. var. © cinereoalba var. nov. is interesting because new. It may be noted in passing that the region shows some of the Arctic or sub-Arctic species found at Taylor’s Falls and already discussed in a former paper. These are Bratora rufonigra Tuck., two forms of Buellia petrea (Flot., Koerb.) Tuck. and an /phede, though not the species reported from Taylors Falls. As in the Taylors Falls region the Buellzz is the most common of these species being a crustaceous form well adapted to resist unfavorable conditions. The Svatora is next in fre- quency of occurrence and the Zphebe, a fruticulose form, was only seen once. So far as I was able to ascertain by careful search the foliaceous forms, Umdzlicaria and Vephroma, found at Taylors Falls have not succeeded in persisting in the Min- nesota valley. This failure of northern forms to persist so suc- cessfully may be accounted for perhaps in a very small degree by more southern position of the area now under consideration, but no doubt is due much more to climatic and edaphic factors which have allowed plant migrations to proceed northward more rapidly in the Minnesota valley than farther east in the state since the last retreat of the glaciers. This matter has been Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 283 touched upon by Professor C. MacMillan.* It is interesting to note that the strictly crustaceous Awellza is the only one of the more northern forms found in the state which persists as far south as Pipestone. Indeed, its abundance here and records of occurrence elsewhere well southward in low altitudes since Tuckerman wrote lead to the suspicion that it may not be so strictly sub-Arctic in distribution as I have supposed. It may be added that the Auweliza is the only one of these northern species persisting in the valley, which was found on bowlders at any considerable distance from the large masses of Archean and Algonkian rocks, which are supposed to have been exposed continuously since the close of the glacial epoch, and that it was only found once in very small quantity on a bowlder re- mote from these larger masses. It has been my plan to introduce in each paper of the series some feature regarding distribution which could be especially well illustrated by the area under consideration. In the study of the Minnesota valley and southwestern Minnesota I was able to keep in mind a variety of ecologic factors and to pre- serve the data necessary for their solution. This I had pre- viously done in part for several areas in Minnesota and Iowa so that in the present paper interesting and instructive comparisons can be made. Leaving other questions, then, thus briefly stated, I shall now pass to a consideration of the lichen for- mations of the region, causes of their peculiar make-up, and comparisons with similar formations within and outside the area under consideration. Aside from the purely scientific interest of the analysis to follow, it has a practical bearing, in that knowledge of the re- lation between ecologic factors and distribution enables the col- lector to predict in the field about what species of lichens he may expect to find in a spot having a given set of environmen- tal features. In the study species rarely found in the forma- tions have not been considered when there appeared to be doubt as to whether they were collected on their usual substrata, and rarer varieties have been omitted when showing the same habi- tat as other forms of the species. It will be readily granted that the commoner forms which give character to the flora are the ones which should receive attention in such a study. In * MacMillan, C., Observations on the Distribution of Plants Along the Shore at Lake of the Woods. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 967. 1897. 284 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. the analysis, especially as to amount of illumination and the roughness of ligneous substrata, it will be seen that lines can not be drawn very closely without entailing an amount of minutiz which would be confusing and therefore unprofitable. With the above brief statement as to the main purpose of the present paper, I shall begin the consideration of lichen forma- tions with the most distinct ones with which I am acquainted, viz., those of the Sioux quartzite at Pipestone. These forma- tions are distinct because for most part removed from trees from which lichens commonly migrate to rocks nearby, producing tension lines and mixture of formations and because the few young trees found, though large enough to bear the foliaceous lichens which commonly migrate to the rocks, have apparently been isolated from larger areas of trees from the beginning of growth and scarcely bear a lichen of any kind. The rocky substratum is for the most part horizontal and exposed to the sun’s rays. In a few places occur perpendicular rock expos- urés which are more or less shaded by trees, overhanging rocks or north exposure. A few ombrophytic lichens occupy these spots; but they are all strictly lithophytic species, none of them having, for the reason stated above, migrated from trees as we shall find to be the condition in a later analysis of other similar formations. Below I give first the lichen formation of the hori- zontal exposed rocks and second, that of the more or less shaded and damp rocks. Lecanoras predominate in the formations on exposed rocks, which may accordingly be named as follows: Lecanora formation of the horizontal exposed quarizite. (Pipestone). Parmelia olivacea (L.) Acu. var. prolixa Acu., C. Parmelia conspersa (Enru.) Acu., C. Physcia tribacia (Acu.) Tuck., C. Physcia cesia (Horrm.) Ny . Placodium elegans (Linx.) DC., C. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) NArc. and Hepp. Lecanora rubina (VILL.) Acu., C. Lecanora rubina (ViLu.) AcH. var. heteromorpha Acu., C. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF., C. Lecanora xanthophana Nyt., C. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 285 Rinodina oreina (Acu.) Mass., C. Buellia spuria (ScHAER.) ARN., C. Buellia pullata Tuck., C. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tuck. var. montagnei feck, C. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHAER. var. complicatum SCHAER., C. The formation on shaded rocks may be designated the Stauro- thele formation, after the prevailing genus. Staurothele formation of shaded or damp quartzite (Pipestone). Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHArR. Staurothele umbrina (Waunt.) Tuck., C. Staurothele drummondii Tuck., C. The lichen formations of the pipestone lying beside the quartz- ite were studied to ascertain to what extent the difference in chemical composition and hardness of the rocks would influence the distribution of lichens, other ecologic factors being identical. In the above table I have indicated species common to quartz- ite and pipestone by (C.), and the table shows that only three lichens were detected on the quartzite and not on the pipestone. The following three, all growing in exposed places, were found on the latter and not on the former. Placodium cinnabarrinum (Acu.) Auz. Placodium cerinum (HEepw.) Nagrc. and Hepp. var. sideritis Tuck. _ Lecanora muralis (Scures.) ScHAER. var. saxicola SCHAER. It is worthy of note that the differences are specific and that the formations are identical generically. The appearance of a certain plant in a particular set of ecological conditions is too complicated a matter for exact explanation in many instances, and I can offer no explanation as to why the few plants occur on one kind of rock and noton the other. Possibly the specific acid secreted by a particular species acts more readily on one kind of rock than on the other, but more probably the cause is other than this. Nor doI suppose that I have found, here or in other formations to be considered below, all the lichens grow- ing under a particular set of conditions. Yet the common ones _ which give character to the various formations were doubtless By. 286 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. all detected here as elsewhere, and the fact that 15 of 18 were found on each kind of rock demonstrates that difference in composition of rock in this instance has produced little, if any difference in lichen flora. A similar study of lichen formations on large rock areas of greater difference in composition as granite and limestone lying adjacent would be of special interest. To complete the lichen formations of the area, the earth- lichen formation must be considered. ‘This formation and simi- lar ones elsewhere may be called the Andocarpon hepaticum for- mations of exposed carth from a plant which is found in such formations in all parts of the state except the lake Superior region. Endocarpon hepaticum formation of exposed earth (Pipestone). Urceolaria scruposa (L.) INwa. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tubeformis Fr. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) Tuck. Endocarpon hepaticum Acu. Endocarpon pusillum HEpw. var. garovaglii Kpu. The region is a comparatively dry one because of small pre- cipitation of moisture, since the rocks lie high where there is little or no standing water to give moisture and because there are few trees to give shade. The lichen formations are accord- ingly rather poor in species, as will appear in comparisons to follow an analysis of similar formations. The rocky surfaces at Granite Falls present a much more complex set of conditions than those just considered, and yet, for my purpose, they may be classified, like the latter, into ex- posed surfaces, usually horizontal, and shaded surfaces, usually more or less nearly perpendicular. I shall now record these formations in the same order as in the last series; but after each shall compare it with the corresponding formation at Pipestone, giving, as far as possible, the probable cause of differences. Lecanora formation of exposed (usually horizontal) granite (Granite Falls). Parmelia olivacea (L.) Acu. var. prolixa Acu. Parmelia conspersa (EnHRuH.) AcH. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 287 Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuck. var. apiola Nyv., A. Physcia cesia (Horrm.) Nyt. Placodium elegans (Linx.) DC. Placodium murorum (Horrm.) DC., A. Placodium cinnabarrinum (Acu.) Auz. Placodium cerinum (Hepw.) Narc. and Hepp. var. sideritis Tuck. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) Narc. and Hepp. Lecanora rubina (ViLu.) Acu. Lecanora rubina (ViILL.) Acn. var. heteromorpha Acu. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER., A. Lecanora muralis (ScHREB.) SCHAER. var. saxicola ScHAER. Lecanora frustulosa (Dickxs.) Mass., A. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. allophana Acu., A. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. coilocarpa Acu., A. Lecanora hageni Acu., A. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SomMERF. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SomMERF. var. contorta Fr., A. Lecanora xanthophana Nyt. Lecanora cervina (PERsS.) Nyv. var. cinereoalba var. nov., A. Lecanora fuscata (ScHrAp.) Tu. Fr., A. Rinodina oreina (Acu.) Mass. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyv., A. Rinodina lecanorina Mass., A. Urceolaria actinostoma Perrs., A. Biatora rufonigra Tuck., A. Buellia spuria (ScHAER.) ARN. Buellia pullata Tuck. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tuck. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScuHArER., var. complicatum SCHAER. Comparing this lichen formation with the similar ones of the Sioux quartzite and the pipestone, we find it to contain all lichens found on the two except Physcia tribacia (Ach.) Tuck. and to contain fourteen not found on them, which I have marked as additions (A). The absence of the one species from the Granite Falls formation is doubtless an accident in plant distri- 288 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. bution whose explanation would be very difficult or impossible to trace; but it is quite remarkable that with this exception all the plants found in the two formations sixty miles away should oc- cur in this lichen formation also, especially since there could have been no rocky connection between the two areas since glacial times. It is not strange that the exposed granite lichen formation at Granite Falls should be a much richer one than the two exposed formations at Pipestone combined; for itis a much larger area, is connected with a limestone lichen formation and an epiphytic, and a number of swamps and ponds furnish mois- ture along the borders. Indeed the presence of ten of the fourteen additions may be more or less satisfactorily explained. These I shall proceed to consider serzatzm. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tucx., var. apiola Tucx.—a litho- phytic variety of a species common on adjacent trees. Lecanora frustulosa (Dicxs.) Mass.—a northern lichen not extending so far south as Pipestone. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu., var. alliophana Acu.—a variety of a species common on trees near by. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu., var. coilocarpa Acu.—as the last above. Lecanora cervina (PERs.) NyL., var. cinereoalba var. nov.— has not been seen outside the Minnesota valley. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SommMeERr., var. contorta Fr.—a lichen migrating from the limestone near by. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyx_.—found on trees of the region and perhaps migrating from them. Rinodina lecanorina MAss.—a very rare plant which, therefore, very probably does not exist at Pipestone or was overlooked. Urceolaria actinostoma PErs. Biatora rufonigra T'uck.—a northern form not extending so far south as Pipestone. Though somewhat confusing another similar lichen formation must be introduced here for comparison as follows: as the last above. Lecanora formation of exposed quartzite (New Ulm). Parmelia conspersa (Euru.) Acu., CTS. Physcia cesia (Horrm.) Nyt., CTS. Piacodium cerinum (Hrpw.) Narc. and Hepp. var. sideritis Pucks ii: _ Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 289 Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) Narc. and Hepp., CTS. Lecanora rubina (VitL.) Acn., CTS. Lecanora rubina (ViLu.) Acu. var. heteromorpha Acu., CS. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu., S. Lecanora varia (EuHru.) Nyv., AS. Lecanora cinerea (L.) Sommerr., CTS. Lecanora xanthophana Ny t., C. Rinodina oreina (Acu.) Mass., C. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt. Biatora rufonigra Tuckx., T. Biatora myriocarpoides (Nyu.) Tuck., A. Buellia spuria (Scuarr.) Arn., CT. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tucx., CTS. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) Scuarr. var. complicatum SCHAER., C. Comparing the above lichen formation with the similar ones at Pipestone and Granite Falls we find it to contain only two species which are additions to the three at the two places just mamed. These I have marked (A). It is about as extensive an area as the two at Pipestone combined, has about the same number of lichens as both and has 12 species (marked C) which are common to all the exposed rock lichen formations in the area considered in this paper. In general these 12 species may be regarded as the most constant of the exposed Archean and Algonkian rock lichen formations of southwestern Minnesota. As we multiply areas of comparison and especially as we introduce those at a greater distance the number of common floral elements very naturally decreases. Thus considering the similar forma- tion at Taylors Falls, we find only 8 species (marked T) com- mon to it and all the similar ones previously considered, and passing to the corresponding formation at Gunflint in the lake Superior region, the number found in all these similar forma- tions in widely separated areas of the state is found to be only 6 (marked S). These 6 species may be looked for with con- siderable certainty wherever such lichen formations are well de- veloped in the state. Other elements will vary according to relation to other adjacent formations, position northward or southward and in some instances eastward or westward in the state and to various ecologic factors which cannot be enum- erated fully. 290 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. We may now turn to the lichen formation of shaded or damp rocks at Granite Falls. This includes some flat rock surfaces somewhat shaded or simply wet part of the time, as well as the perpendicular shaded surfaces. I shall divide the formation into three parts—species naturally belonging to the rocks, those which have probably migrated from the trees near at hand and those which have probably migrated from the earth. Here and in another formation we have a mixture of elements, hence the following name is proposed: Mixed formation of shaded (or damp) granite (Granite Falls). A. PROBABLY NATURALLY BELONGING TO THE ROCKS. Ramalina polymorpha (Acu.) Tuck. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. farinacea SCHAER. Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) DE .Is. Pannaria languinosa (Acu.) KorrRs. Omphalaria phyllisca (WauL.) Tuck. Collema furvum (Acu.) Nyt. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. Endocarpon muriatum (L.) SCHAER. Staurothele umbrina (WaAunL.) Tuck. Staurothele diffractella (NyuL.) Tuck. Staurothele drummondii Tuck. B. NEAR TREES AND PROBABLY MIGRATED FROM THEM. Parmelia cetrata Acu. Parmelia crinita Acu. Parmelia borreri TurRN. Parmelia borreri TurRN. var. hypomela Tuck. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. var. sulcata Nyv. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. var. panniformis (AcH.) SCHAER. Parmelia caperata (L.) Acu. Physcia speciosa (Wutr., Acu.) Nyt. Physcia pulverulenta (Scures.) Nyt. Physcia obscura (HEuru.) Nyv. Pyxine sorediata Fr. Leptogium myochroum (Eurnu., SCHAER.) TUCK. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 291 Placodium aurantiacum (Licutrr.) NArG and Hepp. Biatora fuscorubella (Horrm.) Tuck. C. SPECIES WHICH HAVE PROBABLY MIGRATED FROM EARTH. Peltigera rufescens (NeckK.) Horr. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. Of the three parts of the formation under consideration only the first can be compared with the similar formation at Pipe- stone, and we find besides the 3 species of the Pipestone for- mation, 8 additional forms as a result of greater areas studied, more moist conditions near the Minnesota river, and where abundant ponds and marshes situated near the rocks give moist- ure, and where trees are numerous in some parts of the area and increase the shade. I must add that presence of the Feamalinas here, and their absence from shaded rocks at Pipe- stone leads to the suspicion that they may have sprung from Reamalina calicaris (L.) Fr. of the region, migrating from trees to rocks and acquiring the varietal, and in one instance the specific characters as an adaptation to changed environment. The question is as to whether these lichens are sufficiently plastic to acquire such new characters since trees have grown in the valley in post-glacial time. I can only say that I believe that they may be, and that it is quite as likely that the two Atama- finas should be placed in the second division of the formation as in the first. As to plants of the second portion of the formation, which I have designated as having probably migrated from trees, in some instances they are locally more abundant and luxuriant on the rocks than on trees. Hence a hasty consideration would lead to the conclusion that they have not migrated. But the luxuriant condition obtains on the rocks in Parmelia borreri Turn., a lichen seldom seen on rocks elsewhere, and many of these lichens grow on mossy rocks where lichens are commonly large. Also it is to be taken into account that these lichens are those usually found on large trees with rough bark. The larger trees were for most part destroyed years ago by man or fires, and these lichens, formerly common on trees, are preserved on rocks better than on the less permanent trees. Hence some of them are more common now on the rocks than on the trees, which are for most part second growth and not large. The 292 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. third division, consisting of two Peltzgeras, scarcely needs any special consideration. I shall next consider the similar shaded rock formation at New Ulm, which may be divided into those lichens naturally belonging to the rocks and those probably migrating from trees. Mixed lichen formation of shaded rocks (New Ulm). A. NATURALLY BELONGING TO THE ROCKS. Pannaria languinosa (Acu.) KoERB. Collema flaccidum Acn. Collema furvum (AcH.) Nyt. B. NEAR TREES AND PROBABLY MIGRATED FROM THEM. Theloschistes lychneus (Nyu.) Tucx., CTS. Parmelia crinita Acu., CTS. Parmelia borreri Turn., CTS. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr., CTS. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. var. panniformis (AcH.) SCHAER., Parmelia caperata (L.) Acu., CTS. Physcia speciosa (WuL¥r. Acu.) Nyt., CTS. Physcia pulverulenta(Scures.) Nyu., CTS. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tucx., TS. Physcia obscura (Euru.) Nyu., CTS. As to the shaded rock lichen formations of the region sur- veyed considering only plants naturally belonging to the rocks, there is not a single lichen that is common to all of them. Pan- narta languinosa (Ach.) Koerb. is the most constant element of such formations, which as a whole might be named for this plant were it not quite as common in shaded limestone forma- tions otherwise quite different from any of those on the rocks under consideration at present. Of the lichens of the shaded rock formation at New Ulm, which have probably migrated from trees, the nine marked common (C), may be taken as the ones most commonly occurring, as they were found also at Granite Falls in the similar formation. Those marked (T) all but one of the nine, occur in the similar formation at Taylors Falls. Other elements vary more with change in various eco- logic factors. The similar partial formation was noted at Grand Portage, especially on the island, and adding those Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 293 lichens (S) of it found in the corresponding ones considered above, subtracts none from the number of common species. Therefore, these eight lichens may be regarded as the elements of that portion of the shaded rock lichen formations which have probably migrated from trees, most widely occurring in such formations over the state. Only one day was spent in study- ing the New Ulm formations. A second day would have added somewhat to the list, yet doubtless all the dominant lichen floral elements were secured. Without entering into a detailed analysis, it will appear from an inspection of the lichens composing the formations for shaded and for exposed rocks that the species occurring in the former are for most part foliaceous or fruticulose types, while those given for the latter are in general crustaceous, or if foliaceous, at least closely prostrate on the rocks. This is what would be expected, since shade favors better development of thallus, so that those species showing good thalli crowd out the other species in shaded places, or when unshaded become shaded with the growth of trees. Next in order come the earth lichen formations of the rocky areas of Granite Falls and New Ulm. I shall first record the exposed formations for the two localities and compare with the similar formation already recorded for Pipestone. Then will follow the lichen formations of shaded earth at the first two sta- tions, which is scarcely developed at Pipestone. A consid- eration of calcareous-earth lichen formations follows, the pres- ent being formations of non-calcareous earth. Endocarpon hepaticum lichen formation of exposed earth (Granite Falls). Heppia despreauxii (Monr.) Tuck. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyt. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) Tuck. Biatora icterica Monr. Endocarpon hepaticum Acu. Endocarpon pusillum Hepw. var. garovaglii Keun. Endocarpon hepaticum lichen formation of exposed carth (New Ulm). Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr., CTS. 294 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cladonia turgida (Enru.) Horrn. Biatora uliginosa (ScHRAD.) Fr. Endocarpon hepaticum Acu., CT. Endocarpon pusillum Hepw. var. garovaglii Kpu., C. Comparing these lists with the one given for the correspond- ing formation at Pipestone, we find three common lichens which are marked (C) in the list above. Two of these marked (T) are also found in the similar formation at Taylors Falls, and one marked (S) is common in like formations in the lake Superior region. This plant is the most constant element in the exposed earth lichen formations of the State, and I should be disposed to name these Cladonta pyxidata lichen formations, were it not that the plant, though commonly present in exposed stations, thrives better in shaded ones. I must here emphasize that these, as well as the calcareous-earth lichen formations, grow on earth in rocky places where larger vegetation is scanty and scattered. Next in order come lichen formations of shaded earth, partly composed of plants which grow also, though not so well, in un- shaded places. From their dominant elements, these may be designated as follows: Cladonia-Peltigera lichen formation of shaded earth (Mankato). Peltigera rufescens (NEcK.) Horr. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. Peltigera canina (L.) Horrn. var. sorediata SCHAER. Collema pulposum (BERNH.) NYL. Collema tenax (Sw.) Acu. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Fr. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Fr. var. verticillata Fr. Cladonia-Peltigera lichen formation of shaded earth (Granite Falls). Peltigera rufescens (NEck.) Horrm., CT. Peltigera canina (L.) Horrm., CTS. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. var. sorediata SCHAER., CES: Collema pulposum (BERNH.) Nyv., CT. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 295 Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr., CTS. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr., C. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tubeformis Fr., TS. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyv., CTS. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyv. var. verticillata Fr., CTS. These two formations are remarkably similar, having 8 com- mon forms (C) of a total of nine lichens in each formation. Including the similar formation at Taylors Falls (T) we still have 7 lichens common to the similar formations for a large part of Minnesota, and extending the observation to the similar formation on Grand Portage island in the lake Superior (S) region, we yet have 6 lichens common to such formations selected from widely separated areas inthe State. This is the first kind of formation thus far considered which is found in the Minne- apolis area studied. Therefore data from this region have not been introduced thus far. Their use in the present considera- tion would not decrease the number of common elements, and I shall not add them. The three rarer Cladonzas of the region under consideration in the present paper, Cladonza symphycar pia Fr., Cladonia mitrula Tuck. and Cladonta cartosa (Ach.) Spreng. have been purposely omitted, as there is yet doubt as to whether their adaptation is ombrophytic. As to the nature of the lichens composing these earth lichen formations, it is apparent that those of the shaded earth forma- tions are as a whole more foliaceous or fruticulose and better developed as to thallus than those of the exposed earth forma- tion. The explanation is of course the same as that already given for exposed and shaded rock lichen formations. I shall now consider the one remaining earth lichen formation at Granite Falls and compare it with a similar one in another region. It 1s that of the earth among the calcareous drift peb- bles and small boulders on hill sides. From the calcareous nature of the earth and the presence of a Biatora seldom seen elsewhere than in such formations, the following name has sug- gested itself. Biatora decipiens lichen formation of exposed calcareous earth (Granite Falls). Heppia despreauxii (Montr.) Tuck. Heppia polyspora Tuck. 296 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyt. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) Tuck. Biatora decipiens (Enru.) FR. Biatora decipiens (Euru.) Fr. var. dealbata Aucr. Endocarpon hepaticum Acu. Some of the plants of this formation have been found at Mankato and also at Minneapolis, but the formation is not well developed at either place. However, it is beautifully developed at Fayette, Iowa, and because of its remarkable similarity there to the Granite Falls formation about two hundred miles distant, I give it below for the sake of comparative study. Biatora decipiens lichen formation of exposed calcareous earth (Fayette, Iowa). Heppia despreauxii (Mont.) Tucx., C. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyt., C. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) Tock Biatora decipiens (Euru.) FR., C. Biatora decipiens (EurH.) Fr. var. dealbata Aucr., C. Biatora fossarum (Dur.) Monr. Endocarpon hepaticum Acu., C. It will be seen that the two formations are identical except that each one contains one species not found in the other. Again, this slight difference becomes less significant when it is stated that each of these two plants not found in both formations is rather rare in the formation in which it occurs. The six lichens common to both formations I have indicated in the Fay- ette list (C). In both localities the formations are formed on hill sides and seen to be somewhat better developed on south- ward than on northward slopes. I have not seen similar forma- tions well developed elsewhere, but it is probable that they reach their best development on unshaded hill sides where other vegetation is scanty and where the lichens are washed with lime-impregnated water flowing down the slope during rains. Biatora decipiens (Ehrh.) Fr. and Endocarpon hepaticum Ach. are the most common plants of these formations, but the latter is quite as common in another formation of non-calcareous earth, which I have named for it, not confined to hill sides. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 297 Closely related to the above formations are two occupying the same areas and named for a lichen almost wholly confined tothem. They follow below: Lecanora calcarea contorta lichen formation of exposed lime- stone pebbles (Granite Falls). Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) NArGc. and Hepp. var. aurel- lum Acu. Lecanora calcarea (L.) Sommerr. var. contorta Fr. Lecanora privigna (Acu.) Nyu. Lecanora privigna (Acu.) Ny. var. pruinosa Aucr. Endocarpon pusillum Hepw. Verrucaria muralis Acu. Staurothele diffractella (Nyu.) Tuck. Like the last, this formation is not well developed in other studied portions of Minnesota, and I shall give the similar one for Fayette, lowa, for comparison. Lecanora calcarea contorta lichen formation of exposed lime- stone pebbles (Fayette, Iowa). Placodium cinnabarinum (Acu.) Auz. Placodium vitellinum (Enru.) Narc. & Hepp. var. aurellum Aeu., C. Lecanora muralis (SCHREV.) SCHAER. var. versicolor FR. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SoMMERF. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SommeErr. var. contorta Fr., C. Lecanora privigna (Acu.) Ny-., C. Rinodina bischoffii (HEpp.)KoEerRs. Biatora russellii Tuck. Endocarpon pusillum Hepw., C. Verrucaria nigrescens Pers. Verrucaria muralis Acu., C. Lichens common to the two formations are marked (C) in the Fayette list, and comparison shows marked similarity in the two formations about 200 miles distant, except that the latter is con- siderably better developed than the former. This is as would be expected when we consider that the Iowa region is one where limestones abound, while the Minnesota is one in which the limestone pebbles are those transported in glacial drift and are 298 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. less numerous. All the species of these formations, except the Biatoras, have been found elsewhere in Minnesota, but not ag- gregated into definite formations. Comparing the last two series of formations, viz., those of calcareous earth and those of drift pebbles of the same areas, it will be noted that the former, because of their position on dry hill-sides, consist as a whole of lichens having small foli- aceous or granular thalli, while those on the yet dryer and harder calcareous pebbles are almost entirely made up of strictly crustaceous plants. The formations of exposed and shaded limestone bluffs come next in natural order, and the analysis is difficult, since some of the lichens of these formations grow about equally well in sun- shine and shade. These I shall indicate by an interrogation point (?). From the prevalence of gelatinous lichens they may be named as follows: Gelatinous lichen formation of shaded (or damp) limestone bluffs (Mankato). Pannaria nigra (Hups.) Nyt. Pannaria languinosa (AcH.) KoErs. Omphalaria kansana Tuck.? Omphalaria pulvinata NyL.? Collema plicatile ScHAER. Collema pustulatum Acu. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. Placodium citrinum (Horrm.) LEIGcur. Biatora inundata Ir. Buellia alboatra (Horrm.) Tu. Fr. var. saxicola Fr. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHaAER. Staurothele umbrina (Wan_.) Tuck. Similar formations do not exist in other surveyed portions of Minnesota, except at Minneapolis, where the development is poor. It is as follows: Gelatinous lichen formation of shaded (or damp) calcareous rocks (Minneapolis). Pannaria nigra (Hups.) Ny t., C. Pannaria languinosa (Acu.) Korrs., C. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 299 Omphalaria sp. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr., C. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) Scuarr., C. Placodium citrinum (Horrm.) Lerieur., C. The plants of the Minneapolis list are all but one common (C) to both formations and may be regarded as characteristic of such formations. Since the last formation is poorly developed, I may add the similar one for Fayette, Iowa, which is better developed than either of the above. Gelatinous lichen formation of shaded (or damp) calcareous rocks (Fayette, Iowa). Pannaria nigra (Hups.) Nyv. Pannaria languinosa (AcuH.) Korrs. Omphalaria pulvinata Nyv.? Omphalaria umbella Tuck. - Omphalaria sp. Collema plicatile ScuHArrR.? Collema furvum (Acu.) Nyu.? Collema pustulatum Acu.? Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr. Leptogium chlorometum (Sw.) Ny. Placodium citrinum (Horrm.) Leicur. Biatora trachona For. Buellia alboatra (Horrm.) Tu. Fr. var. saxicola Fr. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHAER.? Staurothele umbrina (Waut.) Tuck.? The introduction of the Fayette formation is of special interest for the following reason. The first Minnesota formation is a mile back from the Minnesota river on a bluff along which the river once flowed, but which now is left dry except for the trees which overhang it and shade the lichens of the formation. The Fayette formationis on a bluff at the water's edge, and the plants are growing within one to ten feetof the water. Doubt- less this in part causes the greater richness. The Mankato for- mation is an interrupted one, none of the plants persisting in wholly unshaded spots. The Fayette formation on the other hand, extends for miles, without complete interruption, wher- 300 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ever the bluffs exist. With the greater amount of moisture at the water’s edge, some of the plants of the Fayette formation grow well in sunshine and even on south exposures. These I have indicated by an interrogation point (?). These, for most part gelatinous lichens, require a good amount of moisture; and if growing far from water seek shade for it. In the Fayette locality many trees have been cut recently along the bluffs so that the plants are more exposed than formerly. The Minne- apolis list can be considered a formation only in the sense of a group of plants growing under like conditions, for owing to somewhat dryer climate the formation is poorly developed as to individuals and may be designated as a scattered formation, only one or two of the species usually growing in one limited area, along the bluffs and long stretches of bluff between these areas frequently not bearing a single plant of the formation. Next in order comes the lichen formation of exposed lime- stone bluffs, which I shall designate as follows from the presence of a large proportion of angiocarpous lichens. Angiocarpous lichen formation of limestone bluffs (Mankato). | Theloschistes lychneus (NyL.) Tuck. Placodium elegans (Linx.) DC. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) NArc. and Hepp var. aurel- lum AcuH. Placodium aurantiacum (Licutr.) Nagc. and Hepp. Lecanora hageni Acu. Lecanora erysibe Nyu.? Endocarpon pusillum HEepw.? Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHAER.? Staurothele diffractella (Nyu.) Tuck. Verrucaria fuscella Fr. Verrucaria nigrescens PErs. Verrucaria muralis Acu. I might add similar formations from Minneapolis and Fayette, Iowa; but the analysis is very uncertain so that the comparisons could have little value. I shall now consider the sandstone bluff formations of certain localities, simply designating them as formations of damp sand- stone since they are found along streams where the rocks are Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 301 well supplied with moisture. The first of the formations is almost completely shaded, but the second is only partially shaded, moisture, the thing really sought by the plants, being sufficient in more or less exposed spots so that the less ombro- phytic plants of the group thrive twenty or thirty feet from the water’s surface, and even the more shade-loving ones are found in exposed spots nearer the water. I shall now record the formations as follows, designating the less ombrophytic plants of the second formation thus (?). For these formations I suggest the following name from a plant almost wholly con- fined to them in Minnesota. Usnea barbata rubiginea lichen formation of damp sandstone bluffs (Minneopa Falls). Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. farinacea SCHAER. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. hirta Fr. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. rubiginea Micux. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. var. sorediata Acu. Leptogium chloromelum (Sw.) Nyt. Pannaria languinosa (Acu.) Korers. Cladonia furcata (Hups.) FR. Cladonia furcata (Hups.) FR. var. racemosa Fr. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyv. Usnea barbata rubiginea lichen formation of damp sandstone bluffs (Minneapolis). Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. farinacea ScHArr., C. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. hirta Fr., C. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. rubiginea Micux.? C. Parmelia conspersa (Euru.) Acu.? T. Peltigera canina (L.) Horrm. var. sorediata Scuarr., CE. Pannaria languinosa (AcH.) Korrs., C. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. coilocarpa Acu.? T. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyu.? C. Cladonia cespiticia (Pers.) Fx., T. Cladonia cornucopioides (L.) Fr.? E. Endocarpon pusillum (Hepw.) var. garovaglii Kpu., E. 302 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Comparing the two formations we find six common lichens of a total of nine recorded for the first and eleven for the second. Similar formations occur at Pictured Rocks, Iowa, and at Rap- idan, but I shall not multiply lists. As in the instance of cer- tain formations on shaded granite or quartzite recorded above, both of these formations are more or less mixed, being made up of lichens strictly lithophytic in adaptation and of others which have doubtless wandered from trees or from earth. As I have not been able to study such sandstone bluffs at a distance from trees, I have not attempted a definite analysis of these more limited formations as I did for the formations of the shaded granite and quartzite, but have simply indicated in the second list those which have probably wandered from trees by (T) and those from earth by (E). I have omitted from these sandstone formations some of the rarer plants which I should have in- cluded had I attempted an analysis of these mixed formations. I shall now proceed to the two formations of trees, viz., that of rough barked trees and that of trees having smooth bark. The distinctions are difficult in some instances as certain species grow in both habitats. Consequently, as in some instances, in formations previously considered, some plants are recorded for more than one formation. Moreover, it must be added that some of those recorded for rough barked trees frequently seek the smoother portions of the bark. The subfamily Parmedez is especially well developed in the rough bark formations, which may accordingly be named as follows: Parmelei lichen formation of trees with rough bark (Mankato). Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. fraxinea Fr., G. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. fastigiata Fr., G. Theloschistes chrysopthalmus (L.) Norm., G. Theloschistes polycarpus (Euru.) Tuck., G. Theloschistes lychneus (Nyu.) Tuck., G. Theloschistes concolor (Dicx.) Tuck., G. Parmelia perforata ( Jack.) AcuH. Parmelia crinita Acu., G. Parmelia borreri TurN., G. Parmelia tiliacea (HorrMm.) FLorERK., G. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. Parmelia caperata (L..) Acu., G. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 303 Physcia granulifera (Acu.) Tuck., G. Physcia pulverulenta (ScuREB.) Nyv., G. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuck., G. Physcia tribacia (Acu.) Tuck. Physcia obscura (Euru.) Nyt., G. Physcia adglutinata (FLoERK.) Ny. Collema pycnocarpum Ny ., G. Collema flaccidum Acun. Leptogium myochroum (Euru., SCHAER.) TUCK. Placodium aurantiacum (Licur.) Narc. and Hepp., G. Placodium cerinum (Hrpw.) Narc. and Hepp., G. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu., G. Pertusaria pustulata (Acu.) Nyv. Pertusaria leioplaca (AcH.) SCHAER. Pertusaria velata (TurN.) Nyv. Biatora rubella (EHRH.) RABENH. Biatora fuscorubella (Horrm.) Tuck., G. Biatora subfusca Fr., G. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr., G. Buellia alboatra (Horrm.) Tu. Fr., G. Buellia parasema (Acu.) Tu. Fr. Opegrapha varia (PErRs.) Fr., G. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu., G. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu. var. limitata Acu., G. Arthonia lecideella Nyv. Arthonia radiata (Pers.) Tu. FR., G. Coniocybe pallida (PErs.) Fr. Pyrenula gemmata (Acu.) Nagce., G. Pyrenula hyalospora Nyv., G. Pyrenula nitida Acu. Pyrenula quinqueseptata (NyL.) Tuck. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WALLR.) Kpr., G. Pyrenula megalospora sp. nov., G. In order to avoid reproducing a large portion of the above long list of names, I have for the similar formation at Granite _ Falls marked those of the list found there (G) and add below the 304 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. only one found in the Granite Falls formation and not at Mankato, viz., Bzatora naegelit Tuck. Thus the mark (G) will indicate also those common to both formations and as a whole most characteristic of such lichen formations for the Minnesota valley. The Mankato area with its abundance of trees would, of course, be expected to possess richer tree lichen formations than Granite Falls, and with the exception of a single species, the rough bark formation of the latter area is but a partial repe- tition of that of the former. The formation on trees with smooth bark at Mankato con- tains all but two of the species of the similar formation at Granite Falls, and the treatment may be abbreviated as the last two above. The genus Pyrenula predominates in the forma- tion, and some of the species are among the lichens most char- acteristic of smooth bark. Therefore, the formations may re- ceive the name which follows: Pyrenula lichen formation of trees with smooth bark (Mankato). Theloschistes polycarpus (Enru.) Tuck. Theloschistes concolor (Dicxs.) Tuck., G. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Acu., G. Physcia adglutinata (FLoERK.) Nyt., G. Placodium cerinum (HEpw.) Narc. and HeEpp., G. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu., G. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt., G. Biatora fuscorubella (Horrm.) Tucx., G. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr., G. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu., G. Arthonia lecideella Nyt. Arthonia dispersa Ny., G. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acu.) Nage., F. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acu.) Narc. var. fallax Nyu., F. Pyrenula nitida Acu., F. Pyrenula thelena Acu., F. Pyrenula cinerella (FLot.) Tuck., F. Pyrenula cinerella (/Lor.) Tuck. var. quadriloculata var. nov. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WaALLR.) Kpr., GF. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 305 The two formed on smooth bark at Granite Falls and not at Mankato are Zecidea enteroleuca Fr. var. achrista Schaer. and Arthonia punctiformrs Ach. As in the rough bark formations, the one at Mankato is richer for the same reason and, strangely enough, my study of the Granite Falls area only discovered a single Pyrenula on smooth bark. My name is scarcely appro- priate for this formation, though it is for the one at Mankato as it would be for others from other localities in Minnesota and Iowa which might be added. Without adding another list or another complete formation, I have indicated by (F) in the above list the Pyrenulas of that list which occur on smooth bark at Fayette, Iowa. Persons acquainted with lichen species will readily observe in the lists for rough bark and smooth bark lichen formations, that the formation on rough bark is composed principally of the more foliaceous and fruticulose lichens while those of the smooth bark formations are in the main crustaceous lichens. This is possibly due in part to the fact that these foliaceous and fruti- culose lichens more easily gain a foothold on the rough bark which breaks up the thallus of the lichens adapted to smooth bark, thus tending to kill them. However it is probable that light, shade and moisture are also factors, the large trees fur- nishing more shade than the smaller ones. Next in order naturally enough we may consider the lichen formations of old boards and old wood, and the formations are so nearly alike for Mankato and Granite Falls that they may be treated in a single list by giving the Mankato list and marking (G) those common to the Granite Falls formation also. Our Calicez are lichens seldom seen in any other formations, hence the following name may be applied. Calicet lichen formation of old boards and wood (Mankato). Theloschistes chrysopthalmus (L.) Norm., G. Placodium cerinum (HEpw). Narc. and Hepp. var. pyrocea et... G. Lecanora hageni Acu., G. Lecanora varia (Enru.) Nyv., G. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Ny ., G. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt., var. exigua Fr., G. 306 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Buellia parasema (Acu.) Tu. Fr., G. Buellia turgescens (NyuL.) Tuck. Calicium parietinum Acu. Thelocarpon prasinellum Ny . The additions for Granite Falls are Cetrarza celiaris (Ach.) Tuck., Lecrdea enteroleuca Fr. and Calcium quercinum Ach. As in other instances the common forms are those most charac- teristic of such formations. I have not detected the Calsczum for which I have named the Mankato formations at Granite Falls, where it is replaced by another species, and I shall add the species, Acolium trgillare (Ach.) Dn., which is one of the Calice¢ common in the similar formation at Fayette, lowa, and the only one found in the like formation at Minneapolis. It must be admitted that the name used for these formations, while it may be applied, is not so appropriate for the related forma- tions in the lake Superior region where some of the Calicer grow on living bark and yet others on rotting wood. But one formation remains to be considered, viz., that of rot- ting stumps and prostrate logs. In these formations the most common plants are those of the genus Cladonza and the forma- tions may accordingly receive the following name: Cladonia formation of rotten wood (Mankato). Peltigera canina (L.) Horrn., G. Peltigera canina (L.) Horrn., var. sorediata SCHAER. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr., G. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tubeformis Fr., G. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Ny1., G. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyt., var. verticillata Fr., G. Cladonia symphycarpia Tuck. Cladonia macilenta (Euru.) Horr. Cladonia cristatella Tuck. The only species found at Granite Falls in the similar forma- tion and not at Mankato is Bratora flexuosa Fr. and the forma- tion may, with this addition, be indicated by marking (G) those plants of the Mankato formation common to both. Comparison with formations from other localities would show some varia- tion, but the Cladonzas would predominate and give character to the formations. Wood commonly rots in moist shady places,. Funk: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 307 furnishing an abundance of moisture, and we find accordingly that the formations on rotten wood are made up in large part of fruticulose lichens. The Cal/icez formations of old wood are exposed to drier conditions and are composed almost entirely of lichens having poorly developed thalli. I must emphasize here that lichens of nearly all the forma- tions enumerated above enjoy moist places, and that lack of moisture produces a decrease in richness both in size and num- ber of individuals and in numbers of species in the formations. I repeat this, which I have established for some parts of Minne- sota previously, because some persons may suppose that lichens, because of their xerophytic adaptations, thrive as well in the driest spots as in those affording more moisture. The excep- tions to this general statement will appear from a careful study of the analyses made of the various formations. The gelatinous lichen formation of shaded limestone (Minne- apolis) has been called a scattered one, and I have explained what is meant by the expression. Others of the same kind are the Cladonia-Peltigera lichen formations of shaded earth, the angiocarpous lichen formations of exposed limestone bluffs, the Calice? lichen formations of old wood and in some instances the Cladonia lichen formations of rotten wood, though in other in- stances half or more of the species of Cladonza of the forma- tion may be found ona single log. Thus formations of the kind last named and like the one first named in this paragraph differs from the other three named in the paragraph in that they may or may not be scattered while the three always are, so far as I know, except the Ca/rcez formation which may be found nearly complete on a few rods of old fence in some favorable instances. The two formations of trees are widely extended; but they are not scattered as I have used the term since one commonly finds a good proportion of the species of either for- mation in passing a short distance in the woods. Also in my classification we have the peculiar condition of two lichen formations occupying the same area. ‘This is illus- trated by the Bratora decrpiens lichen formation of exposed calcareous earth and the Lecanora calcarea contorta lichen formation of exposed limestone pebbles, or by the Lecanora lichen formations of exposed granite or quartzite and the Axdo- carpon hepaticum lichen formation of exposed earth. Yet it is apparent that the formations are distinct in both instances, the 308 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. division being based on substratum as well as amount of light and moisture. As a whole, the formations may be said to be azonal and without definite form or extent, both depending upon location of proper substrata, protection from or exposure to light, etc. In my paper I have used the expression ‘‘ lichen formation ” to include lichens only. Of course, these plants are in some instances found growing upon the same substrata and in the same general set of conditions as plants of other groups, and which might have been listed in the formations. However, I may be excused, in a paper on lichen distribution, for omitting other plants than lichens, especially since I could not possibly have treated the other plants with the same detail that I have accorded the lichens. I know of no other paper which has dealt exclusively with lichen distribution as I have done herein, and surely this anal- ysis must be helpful in the study of the lichen flora of other regions. The multiplicity of observations necessary for such a detailed study are not easy to make, and I am sure that much of interest has escaped me. However, I hope that this paper may stimulate others to study the lichens from an ecologic point ~ of view. LIST OF SPECIES AND VARIETIES. 1. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. fraxinea Fr. On trees and old wood, infrequent or rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 55, June 26, 1899, no. 102, andy jumen2s arcqa, no. 164. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 385 and July 13, 1899, nos. 510 and 533. 2. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. fastigiata Fr. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 54. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 275. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 518, and July 17, 1899, no. 588. 3. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. farinacea SCHAER. On sandstone and granite. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 154. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 305, and July 8, 1899, no. 349. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 460. 4. Ramalina polymorpha (Acu.) Tuck. ? On shaded granitic rocks in first locality and on a large bowlder in the second, rare. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 309 456, and July 13, 1899, no. 492. Pipestone, July 19, 1899, no. 641. The plants are placed here provisionally. They resemble in part ARamalina calicaris (L.) Fr. var. farc- nacea Schaer. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mis- sissippi valley. 5. Cetraria ciliaris (Acu.) Tuck. A single sterile specimen collected on an old cedar stump. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 570. 6. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. florida Fr. On an old stump, only seen once and then sterile. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 565. 7. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. hirta Fr. On sandstone, rare. Mankato (Minneopa), June 27, 1899, no. I5i. 8. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. var. rubiginea Micux. On sandstone and granite rocks, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 152. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 350. g. Theloschistes chrysopthalmus (L.) Norm. On trees and old boards, rare or infrequent except at Granite Falls, where the plant is frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 9. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 163. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, nos. 226 and 227. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 302, and July 8, 1899, no. 340. Granite Falls, July II, 1899, no. 387, and July 15, 1899, no. 549. 10. Theloschistes polycarpus (Euru.) Tuck. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 107. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 447, and July 15, 1899, no. 531. 11. Theloschistes lychneus (Nyv.) Tuck. On trees and rocks, frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 5. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 263. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 330. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 438, and July mg EOOO, 10. 579. 12. Theloschistes concolor (Dicxs.) Tuck. On trees and old wood, common at the first locality and rare at the second. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 7. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 377. 310 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 13. Theloschistes concolor (Dicxs.) Tuck. var. effusa Tuck. On trees rare. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 216a. 14. Parmelia perforata (JAca.) Acu. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 134. 15. Parmelia cetrata AcuH. On trees and rocks, rare except at the last locality where the plant is frequent. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 228. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, nos. 329 and 360. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 455, and July 17, 1899, nos. 550, 573 and 574. 16. Parmelia crinita Acu. On trees and granitic rocks, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 47. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 133. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 258. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 400 and 439. 17. Parmelia borreri ‘TuRN. On trees and granitic rocks, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 11. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 288. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 335. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 383 and 389. 18. Parmelia borreri TURN. var. rudecta Tuck. On trees and old wood, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 62, and Julye23501800, NOwso- 1g. Parmelia borreri TuRN. var. hypomela Tuck. On shaded granite rocks, rare and sterile. New Ulm, July By 1899; MOn 207 20. Parmelia tiliacea (Horrm.) FLOERK. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899. 21. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 106. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 264. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 341. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 414. 22. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. var. sulcata Nyv. On old wood and shaded rocks, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 165. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 586. 23. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Fr. var. panniformis (Acu. (SCHAER.? On shaded rocks, rare. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 268. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no 561. The plant is placed here provisionally. — Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 311 Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 24. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. On trees and old wood, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 61. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no. 537. 25. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Acu. var. prolixa Acu. On granitic rocks, quartzite, pipestone and once collected on earth, frequent except at the first locality, where it is rare. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 315. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 405. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 594, 609 and 621, and July 19, 1899, no. 643. 26. Parmelia caperata (L.) Acu. On trees and granitic rocks, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 53. Mankato (Minneopa) June 27, 1899, no. 153. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 285. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 441. 27. Parmelia conspersa (EHRH.) AcH. On granitic rocks, quartzite and pipestone, common or abun- dant. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 269. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 449. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 589, and July 19, 1899, no. 637. 28. Physcia speciosa (WuLr., Acu.) Nyt. On rocks and mossy bases of trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 13. New Ulm., July 5, 1899, no. 281. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 374. 29. Physcia granulifera (Acu.) Tuck. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 84. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 372. 30. Physcia pulverulenta (ScuREB.) Nyt. On rocks and trees, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 52. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 286. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899. no. 383. 31. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuck. On trees and rocks, common or abundant. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 1. New Ulm, July 5,.1899, no 297. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899 no. 431, and July 13, 1899, no. 481. 32. Physcia stellaris (L.) Tuck. var. apiola Nyt. On granitic rocks, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 44. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 463. 312 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 33. Physcia tribacia (Acu.) Tuck. On wood, granite and quartzite, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 77, and July 1, 1899, no. 216. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 517. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 601 and July 19, 1899, no. 634. 34. Physcia cesia (Horrm.) Nyt. On bowlders and all kinds of rocks in the region, except lime- stone, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 76. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos. 290 and 296. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 443. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 618 and 624. 35. Physcia obscura (Euru.) Nyu. On trees and rocks, common. Mankato, June 1899, no. 76a. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 289. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 378, and July 17, 1899, no. 583. 36. Physcia adglutinata (FLoERK.) Ny . On trees, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 45. Gran- ite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 382 and July 13, 1899, no. 482. 37. Pyxine sorediata Fr. On granitic rocks, rare. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 578. 38. Peltigera rufescens (NEcKk.) Horr. On earth and mossy rocks, frequent. Mankato, June 25, 1899, no. 48. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 150. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 251. Granite Falls, July II, 1899, no. 395 and July 17, 1899, no. 559. 39. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. On earth and rocks, common. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 149; New Ulm, July 5. 2309 sae2o2- Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 390, and July 17, 1899, no. 580. 40. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. var. spongiosa Tuck. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 357. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 41. Peltigera canina (L.) Horrm. var. spuria Acu. On earth, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 161. 42. Peltigera canina (L.) Horr. var. sorediata ScCHAER. On earth and old wood, rare, Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 121. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 260. Granite Falls, July 13, 18909, 00.52: Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 313 43. Peltigera horizontalis (L.) Horrn. On shaded earth, frequent locally. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 301. 44. Heppia despreauxii (Mont.) Tuck. On earth, rare at first locality and frequent at second. Man- kato (Rapidan) June 28, 1899. no. 177. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 394, July 13, 1899, no. 507 and July 14, 1899, no. 522. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 45. Heppia polyspora Tuck.? Onmearth, rare. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 498. Spores spherical or subspherical, = ieee hhis.. exceeds Tuckerman’s measurements. Apothecia occasionally surpass- ing one mm. in diameter. I may later find it necessary to separate this as new species. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 46. Pannaria languinosa (Acu.) Korers. On various rocks, earth and trees in shaded places, common or abundant. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 50. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 280. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 396, and July 17, 1899, no. 569. 47. Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) DELIs. On shaded granite, infrequent. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 345. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 384. 48. Pannaria nigra (Hups.) Nyt. On limestone, common locally. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 95. 49. Ephebe pubescens Fr. On quartzite, rare. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 257. 50. Pyrenopsis phzococca Tuck. On bowlders, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 74. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 51. Pyrenopsis melambola Tuck. ? On bowlders, frequent. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 189. Spores somewhat small (7-10 x 4-5 % mic.). Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 314 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 52. Omphalaria kansana Tuck. On limestone, locally frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, NO. 27. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 53. Omphalaria pulvinata Ny. On limestone, rare. Mankato, June 27, 1899, no. 148. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 54. Omphalaria phyllisca (WanL.) Tuck. On granitic rocks, rare. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 360, and July 8, 1899, nos. 338 and 343. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, nos. 572 and 584. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 55- Collema pycnocarpum Nyt. On trees and once on rocks, generally distributed in the Minnesota valley, but rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 60, and June 24, 1899, nos. 89 and 97. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 247, 1899, no. 136. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 309, and July 8, 1899, no. 355. Granite Falls, July 11, 189g. no. 380. 56. Collema flaccidum Acu. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 81. Mankato (Minneopa), June 27, 1899, no. 137. New Ulm, July 55, 1809, No. 270. 57. Collema pulposum (Bernu.) Nyt. On earth and rocks, common in first locality. Mankato, June 22, 1897, no. 3, and June. 23, 1899, no. Jo. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 417. 58. Collema tenax (Sw.) Acu. On earth, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 169. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 59. Collema plicatile ScHAER. On calcareous rocks, locally frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 28. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 60. Collema pustulatum Acu. On calcareous rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. i Not previously reported from Minnesota. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 315 61. Collema furvum (Acu.) Nyt. On shaded rocks, infrequent. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 283. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 307. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 391. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 62. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) Fr. On various rocks, usually shaded, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 49. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 328. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, nos. 480 and 497 and July 17, 1899, no. 568. 63. Leptogium pulchellum (Acu.) Nyt. Collected once on a large bowlder in a shaded ravine, rare. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 212. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 64. Leptogium chloromelum (Sw.) Nyt. On mossy, shaded sandstone, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 144. 65. Leptogium myochroum (Euru., Scuarr.) Tuck. On trees and shaded granitic rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 126. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 166. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 392. 66. Placodium elegans (Linx.) DC. On various rocks; common at Granite Falls, infrequent else- where. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 83. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 353. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 440. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 592 and 603. 67. Placodium murorum (Horrm.) DC. On granitic rocks, rare. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 452. 68. Placodium cinnabarrinum (Acu.) Auz. On various rocks, frequent or common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 73, and June 30, 1899, no. 200. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 320. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 369. Gran- ite Falls July 11, 1899, no. 411. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 607. 69. Placodium aurantiacum (Licutr.) Narc. and Hepp. On trees and rocks, common at first locality. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 19, and June 23, 1899. no. 38. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 375. 316 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 70. Placodium citrinum (HorrM.) Leicur. On limestone, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 117. 71. Placodium cerinum (HEpw.) Narc. and Hepp. On trees and old wood, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 18, and June 23, 1899, no. 75. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, nos. 178 and 179. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 432 and 435. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 553. 72. Placodium cerinum (Hrpw.) Narc. and Hepp. var. sider- itis Tuck. On granitic rocks and catlinite, common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 41, June 26, 1899, no. 114, and June 30, 1899, no. 198. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 247. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 444. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 613. 73. Placodium cerinum(Hrpw.) Naxrc. and Hepp. var. pyracea NYL. On old boards, infrequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 2. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 430. 74. Placodium ferrugineum (Hups.) Hepp. On old wood, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 17. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 75. Placodium ferrugineum (Hups.) Hepp. var. pollinii Tuck. On dead cedars, rare. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 230. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 76. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) NArc. and Hepp. On granite and quartzite, common. Mankato, June 30, 1899, no. 203. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 292. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 462. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 629. 77. Placodium vitellinum (Euru.) Narc. and Hepp. var. aurel- lum Acu. On granite, quartzite and sandstone, frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 10. New Ulm, July 4, 1699; nos-323357237 and 239. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 523. 78. Lecanora sp. On granitic rocks, frequent locally. Granite Falls, July 11, —16 1899, no. 408. Spores — mic. Seems near Lecanora gelida (L.) Ach., but the thallus is aa too rough and heavy. aaa Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 317 Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Miss- issippi Valley. 79. Lecanora rubina (Vitu.) Acu. On granite, quartzite and pipestone, common. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 160. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 248. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 4o1 and July 12, 1899, no. 451. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 617, and July 19, 1899, no. 644. 80. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) AcH. var. heteromorpha Acu. With the last, frequent. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 266. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 361. Granite Falls, July II, 1899, no. 409. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, and July 19, 1899, no. 642. 81. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. On calcareous rocks, granite and quartzite, common at Granite Falls, rare elsewhere. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 85. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 406. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 630. 82. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. var. versicolor FR. On calcareous rocks, rare. Mankato, June 30, 1899, no. 196. 83. Lecanora muralis (ScHREB.) SCHAER. var. saxicola SCHAER. On granitic rocks and catlinite, frequent. Mankato, June 30, 1899, no. 202. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 370. Pipestone, July 19, 1899, no. 638. 84. Lecanora frustulosa (Dicxs.) Mass. On rocks, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 351. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 371. Granite Falls, July II, 1899, no. 410. 85. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. On trees and rocks, common at Mankato only. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 43, and June 26, 1899, no. 125. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 271. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 376. 86. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. allophana Acu. On granitic rocks, infrequent. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 403 and 407. Not previously reported from Minnesota: 87. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. argentata Acu. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 78. 318 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 88. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. coilocarpa Acn. On trees, granite and sandstone, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 163a. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 210. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 446. 89. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acu. var. distans Acu. On sandstone, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 182. go. Lecanora hageni Acu. On calcareous and granitic rocks and on old boards, common. Mankato, June 21, 1899, no. 91, and July, 1, 1899, nos. 215, 217 and 218. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 426 and 436, and July 13, 1899, no. 506. g1. Lecanora varia (Enru.) Nyv. On old wood and trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 86. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 159. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 280." Gramite Falls; july a1, asq9, no. 386. g2. Lecanora erysibe Ny. On granitic rocks, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 63, and June 26, 1899, no. 131. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 504. 93. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF. On granite, quartzite and catlinite, common. Mankato, June 6, 1899, no. 62. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 261. Gran- ite Falls, ‘July 13, 1899, no. 493. | Pipestone; julio, 600, nos. 625 and 633. 94. Lecanora cinerea (L.) Sommerr. var. levata FR. On quartzite, rare. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 277. 95. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SoMMERF. var. gibbosa Nyt. On bowlders, rare. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 221. 96. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SOMMERF. On limestone, rare. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 188. 97. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SommerrF. var. contorta Fr. On limestone, drift pebbles and granite, infrequent. Man- kato, June 30, 1899, no. 199. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 333- Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 402, and July 14, 1899, no. 524. ; Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 319 98. Lecanora xanthophana Nyv. On granite, quartzite and pipestone, common. Mankato, June 30, 1899, no. 197. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 246. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 313. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 331. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 368. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 418. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 598 and 611. 99. Lecanora cervina (Pers.) Ny. On bowlders and sandstone, infrequent. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 179. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 192. 100. Lecanora cervina (Pers.) Nyu. var. cinereoalba var. nov. On granite, frequent. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. Igo. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 385 and 403, and July 12, 1899, no. 404. Thallus gray or grayish white. ror. Lecanora fuscata (ScHRAD.) TH. FR. On bowlders, common at Mankato. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 191. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 450. 102. Lecanora bookii (Fr.) Tu. Fr. On limestone, rare. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 193. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mis- sissippi valley. 103. Lecanora privigna (Acu.) Nyv. On sandstone and calcareous drift pebbles, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 171. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 508. 104. Lecanora privigna (Acu.) Nyv. var. pruinosa Aucr. With last on same substrata, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 170. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 514. 105. Rinodina oreina (Acu.) Mass. On granitic rocks, quartzite and catlinite, abundant. Man- kato, June 30, 1899, no. 201. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 245. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 367. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 602, 603 and 605. 106. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt. On trees, old wood and rocks, abundant. Mankato, June 23), 1899, no. 33, June 24, 1899, no. 93, and June 26, 1899, no. 115. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos. 267, 295 and 298. Granite | Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 427 and 428, and July 13, 1899, nos. 469, 486, 487 and 4or. 320 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 107. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyw. var. tephraspis Tuck. On quartzite, rare. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 632. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 108. Rinodina sophodes (Acu.) Nyt. var. exigua FR. On old wood, locally common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no: 22) Granite Falls, July 11, 1699, no. 4g4 10g. Rinodina bischoffii (Hrepp.) Korrs. On limestone and granite, rare. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 194. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 316. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 110. Rinodina lecanorina Mass. On boulders, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 127. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to North America. 111. Pertusaria velata (TurRN.) Nyv. On trees, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 26, 1899, no. 135. 112. Pertusaria pustulata (Acu.) Nyt. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 30, and July E, LOO, uO. 214. 113. Pertusaria leioplaca (Acu.) SCHAER. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 68. I 14. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) Nyu. On earth and rocks, infrequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 128. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 187. Red- wood Falls, July 8, 1899, no.. 332. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 393. Pipestone, July 19, 1899, no. 640. 115. Urceolaria actinostoma Pers. On granite, rare. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 416. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 116. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. On mossy rocks, only seen once in small quantity. Red- wood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 359. 117. Cladonia symphycarpia FR. var. epiphylla (Acu.) Nyu. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 108. 118. Cladonia mitrula Tuck. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 98. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 436. The last a small form approach- ing Cladonia cespiticia (Pers.) Fl. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 321 t1g. Cladonia cariosa (AcH.) SPRENG. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 103. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 336. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 587. 120. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. On earth, common or frequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 104. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 168. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos. 272 and 276, July 11, 1899, no. 397, July 12, 1899, no, 453, and July 17, 1899, no. 562. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 627. 121. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no 123. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 582. Pipestone,. July 18, 1899, no. 604. 122. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. var. tubeformis Fr. On old wood and earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. Paw New Win, July 5, 1899, no. 279. Granite Falls, July II, 1899, no. 425, July 13, 1899, no. 495, and July 17, 1899, nos. 551 and 563. 123. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. var. radiata Fr. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 337. 124. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Nyt. On old wood and earth, frequent at Mankato, elsewhere rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 4, and June 26, 1899, no. Ioo. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, nos. 468 and 488, and July 17, 1899, no. 556. 125. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Ny. var. symphycarpia Tuck. On old wood, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 99. 126. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Ny. var. verticillata Fr. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 101. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 557. 127. Cladonia gracilis (L.) Ny. var. hybrida ScHArr. On earth, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 158. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 347. 128. Cladonia turgida (Euru.) Horr. On earth, rare. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 253. 129. Cladonia cespiticia (PEerRs.) FL. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 342. _ Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 555. Be MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 130. Cladonia furcata (Hups.) Fr. On earth, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, nos: 155 and 157. 131. Cladonia furcata (Hups.) Fr. var. racemosa FL. On earth in shaded places, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 156. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 334. 132. Cladonia furcata (Hups.) Fr. var. pungens FR. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 303. 133. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horrn. On earth, frequent locally among granitic rocks. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 252. 134. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Horr. var. sylvatica L. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 358. 135. Cladonia macilenta (EuRuH.) Horr. On old wood, rare. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 195. 136. Cladonia cristatella Tuck. On old stumps, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 162. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 356. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 467 and July 17, 1899, no. 575. . 137. Cladonia cristatella Tuck. var. paludicola Tuck. Once collected on an old log. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 122. Squamules not powdery. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the upper Mississippi valley. 138. Biatora decipiens (Euru.) Fr. Common on earth containing calcareous drift pebbles. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 500. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 139. Biatora decipiens (Euru.) Fr. var. dealbata Aucr. Common on earth with the last. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 499. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 140. Biatora icterica Monr. On earth, rare. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 398, and July 18, 1899, no. 519. 141. Biatora rufonigra Tuck. On granitic rocks and quartzite, common. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 265. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 325. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 454. Fink ; LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. oe 142. Biatora coarctata (Sm., Nyx.) Tuck. On limestone and sandstone, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 113. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 173. 142@. Biatora coarctata (Sm., Nyx.) Tuck. var. brugeriana, SCHAER. On sandstone, locally abundant. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, nos. 139, 142, 145 and 146. Mankato (Rapi- dan), June 29, 1899, nos. 172, 174 and 176. 143. Biatora uliginosa (SCHRAD.) FR. On earth, infrequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 128. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 250. 144. Biatora myriocarpoides (NyL.) Tuck. On quartzite, locally common. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 300. 145. Biatora varians (Acu.) Tuck. On trees, probably frequent locally. Granite Falls, July Is, 1899, no. 502. 146. Biatora flexuosa Fr. On dead cedar, rare. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 477. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 147. Biatora hypnophila (Turn.) Tuck. On earth and limestone, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899; no. 36, and June 26, 1899, no. 120. 148. Biatora negelii Hepp. On trees, infrequent. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 484, and July 15, 1899, no. 530. 149. Biatora rubella (EuruH.) RABENH. On trees, common locally. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 35, and June 26, 1899, no. 130. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 138. 150. Biatora fuscorubella (Horrm.) Tuck. On trees and rocks, common at Mankato, elsewhere rare or infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 29. Mankato (Min- neopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 141. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 274. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, nos. 529 and 536. 151. Biatora suffusa Fr. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 37. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no. 540. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 324 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 152. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) Tuck. On earth, frequent and once on sandstone. Mankato, July I, 1899, no. 220. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 237. Red- wood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 344. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 433. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 590 and 5o1. 153. Biatora inundata Fr. On limestone and sandstone, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 24. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 234. 154. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr. On trees, common at Granite Falls. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 80, and July 1, 1899, no. 209. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 231. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 354. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 429, July 13, 1899, nos. 476, 479, 485 and 496, and July 14, 1899, no. 516. 155. Lecidea enteroleuca Fr. var. achrista SOMMERF. On trees, frequent. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, nos. 471 and 475, and July 15, 1899, no. 546. 156. Buellia spuria (ScHAER.) ARN. On granitic rocks, quartzite and pipestone, frequent or com-— mon. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 294. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 324. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, nos. 445 and 458. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 612. 157. Buellia alboatra (Horrm.) Tu. Fr. On trees, especially U/mus, rare at first locality and more common at second. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 15. Gran- ite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 382, and July 17, 1899, no. 577. 158. Buellia alboatra (Horrm.) Tu. FR. var. saxicola Fr. On limestone, shaded, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 16. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 159. Buellia parasema (Acu.) Tu. FR. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 34, and June 24, 1899, no. 85. New Ulm, July 3, 1899, no. 224. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 388. 160. Buellia myriocarpa (DC.) Mupp. On old wood, common or frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 20. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 184. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 552. our Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 32 161. Buellia pullata Tuck. On rocks, frequent. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 327. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, nos. 365 and 366. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 405. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 600. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 162. Buellia turgescens (NyL.) Tuck. On old boards, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 21. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 163. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tuck. On granite, quartzite and pipestone, abundant. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos. 242 and 293. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 306. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 422. 164. Buellia petrea (FLor., Korrs.) Tuck. var. montagne Tuck. On same rocks as last and even more abundant; however, only a single collection on a bowlder at first locality. Man- kato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 183. Morton, July 7, 1899, nos. 318 and 321. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 362. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 422a. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 593 and 620. 165. Opegrapha varia (PERs.) FR. On trees, abundant. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 40, June 26, 1899, no. 110, and July 1, 1899, no. 204. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, nos. 419 and 421, July 13, 1899, no. 483, and July 15, 1899, nos. 539 and 548. 166. Opegrapha varia (PeRs.) Fr. var. pulicaris (HorrM.) FR. On trees, rare. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no. 528. Not previously reported from Minnesota. , 167. Graphis scripta (L.) Acn. On trees, common at Mankato. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 14. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 503. 168. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu. var. recta (Hums.) Nyv. On birches, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. I41a. 169. Graphis scripta (L.) Acu. var. limitata Acu. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 23. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no 469, and July 15, 1899, no. 538. 170. Arthonia lecideella Nyv. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 69. 326 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 171. Arthonia dispersa (ScHRAD.) Nyt. On trees, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 25, and July 23, 1899, no. 72. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 490. 172. Arthonia radiata (PERs.) Tu. FR. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 470. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 489, and July 15, 1899, no. pee 173. Arthonia punctiformis Acu. On maples, rare. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no. 3414. 173a@. Arthonia sp. On trees, rare. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no. 541. With general appearance of Arthonia dispersa (Schrad.) 22-00. Nyl., but the colorless spores are four celled and esa mic. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 174. Calicium parietinum Acu. . On old wood, probably rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 8, and June 24, 1899, no. 87, Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 326% 175. Calicium quercinum Pers. Collected once only, oncedar. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 478. 176. Coniocybe pallida (PerRs.) FR. On a large oak, only once collected. Mankato, July 7, 1899, no. 206. 177. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHAER. Abundant on limestone bluffs, frequent on granite and rare on quartzite. Mankato, June 23, 1899 no. 46 and June 25, 1899, no. 59. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 312. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 373, and July 13, 1899, no. 474. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 606. 178. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) ScHAER. var. complicatum SCHAER. On substrata noted above and also on pipestone, frequent. Mankato, June 25, 1899, no. 57. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 249. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 363. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 448, and July 13, 1899, no. 495. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 615, and July 19, 1899, no. 639. oe Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 327 179. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. On rocks frequently wet, infrequent. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 322. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, 448a. 180. Endocarpon arboreum ScHWEIN. On trees and shaded rocks, once seen on each. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 308, and July 8, 1899, no. 339. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 181. Endocarpon hepaticum Acu. On earth and sandstone, common. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 175. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 235, and July 5, 1899, no. 244. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 364. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 384. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 623. 182. Endocarpon pusillum Hepw. On limestone bluffs, sandstone, calcareous drift pebbles, and once on earth, common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 39. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 236. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 442, July 13, 1899, no. 509, and July 14, 1899, no. 526. 183. Endocarpon pusillum Hepw. var. garovaglii Ken. On earth and sandstone, frequent. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 219. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 186. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 282. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 317. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 616. 184. Thelocarpon prasinellum Nyt. On old wood and sandstone, frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 6, and June 26, 1899, no. 132. I cannot bring that on sandstone under any of the rock species, and it seems to belong here. 185. Staurothele umbrina (WanL.) Tuck. On granite, limestone and quartzite, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 82. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 412, July 15, 1899, no. 547, and July 17, 1899, no. 566. 186. Staurothele diffractella (NyL.) Tuck. On sandstone, granite, quartzite and calcareous drift pebbles, rare. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, nos. 238 and 240. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 501, and July 17, 1899, no. 560. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 328 Fink ; LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 187. Staurothele drummondii Tuck. On granite, quartzite and pipestone, common in damp places at Granite Falls and Pipestone. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 327. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 457, July, 13, 1899, no. 494, and July 17, 1899, no. 554. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 595, 619, 622 and 628. 188. Verrucaria fuscella Fr. On limestone, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 42. 188a. Verrucaria nigrescens Prers. On limestone common and once seen on a granite bowlder. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 65, June 24, 1899, no. 96, and June 26, 1899, no. 116. 189. Verrucaria muralis Acu. On limestone in bluffs and drift pebbles, abundant at Man- kato. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 26. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 511, and July 14, 1899, no. 525. 190. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acu.) Naze. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 24, 1899, nos. 90 and 94. 191. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acu.) Nase. var. fallax Ny. On birch, infrequent. Mankato, June 24, 1889, no. 66, and June 26, 1899, no. 109. 192. Pyrenula gemmata (Acu.) Nake. On trees frequent. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 513. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 193. Pyrenula hyalospora Nyv. On trees, probably rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 32, and June 25, 1899. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 470. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 194. Pyrenula nitida Acn. On trees, rare. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 211. New Ulm, July 3, 1899, no. 222. 195. Pyrenula thelena (Acu.) Tuck. On birch, common. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 140. 196. Pyrenula cinerella (FLor.) Tuck. On trees, infrequent. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 143. Spores reaching 12-16 by 6-8 mic. in one collection. ‘Thus larger than usual American forms. Fink « LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 329 197. Pyrenula cinerella (FLoT.) Tuck. var. quadriloculata var. nov. On birch, probably rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 129. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 163a. Second time collected in Minnesota and both times from hosts of same genus. 198. Pyrenula quinqueseptata (Nyv.) Tuck. On trees, rare. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 208. Spores frequently showing 8 cells, which is not common for the species. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 199. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WALLR.) Kpr. On trees, common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 31. Man- kato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 180. Mankato, July 1, 1899, no. 207. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 464, and July 15, 1899, nos. 527, 535 and 543. 200. Pyrenula glabrata (AcH.) Mass. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 88. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 201. Pyrenula megalospora sp. nov. Thallus rather smooth, indeterminate, prominent, gray or grayish white. Apothecia scattered or occasionally aggregated in clusters of two or three, black or brownish black, convex with the ostiole-bearing apex somewhat pointed, semi-immersed or becoming more superficial, .4 to .75 mm. in diameter. Am- phithecium white. Paraphyses capillary and very distinct. Asci cylindrical, .25 to .3 mm. in length. Spores colorless, 2- celled, oblong with ends obtuse or somewhat pointed, somewhat constricted at the septum, large for 2-celled spores of the genus (35-60 by 14-21 mic.), 8 in asci, crowded and obliquely uni- seriate. On trees, frequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 112 and July 1, 1899, no. 209. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 381 and July 11, 1899, no. 576. XX. A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS. OF THE NATIVE AND GARDEN AQUILEGIAS OF NORTH AMERICA. iC: A vis: The name Aguzlegza (Linn. Sp. Pl. 533, 1753) is probably not from aguzla, eagle, as commonly given, but from aguzlegus, water-drawer. The name may have been applied from the supposed power of the roots to extract water from rocks, among which they so often grow. They are commonly called Colum- bines. Hardy perennial herbs, mostly with paniculate branches ter- minated by showy flowers ; leaves I-3 times ternately compound, commonly glaucous; leaflets roundish and obtusely lobed: flowers large, showy, appearing usually in spring or early summer; sepals 5, regular, petaloid; petals concave, produced backward between the sepals forming a hollow spur; stamens numerous; fruit of about 5 many-seeded follicles. About 30 species are distinct; all of the north temperate re- gions of the world. Nearly half of these (12) are natives of North America. Most of the native species and varieties are used in American and European gardens, and ten foreign spe- cies have already been introduced here. Agwzlegca furnishes many useful, ornamental forms eminently fitted for choice mixed borders and beds. A good, deep, rather sandy, well drained soil is the best. Seeds sown in pans, in cold frames in March, or open air in April, occasionally bloom the first season, but generally the second. The seed germinates slowly, and the ground should be kept moist on top during this period. The different species should, if possible, be kept some distance apart if pure seed is desired, as the most divers species hybridize directly. They may be propagated by root division but better by seed. Absolutely pure seed is hard to obtain except from the plants in the wild state; and some of the mixed forms are 332 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. quite inferior to the true species from which they have come. A. cerulea, A. glandulosa, and A. vulgaris are apt to flower only two or three years from the same plant and should be treated as biennials; but A. va/garzs may be kept active for a longer period by transplanting. The latest extended accounts of species in this group are by J. G. Baker, in Gardener’s Chronicle, 1878; and B. L. Robin- son, in Gray’s Synoptical Flora, 1: 42-45, 1895. In presenting this and the accompanying paper, I desire to extend thanks to all who have so kindly aided me in my studies of Ranunculaceous genera; particularly I am under obligations to Professor L. H. Bailey for many valuable suggestions at times of greatest need and for placing about me the largest col- lection of colored plant portraits and the largest garden her- barium in America, and to Professor W. W. Rowlee for placing at my disposal not only the entire collection of herbarium speci- mens in the department of botany of Cornell University, but also numerous living roots and plants from.which to better study vegetative characters. Kry TO SPECIES OF AQUILEGIA. A. Sepals not more than % or 34 inch long; expanded flower 1 or 11%4 inches in diameter. B. Limb of petal shorter than the sepal. C. Stem-leaves present; stem 114-to 2% feet high. D: Spur straight, not, knobbed=\-e--enaere lactifiora. DD. Spur knobbed, bent inward................ oxysepala. CC. Stem-leaves wanting; stem reduced to a short scape. Jonesti. BB. Limb of petal about equal to the sepal. C. Leafless or nearly so; stem scapiform.......... elegantula. CC. Leaves two or more on a stem. D. Plant low, slender (commonly 6-5 inches) ; spurs incurved. E. Leaves, stems and follicles pubescent. brevistyla. EE. Leaves, stems and follicles smooth. saximontana. DD. Plant one foot high or more; spurs nearly straight. E. Stamens protruding beyond the petal-limbs. F. Spurs somewhat knobbed...... Canadensis. FF. Spurs ‘not knobbed:i.2e-e virtdtfiora. Davis: A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF AQUILEGIAS. 333 EE. Stamens hardly protruding or shorter than petal-limb. F. Plant finely pubescent above. Buergertana. FF. Plant glandular- pubescent and viscid BS OMG wea eae a cea ad Bie so micrantha. AA. Sepais about one inch long; expanded flower about two inches in diameter. B. Spurs shorter than the petal limb, and incurved.... fabellata. BB. Spurs at least as long as the petal-limb. C. Stamens short, not much protruding. D. Spurs only slightly curved, not knobbed.../eptoceras. DD. Spurs much incurved or coiled. Be, Pellicles' densely: pubescents...-0: <4..:; vulgaris. Ea olicles: slabsOus. cvs ses Juney Aue, Trillium erectum L. Sp. Pl. 340. a75 3: Coll.: Lyon 17, Winnebago. June. Trillium: cernuum L.. Sp. Pl. 339.8 2753. Coll.: Herb. Wheeler 2, Winnebago. May. SMILACE#. Smilax herbacea L. Sp. Pl. 1030. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 376, Mayville; ~467,. Jetfersonsaiuly. Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 379 Smilax hispida Munt.; Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2: 302. 1843. Coll.: Wheeler 372, Crooked Creek; Lyon 258, Jeffer- son. July. AMARYLLIDACEZ. Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Covirte, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 118. 1894. Coll.: Wheeler 91, Winnebago. June. DIOSCOREACES. Dioscorea villosa L. Sp. Pl. 1033. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 322, Mayville; 364, Crooked Creek. July. IRIDACE. Iris versicolor L. Sp. Pl. 39. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 362, Jefferson. Aug. Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mivv. Gard. Dict. Ed. 7. 1759. Coll.: Lyon 75, Winnebago. June. ORCHIDACEZ. Cypripedium regine Wa tT. Fl. Car. 222. 1788. Coll.: Wheeler 192, Winnebago. June. Cypripedium candidum WILLD. Sp. Pl. 4: 142. 1805. Coll.: Wheeler 99, Winnebago. June. Cypripedium hirsutum Mriiu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 1768. Coll.: Wheeler 66, 82, Winnebago. June. Orchis spectabilis L. Sp. Pl. 943. 1753. Coll.: Herb. Wheeler 8, Winnebago. June. Habenaria bracteata (WiLLp.) R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew, Ed. 2a s eiQ2e- TOT. Coll.: Wheeler 106, Winnebago. June. Habenaria leucophea (NutT.) A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 502. 1867. oll: Wheeler 299, Crooked Creek. July. Habenaria psycodes (L.) A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. 38: 310. 1840. Coll. : Wheeler 386, Jefferson. July. Peramium pubescens (WiiLp.) MacM. Met. Minn. 172. 1892. Coll.: Lyon 100, Winnebago. June. Oo 380 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Leptorchis liliifolia (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 671. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler 107, 168, 195, Winnebago; 350, Crooked Creeks 301, Jefierson. ~ June; july: JUGLANDACEZ. Juglans nigra L. Sp. Pl. 997. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 243. Crooked Creek. July. Juglans cinerea L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1415. - 17635 Coll.: Lyon 62, 108, Winnebago. June. Hicoria minima (Marsu.) Brirron, Bull. Torr. Club, 15: 284. 1888. Coll.: Lyon 149, Winnebago; 238, 239, Mayville; 475, Jefferson. June, Aug. Hicoria ovata (Mitt) Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 15: 283. 1888. Coll.: Lyon 71, Winnebago; 474, Jefferson. June, Aug. SALICACEA. Populus alba L. Sp. Pl. 1034. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 159, Winnebago. June. Populus balsamifera candicans (A1r.) A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2, ATO. 10560. Coll.: Lyon 156, Winnebago. June. Populus grandidentata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 243. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 64, Winnebago. June. Populus tremuloides Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 243. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 88, Winnebago. June. Populus deltoides Marsu, Arb. Am. 106. 1785. Coll.: Lyon 125, Winnebago. June. Salix nigra Marsu, Arb. Am. 139. 1785. Coll.: Wheeler 265, Winnebago. June. Salix amygdaloides Anpers. Ofv. Handl. Vet. Akad. 1858: PLA. GO5O: Coll.: Wheeler 137, Winnebago. June. Salix lucida Muu. Neue Scrift. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 4: 239. PLIOs Sa 7. “EOOR. Coll.: Wheeler 1384, Winnebago; 232, Crooked Creek. June, July. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 381 Salix fluviatilis Nutr. Sylva, 1: 73. 1842. Coll.: Wheeler 136, Winnebago; 333, Crooked Creek. June, July. Salix bebbiana Sarc. Gard. & For. 8: 463. 1895. Coll.: Wheeler 343, Crooked Creek. July. Salix humilis Marsu, Arb. Am. 140. 1785. Coll.: Wheeler 181, Winnebago. June. Salix discolor Mun. Neve Schrift. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 4: Bee pia 0. fi TF. .1803. Coll.: Wheeler 138, Winnebago; 334, Crooked Creek. June, July. BETULACE. Carpinus caroliniana WALT. Fl. Car. 236. 1788. Coll.: Lyon 56, Winnebago. June. Ostrya virginiana (Mi_u.) WiLup. Sp. Pl. 4: 469. 1805. Coll.: Wheeler 200, Winnebago. June. . Corylus americana WALT. Fl. Car. 236. 1788. Coll.: Wheeler 22, Winnebago. June. Corylus rostrata Air. Hort. Kew. 3: 364. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 223, Winnebago; 275, Crooked Creek. June. Not previously collected from southern part of state. Local on bluffs. Betula papyrifera Marsu. Art. Am. 1g. 1785. Coll: Wheeler 215, Jefferson. June: Common, dry ridges. (Plates XXIII., A and XXIV., B.) Betula nisra L. Sp. Pl. 982. ' 1753. Sole wv heeler 553, jefterson..- Aug. Common in the lowlands of the Mississippi River. Berala lenta L. Sp.-Pl. 983. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 165, Winnebago. June. Not previously collected in the southern part of the state. Rare. Beeman lutea Wicux. f. Arb. Am. 2: 152. £/.\5. 1812. Coll.: Wheeler 199, Winnebago; 271, Crooked Creek; 325, Mayville. June, July. Frequent in moist locations along Winnebago and Crooked creeks. 382 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Betula pumila L. Mant. 124. 1767. Coll:; "Wheeler 272,"Crooked-Greek 2 June: Local along Crooked creek, forming large thickets in wet meadows. Alnus incana (L.) WiLup. Sp. Pl. 4: 335. 1805. Coll.: Wheeler 617, Brownsville. Aug. Local at mouth of Wild Cat creek. ; FAGACEA. Quercus rubra L. Sp. Pl. 996. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 640, 641, Jefferson. Aug. Common throughout. . Quercus coccinea Wanc. Amer. 44. pl. 4. f. 9. 14787. Coll.: Wheeler 644, 645, Jefferson. Aug. Common throughout. Quercus velutina Lam. Encycl. 1: 721. 1783. Coll. : Wheeler 642, 643, Jefferson. Aug. Prof. Sargent writes about 643: ‘* Collection 643, which I call 2. velutina, differs from that species as it usually occurs by the much smaller less tomentose buds; the acorns, however, are clearly from 2. velutina. I fre- quently have seen specimens of this same form from the region immediately west of the Great Lakes. It appears sometimes as if it might be a hybrid between Q. velutina and 2. coccznea but its occurrence is too frequent and its distribution too wide to admit of this supposition. With the present state of our knowledge I can but refer it to 2. velutina.” 2. velutina does not seem to be nearly so common in this region as 2. coccinea. Quercus alba L. Sp. Pl. 996. 1753. Coll.z Wheeler 638, Jefferson. (ue. Common on ridges of bluffs throughout. Quercus macrocarpa Micux. Hist. Chen. Am. 2. Al. 23. 1801. Coll}: Wheeler: 630, Jefferson. (Aug: Common throughout. Quercus platanoides (Lam.) Supw. Rep. Secy. Agric. 1892: BO Ga ESOS. Coll.: Wheeler 366, Crooked Creek; 456, 538, 654, Jefferson. July, Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 383 No previous collection reported from Minnesota. Reported by Garrison as frequent at several points near the head- waters of the Mississippi. Frequent on the lowlands of the Mississippi in Jefferson and Crooked Creek townships and in Allamakee Co., Iowa. Quercus prinoides WiLLp. Neue Schrift. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, geu3g7. T1801. Coll.: Wheeler 360, Crooked Creek. July. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Whether this is the species reported by Lapham as &. castanea Willd. cannot be ascertained as there are no specimens from Lap- ham’s collection in the Herbarium of the University. The specimens were collected from two trees on the side of a bluff in section 19, township 102 N., range 4 W. ULMACEZ. Ulmus americana L. Sp. Pl. 226. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 24, Winnebago. June. Ulmus racemosa Tuomas, Am. Jour. Sci. 19: 170. 1831. Coll.: Wheeler 315, Mayville. July. Infrequent on lowland near Crooked creek. Ulmus fulva Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 172. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 23, Winnebago. June. Celtis occidentalis L. Sp. Pl. 1044. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 240, Winnebago; 278, Crooked Creek; Lyon 374, Jefferson. June, Aug. MORACEZ. Morus rubra L. Sp. Pl. 986. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 368, Jefferson. Aug. Infrequent along Mississippi river. Humulus lupulus L. Sp. Pl. 1028. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 312, Winnebago. Aug. Cannabis sativa L. Sp. Pl. 1027. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 282, Jefferson. Aug. URTICACEZ. Urtica gracilis Air. Hort. Kew. 3: 341. 1789. Coll.: Lyon 126, Winnebago. June. 384 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Urticastrum divaricatum (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 635. 1891. Coll.: Lyon 117, Winnebago; 358, Jetfersonajeyjume; Aug. Adicea pumila (L.) Rar.; Torr. FI. N. Y. 2) 2230) “Ais'sya- onym. 1843. Coll.: Wheeler 327, Mayville; 653, Jefferson. July, Aug. Parietaria penusylvanica Munvu.; Willd. Sp. Pl. 43; 955. 1806. Coll.: Lyon ror, Crooked Creek. July: SANTALACEZ. Comandra umbellata (L.) Nurr. Gen. 1: 157. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 90, Winnebago. June. ARISTOLOCHIACE/. Asarum canadense L. Sp. Pl. 442. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 57, Winnebago. June. POLYGONACEA. Rumex acetosella L. Sp. Pl. 338. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 130, Winnebago. June. Rumex crispus L. Sp. Pl. 335. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 127, 158, Winnebago. June: Polygonum hartwrightii A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, 8: 294. 1870. Coll.: Wheeler 606, Brownsville. Aug. Polygonum emersum (Micux.) Brirron, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Seno: 73. 1O7Os Coll.: Wheeler 394, 458, Jefferson. July, Aug. Polygonum incarnatum Ev. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 456. 1817. Coll.: Wheeler 419, Jefferson. July. Polyonum hydropiper L. Sp. Pl. 361. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 494, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum punctatum Ext. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 455. 1817. Coll.: Wheeler 537, 539, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum orientale L. Sp. Pl. 362. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 448, Jefferson. Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 385 Polygonum virginianum L. Sp. Pl. 360. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 580, Jefferson; 597. Crooked Creek. Aug. The only previous collections from Minnesota are Sheldon, Madison lake and Sheldon, Zumbrota. Infrequent in moist woods along Mississippi river. Polygonum ramosissimum Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 237. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 514, Winnebago; 531, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum tenue Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 238. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler, 351, Crooked Creek. July. The only previous authentic collection from Minnesota is Moyer, Montevideo. Infrequent on dry sandy ridges. Polygonum convolvulus L. Sp. Pl. 364. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 451, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum scandens L. Sp. Pl. 364. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 646, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum sagittatum L. Sp. Pl. 363. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 387, Jefferson. July. CHENOPODIACEZ. Chenopodium botrys L. Sp. Pl. 219. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 472, Jefferson. Aug. Salsola tragus L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 322. 1762. Coll.: Lyon 396, Jefferson. Aug. AMARANTHACEZA. Amaranthus retroflexus L. Sp. Pl. 991. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 598, Crooked Creek. Aug. Amaranthus blitoides S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 273. 1877. Coll): Wheeler 452, Jefferson. . Aug. Acnida tamariscina (NuTT.) Woop, Bot. & Fl. 289. 1873. Coll.: Wheeler 522, 547, Jefferson. Aug. Froelichia floridana (Nuttr.) Moa, in DC. Prodr. 13: Part 2, 420. 1849. Coll.: Lyon 304, 325, Jefferson. Aug. NYCTAGINACEZ. Allionia nyctaginea Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 100. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 76, Lyon 40, Winnebago. June. 386 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Allionia linearis Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 728. 1814. Coll.: Wheeler 392, Jetfersonay July. Not previously collected in Minnesota. Collections Oest- lund 155 and Herrick 256, Minneapolis, in the Herbarium of the University and reported in Metasperme of Minne- sota Valley as A. Znearzs Pursh ? should be A. hirsuta Pursh. AIZOACEA. Mollugo verticillata L. Sp. Pl. 89. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 279, 302, Jefferson. July, Aug. CARYOPHYLLACE. Silene stellata (L.) Arr. f. Hort. Kew. 3: 84... 1812. Coll.: Lyon 254, Wheeler 508, Winnebago. July, Aug. Silene alba Munt. Cat. 45. 1813. Coli.: Lyon 164, Winnebago. June. The only previous collections from Minnesota are from Goodhue and Winona counties. Frequent along Winne- bago and Crooked creeks. Silene antirrhina L. Sp. Pl. 419. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 171, Winnebago. June. Cerastium longipedunculatum Mun. Cat. 46. 1813. Coll.: Lyon 8, Winnebago. June. NYMPHAACES. Nympheza advena Souanp. in Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 226. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 307, Crooked Creeks 45a yp emerson: July, Aug. (Plate 2OOVAI-3 es.) Castalia tuberosa (PAINE) GREENE, Bull. Torr. Club, 15: 84. 1888. Coll.: Wheeler 293, 439, 496, Jefferson. July, Aug. Nelumbo lutea (WiILLD.) Pers. Syn. 1: 92. 1805. Coll.: Wheeler 409, 494, Jefferson. July, Aug. Abundant in the sloughs of the Mississippi river at Jefferson. (Plate 2XV)., A.) CERATOPHYLLACEA. Ceratophyllum demersum L. Sp. Pl. 992. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 367, 480, Jefferson. Aug. Common in the sloughs of the Mississippi river at Jefferson and Crooked Creek. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 387 RANUNCULACE. Caltha palustris L. Sp. Pl. 558. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 244, Crooked Creek. July. Acteza rubra (Arr.) WiILLp. Enum. 561. 1809. Coll.: Lyon 450, Jefferson. Aug. Metea alba (L.) Mri. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll.: Lyon 16, Winnebago. June. Aquilegia canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 533. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 84, Winnebago. June. Anemone virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 540. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 9, Winnebago; 245, Crooked Creek. June, July. Anemone canadensis L. Syst. Ed. 12,3: App. 231. 1768. Coll.: Lyon 286%, Jefferson. July. Anemone quinquefolia L. Sp. Pl. 541. 1753. Coll.: Herb. Wheeler 4, Winnebago. May. Hepatica acuta (PursH) Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 6: 234- \18QT. Coll.: Wheeler 134, Winnebago. June. Syndesmon thalictroides (L.) Horrme. Flora, 15: Part 2, ime Bll; 34." 1332. Coll.: Wheeler 36, Winnebago. June. Pulsatilla hirsutissima (Pursu) Brirron, Am. N. Y. Acad. mel. 0 21 7a 1SOx: Coll.: Wheeler 73, Winnebago. June. Clematis virginiana L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 275. 1750. Coll.: Wheeler 194, Winnebago; 355, Crooked Creek. June, July. Atragene americana Sims, Bot. Mag. f/. 887. 1806. Coll.: Wheeler 259, Winnebago; 320, Mayville. June, July. Ranunculus delphinifolius Torr.; Eaton, Man. Ed. 2, 395. 1818. Sol): Lyon 2or, Crooked Creek. July. Ranunculus abortivus L. Sp. Pl. 551. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 15, Winnebago. June. Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L. f. Suppl. 272. 1781. Coll.: Lyon 364, 378, Jefferson. Au 388 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ranunculus septentrionalis Porr. in Lam. Encycl. 6: 125. 1804. Coll.: Wheeler 6, Winnebago. June. Batrachium trichophyllum (CuHarx) Bosscn, Prodr. Fl. Bot. 5 hi eesO. Coll.: Lyon 67, Winnebago. June. Batrachium divaricatum (ScHRANK ) Wim. FI. Schles. 1841. Coll.: Lyon 219, Mayville. July. Thalictrum dioicum L. Sp. Pl. 545. 1753. Coll.: Herb. Wheeler 13, Winnebago. June. Thalictrum purpurascens L. Sp. Pl. 546. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 99, Winnebago. June. BERBERIDACEZ. Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 205. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 92, Winnebago. June. Podophyllum peltatum L. Sp. Pl. 505. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 1, Wheeler 157, Winnebago. June. MENISPERMACE. Menispermum canadense L. Sp. Pl. 340. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 188, Winnebago. June. PAPAVERACEZ:. Sanguinaria canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 505. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 169, Crooked Creek. June. Bicuculla cucullaria (L.) Miiusp. Bull. W. Va. Agric. Exp. Diaege: 327s \orGags Coll.: Wheeler 12, Winnebago. June. CRUCIFERA. Lepidium apetalum WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 439. 1801. Coll.: Lyon 123, Winnebago. June. Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Scor. Fl. Cam. Ed. 2,2: 26. 1772. Coll.: Lyon 422, Winnebago. Aug. Sisymbrium altissimum L. Sp. Pl. 659. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 273, Wheeler 481, Jefferson. July, Aug. Brassica nigra (L.) Kocu, in Reehl, Deutsche FI. Ed. 3, 4: Figen elO3 3. Coll: Lyon 233/"Crooked Creek.» alge Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 389 vat Brassica arvensis (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 1888. Coll.: Lyon 86, Winnebago. June. Roripa palustris (L.) Bess. Enum. 27. 1821. Coll.: Lyon 200, Crooked Creek. July. Roripa nasturtium (L.) Russy, Mem. Torr. Club, 3: Part 3, ax", BOO: Coll.: Lyon 89, Winnebago. June. Cardamine bulbosa (Scures.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 4. 1888. Coll.: Wheeler 167, Winnebago. June. Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Brirron, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 172. 1894. Coll.: Lyon 120, Winnebago. June. Camelina sativa (L.) CrRanvTz, Stirp. Austr. 1: 18. 1762. Coll.: Lyon 213, Mayville. July. Draba caroliniana WaT. Fl. Car. 174. 1788. Coll.: Lyon 47, Winnebago. June. Arabis levigata (MunL.) Por. in Lam. Encycl. Suppl. 1: 411. 1810. Coll.: Wheeler 154, Winnebago. June. Arabis canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 665. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 111, Winnebago; 212, Crooked Creek. June, July. Arabis glabra (L.) Bernu. Verz. Syst..Erf. 195. 1800. Coll.: Lyon 122, Winnebago; 227, Mayville. June, July. Erysimum cheiranthoides L. Sp. Pl. 661. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 187, Crooked Creek; 226, Mayville. July. CAPPARIDACES. Polanisia graveolens Rar. Am. Journ. Sci. 1: 378. 1819. Coll.: Lyon 277, Jefferson. July. CRASSULACEZ. Penthorum sedoides L. Sp. Pl. 432. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 384, Jefferson. July. SAXIFRAGACEA. Saxifraga pennsylvanica L. Sp. Pl. 399. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 180, Winnebago. June. Heuchera hispida Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 188. 1814. Coll.: Wheeler 83, Winnebago. June. 3890 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Mitella diphylla L. Sp. Pl. 406. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 40, Winnebago. June. Parnassia caroliniana Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 184. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 587, Crooked Creek; 629, Brownsville. Aug. GROSSULARIACEZA. Ribes cynosbati L. Sp. Pl. 202. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 77, 110, Winnebago. June. Ribes uva-crispa L. Sp. Pl. 201. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 30,75, 248, Winnebago. June. Frequently adventive in open woods throughout. Ribes floridum L’HeEr. Stirp. Nov. 1: 4. 1784. Coll.: Lyon 82, Winnebago. June. HAMAMELIDACE. Hamamelis virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 124. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 150, Winnebago. June. Reported from southeastern Winona County. No Minnesota specimens in the Herbarium of the University. Local on north side of bluff in section 22 of Winnebago. ROSACEA. Opulaster opulifolius (L.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 949. 1891. Coll.: Lyon 33, 103, Winnebago. June. Spirea salicifolia L. Sp. Pl. 489. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 438, 464, Jefferson. Aug. Rubus occidentalis L. Sp. Pl. 493. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 55, Winnebago;, Wheeler 453, Jefferson. June, Aug. Rubus villosus Arr. Hort. Kew. 2: 210. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 105, Lyon 296, Winnebago. June, Aug. Rubus canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 494. 1753. Coll.; Wheeler 396, Jefferson. July. Fragaria americana (PoRTER) Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 222s ERE 2. Coll.: Wheeler 135, Winnebago. June. Potentilla arguta Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 736. 1814. Coll.: Lyon 247, Crooked Creek. July. Potentilla monspeliensis L. Sp. Pl. 499. 1753. Coll.): Lyon 430, Jetferson.: zine. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 3891 Potentilla canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 498. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 86, Winnebago. June. Geum canadense Jaca. Hort. Vind. 2: 82. f/. 775. 1772. Coll.: Lyon 209, Crooked Creek. July. Geum strictum Arr. Hort. Kew. 2: 217. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 277, Lyon 195, Crooked Creek. June, July. Agrimonia hirsuta (Muunv.) BickneELL, Bull. Torr. Club, 23: 509. 1896. Colle: yon 166;°228, Crooked Creek: July. Rose blanda Air. Hort. Kew. 2: 202. 1789. Coll.: Lyon 37, 431, Winnebago. June, Aug. Rosa arkansana PorTER, Syn. Fl. Colo. 38. 1874. Coll.: Wheeler 441, Lyon 343, Jefferson; Lyon 339, Winnebago. Aug. POMACEZ. Malus ioensis (Woop) BritTon, in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 2: 2252 000. 1807. Coll. : Wheeler 88, 160, Winnebago ; 605, Crooked Creek. June, Aug. Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Mepic. Geschichte, 79. 1793. Coll.: Wheeler 37, 500, Winnebago. June, Aug. Amelanchier botryapium (L. f.) DC. Prodr. 2: 632. 1825. Coll.: Wheeler 253, Winnebago. June. Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 473. As synonym. 1840. Coll.: Wheeler 203, Winnebago. June. Crategus punctata Jaca. Hort. Vind. 1: 10. p/. 28. 1770. Coll.: Wheeler 141, 651, Winnebago. June, Aug. Crategus coccinea L. Sp. Pl. 476. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 101, Winnebago, June. Crategus macracantha Lopp.; Loudon, Arb. Brit. Ed. 2, 2: 819. 1854. Coll.: Wheeler 499, Winnebago. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Crategus tomentosa L. Sp. Pl. 476. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 3, Wheeler 140, Winnebago. June. 392 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. DRUPACEA. Prunus americana Marsu. Arb. Am. 111. 1785. Coll.: Wheeler 353, Crooked Creek. July. Prunus nigra Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 165. 1780. Coll.: Wheeler 321, 354, Mayville; 501, Winnebago. July, Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. This species has been recognized by horticulturists in several parts of the state but no previous authentic collections are known to have been made. It is common on the lowlands of the North and South forks of Crooked creek. Also col- lected on the banks of Winnebago Se and in East Burns valley, Winona county. Prunus virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 473. 1753- Coll.: Wheeler 345, Crooked*@reck. ajmly Prunus serotina Euru. Beitr. 3: 20. 1788. Coll.: Wheeler 178, Winnebago. June. CHSALPINACEZ. Cassia chameacrista L. Sp. Pl. 379. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 256, Jefferson. July. Gleditsia triacanthos L. Sp. Pl. 1056. 1753. Coll.: Lyon and Wheeler; 413, W. Jefferson. July. Not previously reported from Minnesota. This tree has been frequently cultivated for ornament throughout the southern part of the state but no native trees have previously been reported. It is frequent on the islands of the Mississippi river in northeastern Iowa and extends north along the river into Houston county, Minnesota, where it probably reaches its northern limit. The tree from which the col- lection was made is 59 feet high and has a trunk-circum- ference of 6 feet, 3 feet from the ground. Gymnocladus dioica Kocn, Dendrol. 1: 5. 1869. Coll.: Lyon 193, 230, Crooked Creek;)27a, )emersoa. uly (Plate SOXSTV A) PAPILIONACE. Baptisia bracteata ELL. Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1: 469. 1817. Coll.: Wheeler 94, Lyon 34, Winnebago; Lyon 202, Crooked Creek. « June; July Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 393 Baptisia leucantha T.& G. Fl. N. A. 1: 385. 1840. Coll.: Lyon 194, Crooked Creek. July. Trifolium hybridum L. Sp. Pl. 766. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 421, Winnebago. Aug. Trifolium repens L. Sp. Pl. 767. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 118, Winnebago. June. Amorpha fruticosa L. Sp. Pl. 713. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 473, Jefferson. Aug. Amorpha canescens Pursnu, Fl. Am. Sept. 467. 1814. Coll.: Wheeler 291, Mayville. July. Kuhnistera candida (WiLLp.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 192. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler 397, Jefferson. July. Kuhnistera purpurea (VENT.) MacM. Met. Minn. 329. 1892. Coll.: Lyon 262, Jefferson. July. Astragalus carolinianus L. Sp. Pl. 757. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 257, 395, Jefferson. July, Aug. Meibomia grandiflora (WaALT.) KunTzE, Rev. Gen. Pl. 196. 189I. Coll. : Lyon 198, 246, Crooked Creek. July. Meibomia dillenii (DARL.) KunTzE, Rev. Gen. Pl. 195. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler 482, Jefferson. Aug. No previously collected Minnesota specimens in the Her- barium of the University. Meibomia illinoensis (A. Gray) KunTzE, Rev. Gen. Pl. 198. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler 390, 446, Jefferson; 609, Brownsville. July, Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Frequent and in some places common in dry fields and hillsides. Meibomia canadensis (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 195. I8o1. Coll. : Wheeler 331, Crooked Creek. July. Lespedeza capitata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 71. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 525, Jefferson. Aug. Lathyrus venosus Munu.; Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 1092. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 48, Winnebago. June. Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. I: I59. 1833. Coll.: Lyon 87, Winnebago. June. 394 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Falcata comosa (L.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 182. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler 507, Lyon 332, Winnebago; Lyon 469, jefferson. Anig: Falcata pitcheri(T. & G.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 182. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 573, Jefferson. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Several specimens of this species, previously reported as /. comosa, have been collected in southern Minnesota. Probably common throughout the southern part of the state. Apios apios (L.) MacM. Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 15. 1892. Coll.: Wheeler, 337, Crooked Creek; Wheeler2qo, yon geo, Jetterson. July, Aue. Strophostyles helvola (L.) Brirron in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. Di BRS... 22g he een ye Coll.: Lyon 387, Jefferson. Aug: GERANIACEZ. Geranium maculatum L. Sp. Pl. 681. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 4, Winnebago. June. OXALIDACEZ. Oxalis violacea L. Sp. Pl. 434. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 50, Winnebago. June. Oxaliststricta L. Sp Plo a3a5> cays s. Coll.: Lyon 81, Winnebago. June. LINACEZ. Linum sulcatum RippEL, Suppl. Cat. Ohio Pl. 10. 1836. Coll. : Wheeler 290, Mayville; 431, Jefferson. . July. RUTACEZ. Xanthoxylum americanum Miuu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll.: Wheeler 132, 413, Winnebago. June, Aug. POLYGALACE. Polygala verticillata L. Sp. Pl. 706. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 342, Crooked Creek; 428, Jefferson. July. Polygala viridescens L. Sp. Pl. 705. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 483, Jefferson. Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 395 Polygala senega L. Sp. Pl. 704. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 21, Winnebago. June. EUPHORBIACES. Acalypha virginica L. Sp. Pl. 1003. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 349, 397, 463, Jefferson. Aug. Euphorbia glyptosperma Enceitm. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 187. 1859. Coll.: Wheeler 434, Jefferson. July. Euphorbia maculata L. Sp. Pl. 455. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 430, Jefferson. July. Euphorbia nutans Lac. Gen. & St. 17. 1816. Coll.: Wheeler 336, Crooked Creek. July. Euphorbia corollata L. Sp. Pl. 459. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 189, Wheeler 375, Crooked Creek. July. Euphorbia heterophylla L. Sp. Pl. 453. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 466, Jefferson. Aug. Euphorbia cyparissias L. Sp. Pl. 461. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 437, Jefferson. Aug. ANACARDIACES. Rhus hirta (L.) Supw. Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 82. 1892. Coll.: Lyon 319, Jefferson. Aug. Rhus glabra L. Sp. Pl. 265. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 272, Jefferson. July. Rhus radicans L. Sp. Pl. 266. 1753. Coll.) Lyon 327, 350, Jefferson. Aug: CELASTRACEZ. Euonymus atropurpureus Jaca. Hort. Vind. 2: 5. fl. 120. 1772. Coll.: Lyon 140, Winnebago; 263, Jefferson. June, July. Celastrus scandens L. Sp. Pl. 196. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 104, Winnebago; Lyon 380, Jefferson. June, Aug. STAPHYLEACEZ. Staphylea trifolia L. Sp. Pl. 270. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 202, Winnebago. June. 396 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ACERACEA. Acer saccharinum L. Sp. Pl. 1055. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 149, Winnebago; 274, Jefferson. June, July. Acer nigrum Micux. f. Hist. Arb. Am. 2: 238. f/. 16. 1810. Coll.: Wheeler 149, Winnebago. June. Acer spicatum Lam. Encycl. 2: 381. 1786. Coll.: Wheeler 163, 198, Winnebago; 319, Mayville; 625, Brownsville. June, Aug. Frequent on moist shaded cliffs throughout. Acer negundo L. Sp. Pl. 1056. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 119, Winnebago. June. BALSAMINACEZ. Impatiens aurea Munt. Cat. 26. 1813. Coll.: Wheeler 328, Mayville. July. RHAMNACES. Ceanothus americanus L. Sp. Pl. 195. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 66, Winnebago; Wheeler 356, Crooked Creek... June; July. Ceanothus ovatus Desr. Hist. Arb. 2: 381. 1809. Coll.: Wheeler 92, Lyon 66%, Winnebago. June. VITACES. Vitis: vulpina L..Sp:\Pl/203.) 1753: Coll.: Wheeler 139, Winnebago; 344, Crooked Creek. June, July. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) PLancu. in DC. Mon. Phan. Bey att. 2, 440. toes Coll.: Wheeler 235, Winnebago; Lyon 379, Jefferson. June, Aug. TILIACEZ. Tilia americana L. Sp. Pl. 514. 1753. Colles Lyon 2x1, Mayvilles sfuli- MALVACES. Malva rotundifolia L. Sp. Pl. 688. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 491, Jefferson. Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 397 Napza dioica L. Sp. Pl. 686. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 266, Jefferson. July. Previously collected at Vasa and Lanesboro. Rare on low- land near Winnebago creek. Abutilon abutilon (L.) Russy, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 222. , _ 1894. Coll.: Lyon 283, Jefferson. July. HYPERICACEZA. Hypericum ascyron L. Sp. Pl. 783. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 235, Crooked Creek; 436, Winnebago. June, Aug. Hypericum maculatum Watt. Fl. Car. 189. 1788. Coll.: Wheeler 442, 483, Jefferson; 615, Brownsville; Lyon 452, Jefferson. Aug. Hypericum majus (A. Gray) Brirron, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 225 TOOK. Coll.: Wheeler 427, Jefferson; 601, Crooked Creek. July, Aug. CISTACEZ. Helianthemum majus (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y.6. 1888. Coll.: Lyon 167, Crooked Creek; Wheeler 477, Jeffer- son; 633, Brownsville. Aug. Helianthemum canadense (L.) Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 308. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 631, Brownsville. Aug. Eeehea stricta. Leccert;: Brirron, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 2552, 1OQs. Coll.: Wheeler 359, Crooked Creek; Lyon 331, Winne- bago. July, Aug. VIOLACEZ. Viola pedatifida Don, Gard. Dict. 1: 320. 1831. Coll.: Wheeler 429, Jefferson. July. Viola obliqua Hit1, Hort. Kew. 316. fl. 72. 1760. Coll.: Wheeler 114, Winnebago. June. Viola pedata L. Sp. Pl. 933. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 216, Jefferson. June. 398 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Viola pubescens Air. Hort. Kew. 3: 290. 1780. Coll.: Wheeler 205, Winnebago. June. THYMELEACEA. Dirca palustris/L.Sp- Pl. 358-> 2753- Coll.: Wheeler 520, Winnebago. Aug. Rare in moist thickets near Winnebago creek. LYTHRACEA. Lythrum alatum Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 334. . 1814. Coll.: Lyon 281, Wheeler 416, Jefferson. July. ONAGRACE#. Bpilobium coloratum Munt.; Willd. Enum. 1: 411. 1809. Coll.: Wheeler 479, Jefferson; 608, Brownsville. Aug. Epilobium adenocaulon Haussx. Oest. Bot. Zeit. 29: 119. 1879. Coll. : Wheeler 323, Mayville; 595, Crooked Creek; Lyon 457, Jefferson. July, Aug. : Onagta biennis ( L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. Ed. 2, 1: 269. 17472. Coll.: Lyon 166%, Winnebago; 286, Jefferson. June, - July. (nothera rhombipetala Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 493. 1840. Coll.: Lyon 323, Jefferson. Aug. Gaura biennis L. Sp. Pl. 347. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 574, Jefferson. Aug. No previous authentic collection from Minnesota. There are no Minnesota specimens in the Herbarium of the Univer- sity. Miss Manning’s collection of 1883 from Pepin, Wis., is probably the one upon which is based the report of this species by Upham and others. Circea lutetiana L. Sp. Pl.g. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 270, Crooked Creek. June: Circea alpina L. Sp. Pl. 9. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 152, Winnebago. June. ARALIACEA. Aralia racemosa L. Sp. Pl. 273. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 345, Jefferson. Aug. Wheler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 399 Aralia nudicaulis L. Sp. Pl. 274. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 15, Winnebago. June. Panax quinquefolium L. Sp. Pl. 1058. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 210, Mayville; Wheeler 469, Jefferson. July, Aug. UMBELLIFERZ. Angelica atropurpurea L. Sp. Pl. 251. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 311, Crooked Creek. July. Heracleum lanatum Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 166. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 93, Winnebago. June. Sanicula marylandica L. Sp. Pl. 235. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 175, Winnebago. June. Sanicula gregaria BickNELL, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 354. 1895. Coll.: Wheeler 177, Winnebago. June. The only precious collection from Minnesota is that of Shel- don, Milaca, 1892. Sanicula canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 235. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 260, Jefferson. July. Sanicula trifoliata BickNELL, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 350. 1895. Coll.: Lyon 214, Mayville. July. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Pimpinella integerrima (L.) A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 345. 1868. Coll.: Wheeler 179, Winnebago. June. Washingtonia claytoni (Micux.) Britton in Brit. & Brown, HE BE 2: 530. 7.°2060. 1897. Coll.: Lyon 7, Winnebago. June. Sium cicutefolium GmeEL. Syst. 2: 482. 1791. Coll.: Wheeler 545, Lyon 449, Jefferson. Aug. Zizia aurea (L.) Kocu, Nov. Act. Caes. Leop. 12: 129. 1825. Coll.: Wheeler 174, Winnebago; Lyon 261, Jefferson. June, July. Zizia cordata DC. Prodr. 4: 100. 1830. Coll.: Lyon 292, 352, Jefferson. July. Cicuta maculata L. Sp. Pl. 256. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 338, Crooked Creek. July. 400 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cicuta bulbifera L. Sp. Pl. 255. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 607, Brownsville. Aug. Deringa canadensis (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 266. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler 193, Winnebago. June. Berula erecta (Hwps.) Covitize, Contr. Nat... Herb aaa: 1893. Coll.: Wheeler 588, Crooked Creek. Aug. In cold springs at the head of Clear creek. Hydrocotyle americana L. Sp. Pl. 234. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 314, Mayville. July. The only previously reported locality of collection is St. Croix Falls. Rare in moist woods near Crooked creek. CORNACEA. Cornus circinata L’HeEr. Cornus, 7. A/. 3. 14788. Coll.: Wheeler 81, Winnebago. June. Cornus amonum Miu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 5. 1768. Coll.: Lyon 351, Jefferson. Aug. Cornus stolonifera Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 92. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 69, 173, Winnebago. June. Cornus candidissima Marsn, Arb. Am. 35. 1785. Coll.: Wheeler 172, Winnebago. June. PYROLACES. Pyrola elliptica Nutt. Gen. 1: 273. 1818. Coll.: Wheeler 191, Winnebago; 276, Crooked Creek. June, July. ERICACEZ. Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) SPRENG. Syst. 2: 287. 1825. Coll.: Lyon 116, Jefferson. June: On a sandy point of a bluff in section 19 of Jefferson. PRIMULACE. Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 34. 1888. Coll.: Lyon 249, Crooked Creek. July. Steironema ciliatum (L.) Rar. Ann. Gen. Phys. '7: 192. 1820. Coll.: Lyon 251, Crooked Creek. July. Dodecatheon meadia L. Sp. Pl. 144. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 340, Crooked Creek. July. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 401 Previously collected only in Winona and Wabasha counties. Rare in moist woods. OLEACEZ. Fraxinus lanceolata Borcx. Handb. Forst. Bot. 1: 826. 1800. Coll.: Lyon 300, Jefferson. Aug. Fraxinus nigra Marsu. Arb. Am. 51. 1785. Coll.: Lyon 173, Crooked Creek. June. (Plate XXIII., BE) GENTIANACEZ. Gentiana crinita FRoEL. Gen. 112. 1796. Coll.: Lyon 454, 488, Jefferson. Aug. Gentiana quinquefolia L. Sp. Pl. 230. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 455, 487, Jefferson. Aug. Gentiana flavida A. Gray, Journ. Sci. (II.) 1: 180. 1846. Coll.: Wheeler 516, Winnebago; 596, Crooked Creek. Aug. APOCYNACEZ. Apocynum androsemifolium L. Sp. Pl. 213. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 188, Crooked Creek. July. Apocynum cannabinum L. Sp. Pl. 213. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 471, Jefferson. Aug. Apocynum cannabinum glaberrimum DC. Prodr.8: 439. 1844. Coll.: Lyon 357, Jefferson. Aug. ASCLEPIADACEZ. Asclepias tuberosa L. Sp. Pl. 217. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 287, 369, Crooked Creek; Lyon 356, Jefferson. July, Aug. Asclepias incarnata L. Sp. Pl. 215. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 177, Winnebago; 365, Jefferson. June, Aug. Asclepias obtusifolia Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 115. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 569, Jefferson. Aug. Previously reported only by Lapham. Infrequent on dry hillsides. Asclepias exaltata (L.) Munu. Cat. 28. 1813. Coll.: Lyon 178, Winnebago. July. Asclepias syriaca L. Sp. Pl. 214. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 176, Winnebago. July. 402 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Asclepias verticillata L. Sp. Pl. 217. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 286, Crooked Creek ; 378, Jefferson. July. Acerates viridiflora (Rar.) Eaton, Man. Ed. 5, 90. 1829. Coll.: Lyon 179, Winnebago; 309%, Jefferson. July, Aug. CONVOLVULACES. Convolvulus sepium L. Sp. Pl. 153. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 306, Crooked Creek. July. Convolvulus spithameus L. Sp. Pl. 158. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 207, Winnebago; 358, 371, Crooked Creek ; 385, Jefferson. June; July. CUSCUTACE. Cuscuta indecora Cuoisy, Mem. Soc. Gen. g: 278. pl. 3. f. 5. 1841. Coll.: Wheeler 436, 557, 647, Jefferson. July, Aug. Cuscuta coryli EnceLM. Am. Journ. Sci. 43: 337. f- 7-7. 1842. Coll.: Wheeler 503, Winnebago. - Aug. Cuscuta gronovii WiLLp.: R.& S. Syst. 6: 205. 1820. Coll.: Wheeler 308, 592, Crooked Greckie 425.440, Jefferson. July, Aug. Cuscuta paradoxa Rar. Ann. Nat. 13. 1820. Coll. : Wheeler 437, 648, Jefferson. July, Aug. POLEMONIACEZ. Phlox pilosa L. Sp. Pl.. 152. 21753: Coll.: Herb. Wheeler 14, Winnebago. June. Phlox divaricata L. Sp. Pl. 152. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 5, Winnebago. June. Polemonium reptans L. Syst. Ed. 10, No. 1. 1759. Coll.: Wheeler 33, Winnebago. June. HYDROPHYLLACEA., Hydrophyllum virginicum L. Sp. Pl. 146. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 11, Winnebago. June. Hydrophyllum appendiculatum Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 134. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 324, Mayville. July. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 403 Macrocalyx nyctelea (L.) KunTze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 434. 1891. Coll.: Lyon 19, Winnebago. June. BORAGINACEZ. Lappula lappula (L.) Karst. Deutsch. Fl. 979. 1880-83. Coll.: Lyon 186, Crooked Creek. July. Lappula virginianum ( L.) GREENE, Pittonia, 2: 182. 1891. Coll.: Lyon 237, Mayville. July. Lithospermum gmelini ( Micux.) A. S. Hircucock, Spring FI. Manh. 30. 1894. Coll.: Lyon 281%, Jefferson. July. Lithospermum canescens ( Micux.) Leu. Asperif. 305. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 27, Winnebago. June. Lithospermum angustifolium Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 130. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 450, Jefferson. Aug. Onosmodium caroliniana (Lam.) DC. Prodr. 10: 70. 1846. Coll.: Wheeler 352, Crooked Creek. July. Lycopsis arvensis L. Sp. Pl. 139. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 110, Winnebago. June. Not previously reported from Minnesota. VERBENACEZ, Verbena urticifolia L. Sp. Pl. 20. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 406, 548, Jefferson. July, Aug. Verbena hastata L. Sp. Pl. 20. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 403, Jefferson. July. Verbena stricta VENT. Desc. Pl. Jard. Cels. A/. 53. 1800. Coll. : Wheeler 401, Jefferson. July. Verbena bracteosa Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 13. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 635, Brownsville. Aug. Lippia lanceolata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 15. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 279, Jefferson: Wheeler 622, Brownsville. July, Aug. Common on the very low lands of the Mississippi river. LABIATA. Teucrium canadense L. Sp. Pl. 564. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 414, Jefferson. July. 404 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Scutellaria lateriflora L. Sp. Pl. 598. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 455, Jefferson; 517, Winnebago. Aug. Scutellaria cordifolia Muuu. Cat. 56. 1813. Coll.: Wheeler 468, Jefferson. Aug. Scutellaria parvula Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 11. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 39, Winnebago. June. Agastache scrophulariefolia (WiLLD.) KunTzE, Rev. Gen. Pl. bits [ool . Coll.: Wheeler, 465, Jefferson; Lyon 315, Winnebago. Aug. Nepeta cataria L. Sp. Pl. 570. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 288, 492, Jefferson. July. Glecoma hederacea L. Sp. Pl. 578. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 229, Crooked Creek. July. Prunella vulgaris L. Sp. Pl. 600. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 407, Jefterson. jijaly. Physostegia virginiana (L.) Benru. Lab. Gen. and Sp. 504. 1834. . Coll.;: Lyon 295, Jefierson. july Leonurus cardiaca L. Sp. Pl. 584. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 256, Lyon 418, Winnebago; Wheeler 295, Mayville. June, July, Aug. Stachys palustris L. Sp. Pl. 580:, 2753.4 Coll.: Wheeler 300, Crooked Creek. | July: Monarda fistulosa L. Sp. Pl. 22. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 185, Crooked Creek. July. Blephila hirsuta (PursH) Torr. Fl. U. S. 27. 1824. Coll.: Lyon 225, Mayville; Wheeler 498, Winnebago. July, Aug. Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers. Syn. 2: 131. 1807. Coll.: Wheeler 610, Brownsville. Aug. Previously reported from the Mississippi river by Garrison and Miss Manning, but there are no Minnesota specimens in the Herbarium of the University. Hedeoma hispida Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 414. 1814. Coll.: Lyon 51, Winnebago. June. Clinopodium vulgare L. Sp. Pl. 587. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 411, Winnebago. Aug. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 405 Keellia virginiana (L.) MacM. Met. Minn. 452. 1892. Coll. : Wheeler 363, Crooked Creek ; 405, Jefferson. July. Lycopus virginicus L. Sp. Pl. 21. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 537, Jefferson. Aug. Lycopus rubellus Morencn, Meth. Suppl. 146. 1802. Coll.: Lyon 314, 417, Winnebago. Aug. Lycopus americanus Munu.; Bart. Fl. Phil. Prodr. 15. 1815. Coll: Lyon 335, 348, Jefferson. Aug. Lycopus lucidus Turcz. ; Benth. in DC. Prodr.12: 178. 1848. Coll.: Lyon 459, Jefferson. Aug. Mentha canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 577. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 199, Crooked Creek. July. SOLANACE. Physalis philadelphica Lam. Encycl. 2: ror. 1786. Coll. : Lyon 359, Jefferson. Aug. Mr. Rydberg says: ‘This is a very peculiar form that I have never seen before. It may be a new species but in order to make a good description fruit is required. At present it should be referred to P. phzladelphica with which it agrees except in the very large and broad leaves. In that respect it resembles P. macrophysa Rydb. but the latter is a perennial not an annual as this plant.” Physalis virginiana Miiu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 4. 1768. Coll.: Lyon 63, Winnebago. June. Physalis heterophylla Nrexrs, Linnea, 6: 463. 183:. Coll.: Lyon 150, Winnebago. June. Solanum nigrum L. Sp. Pl. 186. 1753. Solis: Lyon 192, Crooked Creek. July. Datura tatula L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 256. 1762. Coll.: Wheeler 379, Jefferson. July. SCROPHULARIACE. Verbascum thapsus L. Sp. Pl. 177. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 474, Jefferson. Aug. Scrophularia marylandica L. Sp. Pl. 619. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 190, Winnebago; 353, Jefferson. June, Aug. Chelone glabra L. Sp. Pl. 611. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 586, Crooked Creek. Aug. 406 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Mimulus ringens L. Sp. Pl. 634. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 383, 546, Jefferson. July, Aug. Mimulus jamesii T. & G.; BentTH. in DC. Prodr. 10: 3971. 1846. Coll.: Lyon 68, Winnebago; Wheeler 589, Crooked Wreck. Jtne, Aug. Ilysanthes gratioloides (L.) Bentu. in DC. Prodr. 10: 419. 1846. Coll.: Lyon 361, 382, Jefferson; Wheeler 578%, Crooked Creek. Aug. Veronica americana SCHWEIN.; BenTu. in DC. Prodr. 10: 468. 1846. Coli.: Wheeler 147, Winnebago. June. Veronica peregrina L. Sp. Pl. 14. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 83, Winnebago; Wheeler 415, Jefferson. June, July. Leptandra virginica (L.) Nurr. Gen. 1: 7. 1818. Coll. : Lyon 234, 250, Crooked Creeko july. Dasystoma grandiflora (BENTH.) Woop. Bot. & Flor. 231. 1873. Coll.: Wheeler 512, Winnebago. Aug. This is the first authentic specimen of this seen from Minnesota. Gerardia aspera Doucu.: Bentu. in DC. Prodr. 10: 517. 1846. Coll.: Lyon 407, Jefferson. Aug. Gerardia tenuifolia VAnL, Symb. Bot. 3: 79. 14794. Coll.: Lyon 406, 456, Wheeler 575, Jefferson; Wheeler 602, Crooked Creek. Aug. Castilleja coccinea (L.) SpRENG. Syst. 2: 775. 1825. Coll.: Wheeler 85, Winnebago. June. Castilleja sessiliflora Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 738. 1814. Coll.: Lyon 69, Winnebago. June. Pedicularis lanceolata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 18. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 515, Winnebago; 600, Crooked Creek. Aug. Pedicularis canadensis L. Mant. 86. 1767. Coll.: Lyon 35, Winnebago. June. LENTIBULARIACE. Utricularia vulgaris L. Sp. Pl. 18. 1753. Coll. ; Lyon: 267, Wheeler 459, Jeffersons July au Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 407 OROBANCHACEZ. Thalesia uniflora (L.) Brirron, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 298. 1894. Coll.: Lyon 70, Winnebago. June. PHRYMACE#. Phryma leptostachya L. Sp. Pl.601. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 298, Crooked Creek. July. PLANTAGINACES. Plantago major L. Sp. Pl. 112. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 124, Winnebago. June. RUBIACEZ. Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Sp. Pl. 95. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 365, Crooked Creek ; 435, Jefferson; 624, Brownsville. July, Aug. Common on the lowlands of the Mississippi river. Galium aparine L. Sp. Pl. 108. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 9, Winnebago. June. Galium boreale L. Sp. Pl. 108. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 53, Winnebago; 199%, Crooked Creek. June, July. . Galium triflorum Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 80. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 41, Winnebago. June. Galium trifidum L. Sp. Pl. 105. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 42, Winnebago. June. Galium asprellum Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 78. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 593, Crooked Creek. Aug. CAPRIFOLIACEA. Sambucus canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 269. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 412, 649, Jefferson. July, Aug. Sambucus pubens Micnx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 181. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 133, Winnebago. June. Viburnum opulus L. Sp. Pl. 268. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 129, Winnebago; Wheeler 591, Crooked Creek. June, Aug. Viburnum dentatum L. Sp. Pl. 268. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 201, Winnebago. June. 408 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Viburnum lentago L. Sp. Pl. 268. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 39, Winnebago. June. Triosteum perfoliatum L. Sp. Pl. 176. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 2, Winnebago. June. Lonicera dioica L. Syst. Ed. 12, 165. 1767. | Coll.: Wheeler 190, Winnebago. June. Lonicera sullivantii A. GrAy, Proc. Amer. Acad. 19: 76. 1883. Coll.: Wheeler 122, Winnebago. June. Diervilla diervilla (L.) MacM., Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 15. 1892. Coll.: Lyon 46, Winnebago. June. ADOXACEZ. Adoxa moschatellina L. Sp. Pl. 367. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 196, Winnebago. June. Frequent in moist woods. VALERIANACEZ. Valeriana edulis Nutr. in T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 48. 1841. Coll.: Wheeler 159, Winnebago. June. CAMPANULACE. Campanula rotundifolia L. Sp. Pl. 163. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 36, Winnebago. June. Campanula aparinoides Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 159. 1814. Coll.: Lyon 194%, Crooked Creek. July. Campanula americana L. Sp. Pl. 164. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 339, Crooked Creekie July, Legouzia perfoliata (L.) Brirron, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 309. 1894. Coll.: Lyon 148, Winnebago. June. Lobelia cardinalis L. Sp. Pl. 930. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 464, Jefferson ; 578, Crooked Creek. Aug. Lobelia syphilitica L. Sp. Pl. 931. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 310, 340, Jefferson. Aug. Lobelia spicata Lam. Encycl. 3: 587. 1789. Coll’ Lyon 115; jefferson. inne. Lobelia inflata L. Sp. Pl. 931. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 480, 554, Jefferson; 612, Brownsville. Aug. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 409 CICHORIACEZ. Cichorium intybus L. Sp. Pl. 813. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 594, Lyon 468, Crooked Creek. Aug. Adopogon virginicum (L.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 304. 1891. Coll.: Lyon 20, 337, Wheeler 506, Winnebago. June, Aug. Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) Karst. Deutsch. Fl. 1138. 1880 —83. ; Coll.: Lyon 121, Winnebago. June. Sonchus asper (L.) ALL. Fl. Ped. 1: 222. 1785. Coll.: Lyon 264, Jefferson. July. Lactuca scariola L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1119. 1763. Coll.: Lyon 374, Jefferson. Aug. Lactuca ludoviciana (NuTtT.) DC. Prodr. 7: 141. 1838. Coll.: Lyon 285, 445, 447, Jefferson. July. Previously reported only by Sheldon from Sleepy Eye. Lactuca sagittifolia ELx. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 253. 1821-24. Coll.: Lyon 363, Jefferson. Aug. Previously reported only by Sheldon from Lake Benton. Lactuca floridana (L.) GAERTN. Fruct. & Sem. 2: 362. 1791. Coll.: Lyon 334, 410, 423, Winnebago. Aug. Hieracium umbellatum L. Sp. Pl. 804. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 627, Brownsville. Aug. No authentic specimens previously reported from Minnesota. Hieracium canadense Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 86. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 443, Jefferson; Lyon 311, 341, Wheeler 510, Winnebago. Aug. Hieracium scabrum Micux. F]. Bor. Am. 2: 86. 1803. oll= Wheeler 485, Lyon 336, 405, 462, Jefferson; Wheeler 513, Winnebago; Wheeler 636, Brownsville. Nabalus albus (L.) Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 294. 1833. Coll.: Wheeler 521, Winnebago. Aug. AMBROSIACEZ. Ambrosia trifida L. Sp. Pl. 987. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 417, Jefferson. July. Ambrosia artemisizfolia L. Sp. Pl. 987. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 495, Jefferson. Aug. Xanthium canadense Miiu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll.: Lyon 424, Winnebago. Aug. 410 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. COMPOSITA. Vernonia fasciculata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 94. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler, 408, Jefferson. July. Eupatorium purpureum L. Sp. Pl. 838. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 347, Wheeler 563, Jefferson; Wheeler 519, Winnebago. Aug. Eupatorium altissimum L. Sp. Pl. 837. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 533, 568, Jefferson; Lyon 412, Winne- bago. Aug. Eupatorium perfoliatum L. Sp. Pl. 838. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 493, Jefferson, Aus, Eupatorium ageratoides L. f. Suppl. 355. 1781. Coll, : Lyon’ 293; Jetiersona ajimae Kuhnia eupatorioides L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1662. 1763. Coll.: Wheeler 532, 555,. 5715. Loyom B7omeom oo: Jefferson. Aug. Lacinaria cylindracea (Micux.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 349. 1891. Coll.: Lyon 181, Crooked Creek; 290, Jefferson. July. Lacinaria pycnostachya (Micux.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 349 1891. Coll.: Lyon 265, Jefferson. July. Lacinaria scariosa (L.) H1iu, Veg. Syst. 4: 49. 1762. Coll.: Lyon 313, Winnebago. Aug. Solidago flexicaulis L. Sp. Pl. 879. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 371%, 484, Jefferson; Wheeler 590, Crooked Creek. Aug. Solidago hispida Muui.; Wi up. Sp. Pl. 3: 2063. 1804. Coll: Lyon 294, Jefferson) Julya Solidago erecta Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 542. 1814. Coll: Lyon 371, Jefferson. 7 Aus: Reported from Stearns County but no Minnesota specimens previously seen. Solidago speciosa Nutt. Gen. 2: 160. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 467, Jefferson: “Aus. Solidago ulmifolia Muuxy.; WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 2060. 1804. Coll.: Lyon 433, Winnebago. Aug. Solidago serotina Arr. Hort. Kew. 3: 211. 1789. Colle: Lyon 360, Jetterson. — Ame. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 411 Solidago missouriensis Nutr. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 32. 1834. Coll: Lyon 289, 373; Jefferson. _ July. Solidago canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 878. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 330, Winnebago. Aug. Solidago nemoralis Arr. Hort. Kew. 3: 213. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 611, Brownsville. Aug. Solidago rigida L. Sp. Pl. 880. 1753. alk levyou 372, 403, jefferson. Aug. Euthamia graminifolia (L.) Nurr. Gen. 2: 162. 1818. Coll.: Wheeler 565, Jefferson. Aug. Boltonia asteroides (L.) L’HErR. Sert. Angl. 27. 1788. Coil.: Lyon 385, Wheeler 561, Jefferson. Aug. Aster drummondii Linpi. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 97. E35 « Coll.: Wheeler 551, Jefferson; Lyon 426, Winnebago. Aug. Aster sagittifolius WILLp. Sp. Pl. 3: 2035. 1804. Coll.: Lyon 402, 451, Jefferson; Wheeler 583, 599, Crooked Creek. Aug. Aster patens Air. Hort. Kew. 3: 201. 1789. Coll. : Wheeler 584, Crooked Creek. Aug. Aster nove-anglie L. Sp. Pl. 875. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 425, Winnebago; 482, Jefferson. Aug. mster puniceus L. Sp. Pl. 875. 1753: Coll.: Wheeler 585, Crooked Creek. Aug. Aster prenanthoides Munu.; Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 2046. 1804. Coll. : Wheeler 518, Lyon 409, Winnebago; Wheeler 582. Crooked Creek. Aug, Aster levis L. Sp. Pl. 876. - 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 509, Lyon 435, Winnebago; Wheeler 616, 626, Brownsville. Aug. Aster sericeus VENT. Hort. Cels. A/. 33. 1800. Coll.: Wheeler 218, Jefferson. June. Aster ptarmicoides (NFes) T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 160. 1841. Coll.: Lyon 441, Jefferson. Aug. Aster salicifolius Lam. Encycl. 1: 306. 1783. Coll.: Wheeler 552, Lyon 400, Jefferson; Lyon 427, Winnebago. Aug. 412 ; MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Aster paniculatus Lam. Encycl. 1: 306. 1783. Coll.: Wheeler 540, Jefferson; 623, Brownsville. Aug. Erigeron pulchellus Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 124. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 28, Winnebago. June. Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers. Syn. 2: 431. 1807. Coll.: Lyon 84, 420, 432, Winnebago; Wheeler 562, Jefferson. Aug. Erigeron ramosus (WALT.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 27. 1888. Coll. : Wheeler 530, 572, Jefferson. Aug. Leptilon canadense (L.) Brirron, in Brit. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 3: 2901.72 3627: +1808. Coll.: Lyon 303, Jefferson. Aug. Doellingeria umbellata pubens (A. Gray) Brirron, in Brit. & Brown, Ill. Fl. 3: 392: 16098. Coll.: Lyon 399, Jefferson; Wheeler 581, Crooked Creek. “Aug. Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Rrcnuarps. App. Frank. Journ. Bd72,°30. 2623; Coll.: Lyon 23, Winnebago. June: Gnaphalium obtusifolium L. Sp. Pl. 851. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 338, 440, 465, Jefferson. Aug. Polymnia canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 926. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 316, Mayville; Lyon 344, Jefferson. July, Aug. Silphium perfoliatum L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1301. 1763. Coll. : Lyon 215, 240, Crooked Creek. July. Silphium laciniatum L. Sp. Pl. 919. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 297,-Crooked Creek "July. Heliopsis helianthoides (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 28. 1888. Coll.: Wheeler 614, Brownsville. Aug. Heliopsis scabra DuNAL, Mem. Mus. Paris, 5: 56. A/. 4. 1819. Coll.: Wheeler 330, Crooked Creek. July. Rudbeckia triloba L. Sp. Pl. 907. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 502, Winnebago; 535, Jefferson. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Infrequent, edges of thickets. Rudbeckia hirta L. Sp. Pl. 907. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 301, 329, Crooked Creek; 613, Browns- valle aiuliv, | Aue, Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 413 Rudbeckia laciniata L. Sp. Pl. 906. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 232, Crooked Creek ; Wheeler 542, Jefferson. July, Aug. Ratibida pinnata (VENT.) BarNHART, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: #e0. 1807. Coll.: Wheeler 374, Crooked Creek. July. Ratibida columnaris (Sims) D. Don; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. 2: 361. 1838. Coll.: Wheeler 536, Jefferson. Aug. Not previously reported from eastern Minnesota. Rare, dry banks. Helianthus atrorubens L. Sp. Pl. 906. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 634, Brownsville. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. The only previous collection known is that of Sandberg, Hennepin Co., Aug., 1889. Helianthus scaberrimus Evi. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 423. 1824. Coll.: Wheeler 445, 528, Jefferson; 579, Crooked Creek. Aug. Helianthus occidentalis RippELL, Suppl. Cat. Ohio Pl. 13. 1836. Coll.: Wheeler 444, Lyon 322, Jefferson; Wheeler 511, Winnebago. Aug. Helianthus grosse-serratus Martens, Sel. Sem. Hort. Loven. 1839. Coll.: Wheeler 549, Jefferson. Aug. Helianthus divaricatus L. Sp. Pl. 906. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 566, 576, Jefferson; 630 Winnebago. Aug. Helianthus tracheliifolius Miri. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 7. 1768. Coll.: Wheeler 603, Crooked Creek. Aug. Helianthus strumosus L. Sp. Pl. 905. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 632, Brownsville. Aug. Helianthus tuberosus L. Sp. Pl. 905. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 567, Jefferson. Aug. Coreopsis palmata Nutr. Gen. 2: 180. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 160, Winnebago; 182, Crooked Creek. June, July. 414 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bidens levis \(l.) B:S.P: Prel. Catt NOY.) 29. sresa; Coll.: Wheeler 560, Jefferson. Aug. Bidens comosa (A. GrAy) WieGAND, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: AZO- 9 1807. Coll. : Wheeler 544, 559, Jefferson ; 628, Brownsville. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. The only pre- viously collected authentic specimen seen from Minnesota is that of Aiton, Minneapolis, Sept., 1890. Common on the low wet ground throughout. Bidens frondosa L. Sp. Pl. 832. 1753. Coll: > Wheeler 541, Jefferson. sane: Helenium autumnale L. Sp. Pl. 886. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 487, Jefferson. Aug. Achillea millefolium L. Sp. Pl. 899. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 398, Jefferson. July. Anthemis cotula L. Sp. Pl. 894. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 269, 284, Jefferson. July. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. Sp. Pl. 888. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 231, Crooked Creeks qily. Tanacetum vulgare L. Sp. Pl. 844. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 416, Winnebago. Aug. Artemisia dracunculoides Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 742. 1814. Coll.: Wheeler 370, Crooked Creek; byon36q;5 300, Jefferson. Aug. Artemisia serrata Nutr. Gen. 2: 142. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 383, Jefferson. Aug. Artemisia gnaphalodes Nurr. Gen. 2: 143. 1818. Coll.: Wheeler 550, Jefferson; Lyon 419, Winnebago. Aug. Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Rar. DC. Prodr. 6: 294. 1837. Coll.: Lyon 342, 446, Jefferson; Wheeler 621, Browns- ville. Aug. Mesadenia reniformis (Munu.) Rar. New Fl. 4: 79. 1836. Coll. : Wheeler 273, Crooked Creek: aiame: Senecio plattensis Nutr. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) 7: 413. 1841. Coll.: Wheeler 100, Winnebago. June.’ Not previously reported from Minnesota. ‘The only previous known collection in this state is that of Prof. Conway MacMillan from Hennepin county. + a. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 415 Senecio aureus L. Sp. Pl. 870. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 54, Winnebago. June. Arctium minus Scux. Bot. Handb. 3: 49. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 432, Jefferson. July. Carduus lanceolatus L. Sp. Pl. 821. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 242, Crooked Creek. July. Carduus discolor (Munxu.) Nutt. Gen. 2: 130. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 377, Jefferson. Aug. Carduus odoratus (Munu.) Porter. Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 345- 1894. Coll.: Herb. Wheeler 25, Winnebago. July. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXI. A. Juniper point, Crooked creek valley. Southwest side of bluff dotted with junipers and white birch. B. Base of bluff, upper Winnebago valley. White pine, juniper and white birch along the upper edge of cliff. PEeAtrE XOX: A. Western slope of bluff. The woods follow the areas of greatest moisture z. e., the ravines and foot of bluff and the water course in the valley. The shrubs in the valley mark the course of a small creek and are principally willows and dogwoods. B. Southern slope of bluff showing the steep bare slopes and the thickly wooded ravine. The extreme base of the bluff to the left has been cleared of timber for cultivation. PLaTE XXIII. A. Grove of white birch. BL. Swamp vegetation. Sfathyema growing in the shade of black ash and yellow birch. PEATE ORLY, A. Group of coffee trees ( Gymnocladus). &. White birch and juniper on side of bluff. PLATE XXV. A. Slough and island vegetation. Sagzttarzas and Nelumbo are the most prominent water plants, and willows and cottonwood on the island in the background. &. General view of river valley from bluffs on Minnesota side of river. The river channel is on the farther side at the base of the Wis- consin bluffs. 416 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PuaTE XXVI. A. General view of Winnebago valley showing general distribution of forest vegetation. The valley is almost entirely cleared for cultiva- tion. ZB. South branch of Winnebago valley. The northern slope of bluff is densely wooded. PLATE XOX Villx A. Lilium canadense growing in moist meadow of creek valley. B&B. Pond vegetation. Yellow pond-lily with water grasses and sedges. THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO BOSTON I TT Ul MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STU VOL. Il. T A I] PLATE XX BOSTON co. PRINTING THE HELIOTYPE a J il MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIE THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON vw ee . sau © POL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES PART HE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON fol THE SEED AND SEEDLING OF THE WESTERN LARKSPUR (Delphinium occidentale Wats.). FRANCIS RAMALEY. The seeds of Delphintum occidentale vary in color from a yellowish brown to a brownish black. The testa is somewhat irregularly roughened but not pitted or rugose as in many species of the genus, eé. @., the official species, D. staphisagria. - The seeds are three angled with rounded sides and bluntly pointed at the ends. The edges are either merely sharp angled or else the angles project, forming conspicuous wings. (See Fig. 4 and 5.) The seeds are anatropous as in other Ranunculacee. The vascular bundle extending from the hilum is small, about 80 microns in diameter. It is situated in the parenchyma of one of the angles. The cells of the bundle are about 2 or 3 microns in diameter, in cross section. Endosperm.—The body of the seed within the seed-coat con- sists chiefly of endosperm, the embryo being very small. (See Fig. 5 and 6.) Inthe endosperm, two distinct portions may be recognized. The inner portion, an ellipsoidal mass, is rich in oily matter. The outer portion contains some oil, but the cubical or prismatic cells of which it is composed are chiefly filled with proteid grains. There is no starch present in any part of the seed. Embryo.—The embryo, which exhibits slight differentiation, is placed at the micropylar end of the seed. It is embedded in the inner endosperm. ‘The embryo is small, about 0.4 mm. long or one-fifth the length of the entire seed. (See Fig. 5). Seed-coat.—The testa consists of a large-celled epidermis with a thick cuticle and of four or five layers of large-celled par- enchyma. (See Fig.14.) These cells have yellow or brownish walls and contain only air. They are usually very much flat- 417 418 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. tened in the dry, ripe seed but swell out in seeds which have been soaked in water. The tegmen consists of a single layer of small rectangular cells with thick periclinal and thin anticlinal walls. The cell walls are of a dull brownish color and the cav- ities are without contents. Germination takes place in from four to six weeks when seeds are placed under favorable conditions. The cotyledons generally escape from the seed-coat before appearing above ground. This is easily done because by this time the endo- sperm has been completely used and the seed-coat is likely to be somewhat rotted during the long period of germination. Morphology of the Seedling.—In the young seedling the cot- yledons are small, the blades being generally about 4 mm. in length when they first emerge above the surface of the soil. They increase considerably in size, becoming 8 mm. long and 6mm. wide. They are ovate, bluntly pointed, with three prin- cipal veins from which spring conspicuous secondary veins. The petioles are connate from their bases to a point only a few millimeters from the blades. The structure formed of the united petioles emerges above the surface of the soil in the form of an arch, thus simulating a hypocotyl. (See Fig. 1.) The connate bases of the cotyledons form a dome-shaped structure covering the growing point of the shoot. This structure may be termed the cotyledonary sheath. The development of the foliage leaves causes a rupture of the cotyledonary sheath. Through the opening formed the first and succeeding leaves emerge. (See Figs. 2 and 3.) ‘The cotyledons wither and finally disappear about the sixth week after germination. The first internodes of the stem do not elongate and the sub-aérial portion of the plant consists only of a rosette of long-petioled leaves, until the some- what scape-like flowering stem is produced. The early foliage leaves show considerable variation in the blade. The first is palmately tri-lobed with narrow sinuses. In some specimens the lobes are pointed, in others rounded. The separate lobes are sometimes rather deeply one- to two-toothed. Later leaves may be similar or may be five-lobed, the lobes generally mucro- nate, or acute, not rounded. The young seedling of the plant studied resembles that of Delphintum nudicaule, first observed by Asa Gray,* and accurately described by Darwin.t Lub- *Gray. Botanical Text Book, Ed. VI, 1: 22. 1879. ft Darwin. The Power of Movement?in Plants,“ p. 80 (American Edition). Ramaley « SEED AND SEEDLING OF WESTERN LARKSPUR. 419 bock,* mentions that in Delphindum trollifolium and in Del- phinium consolida the petioles of the cotyledons are united in the same way. Anatomy of the Seedling.—As this has apparently not been described for any species of Delphintum a somewhat extended account will be given. It may be well to state at the outset that the present writer has studied only the seedling and not the flowering stem. The young root has a thick cortex and small central stele. The endodermis, though thin-walled, is con- spicuous in properly stained sections because of the thickened cuticularized spots on the radial walls. The xylem is arranged in two small groups. (See Fig. 7.) In an older portion of the root (Fig. 8) the xylem forms an elongated mass in the center of the stele. Higher up the vascular tissue extending to the cotyledons passes out abruptly on either side at right angles to the longer diameter of the xylem mass. (Fig. 9.) Passing upward the xylem strand divides into six or more bundles as the transition occurs from root to stem. At the same time the cortex becomes thinner. In a cross section at this point (Fig. 10) the cotyledonary sheath is seen surrounding the stem. In a section somewhat higher up (Fig. 11) the bases of the early foliage-leaves may be seen placed alternately. Here the stem abruptly narrows and a rupture of the cotyledonary sheath per- mits the emergence of the first foliage-leaf. (Figs. 2 and 3). The cotyledonary sheath now becomes smaller, narrowing to form the structure previously spoken of as resembling a hypo- cotyl. Sections of this structure show that its component petioles are not completely fused at any point (Fig. 12.) A slit-like passage, lined with epidermis, extends upward to the point where the petioles separate completely. Anatomy of the cotyledonary Sheath.—No difference is to be noted between the outer epidermis and that lining the cavity. It is, in both cases, composed of elongated cells which are square in cross section. There are two vascular bundles, one for each component petiole. These are small but show no pe- culiarities in structure. The fundamental tissue is a large- celled parenchyma. Anatomy of the Lamine of the Cotyledons.—Each lamina has three principal veins which send off numerous branches. The epidermis is composed of thin-walled cells, somewhat * Lubbock. On Seedlings, 2: 96. 1892. 420 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. larger on the upper surface than on the lower. These cells have a very sinuous outline when seen in surface view. Sto- mata are confined to the lower leaf surface. A loose palisade layer lies next to the upper epidermis. The spongy paren- chyma below this has large air cavities. A few short, clavate, unicellular trichomes sometimes occur on the under surface of the leaf. Anatomy of the foliage leaves.—The leaves have sheath- ing bases and channeled petioles. In the center of the petiole there is an air cavity. Five or more vascular bundles form a circle outside this cavity. (See Fig. 13.) Each bundle con- sists of a large mass of xylem, a very small amount of phloém and, external to this, a small mass of stereom with lignified cell walls. The fundamental tissue is loose parenchyma. No special hypoderma is developed. The epidermis is thin-walled. The leaf laminz are thin and composed of very loose tissue. The epidermal cells are large and have sinuous outlines. An interesting peculiarity is to be noted in the palisade. The cells of this tissue are frequently branched.at the upper end. (See Fig. 15.) This peculiarity was noted, according to Solereder, * by Haberlandt in certain species of allied genera, but that investigator failed to find branched palisade cells in any of the species of De/phinium which he studied. The stomata of the foliage leaves are confined to the lower surface of the leaf. A row of short, simple, pointed trichomes is placed along the margin of the leat and a very few similar trichomes are scat- tered on the upper surface. EXPLANATION OF FiGuRES, PLATE XXVIII. Figures 1, 2, 3. Seedlings of Delphinium occidentale in various stages of development (natural size). In Figures 1 and 2 the united petioles of the cotyledons have the appearance of a hypocotyl. In Figure 2 the first leaf appears as a small projection at the base of the petioles of the cotyledons. Figure aayseed. xX) 1d. Figure 5. Longitudinal section of seed showing the minute embryo. The dotted ellipse indicates the line of division between the inner, oily portion of the endosperm and the outer part containing aleuron grains. x 18. *Solereder. Syst. Anat. der Dicotyledonen, 18, 1899. PART IV. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Wer: LI ts) S90 0099, 90900090 ts) 0° 0° 98S 2999, PLATE XXVIII. Ramaley : SEED AND SEEDLING OF WESTERN LARKSPUR. 421 Figure 6. Transverse section of seed through the equator. The vascular bundle is in the upper corner. x 18. Figures 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. All x 18. Diagrams of cross sections of the seedling cut at various levels. Figure 7. The root, thick cor- tex and small stele with two xylem masses. Figure 8. The root, higher up, a single mass of xylem. ‘‘ From this the cotyledonary leaf traces extend out horizontally” (Figure 9). Figure 10. The coty- ledonary sheath with two vascular bundles encloses the stem. Figure 11. The cotyledonary sheath is ruptured. The sheathing bases of the foliage leaves, arranged alternately, enclose the small triangular apex of the stem. Figure 12. The united petioles of the cotyledons with the slit-like air passage. Figure 13. Diagram of a cross section of the petiole of the first leaf. The central air cavity is shown, also the circle of vascular bundles (dotted), each with a small amount of stereom (black). x 24. Figure 14. Section of a seed soaked in water. The epidermis has a very thick cuticle; the parenchyma is large-celled. The layer of small cells with thick walls is the tegmen. The endosperm cells are prismatic (contents not shown). x 270. Figure 15. Vertical section of the blade of first foliage leaf. Two stomata are shown in the lower epidermis. One of the cells of the palisade layer is branched at the top. Chlorophyll bodies and nuclei are shown in the cells. x 270. r ib A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHE. E. M. FREEMAN. The collection of fungi in Minnesota has been carried on by the Geological and Natural History Survey of the state at various times for the past fourteen years.* In 1886 Professor J. C. Arthur assisted by Prof. L. H. Bailey and E. W. D. Holway, Esq., made a collection of fungi in St. Louis county especially in the region about Vermillion lake. A list of the plants collected was pub- lished in Bulletin No. 3 of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Since that time numerous collections have been made by Dr. A. P. Anderson, Messrs. E. P. Shel- don, C. A. Ballard and others, but lists of the collected plants have not yet been published. The list given below comprises records of all the Erysiphez which have been collected in Min- nesota up to the present time and deposited at the herbarium of the University of Minnesota. A number of specimens had been identified by Mr. Sheldon and these together with the above mentioned collection of Profes- sor Arthur and his party have in every case been reéxamined so that the writer assumes the sole responsibility of the determina- tions. The specimens have been compared with such well known exsiccati as Ellis’ North American Fungi, de Thiimen’s Mycotheca Universalis and others. For the sake of complete- ness the collection made by Professor Arthur and party is incor- porated in this list and where the nomenclature has been changed the name published by Professor Arthur is placed in parenthe- ses after the collection citation. In 1884+ A. B. Seymour made a few collections along the Northern Pacific Railroad. Speci- * A list of Minnesota fungi published by Dr. A. E. Johnson in the Bulletins of the Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences during the years 1876-1879 cannot be considered authentic, since no collection is available for comparison, + Seymour, A. B. List of Fungi, collected in 1884 along the Northern Pa- cific Railroad. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 24: 182-191. 1889. 423 494 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. mens of these were not left at the University herbarium. No species however are reported by him, that have not been col- lected by the staff of the survey. Mention of Seymour’s collec- tions is appended to each species reported by him. The nomenclature of Burrill* has been made use of in the list and for full synonymy the reader is referred to the works cited below. Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora of the United States and Canada has been closely followed in the naming of all host plants. Of the Erysiphez, nineteen species in all have been col- lected, distributed among the genera as follows : Spherotheca, 3; Erysiphe, 5; Uncinula, 3; Phyllactinza, 1; Podosphera, 1; Microsphera, 6. In field work carried on during such a long period of time and by as many as ten collectors acting independently, it is to be expected that the number of collec- tions of common forms will be increased at the expense of the number of species. A glance at the list given below will show that such has been the case in Minnesota. There are undoubt- edly at least a dozen more species of blights in the state, and it is hoped that this list will aid future observations. In citing the district of collection, only the county name is given. 1. Spherotheca humuli (DC.) Burret, Bull. Il. St. Lab. Nat, Hist. 2: 400.4 18676 On leaves of: Rubus hispidus L.: St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 46. CS. castagnez Lev.) Viola sp. indet.: Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon 851. flumulus lupulus L.: ————,t Sheldon 7020. 2. Spherotheca castagnei Lev. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 25: 139. 1851. On leaves of : Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) Karst.; St. Louis (?); July, 1886, Holway 276. (Not published in Arthur’s report. ) * Burrill, T. J., and Earle, F.S. Parasitic Fungi of Illinois, Bull. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2. 1887. Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M. North American Pyrenomycetes, 2-30. 1892. + Mr. Sheldon’s last field note book has not, up to the present time, been found. Consequently the dates of collection, the district and the name of the host plant often cannot be determined. The missing data are indicated as above. Freeman: PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHE. 425 Pedicularis lanceolata Micux.; Lincoln, August, 1891, Sheldon 1522. Bidens frondosa L.; Lincoln, August, 1891, Sheldon 15106, September, 1893, Sheldon 6092, Hennepin, Oct., 1898, Freeman 50. Seymour reports this species on Hrechtites hieracifolia and Nabalus sp. at Lake Minnetonka. 3. Spherotheca mors-uve (Scuw.) B. & C. Grev. 4: 158. 1876. On leaves of: feibes flortidum L’HER.: St. Louis, July, 188, Holway 84 (Spherotheca pannosa LeEv.); Kandiyohi, July, 1892, Frost 249. 4. Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. Flore Franc. 2:274. 1815. On leaves of : Ambrosia artemisiefolia L.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan ; , Sheldon 7322; , Sheldon 6162 ; , Sheldon 6131; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 61. Ambrosta psilostachya DC. Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7081. Ambrosia trifda L.: Pope, Aug., 1891, Taylor 1126; Brown, Sept., 1891; Sheldon 1243; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7086; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 724; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 62; Hennepin, Sept., 1898, MacMillan. Heliopsts scabra Dunau.: Kandiyohi, Aug., 1892, Frost 449- ; Cnicus sp. indet.:. Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7072. Carduus sp. indet. : , Sheldon 7357; Hennepin, 1890; MacMillan. Aster puniceus L. var. lucidulus A. Gray: Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1507. Aster sp. indet.: Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger; Hen- nepin, Oct., 1898, Freeman 63; Hennepin, Oct., 1892, Sheldon 4123. Solidago canadensis L.: , Sheldon 6082. Solidago sp. indet.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan; Waseca, June, 1891, Taylor 188 ; Hennepin, Oct., 1891, Sheldon; ' Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 814. 426 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Flelianthus divaricatus L.: ——, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6089. FHlelianthus decapetalus L.: Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon, 1244. FHlelianthus grosse-serratus Martins: Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7106. Flelianthus scaberrimus Evu.: , Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6143; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 64. flelianthus tuberosus L..: Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 705; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 65. fleilanthus sp. indet.: Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7085; Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan; Blue Earth, June, 1891, Sheldon 483; Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger ; Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1418. Verbena stricta VENT.: Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 66. Verbena urticifolia L.: Chisago, Aug., 1892, Taylor 1639; Hennepin, Aug., 1890, MacMillan; Hennepin, Sept., 1898, Freeman 67. Verbena hastata L..: Hennepin, Oct., 1892, Sheldon 4128 ; Pope, Aug., 1891, Taylor 1188; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 827; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 68. _ Verbena sp. indet.: Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7030 ; Carver, July, 1891, Ballard 650; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7o71. feudbeckia laciniata L.: Hennepin, Sept., 1898, MacMil- lan. Senecio aureus L.: Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon 1153. flydrophyllum virginicum L.: Blue Earth, June, 1891, Sheldon 203. Grindelia squarrosa (PursH) DuNaAu: Pipestone, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1434. Lappula virginiana (Li.) GREENE: Blue Earth, June, 1891, Sheldon 483; St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 78. Lappula sp. indet.: Brown, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1232. Coreopsis palmata Nutt.: Winona, Sept., 1888, Holz- inger. 5. Erysiphe communis (WALLR.) FR. Summa. Veg. Scand. #06. 1820. On leaves of: Eupatorium ageratoides L.: Hennepin, Oct., 1893, Shel- don 4083. a Freeman: PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHEZ. 427 Lathyrus venosus Munu.: Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger 326; Pope, July, 1891, Taylor 1181; Mille Lacs, July, 1892, Sheldon 2755; Otter Tail, Aug., 1892, Sheldon 3661. Lathyrus sp. indet. , Sheldon 6127. Ginothera sp. indet.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMuillan. Clematis virginiana L.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Anogra albicaulis (PursH) Brittron.: Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon 1195. Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britton: Pope, July, 1891, Taylor 1136. Falcata comosa (L..) Kuntze: Pope, July, 1891, Taylor EL 20. Oxygraphis cymbalaria (PurRsH) PRANTL: Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1357. Astragalus canadensis L.: Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1423; Hennepin, Sept., 1898, MacMillan. Aragallus involutus A. Nels.: Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Shel- don 1390. An undetermined plant of pea family: Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7257. Thalictrum purpurascens L.: Chisago, Sept., 1893, Shel- don 6188. Thalictrum sp. indet.: Cass. Aug., 1893, Anderson 706. Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. , Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6146. Anemone virginana L.: Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7089. Lotus americanus (NuttT.) Bisu.: Big Stone, Sept., 1893, Sheldon, Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7201. Polygonum aviculare L.: Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman T, Seymour reports &. communzs on Lathyrus? at Lake Min- netonka. 6. Erysiphe aggregata (Peck) Fartow, Bull. Bussey, Inst. 2: 227. 1878. On leaves of: Alnus incana (L.) WiLup.: St Louis, July, 1886, Holway Br. 428 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 7. Erysiphe galeopsidis DC. Flore Franc. 6: 108. 1815. On leaves of: Stachys palustris L.: Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1572; Lincoln, Aug., 1891. Sheldon 1261. Seymour reports this species on Stachys palustris at De- troit, Minnesota. 8. Erysiphe graminis DC. Flore Franc. 6: 106. 1815. On leaves of: Poa pratensis L..: Waseca, June, 1891, Taylor 228. No perithecia found. Conidial stage (Ozdzum monthotdes Link) only is present. 9. Uncinula salicis (DC.) Wint. Die Pilze 17: 40. 1887. On leaves of: Salix sp. indet.: Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger; Chi- sago, Sept., 1891, Sheldon 4263; Traverse, Sept., 1892, Sheldon 7172; Traverse; Sept., 1602, sneldon 7or3 ; Chisago, Aug., 1892, Taylor 1634; Otter Tail, July, 1892, Sheldon 3936; Hennepin, Oct., 1893, Sheldon 4093; McLeod, Aug., 1. J. McElligott ; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7069; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 60. Salix bebbtana SArG. : Chisago, Sept., 1891, Sheldon 4246. Salix myrtilloides L.: Otter Tail, July, 1892, Sheldon 3573): Salix discolor Munu.: Hennepin, Oct., 1893, Sheldon 4089. Populus deltordes MArsu.: Hennepin, July, 1889, Shel- don; Hennepin, Oct., 1889, MacMillan; Wabasha, Sept., 1893, Edna Porter. Populus grandidentata Micux.: Hennepin, 1890, Mac- Millan. Populus tremuloides Micux.: Goodhue, Aug., 1893, An- derson 707. , Populus sp. indet. Hennepin, Oct., 1889, MacMillan. Seymour reports U. salicis on Salix sp. at Lake Minne- tonka. 10. Uncinula clintonii Peck, Rep. N. Yo S@iMussi2s5):06- 1673.) rans. Alb: Inst. 7-s2ie- On leaves of: Tilia americana L.: Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger. Freeman: PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHE®. 429 ti. Uncinula necator (ScHw.) Burritu. N. A. Pyren. 15. 1892. On leaves of : Parthenocissus quinguefolia (L.) PLancu.: Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 59; Hennepin, Sept., 18098, F. K. Butters. 12. Phyllactinia suffulta (REB.) Sacc. Mich. 2: 50. 1880. On leaves of : Tilia sp. indet.: Le Sueur, June, 1891, Sheldon64. Sey- mour reports this species on Getula ? at Lake Minnetonka. 13. Podosphera oxyacanthe (DC.) D. By. Beitr. Morph. und Pagesoer Pilze, Part 3,.48. 1870. On leaves of: Prunus sp. indet.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Crategus (?)sp. indet.: Le Sueur, June, 1891, Sheldon 62. ; Wabasha, Sept., 1893, Edna Porter. 14. Microsphera russellii CLinron, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 20200. 1074. On leaves of : Oxalis stricta L.: Winona, Aug., 1888, Holzinger. 15. Microsphera ravenelii BERK. Grev. 4: 160. 1876. On leaves of: Lathyrus sp. indet.: Goodhue, Aug., 1892, Ballard 1152; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 708. Seymour reports JZ. ravenelit Berk. on Lathyrus ? at Detroit, Minn. 16. Microsphera quercina (ScHw.) Burrity, Bull. Ill. St. Bape Nat. Hist. 2:424. 1887. On leaves of: Quercus macrocarpa Micux.: Hennepin, 1890, Mac- Millan; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 52. 17. Microsphera symphoricarpi Howe, Bull. Torr. Club, 5: 3. 1874. On leaves of: Symphoricarpos sp. indet.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan; Waseca, June, 1891, Taylor 615 ; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 815 ; , Sheldon 7262 ; , Sheldon 7392. Symphoricarpos racemosa Micux.: Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7084. Symphoricarpos symphoricarpos (L.) MacM. Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7083. 430 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hoox.: Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 53. 18. Microsphera diffusa C.&P. Journ. of Bot. 11: 1872. Rep. NPY. St. Mus! 257957 10732- On leaves of: Lespedeza violacea (Li.) PERs.: Winona, Sept., 1889, Holzinger. Lathyrus sp. indet.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Metbomia canadensis (L..) Kuntze. : Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1521; , Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6105. Seymour reports JZ. diffusa on Lespedeza capitata at Brainerd. 19. Microsphera alni (DC.) Wintr. Die Pilze 17:38. 1887. On leaves of: Lonicera sp. indet.: St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 242, (MZ. dubyz Lev.) ; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 56. Lonicera hirsuta Eaton: St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 150, (AZ. dubyz Lev.). Syringa vulgaris L.: Hennepin, July, 1889, Sheldon; Hennepin, Oct., 1891; , Sheldon 5806; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 714. ; Alnus sp. indet.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Viburnum lentago L.: Waseca, June, 1891, Sheldon, 506%; Case, Aug., 1893, Anderson 668; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 54. Viburnum sp. indet.: Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 55. Lonicera dioica L..: Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 753. Corylus americana Waut.: Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Free- man 57. Tilia americana L. ! : Hennepin, Oct., 1898, Freeman 58. Seymour reports this species on Ceanothus americanus at Brainerd and on Syrznga vulgaris and Betula at Lake Minnetonka. NATIVE AND GARDEN DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. KC. DA vis: The name De/phinium (Linn. Sp. Pl. 530, 1753) is from the Greek de/phin, a dolphin, from the resemblance of the flower, The common name is Lark Spur. It is a genus of beautiful, hardy plants, annual or perennial, erect, branching herbs. Leaves palmately lobed or divided; large, irregular, showy flowers in a raceme or panicle; sepals petal-like, five, the posterior one prolonged into a spur; petals two or four, small, the two posterior ones usually spurred, the lateral or lower ones small if present; the few carpels always sessile, forming many-seeded follicles. There are probably more than 200 species. In fact Huth’s last complete monograph recognized 198 species besides a num- ber of doubtful ones. The following treatment includes the native and cultivated Delphiniums of North America, 52 species and many varieties and garden forms. Thirty species are native of America north of Mexico, thirteen of which are used in gardens. Thirteen Old World species have been intro- duced into the Americantrade. Nine Mexican species are dis- tinct, and none of them are in use. The mark (f) after a de- scription indicates which plants are not used in the trade. Four species are of much greater popularity than the others: the annual D. Ajaczs, and the perennials D. grandifiorum, D. hybridum, and D. formosum. The last three have been es- specially prolific in giving us new garden forms. In presenting this paper I wish to extend thanks to those who have materially helped me, especially to those who have freely given me the privilege of examining numerous speci- mens: Dr. J. N. Rose, Professor E. L. Greene, Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. B. L. Robinson. 431 43 ce 2 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The recent extended articles on the genus are: AasGray, An attempt to Distinguish Between the American Delphin- iums,” Bot. Gaz. 12: 49-54, 1887; and Syn. Fl. 1: 45-52, 1895. E. Huth, ‘*Monog. Gattung Delphinium,” in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 20@ 322-499, 1895. K. C. Davis, mebaieys Cyclopedia of American Horticulture. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES OF DELPHINIUM. A. Roots annual; petals only 2, united; follicles r. B. Follicles pubescent, 4 to 132 inches lone2-s-s.-saeeere {. Ajacts. BB. Follicles glabrous, % to %-inch longeascssesee ees 2. consolida. AA. Roots perennial; petals 4; follicles 3 to 5. B. Sepals red. ©. Plant clabrous; seeds smoothee-s.s-e.ee 3 ee eeeee 3. mudicaule. CC. Plant partly pubescent; seeds thin winged.....4. cardinale. BB. Sepals greenish yellow, yellow, or sometimes marked with blue. C. Inflorescence and leaves densely hairy. D. Flowers not: tinged with bloestoen-e-eeeseee 5. véredescens. DD. Flowers sordid white tinged with blue...6. Californicum. CC. Inflorescence and leaves glabrescent or soon becoming so. D. Mature follicles densely hairy..25..coeeeee ee 4. Przewalskit. DD. Mature follicles smooth or sulcate. E. Seeds with plates or scales in transverse rows...8. Zadzi. EE. Seeds winged and somewhat wrinkled.........9. virede. BBB. Sepals blue, or varying to white, or white. C. Species native north of Mexico, or introduced from Old World. D. Height 1% feet or less. E. Natives of America north of Mexico. F. Petioles dilating and somewhat sheathing at the base. G. Stem lax; follicles glabrous or becoming so. H. Roots fascicled and thickened but not tuberiform. 10. dzcolor. HH. Roots fasciculately tuberous, or grumose. Il. decorum. GG. Stem rather stout, erect: follicles pubescent. H. Length of sepals about equalling the petals. I. Seeds winged at the angles........ 12. hespertum. II. ‘Seeds scaly and’ burslikeya ees 13. Hansen. HH. Length of sepals much greater than petals. I4. vartegatum. FF. Petioles hardly dilating at the base. Davis: DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 433 G. Coats of seeds smooth; roots fasciculately tuberous. 15. tricorne. GG. Coats of seeds winged or wrinkled, roots not tuber- ous, but in some grumose. H. Roots not grumose. I. Sepals shorter than the spur. J. Leaves thickish; racemes long. 16. Andersonit. JJ. Leaves not thick; racemes shorter; flowers sinlaile pas nears tee itinallvashed de 17. Parishiz. II. Sepals as long as spur, much surpassing petals. EO. arryt. HH. Roots coarsely granular or grumose; carpels always 3, seeds wing-margined. I. Pedicels longer than the flowers; follicles spread- Inge Awhen iMatuiecerss 0.4445 . coniis 5 orden «atin aq0 sc dewecee'eelenessescceee Ficaria. BB. Developed carpels longitudinally ribbed or striated. C. Leaves pinnately compound or lobed; akenes terete, style BetaIstenh, SleMPeE, TECUIVE ..55...sn) eae T. nudicaule ScHwEinitTz ex T. & G. Fl. 1: 39. 1838. Plant glabrous, 1 to 2 feet high, branching above: leaves 2 to 3'times ternate: leaflets oval to obovate, rather large, thin, about 3-lobed but variable, base variable: flowers perfect, in a cymose panicie; filaments spatulate and petal-like, with short, blunt anthers : akenes widely spreading on weak stalks of nearly their own length, obliquely ovoid, flattened; styles short; stig- ma minute. May, June. Wet mountain places, western Vir- gina’ to Alabama (t).' Leciiasy/.7 T. sparciflorum Turcz. F. & M. Ind: Sem: Petrop. 2: 40. 1835. T. clavatum Hook. Fl. 1592.9 26393; norsa ee TI. Richardsoni Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. 42: 17. 1842. Stem erect, sulcate, 2 to 4 feet high, branching, usually gla- brous: leaves triternate, upper ones sessile; leaflets short- stalked, round or ovate, variable in size and shape of base, round- lobed or toothed: flowers in leafy panicles on slender pedicels, perfect ; sepals obovate, whitish, soon reflexed; filaments some- what widened; anthers very short: akenes short-stalked, ob- liquely obovate, flattened, dorsal margin straight ; 8-10-nerved ; styles persistent. Northern Asia, through Alaska to Hudson Bay, in mountains in Colorado and southern California. Intro- duced to gardens:in) 1881. :: ecg. fin T. alpinum Linn: Sp. Pl. 545 \er75 ae Stems smooth, naked or 1-leaved, only 4 to 8 inches high, from a scaly rootstock: leaves tufted at the base, twice 3-5- parted; leaflets coriaceous, orbicular or cuneate at the base, lobed, revolute: flowers in a raceme, perfect; sepals greenish, equalling the yellow stamens: stigma linear; akenes small, ob- liquely obovoid. Newfoundland to Arctic Alaska, in Rockies Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 513 to southern Colorado, Europe, northern Asia, Greenland and Iceland. Bot. Mag. 2237. Lec. 4.f. 173 (f). T. minus Linn. Sp. Pl. 546. 1753. T. saxatile Vitu. Prosp. 50. 1779. T. purpureum Scuane. in Pall. N. Nord. Beitr. 6: 42. 1794- T. saxatilis Horr. Stems round, sulcate, 1 to 2 feet high: leaflets variable, acute or obtusely lobed, often glaucous: flowers drooping in loose panicles, perfect ; sepals yellow or greenish: fruit ovate-oblong, sessile, striated. Summer. Europe, Asia, northern Africa. A polymorphous species in the variation of the leaflets. Lec. 5-S. 2, 35 4: Var. adiantifolium Horr. T. adriantotdes Horr. TI. adiantifolium Bess. ex Eichw. Skizze 182. 1830. Leaflets resembling those of Adzantum; a form much used and admired. Var. Kemense TRELEASE, |. c. 300. 1886. T. Kemense Fries, Fl. Holland, 94. 1817-18. T. minus var. elatum Luc. |. c. 283. 1885. In part. Leaves thrice-ternate ; otherwise much like the type. T. glaucum Desr. Thal. 1 ed. 123. 1804. T. speciosum Hort. ex Porr. Encycl. 5: 315. 1804. Stems erect, round, striated, glaucous, 2 to5 feet high: leaf- lets ovate-orbicular, 3-lobed, lobes deeply toothed: flowers in an erect panicle, perfect; sepals and stamens yellow: fruits 4 to 6, ovate, striated, sessile. June, July. Southern Europe. Lees 5; f- 8 T. purpurascens Linn. Sp. Pl. 546. 1753. ZT. rugosum Pursu. Fl. 2: 389. 1814. T. revolutum DC. Syst. 1: 173. 1818. i Cormae vat. @ Hook. Flr: 3.%. 2. 1833. T. dasycarpum Fiscu. & Lau. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. Fae, FO4t. TI. purpureum Horr. A polymorphous species, allied to 7. polygamum: stem 3 to 6 feet high, branching above, leafy, pubescent or glabrous, sometimes glandular; leaflets larger than in that type: flowers 514 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. in a long, loose, leafy panicle, polygamo-dicecious; filaments narrow, anthers rather long, taper pointed: akenes slightly stalked, ovoid, glabrous or pubescent with 6 to 8 longitudinal wings; style slender, persistent; stigma long and narrow, Canada to Florida, west to the Rockies. June, Aug. Intro- duced 1883. Var. ceriferum Austin, Gray Man. 5 ed. 39. 1867. Tarevolutwm AEC. |. C.. TAG. Ei le This is a variety with waxy glands. . T. polygamum Mun. Cat. 54. 1813. T. corynellum DC. Syst. 12/172. did; - @. Commun var § Hoox:1. c.3: ZT. Cornute Torr. & Gray, Fl. 1: 38. 1838. T. leucostemon Kocu. & Baucus, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. App. 12,; 1854. Erect, 3to8 or more ft. high, branching and leafy, smooth or pubescent, not glandular: leaves 3—4 times ternate or terminally pinnate; leaflets oblong to orbicular, bases variable, 3-5 apical lobes: flowers in a long, leafy: panicle, polygamo-dioecious ; sepals white; filaments broadened when young; anthers short: akenes ovoid, stipitate, 6-8-winged or ribbed; with stigmas as long, which become curled. July-August. Low or wet grounds, Canada to Florida, west to Ohio. Introduced 1881. Lec. 2. 7. 12. .7. pubescens Putsh, Fi 2ee secu is probably a very pubescent form of this and might be called var. pubescens. Var. macrostylum Rosinson, Syn. Fl. 1: 17. 1895. T. Cornutt var. macrostylum SHUTTLE. in Dist. Pl. Rugel, 1845-6. T. Cornutt var. monostyla Bot. ZEIT. 3: 218,219. 1845. T. macrostylum SMALL & HELLER, Mem. Torr. Club, 3:10. Mloge. Slender; leaflets small, nearly entire: fertile flowers less numerous and in a more spreading panicle: akenes in a small, dense, spherical head. Mountains of western North Carolina to Georgia. T. aquilegifolium Linn. Sp. Pl. 547. 1753. Stem large, hollow, 1 to 3 feet high, glaucous: leaves once or twice 3-5-parted; leaflets stalked or the lateral ones nearly ses- sile, slightly lobed or obtusely toothed, smooth, suborbicular : Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 515 flowers in a corymbose panicle, dicecious; sepals white; sta- mens purple or white: fruit 3-angled, winged at the angles. May-July. Europe, northern Asia. Bot. Mag. 1818; 2025 (as var. formosum). Garden 47, p. 357; 50, p. 117. Lec. 3. I. 5: The old name, 7. Cornutz L. Sp. Pl. 545, may be a syn- onym of this, and, if so, it is the older name being published on a preceding page; but 7. Cornutz was described as an American plant which 7. aguzlegzfolium is not. As the descrip- tion and old figures of 7. Cornutz L. do not agree with any American plant the name may well be dropped, as Robinson and DeCandolle have suggested. Those plants advertised as T. Cornuti are probably 7. aguzlegifolium. T. debile BuckLey, Am. Journ. Sci. 45: 175. 1843. Root a cluster of fusiform tubers: stem decumbent, % to I foot long, glabrous, simple or branched, few-leaved: leaves 2 to 3 times ternate; petioles long and slender; leaflets nearly y, inch across, thin, rotund, the 3 rounded lobes entire or again lobed, bases variable: flowers remote, in long, simple panicles, dicecious ; stamens often 10, filaments little longer than the an- thers: akenes 2-5, nearly sessile, spreading, oblong, not flat- tened, 8—10-ribbed; style minute. Moist or shady places. Georeaio Vexas. Lec. 2.7. 7 (f)- Var. Texanum Gray, Cat. Coll. Hall, Pl. Tex. 3. 1873. Name only. Stems more rigid and erect; leaflets smaller, thicker and nearly sessile. A Texas form of the above (¢). Described in ya. Pies 18. “1895. T. dioicum Linn. Sp. Pl. 545. 1753. ft keoigainm Micux. Fl. 1: 322. 1803. TI. Carolintanum Bosc. in DC. Syst. 1: 174. 1818. Rather slender, 1 to 2 feet high, glabrous: leaves 3 to 4 times 3-parted; leaflets thin, orbicular, several-lobed or revolute, bases variable: flowers in a loose, leafy panicle with slender pedicels, dicecious; stamens much longer than the greenish sepals: anthers linear, obtuse, exceeding their filaments in length: akenes ovoid, nearly or quite sessile, longer than their styles, with about 10 longitudinal grooves. larly spring. Woods. Labrador to Alabama, west to the foot of the Rockies. Introduced sometime before 1891. Lec. 3. f 2, 3. 516 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. T. Caulophylloides Smatt, Bull. Torr. Club, 25: 136. 1898. Plant glabrous, 2 to 4 feet high, from a horizontal rootstock ; leaves on long petioles; leaflets deep green, firm, oval or broader than long, 1 to 2 inches long, glaucous beneath and with prom- inent nerves, bases variable, apically 3-5-sharp-lobed; flowers dicecious: akenes elliptic, 3 lines long, sharply ribbed, con- tracted at the base and stalked, style persistent, clubbed, % the length of akenes. Spring and summer. Mountains of Ten- nessee.—Allied to 7. corzaceum, but differing in the leaflets and the shorter club-shaped style (f). T. Coriaceum Sma, Mem. Torr. Club, 4: 98. 1893. T. diotcum var. coriaceum Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, EO: 202.1) TOOL. Stem sulcate, somewhat branched, raising 3 to 4 feet from the yellow rootstocks : leaves 3 to 4 times ternate, rather short-peti- oled, lower petioles with stipule—like bases; leaflets coriaceous, broadly obovate, acutely toothed or lobed; bases variable ; veins prominent on the whitish under surface: flowers in a loose panicle, dicecious; sepals and stamens whitish; anthers linear, longer than the slender filaments: pistillate flowers purple; akenes stalked, oblong-ovoid, 8—10-ribbed ; styles of less length, persistent. May-June. Mountains of eastern Kentucky into Virginia and north Carolina (f). T. venulosum TRELEASE, /. c., 302. 1886. T. campestre GREENE, Erythea, 4: 123. 1893. (?) Z. Fendleri J. M. Macoun, Bot. Gaz. 16: 285. 1893. Allied to 7. déotvcum: stem simple, erect, 10-20 inches high, glabrous, glaucous; bearing 2 to 3 long-petioled leaves above the base; leaves 3 to 4 times 3-parted; leaflets short-stalked, rather firm, rounded and lobed at the apex, veiny beneath: flowers in a simple panicle, dicecious, small; sepals ovate; stamens 10-20 on slender filaments; anthers oblong, slender pointed: akenes nearly sessile, 2 lines long, ovoid, tapering to a straight beak, thick-walled and 2-edged. South Dakota, westward and southward in the mountains. Introduced 1889. T. occidentale Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 372. 1872. T. diotcum var. oxycarpum Torr. Bot. Wilkes Exped. 212. FOgAt Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTII AMERICA. 517 Allied to 7. dzotcum which it closely resembles ; but it is more robust, taller: leaves glandular-puberulent: akenes long, slen- der, thin-walled, 2-edged, ribbed, not furrowed. Introduced 188r. T. Fendleri ENcLEm. ex Grayin Mem. Am. Acad. 4:5. 1849. A variable species: plants I to 3 feet high, rather stout and leafy: leaves 4 to 5 times pinnatifid, upper stem leaves sessile ; leaflets rather firm, ovate to orbicular, usually with many shal- low rounded or acuminate lobes, bases variable: flowers diceci- ous, in rather compact panicles; stamens many, anthers long: akenes nearly sessile, obliquely ovate, flattened, 3 to 4 ribs on each face. July-Aug. Western Texas to Montana. Intro- duced 1881. Lec. 2. f 9. Var. Wrightii TRELEASE, |. c. 304. 1886. f Weighia Grav Pl. Wright 2:7. 1852. The upper leaves petioled; leaflets smaller, puberulent be- low: akenes plump, sigmoid, reticulated. Aug.—Sept. Dry regions. New Mexico, southern Arizona into Chihuahua. Eee. 2s 7. 4. Var. platycarpum TRELEASE, |. c. 304. 1886. IT. platycarpum GREENE, Pitt. 1: 166. 1888. T. hespertum GREENE, Pitt. 2: 24. 1880. Inflorescence sparsely glandular-puberulent: leaflets like the type: akenes flat, erect, dilated, the veins mostly longitudinal. Central and southern California. T. polycarpum Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. 14: 288. 1879. T. Fendlert var. polycarpum Torr. Pac. R. Rep. 4: 61. 1853. IT. Fendlert Brew. & Wats. Bot. Calif. 1: 4. 1876. In part. T. cestum GREENE, Fl. Francis, 309. 1892. Allied to 7. Fendlerz: glabrous throughout: leaflets long- petioled: flowers dicecious in rather close panicles: akenes larger in a dense globose head, stalked, obovoid, turgid taper- ing into reflexed styles. Summer. Sandy streams, California to Columbia river. Introduced 1881. Lec. 3. f 4. T. peltatum DC. Prod. 1: 11. 1824. Plant tall, glabrous or glaucous: upper stem leaves twice ternate: leaflets pale, 3 inches across, orbicular, mostly peltate, 518 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. apically lobed or crenate: flowers polygamous in an open pan- icle: akenes flattened, obliquely oblong, being nearly straight on edge, base tapering but sessile, both faces 2—3-veined ; styles ¥% inch long, rather persistent. August. Morelos, south of Mexico City. Rese, 1. c. 186, redescribes and fipuresmthis, plate 21. He concludes that DeCandolle’s type may have been found in the same region. Type in U.S. Nat. Herb. 7448, distributed as 7. Prénglez (+). T. Jaliscanum Ross, |. c. 187. 1899. Stems tall, glabrous and glaucous; upper leaves ternate, the leaflets peltate, orbicular, 6 to 10 toothed, glabrous: inflores- cence a large open panicle: carpels narrowly elliptical, some- what cuneate at base, strongly nerved. Quoted from Rose by whom it was first collected on tableland in northeastern Jalisco. Differs from 7. peltatum in its small leaflets with small rounded teeth (+). T. Cuernavacanum Rosse, |. c. 187. 1899. About 2 feet high, branching above, somewhat pubescent, never glaucous: leaves twice ternate; leaflets roundish, 1 inch across, palmate, broadly crenate: inflorescence an open panicle ;_ flowers perfect; anthers linear; akenes 2 lines long, narrowed at both ends, subsessile, one side straight, 3—4-ribbed; styles long. Morelos, south of Mexico City (+). T. Pringlei Wats. Proc. Am.,Acad: 25: 14a-ane9e- T. pubigerum PRINGLE, ex Rose, |. c.ne7. iso9,, About 2 feet high, glabrous: leaves 1 to 2 times ternate; leaf- lets usually peltate, suborbicular, 14 to 2 inches across, coarsely 5-9-toothed, not glandular: inflorescence an open panicle, with slender nodding pedicels: flower polygamo-dicecious: anthers linear, long apiculate: akenes compressed, semi-ovate, straight on one side, 6-8-ribbed, 2 lines long; styles long, somewhat persistent. June-August. Near the capital of Jalisco, and the coast slope of the same state (f+). Var reticulatum Ross, |. c. 188. 1899. A lower, somewhat pubescent form: leaflets peltate, entire or 3-5-angled, dark green above, strongly net-veined: flowers in a narrow panicle; peduncles nodding in fruit. Western foothills of Tepic Territory (f). The type 3372 in U. S. Natl. Herb. is a form of the same variety with the leaflets shallow- round-lobed, and some of them only subpeltate. Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 519 T. Guatemalense Rose & C. DC., Contr. Natl. Herb. 5: 188. 1899. Stems about 2 feet high; slender, branched, somewhat hairy : leaves 4 to 5 times ternate; leaflets small, ovate, peltate, some- what roughened, strongly veined below: akenes turgid, hardly 2 lines long. Guatemala (f). T. pubigerum Bentu. Pl. Hartw. 285. 1839-57. Plant rather tall, nearly simple, glabrous or pubescent, finely striated; leaves 2 to 4 times pinnate; leaflets distant, their stalks stipuled, often ovate, sometimes subpeltate, cordate or roundish at base; summit 3-toothed, often with other smaller teeth: flowers moncecious or polygamous, reddish; anthers linear, mucronate: akenes stipitate, glabrous, flattened, obliquely ovate, reticulately veined, protuberiferous, reflexed; style with- ering. Summer. West central Vera Cruz (f). T. longistylum DC. Syst. 1: 171. 1818. Plant tall, sparsely pubescent even to the fruits: leaflets roundly lobed and toothed outwardly, pubescent beneath: flow- ers perfect, anthers slender, pointed: fruits flattened a little, reticulately ribbed, straight along one side; styles slender, longer than the body before becoming broken. August. Moist banks, Sierra de las Cruces, Mexico, 10,000 feet. Also South America (f). T. Pachucense Rose, 1. c. 188. 1899. Delicate glabrous plant, 8 to 12 inches high; roots fibrous: leaves only 3 to 4 inches long, mostly basal, 3 times ternate ; leaflets 2 to 4 lines long, broad or narrow, bases variable: flowers perfect, on erect pedicels which become bent in fruit; sepals purplish; anthers narrow, apiculate: ovaries oblong ; style long and slender. Open woods. High altitudes. Southern Hi- dalgo (f). T. grandiflorum Ross, |. c. 188. 1899. T. grandifolium Rose, |. c. 143. 1897. Not Wats. Stems 5 to 8 feet high, glabrous: leaves 1 to2 feet long, 4 to 5 times ternate; main petiole short with long dilating stipules ; leaflets stalked, large, nearly orbicular, 1 to 2 inches across, often cordate at the base, 3 to 7 roundish lobes, sometimes a little hairy on under veins: flowers in a large, nearly naked panicle, 520 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. polygamous; filaments slender ; anthers linear: akenes flattened, strongly nerved, style persistent. Morelos, south of Mexico City (f). T: Galeotti Lec; |.-c. 242 131.'7. 207.0. reese Rather tall and simple, glabrous, 2-3-pinnate; stipules ample; leaflets small, thin, ovate to obovate, toothed or lobed above, glabrous: panicles rather leafy ; flowers small, whitish, moneecious or polygamous; sepals slightly dentate; anthers linear, somewhat obtuse: pistils 5 to 11: akenes nearly sessile, compressed, glabrous, semi-ovate, veined, widely spreading ; styles long, slender, withering. September—October. Moun- tains of central Vera Cruz (f). T. Hernandezii Tauscn. in Presl. Reg. Haenk. 2: 69. 1835. Stem 3-5 feet high; glandulous, leafy, branching; leaves 2 to 3 times 5-parted; leaflets large, often subsessile, variable in outline, usually oval, 3-lobed or sharp toothed above; under side glandular: flowers in a conical panicle, moncecious or polygamous; sepals 4, greenish; anthers linear, mucronate: akenes 5-7, sessile or stipitate, obliquely ovate, compressed; spreading, irregularly ribbed and protuberiferous; styles long, slender, somewhat persistent. June-August. Southeastern Mexico, Oaxaca, etc... beco2iye 2mGnr T. gibbosum Lec. |. .c.:24 °° 1325.72 2a eee Tall, erect, simple, or branched, glabrous: leaves 2 to 3 times pinnate, petiole stipuled; leaflets small, thin, oval, stalked, 3 sharp teeth above, often other small ones: panicles slightly leafy: flowers monececious or polygamous, small, greenish; sepals feebly dentate; anthers linear, usually blunt; pistils 4-5 : akenes stalked, flattened, tapering above and below, glabrous, strongly ribbed, reticulated and provided with protuberances, widely spreading; style long and slender, withering. Sept.— Oct. Mountains of western Oaxaca (f). T. lanatum Lec. in Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 16. 226. 18747. 7 Rather tall and leafy, hispid: leaves 2 to 3 times pinnate, very short petioled or sessile ; leaflets variable in size and form, often orbicular or obovate, cordate or rounded at base, firm, glandular- hispid beneath, short-stalked, tridentate at summit, often with ee ee a ee eee Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. Boal other smaller teeth: panicles many-flowered, moncecious or polygamous; sepals whitish; anthers linear, mucronate: akenes 5 to7, sessile or nearly so, spreading, reticulately ribbed, glan- dulous ; styles long and filiform, rather persistent. June—Aug. Oaxaca, southeastern Mexico (t+). Closely allied to 7. Her- nandeziz, but differing in being glandular hispid, and having no convex protuberances on the akenes. T. papillosum Rose, 1. c. 189. 1899. Low, hairy: leaves small, 3 times ternate; leaflets roundish, often cordate at base, somewhat 3-lobed, papillose above, hairy, veins prominent beneath: panicles short; pedicels becoming re- flexed in fruit: akenes 1 line long, few-ribbed. Northern Ja- lisco and western Zacatecas (¢). Fruit much shorter than in 7. lanatum. T. tomentellum Roxsinson & Seat. Proc. Am. Acad. 28: #a3. - 1893. Stem striate, glandular, finely and densely pubescent through out: leaves 3 times pinnate on petioles 1 to 2 inches long; leaflets suborbicular, subcordate, shallowly 3-lobed; the lobes rounded, often with 2 to 3 rounded teeth: flowers in a pyramidal subnaked panicle, polygamo-dicecious; pedicels becoming reflexed in fruit: sepals 2 lines long; anthers setiform at tip: carpels about 10, scarcely stipulate, woolly, roughly reticulated, acuminate ; style very long, filiform, often deciduous. July. About Lake Patzcuaro, Michoacan (f). T. pinnatum Warts. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 267. 1888. Hardly 2 feet high, glabrous and glaucous, slender: root fascicled, tubero-fibrous: leaves lanceolate in outline, 2 1% inches long or less, very shortly petioled, pinnate with about 7 (or fewer) pairs of divisions, the lower divisions ternate, with small lobed leaflets, the upper reduced to a single 3-lobed leaflet: flowers dicecious: sepals of the fertile flowers very small ; stig- mas short and rather thick: akenes ovate, about one line long, undulately ribbed, the oval seed filling the cavity. September. Pine plains, east base Sierra Madre, Chihuahua. Description from the original (f). T. Madrense Ross, |. c. 188. 1899. Glabrous, slender, 1 foot or less high, from a cluster of thick- ened roots: leaves small, sessile, once or twice ternate: leaflets noe MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. mostly 3-toothed or lobed: flowers dicecious (?); fertile flowers often axillary and single; styles wanting; stigma short and thickened: akenes with strong, undulate ribs. Quoted from Dr. Rose, who first collected it in southern Durango and northern Pepic Gf): T. grandifolium Wars. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 267. 1888. Tall, usually glabrous: leaves 3 to 4 ternate, petiolate, with di- lated stipules; leaflets 1 to 214 inches long, obliquely rounded, often cordate, or upper ones cuneate at base, obtusely lobed, veins prominent beneath with a few scattered, short, stout, curved hairs: panicles spreading and somewhat leafy-bracteate ; flowers nodding, dicecious: akenes semicircular, beaked by the short, stout base of the long filiform style (3 to 4 lines), compressed, faintly and irregularly nerved: seed flattened-subovate, filling the cavity. October. huahua (f). Under cliffs of Sierra Madre, Chi- T. Wrightit Gray, occurs in both Mexico and New Mexico. It is placed in this arrangement as a variety of 7. Mendlerc, which see. THALICTRUM INDEX. alpinum L. aguilegtfolium L. cestum Greene = polycarpum. campestre Greene = venulosum. Carolintanune Bosc. = dtotcum. caulophyllotdes Small. clavatum DC. clavatum Hook. = sparciéflorum. cortactum Small. Cornut? L., see aguzlegtfolium. Cornutt var. monostyla Bot. Zeit. = polygamum var. Cornutt var. macrostylum Shuttlew. = polygamum var. Cornuté var. a Hook. = pur- purascens. Cornuté var. § Hook. = poly- Lamum. Cornutt T. & G. = polygamum. corynellum DC. = polygamum. Cuernavacanum Rose. dasycarpum Fisch. &. Lall. = purpurascens. debile Buckley. debile var. Texanum Gray. Delavayt Franc. diotcum Li. diotcum var. cortactum Britton = cortactum. frendlert Engelm. Fendleré var. platycarpum Tre- lease. Frendlert Macoun. = verulosum. frendlert Brew. & Wats. = foly- carpum. Frendlert var. Wrightit Trelease. frendlert var. polycarpum Torr = polycarpum. jfilipes T. & G. = clavatum. Galeotti? Lec. a q : af - * Davts: Ltbbosum Lec. glaucum Desf. grandifiorium Rose. grandifolium Rose = above. grandifolium Wats. Gautemalense Rose & C.DC. Hernandeztt 'Tausch. hespertum Greene= Fendleri var. Jaliscanum Rose. Kemense Fries. = minus var. levigatum Michx. = dio¢cune. lanatum Lec. leucastemon Koch. & Bauche. = polygamum. longistylum DC. macrostylum Rob. var. of foly- gamum. macrostylum Small & Heller = polygamum var. Madrense Rose. minus L. minus var. Kemense Trelease. minus var. elatum Lec. = minus var. nudicaule Schw. = clavatum. occidentale Gray. Pachucense Rose. papillosum Rose. peltatum DC. THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 523 petaloideum L. pinnatum Wats. platycarpum Greene = Fendleri var. Pringlet Wats. Pringtet var. reticulatum Rose. polycarpum Wats. polygamum Muhl. pubescens Pursh = folygamum var. pubigerum Benth. purpurascens L. purpureum Hort. = purpuras- cens. purpureum Schang. = minus. revolutum DC. = purpurascens. revolutum ec. = purpurascens var. Richardsonit Gray = sparci- florum. rugosum Pursh = purpurascens. saxatile Vill. = minus. saxatilts Hort. = minus. Sparctfiorum Turcz. spectosum Poir. = glaucum. tomentellum Rob. & Seat. venulosum Trelease. Wrighttc Gray = Fendler? var. Notre.—The mark ({) indicates that the species or variety has not yet been introduced to the American trade. after descriptions are mostly to pictures. Coyer’s monograph. Citations ‘¢ Lec.” refers to Le- d : be . ie we Us XXVIII. SOME PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. C'S i "Scorreen. The name Dictyophora was first applied by Desvaux in 1809 to a plant bearing a netted veil or indusium, and the genus so named was later included under the general family Phalloidee, established by Fries in 1823. The family was given thorough systematic arrangement by Dr. Ed. Fischer* in 1888, and in 1896 Dr. E. A. Burt ¢ published a systematic account of the ten known North American species under six genera. The development of the sporophore has been especially studied in plants of this family, and this process has been de- scribed for many of the species. In the present paper less at- tention has been given to this particular feature of the life history, not that it is less interesting, but because in some of the stages it is not dissimilar to other species that have already been well described and figured. Collection of material.—The material for the study of Dzc- tyophora ravenelit was collected about September 25, 1899. It was found on low moist ground in rather dense woods near the west shore of Lake Calhoun, Minneapolis, Minnesota. The mycelium of the plant was more or less abundant over an area of five or six square yards, and the sporophores seemed to occur over most or all of this extent. The period of fruiting is evidently long, for photographs of the mature plants were made at least a month before the material was collected, and at the time of collection sporophores in nearly all stages of develop- ment were abundant. Two collections of material were made: that of the first col- lection was put directly into thirty per cent. alcohol and after- ward passed gradually into ninety per cent.; while that of the * Saccardo, Syl. Fung. 7: 1888. + Bot. Gaz. 22: 1896. OU bo OU 526 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. second collection was placed in a one per cent. solution of chromic acid, from which after twenty-four hours it was trans- ferred to water and after thorough washing was carried by easy stages into seventy per cent. alcohol. Methods.—The material for study was, with a few excep- tions, dehydrated, imbedded in paraffin, and cut with a Minot microtome, carried down to fifty per cent. alcohol, stained in a fifty per cent. alcohol saturated solution of Bismarck brown, transferred into pure xylol and permanently mounted in Canada balsam. Some of the small portions of the mycelium and younger stages in the development of the sporophore were first stained 7z toto, and either mounted directly in formalin water and sealed or transferred to paraffin and cut and stained again if necessary. The pre-staining method proved very effectual and was of great help in guarding against the loss of very small bodies, and aided in the imbedding process. Numerous other staining methods were tried, but none gave as good result for structural study as the one outlined. The vegetative tract consists of a complex weft of mycelial strands, which vary in size from something less than one-tenth of a millimeter in diameter up to two millimeters or more. The complexity of the weft is greatly augmented by the copi- ous branching of the strands and not uncommonly crossing strands become more or less fused together. Some of the larger strands have a length of one meter or more, and often continue with unvarying diameter for forty or fifty centimeters. The larger proportion of the mycelium is found near the surface of the soil where it is covered with leaf mould and may be found to some extent in the leaf mould itself. Some of it, however, runs to a considerable depth in the soil, but without diminishing in size or ending there as would a root of a higher plant. Invariably, strands found at the greatest depth of twenty to thirty centimeters could be traced to the surface in both di- rections. Branching seems to be less frequent on the strands found deep in the soil, and it was not possible to locate in any case what seemed to be the definite center of growth. Each mycelial strand is composed of two general areas: the central and the peripheral. In the very small threads the cen- tral area (Fig. 9, B) consists of a few large hyphe, very long in proportion to their diameters, aud without very definitely marked cross-septa. Their general direction is, of course, Scofield : DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. 52 along the strand, but they are more or less twisted about each other, very much as are the threads which make up a strand of yarn. The peripheral area (Fig. 9, c) is composed of loosely inter- twining hyphze, much smaller and more profusely branched than the central hyphez, and extending out somewhat into the surrounding soil (Fig. 8). They seem to resemble very much the root hairs on the roots of higher plants. It seems quite probable that the hyphz of the peripheral areas of the smaller strands function as the absorptive area of the plant, while the larger central hyphe act as conduction paths. In the larger strands the peripheral hyphz occupy a rela- tively smaller part of the strand and seem to abandon their ab- sorptive, to assume more of a cortical function, being reduced in the very large strands to a smooth disorganized coating. The central hyphe by their habit of twisting about each other make it difficult to determine their method of growth and branching, for they do not continue long enough in the plane of the section to be studied with ease, and in no case were defi- nite cross-septa noted although they doubtless exist. Upon the mycelium are borne two distinct kinds of bodies: (1) the reproductive body, and (2) what it has seemed best to call a storage body or ‘‘tuber.” The latter will be considered first. The tuber makes its appearance as a slight enlargement of a mycelial strand, and in the early stages of its development seems to be merely the result of rapid growth of the peripheral hyphe. There seems to be little regularity in the size or shape of the tubers and even less in regard to their place of occur- rence uponthe mycelium. In Fig. ro one of the larger tubers is shown, natural size, and upon a connecting strand is shown at ‘‘a@” the base of an old sporophore. The strand bearing this tuber seems to have been more or less branched and the tuber is lobed to some extent to follow the branching. The tuber is made up of very closely woven hyphe which are much dis- torted, evidently by being packed full of somewhat granular material. In general structure it appears homogeneous except the region of the strand upon which it is borne, where the hyphz seemed to leave the strand to some extent and mingle with those of the tuber, but not so much so that the direction of the strand cannot be clearly followed throughout. A section 528 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of a young tuber is diagrammatically shown in Fig. 11. The cell contents of the hyphz of the tuber respond very neatly to a test for glycogen given by Dr. L. Errera,* and it seems very probable that this substance is a very large, if not the chief constituent of the cells. Errera’s test is made with a reagent composed of 450 parts of water, three parts of KI and one part of iodine, and he designates it as ‘‘ solution Iodée au 74,5.” According to him, material possessing glycogen when stained in this solution or when mounted in a drop of it takes on a red- dish brown color, which disappears in a temperature of 50-60° C., but returns upon recooling. Some of the tests made on Dictyophora tubers were with material taken from 70 per cent. alcohol sectioned, transferred to water and mounted directly in a drop of the reagent. In other instances sections that had been machine cut, stained in Bismarck brown, and mounted in Canada balsam were soaked in xylol to remove the cover glass and balsam, carried through alcohol to water, stained for a moment in Errera’s mixture, and then mounted in water. In every case the reaction was sharp in all particulars. Assuming that Errera’s test is a correct one, and there ap-_ pears no good reason for doubting it, it is evident that a large portion at least of the cell contents of the tuber is glycogen. Zopt, Burt ¢ and others have associated the presence of gly- cogen in fungi with the immediate need of the plant for rapid growth, but there is at least a possibility that this reserve food supply in the tuber is in some way connected with the economy of the plant in reproducing itself vegetatively the following season. Or it may be that there exists a direct connection be- tween the tuber and the rapidly developing sporophore, though there is no evidence that any of the supply of glycogen has been exhausted from any of the tubers collected or found upon the vegetative tract. If it is found upon further investigation that these tubers are connected with vegetative reproduction and that by means of them it is possible to artificially propagate the plant, it will be of great advantage in the study of the younger stages of development of the reproductive area. Hitherto the rare occurrence of the plant and its allies has made the study extremely difficult. * Leo Errera, Sur le Glycogéne ches les Basidiomycetes, 1885. + Bot. Gaz. 24: 1897. Scofield : DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. 529 The reproductive area usually occurs on a branch strand of the mycelium. The length of this branch varies with the dis- tance of the main strand below the surface of the soil. In some instances this branch is so short that the sporophore seems ses- sile upon the main strand. Often the sporophore-bearing branch and the strand from which it comes are very small (Fig. 8), and the main strand here seems to diminish but little in size after giving off the branch. Both the branch and the strand, however, increase in size as the sporophore develops. In all cases the development of the sporophore takes place very close to the surface of the soil so that upon nearing maturity it pushes partially above the surface before the rupturing of the volva and the elongation of the stipe takes place. A number of these nearly mature sporophores are shown in an accompanying plate. Before taking up the development of the sporophore a brief description of the mature organ will be given to explain the parts and to define the terms used. | The mature sporophore (Fig. 7) is 8-10 cm. high and con- sists of a base B, volva V', V’, V*, stipe S, indusium J/, pi- leus P and gleba G. The base may be considered for the pres- ent as a part of the volva, although structurally and develop- mentally it doubtless belongs to the same area as the stipe. The volva is slightly pinkish and consists of more or less defi- nitely organized outer and inner layers with a disorganized milky-gelatinous layer between. The stipe is hollow, 2-3 cm. in diameter, dirty white, tapering at each end, with walls com- posed of several layers of chambers and passing with the pileus into a thick, white, recurved collar at the distal end. The border of the collar is entire, not convoluted as in some species. The indusium or veil is membraneous and not of definite structure. It is attached at the point of union of the stipe and pileus and also to the volva near the base (Fig. 7,7). It rup- tures irregularly upon the elongation of the stipe and may break from near either the point of attachment, or partially from both, and hang about the stipe as is shown in the first cut. Most commonly, however, it seems to break from near its attachment to the volva and hang between the pileus and stipe. The pileus is conic-campanulate, 2.5-3.5 cm. long and 2-3 mm. thick, dirty white and with an entire, slightly recurved margin. Itis composed of closely folded layers of pseudo-paren- chymatous tissue, which give to its surface a finely wrinkled or granulate appearance. 530 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The gleba is thin, slightly shorter than the pileus, very dark olive green and much firmer in texture and more persistent than is common with the other members of the genus; deliquescing slowly in dry weather and without so much of the feetid odor common to the plants of this class. The description of the development of sporophore must be- gin with the youngest stage found, although manifestly a com- plete description should start rather with the activity, nuclear or cytologic, that takes place before the spore-bearing branch is formed. In the youngest stage found (Fig. 1), the sporophore was about .¢ mm. in diameter and borne upon a branch about .1 mm. in diameter. The young sporophore consisted of but two distinguishable areas ; the central (Fig. 1, 7) and the peripheral (Fig. 1, v), the chief difference being that the hyphe of the central area were somewhat larger and took a much deeper stain than those of the other. The two areas of the strand seemed to be continued into the sporophore with a slight in- crease in the proportional space occupied by the outer one. The line between them is not as clearly marked as in the strand, the hyphz being closely anastomosed. A detail of the structure of this stage is shown in Fig. 12. Much time and ingenuity was spent in attempting to determine the condition in the strand just previous to the formation of the sporophore. It seems evident that one must look for the starting point in the main strand or at least in the very young branch. There seems to be good reason for believing that some cell fusion may take place in the strand previous to the giving off of the sporophore branch. In Fig. 8 is shown a small mycelial strand with a branch ‘‘a@” leading to a very small sporophore. Near the middle of this strand is shown one hypha much more prominent than the rest, so much so that it may readily be seen through the surrounding tissue, and by careful focusing its course may be traced for some distance either side of the place of branching. It is difficult to see through the tissue, and still more difficult to get sections to show whether or not an actual fusion has taken place, which has given rise to a new body. Evidently a fusion of some kind may have occurred, and, in the reaction following, one of the hyphe may have come to be of a slightly different nature, for the single hypha is not par- ticularly prominent except near the branching point. The uni- Scofield: DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. 531 form presence of this prominent hypha would suggest the idea that it is intimately concerned with the formation of the sporo- phore while also perhaps evidence that a fusion has taken place at this point may be seen in the knotted condition of the hypha. This gives rise to the thought that a cell fusior at this point may have initiated all the resulting activities. In Fig. g is shown a section of a small strand at the branching point and the supposed evidence of fusion is here very clear. That the peculiar deep-staining ability of this prominent hypha is conse- quent to such a fusion is indicated by the fact that the hypha cannot be traced along the strand any great distance from this point. It is unfortunate that the technique of the material is not sufficiently developed to make possible a study of the nuclear phenomena at this point, for clearly the complete solution of this problem must lie in the study of the nuclear processes. Whatever action takes place here is a matter of considerable importance in the life history of the plant, for the subsequent differentiation of the hyphal tissue is very complex. The first marked step in the differentiation of the sporophore is shown in Fig. 2. The gelatinization of the area between the outer and inner layers of the volva is shown at V*. There is a somewhat indefinite integument formed about the whole body by the breaking down of the hyphe at the surface. The hyphe lying in the area of the stipe S also begin to be promi- nent and tissue of much the same nature extends out like an umbrella from the top of the stipe area. This is evidently brought about by the apical growth of the large hyphz shown in Fig. 1. Being limited by the denser hyphe of the periphery, they take a downward direction. This tissue ‘‘P” gives rise later to the pileus and gleba and there remains between this and the stipe a tissue of the same structure as that of the volva. The tissue of the base ‘‘#” is similar in structure to that of the stipe, but closer in texture. The next important stage is shown in Fig. 3. Here the different areas are fairly well marked. The area between pileus and stipe is distinct, but is composed of very loosely woven hyphe. It is in direct connection with the tissue of the volva, but is nearly separated from it by the base ‘*8,” which has extended considerably. There becomes evident at this point an area of less tension near the middle of this base and just below the stipe. This is 532 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. connected by a small pore, through the base, with the partially disorganized tissue in the center of the stipe. The stipe already shows very slightly its chambered structure and the areas of the pileus and gleba are distinguishable. In Fig. 4 the relative size of the various parts is shown to be considerably modified. Gelatinization of the middle area of the volva is nearly complete. The indusium is almost entirely cut off from the volva and occupies a much smaller space than in the previous stage. The gleba is greatly enlarged, and the hyme- nial layer is beginning to show and the pressure of the whole re- ceptaculum is beginning to be exerted upon the inner layer of the volva. The next stage as shown in Fig. 5 shows general enlargement of the parts and rapid development. Just how this enlargement takes place is not easy to understand. Certainly itis not altogether due to enlargement of existing hyphe for excepting in the stipe and pileus actual measurement of the cells in the various stages show slight differences in the sizes of individual cells, so that enlargement must be very largely due to apical growth and branching. The development as shown from Figs. 2 to 5 must go on very rapidly, for comparatively few sporophores in these stages were found. In Fig. 6 is shown the sporophore practically mature. The tissue in the middle of the stipe X’ is almost completely dis- organized, showing the wall of the other side of the stipe in one or two places. The walls of the stipe are fully developed, but the cells of the walls of the chambers are elosely compressed, especially at the angles. The indusium is reduced to a thin layer adhering closely to the sides. The inner layer of the volva is drawn very tightly over the gleba and is pressed against the outer layer at the tip. The gleba is completely developed and the spores are nearly or quite formed. Fig. 7 shows the mature plant as previously described. The parts of it may now be described in detail. The base B& is made up of small but entire hyphz closely interwoven and shown in detailed structure in Fig. 19. The base forms a cup which loosely contains the base of the stipe to which it is at- tached only slightly, just about the pore which connects the hollow of the base with the hollow of the stipe. The tissue of the central area of the strand is in direct connection with the tissue of the base and the peripheral area of the strand at this time greatly reduced leads directly into the coating of the base and the outer layer of the volva. Scofield : DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. 533 The volva having been so tightly compressed before rupturing, has its two layers so close together that they might readily be mistaken for one, and the detailed structure is hard to recog- nize. The outer layer is hardened and the interstices between the hyphz are filled with gummy material. The inner layer has its hyphz lying for the most part in the direction of the re- cent strain and connects by a thin layer with the indusium. The stipe is made up of several rows of irregular chambers as shown in Fig. 13 in cross section. Some of these chambers open to the outside, but none of them to the middle of the stipe. The chamber walls, one of which is shown in detail in Fig. 17, are made up of much distended hyphz which look in section like the parenchymatous cells of higher plants. The chambers contain filmy remnants of disorganized tissue. The remnant of the tissue in the hollow of the stipe AX, hangs usually from the apex of the stipe or some of it may remain attached at the base. The chambers of the stipe walls become smaller toward either end and at the apex the wall passes into the recurved collar where the contents of the chambers, though somewhat disor- ganized, are not absorbed. The indusium which has been the cause of the trouble in classification is hardly to be considered the true indusium com- mon to the genuine members of the genus Dictyophora. It is not a definitely organized structure, but rather the remnant of a portion of the tissues of the periphery of the young sporophore caught between the pileus and the base. Penzig* in describing Ithyphallus tenuts, speaks as follows: ‘‘ Eine andere bemerken- swerthe Erscheinung bei /‘hyfallus tenuzs ist das Auftreten einer Art von Indusium zwischen dem Hute und dem oberen Bheiwle des ‘Stieles. Auch Ed. Fischer (1. c., p. 22) kurz die Andesenheit einer Haut, welche er als ‘ Rest der stiel und Hute trennenden Primordialgewedes’ auffast. Dieses Gedielde ist nicht in allen Individuen gleich ausgedildet: einmal nur als ausserest, feines, durchsichtiges Hautchen, andere Male aber als zienlich derbe, compacte membran, welche den Stiel kragen- artig oder fast glockenférmig umgiebt. Ihere structur ist nicht pseudoparenchymatisch ; vielmehr ist sie aus eng verflochtenen, cylindrischen Hyphen zusammengesetz.” Burtt in describing this plant writes: ‘‘ This species has been *Ann. Jard. Bot. de Buitenzorg, 2d Ser. Vol. I., part 2. ft Bot. Gaz. 22. 1896. 534 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. placed in the genus Lctyophora on account of its having a persistent membrane hanging about the angle between the pileus and the stipe. ‘This membrane is composed of the same tissue, the intermediate tissue A of my figures; which gives rise to the veil in DV. duplicata. Differentiation of this tissue does not advance in J. raveneli to the final stage of making this mem- brane pseudoparenchyma, or is this final stage reached in the case of hyphe composing the pileus in /. zmpudicus and in D. duplicata, yet no one would hesitate on that ground to use the term f#z/eus in connection with those species. It seems best to apply the term vez/ to this membrane in YD. raveneli? which looks like a veil, has the position of a veil, is composed of a tissue forming the veil in other species and is likely to be re- garded as a veil without question by every botanist meeting this fungus for the first time and attempting its determination.” Burt’s interpretation of this structure seems hardly the best one. The membrane as shown in detail in Fig. 15 bears no resemblance whatever to the tissue of the stipe and pileus shown in detail with the same enlargement in Figs. 14 and 16. The attachment of this membrane at the base of the volva and the fact that it ruptures irregularly, are both strong reasons for not considering it as a true veil or indusium. It would seem better to regard it rather as tissue which in other species of both Ithyphallus and Dictyophora, is completely disorganized—with the exception possibly of /. ¢enuzs, mentioned by Penzig, where also a similar structure occurs. The presence of this tissue, al- though noted by the earlier writers, was not considered of im- portance enough to exclude the plant from the genus in which its other characteristics certainly placed it. The pileus is composed of tissue very similar in structure to that of the stipe, except that the walls are closely folded and the tissue of the chambers is not so completely disorganized. The structure of one of the folds is shown in Fig. 14 while a longitudinal section showing the relative position of the walls is shown in Fig. 18. From a surface view the pileus has a finely wrinkled or granulated appearance. It is firmly attached to the apex of the stipe just below the collar. The line of demarka- tion between the pileus and the stipe at the point of attachment is not easy to make out. In fact at the point of union the tissue of the three areas, stipe, pileus and collar is homogeneous. It is close within the axis of the stipe and pileus that the so-called Scofield : DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. 535 indusium is attached and often it clings so closely to the inner surface of the pileus as to be mistaken for a portion of that structure. The gleba is much more persistent than in most forms of the family, maintaining itself for some hours after the elongation of the stipe. Its structure at this stage is very indefinite. Slight traces of the hymenium may be found, but for the most part it consists of a disorganized tissue containing masses of spores scattered about, held by the surrounding substance. The spores are very small, 1.5—2.5 mikrons in diameter, somewhat oblong and greenish black. In order to show the structure of the gleba the drawings for Figs. 16 and 17 were made from a young stage of the sporophore such as is shown in Fig. 6. In conclusion the results of the study so far made upon this plant seem to suggest the following points : 1. The mycelium of the plant is of considerable structural importance and deserves further attention. 2. There are borne upon the mycelium certain organs which seem to function as storage places for reserve material. 3- There is in the young mycelial threads very good evidence of the occurrence of cell fusion previous to, or in intimate con- nection with the formation of the sporophore. 4. The indusium of this plant cannot be considered homol- ogous with the indusium of true members of the genus Dzctyo- phora; but is rather the persisting remnant of tissue which is completely broken down in most other plants of this order. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PrateE XXIX.—Field view of undeveloped sporophores, from photograph by C. J. Hibbard. PrateE XXX.—Field view showing mature sporophore, from photograph by C. J. Hibbard. Pirate XXXI.—Structure and development of /. raveneli?. 1. A very young sporophore ; V, volva; #, receptaculum. X 50. 2-7. Development of the sporophore; AB, base; V, the outer layer of the volva; V’, the middle layer of the volva; V’°, the inner layer of the volva; /, indusium; S,stipe; P, pileus; G, gleba; C, collar, and X, tissue remnant within the stipe. 8. Small mycelial strand with branch ‘‘a” leading to young sporo- phore. x 50. 536 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. g. Section of small strand at point of branching, showing large 9 hypha at ‘‘a”; central area B; peripheral area C. x 100. 10. Tuber with connecting mycelium and base of an old sporo- phore at A. Natural size. 11. Section through a small tuber showing continuous mycelial strand. x 5. 12. Detail of portion of young sporophore shown in Fig. 1. x 500. 13. Diagrammatic view of section of stipe. X 5. 14. Detail of a fold of pileus tissue. x 500. 15. Detail of portion of indusium showing large drops of gelatine at hyphal ends. xX 500. 16. Portions of hymenial layer in immature sporophore. xX 500 17. Portion of wall of chamber of stipe. x 500. 18. Diagrammatic view of pileus and gleba immature. XX 15. 19. Detail of portion of tissue of the base of the sporophore. x 500. --—an Part IV. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. OY. VOL. XXIX PAE - 2 =) Sa SP? bth ZA s laa) _— — a T% od ¢ & rie MINNESOTA B VOL. Il ‘ Prorat. NICAL STUDIES. PART IV. r. | ZA A Eo AR NCE Wi Le « ‘Ke eH —~ ; WUE SY \ ‘ sf . i eae SS Sr) ye a) NG) Ue DURE) 27 AYN AD Ml ssh AY | Le ONS & gw A Read F | Wy ah. otk LF £ 7 Xi > V jj > ~ ms Meer XXIX. A. PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA UREDINE/E. E. M. FREEMAN. The following list comprises the Uredinez collected in Min- nesota up to the present time, by the Botanical Survey Staff. The materials are taken from the collections cited in my pre- liminary list of Minnesota Erysiphee.* In addition to these Dr. L. H. Pammel has made numerous collections at Hokah and other points in southeastern Minnesota. These have not been included in the present report but may be found in Tre- lease’s Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin.t Puccinza anemones- virginiane is the only species collected by Dr. Pammel in Min- nesota which has not been collected elsewhere in the State. No representatives of the Endophyllacez or of the Schizo- sporacez have yet been found in Minnesota. Of the Melamp- soraceze five genera with seven species are reported, viz: Chrysomyxa 1 species, Cronartium 1, Coleosporium 1, Me- lampsora 3, Calyptospora 1; of the Pucciniacez seven genera with 62 species: Uromyces 14, Puccinia 39, Gymnoconia 1, Uropyxis 1, Gymnosporangium 4, Phragmidium 4, Triphrag- mium 1; of isolated Zcrdza (including Percdermza) 30; of isolated Uredo 2. On May 11, 1900, there was collected in Mille Lacs county a very large witches’ broom on a white pine. The broom measures fully g feet across. The distortion of the branches is very pronounced and the leaves of the broom are considerably smaller than the normal. The cause of the for- mation cannot at present be positively ascertained. There are no indications that the branches contain an abundant mycelium and the material was collected early in the spring before ecidia had time to form. So far as I am aware no authentic record of a witches’ broom upon pines caused by a fungus parasite exists. * Minn. Bot. Stud. 24: 417. 1900. 7 Trans, Wisc. Acad. Sci. A. and L. 6: 1884. 537 538 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. In Sargent’s Sylva* is a statement that pines are sometimes sub- ject to the distortions known as witches’ brooms. Dr. Farlow writes, however, that this statement was based on a reported witches’ broom on /%nus ponderosa from Montana and that further study of the material demonstrated that the distortions Were not typical witches’ brooms, nor were they caused by a fungus parasite. No definite statement as to the cause of the broom of white pine collected in Minnesota can be made until older material is obtained and a more detailed description is therefore deferred. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXII. Witches’ broom on Péxus strobus, Mille Lacs county, Minn. After photograph by R. S. Mackintosh, May, 1goo. I. MELAMPSORACE#. Chrysomyxa UNGER. One species of this genus has been found. Common on Pyrolas throughout the State. 1. C. pirolatum (KoERN.) WinT. Die Pilzez': 250. 1884. On leaves of: Pyrola rotundifolia L.: Goodhue, (II) Je. 1893, Ballard ; Freeborn, (11) My. 1891, Sheldon 5964 and 5963. Pyrola elliptica Nuttr.: Aitken, (II) Je. 1892, Sheldon 2101; Houston, (II) Je. 1899, Lyon 98; Mille Lacs, (II) My. 1go00, H. B. Carey and Freeman 560. Pyrola secunda L..: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 27. [ Uredo pyrole (Gm.) Wint. |] Cronartium F Rigs. Not yet collected by the survey staff, but one species has been reported by Seymour. 1. C. asclepiadeum (WILLD.) Fr. Obs. Myce i: 22671005. Var. quercuum B. & C. Crow Wing, (III) Ag. 1884, Seymour. (Economic Fungi. A. B. Seymour. and F. S. Earle, Nowange) Coleosporium LEVEILLE. One species found. Very abundant throughout the State. Uredospore form most abundant and conspicuous. Only one collection of the teleutospores has been made. * Sylva of N. A. 11: 12. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE. 539 1. C. sonchi-arvensis (P.) Wint. Die Pilze 1’: 247. 1884. On leaves of: Solidago serotina Arr.: Lincoln, (II) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1506; Houston, (II) Ag. 1899, Lyon 360. Solidago canadensis L.: Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7080. Solidago flexicaulis L.: Case, (II) Ag. 1893, Anderson 702. Solidago sp. indet.: Chicago, (II) S. 1891, Sheldon 4261 ; Lincoln, (II) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1420; Hennepin, (II) O. 1898, Freeman; Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7308 ; Houston, (II) Ag. 1899, Lyon 430. Laciniaria sp. indet.: Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7381. Aster divaricatus L.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway ro2. Aster macrophyllus L.: Cass, (111) Ag. 1893, Ballard 1747: Aster sp. indet.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 165 and 251; Winona, (II) Jy. 1888, Holzinger 139; Houston, (II) Ag. 1899, Lyon gor and 398; Hennepin, (II) S. 1889, MacMillan; Hennepin, (II) Ag. 1892, Sheldon AL22. Doellingeria umbellata (Ditu.) NeEEs: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 83. Melampsora CASTAGNE. Three species. The uredo forms of those species growing on Populus and Salix are especially abundant. All three species are Hemi-melampsoras. 1. M. epilobii (P.) Fcxi. Sym. Myc. 44. 1869. On leaves of : Epilobium coloratum Muuu. : ——, (Il) S. 1893, Sheldon 6147; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 35 and 89. LE pilobium lineare Munu.: St. Louis, (Il) Jy. 1886, Hol- oe ee Epilobium sp. indet.: Waseca, (II) Je. 1891, Sheldon 357. 2. M. populina (Jaca.) Lev. Ann. Sci. Nat. II]. 8: 375. 1847. On leaves of: Populus tremuloides Micux.: Otter Tail, (I1) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3890; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 198 _- a 540 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Populus deltoides Marsu.: Lincoln, (II) Ag. 1891, Shel- don 1573; Hennepin, (II) S. 1899, Lyon; Winona, (II). S. 1888, Holzinger; Hennepin, (II) S. 1889, Mac- Millan. 3. M. salicis-capree (P.) WinT. Die Pilze 1°: 239. 1884. On leaves of: Salix discolor Munx.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway LOL. Salix myrtellordes L.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 166. Salix sp. indet.: Hennepin, (II) S. 1890, MacMillan ; Brown, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1087 and 995; Blue Earth, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 478; Mille Lacs, (II) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2978; Hennepin, (II) O. 1892, Sheldon 41206. Calyptospora J. Koun. The well-known species on the mountain cranberry has been collected only in one locality. 1. C. goeppertiana Kiun. Hedw. 8: 81. 1869. On Vaccinium vitis-idea L.: Cooke, (IIl) Jy. 1899, Mac- Millan; Cooke, (III) Jy. 1900, Mrs. C. J. Hibbard. II. PUCCINIACEA. Uromyces Linx. Fourteen species of U/vomyces have been found in the State. Seven of these are found upon plants of the Pulse family. Very common also are those species found upon Zuphorbza, Arisema and Polygonum. Four species belong to the Hlemzuromyces, seven to the Hwuromyces and of the remaining three, the life histories are incomplete. The Auwuromycetes are all autcecious. A. AUT-EUUROMYCES. 1. U. fabe (P.) Dre Bary, Ann. Sci..Nat. 1V 20076 ammeo2: Uromyces polymorphus Pk. * differs from this species only in greater variability of the teleutospore form. ‘The pedicel is no criterion. I have therefore included forms on Lathyrus and Vicra under U. fabe although exhibiting considerable variation in spore form. *Ellis. N. A. Fungi no. 1442. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE. 541 On Vicia linearis (NUTT.) GREENE: Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7374. Vicia americana Muuu.: Mille Lacs, (II and II) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2926. Vicia sp. indet.: Traverse, S. 1893, Sheldon, (II) 7320 and (IIT) 7256; , (IIL) 1892, Sheldon 3816 (?). Lathyrus venosus ues Mille Lacs, (II) Jy. 1892, Shel- don 2940. Lathyrus sp. indet.: ——, (III) 1893, Sheldon 6127 and 6129. 2. U. appendiculatus (P.) Linx. Berl. Ges. Nat. Freunde Mag. 7:28. 1816. On Strophostyles helvola (Lu.) BRrrron: Houston, (I) Je. 1899, Lyon 24; Houston, (II, III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 389. 3. U. albus Diet. & Hotw. Hedw. 36: 297. 18097. According to Dietel this is 4czdiwm album Clint. (£cidium porosum Pk.). No experiments indicating this are cited. The specimen reported below differs from Dietel’s description in that the teleutospore sori are found on the leaves (not on the stem), and the color of the sori is not black but dark brown. This material (Holway 25) was reported by Arthur* as ‘romyces orobi (P.) Wint. (II), and (Holway 14) as Accdeum porosun. On Vicia americana Muuu.: St. Louis, (II, II) Jy. 1886, Holway 25; St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 14; Mille Lacs, (1) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2720; Aitkin, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2658. 4. U. trifolii (ALB. & Scuw.) Wint. Die Pilze 1': 159. 1884. On Trifolium repens L.: St. Louis, (I, II) Jy. 1886, Holway 34; Hennepin, (II, III) Jy. 1890, MacMillan; 7, (iT) 1893, Sheldon 6098. 5. U. euphorbie Cooke & Peck, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Bist 25.290. 1873: Arthur’s recent experiment ¢ although too incomplete to be conclusive indicates strongly that Uromyces euphorbie is an au- tceecious Euuromyces. *loc. Tf Cultures of Uredinez in 1899. J.C. Arthur. 542 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On Euphorbia maculata L.: Mille Lacs, (1) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 3136. Euphorbia serpyllifolia Pers.: Pine, (II, HI) Je. 1899, Freeman 528; Hennepin, (II, III) Jy. 1890, MacMillan. Euphorbia heterophylla L.: Houston, (II, Ill) Ag. 1899, Lyon 317. Euphorbia marginata Pursu: Renville, (II, II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 957. Euphorbia glyptosperma ENGELM.: Chisago, (II, IJ) Ag. 1892, Taylor 1568%; Brown, (II, III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 969 and 1170. Euphorbia sp. indet.: Renville, (II, III) 1890, Mac- Millan. 6. U. polygoni (P.) Foxit. Symb. Myc. 64. 1869. Of this very common species uredospores and teleutospores only can at present be reported. Some ecidium material on what appeared to be a Polygonum was found in 1900 in Wright county (Freeman 698), but the amount of material was insuffi- cient for accurate and positive determination. On Polygonum aviculare L.: Winona, (III) on leaves and stem, N. and O. 1893, Edna Porter; St. Louis, (II) Jy. . 1886, Holway 5, 113 and 116. Polygonum ramosissimum Micux.: Brown, (Il, III) on leaves and stem, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1048; Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1545. Polygonum sp. indet.: Traverse, (III) on leaves and stem, S. 1893, Sheldon 7253; Winona, (II, III) S. 1888, Holzinger. 7. U. caladii (Scuw.) Fartow, Ellis N. A. Fungi, No. 232. 1879. Abundant wherever Avzsema is found. On the leaves and spathe of: Arisema triphyllum (1..)Torr.: Blue Earth, (I) Je. 1891, Sheldon 114; Chisago, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 6309; Hennepin, (I) My. 1899, Freeman 308; Ramsey, (1) My. 1899, Freeman 317; Houston, (1) Je. 1899, Lyon 97; Hennepin, (1) My. 1899, MacMillan; Hennepin, (1) F. 1899, E. A. Cuzner (in university plant house) ; Wright, (I) My. 1900, Freeman 581; Pope, (Ill) Jy- 1892, Taylor 916; Winona, My. 1889, Holzinger. iY > P ; i Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE#. 543 B. HEMIUROMYCES. 8. U. lespedeze (Scuw.) Px. Ellis, N."A. Fungi, No. 245. 1879. On Lespedeza capitata Micux.: Winona, (III) S. 1888, Holzinger ; Chisago, (III) S. 1893, Ballard 1819. g. U. hedysari-paniculata (Scuw.) Fartow, Ellis, N. A. Fungi, No. 246. 1879. On Merbomia sp. indet. : ——, (III) 1893, Sheldon 7078. 10. U. terebinthi (DC.) Wint. Die Pilzefi': 147. 1884. On Phus radicans L. : Kandiyohi, (III) Jy. 1892, Frost 302. 11. U. caryophyllinus (ScHRANK.) ScHRoET. Brand and Rost-Pilz. Schles. 10. 1872. On Dianthus caryophyllus L.: Ramsey, (III) on leaves and stem, Ap. tg00, Freeman. C. Lire Histories INCOMPLETELY KNown. 12. U. argophylle Sreym. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 185. 1889. On Psoralea argophylla Pursu: Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7353; Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1546. 13. U. pyriformis Cooke, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 29: 69. 1878. On Acorus calamus L.: Carver, (III) Je. 1891, Ballard 13; Wright, (III) My. 1900, Freeman 636. 14. U. rudbeckie Arty. & Hotw. Bull. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Pisk. 2 103. . 1885. On Rudbeckia laciniata L.: ——, (II) §. 1893, Sheldon. Puccinia PERsoon. Thirty-nine species have been collected: 10 Awf-eupuccinia, 6 Heter-eupuccinia, 2 Brachypuccinia, 2 Pucciniopsis, 7 Hemi- puccinia, 1 Micropuccinia, 3 Leptopuccinia, and 8 with im- perfectly known life histories. Very abundant are those species found on Mints, Helzanthus and allied genera, on grasses, sedges and Polygonum. Those forms formerly included under P. hieracit (Schum.) Mart. have been separated as far as pos- sible according to the recent researches of Jacky.* The high degree of specialization in the habit of these forms which has * Die Compositen-bewohnenden Puccineen vom Typus Puccinia hieracii und deren Specialisierung. Bern. 1899. b44 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. been demonstrated in these experiments emphasizes the need of special research in cultures upon American species. It is possible to utilize Jacky’s results only upon species common to both Europe and America. Puccinia amorphe Curt. upon species of Amorpha have been retained under Schroeter’s genus Uropyxis. A. AUT-EUPUCCINIA. i. Poiadoxe Hepw: Fl. Fr. 2: 220. (aerce On Adoxa moschatellina L.: Winona, (1) My. 1889, Hol- zinger. 2. P. calthe Lx.in Linne, Sp: Pl. 67: 70.0 woes On Caltha palustris L.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 96. 3. P. convolvuli (P.);Cast. Obs: 1: 36.95 tomes On Convolvulus sepium L.: Winona, (II, Il) Ag. 1888, Holzinger; Brown, (I) Jy. 1893, Sheldon 899; Blue- Earth, (I) Je. 1891; Sheldon 374. Convolvulus spithameus L.: Winona, (III) Ag. 1888, Hol- zinger 6. 4. P. galii (P.) Scuwern. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 73. 1822. On Galium asprellum Micux.: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Hol- way 94. Galium concinnum Torr. & Gray: Winona, Ag. 1888, Holzinger 108. 5. P. gentiane (Srrauss) Lx. in Linné Sp. Pl. 67:73. 1825. On Geniiana andrewsi GRiSEB. : Brown, (II, II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon. Gentiana puberula Micux. : Glenwood, (II, III) Ag. 1891, Taylor 1170: 6. P. pimpinelle (Strauss) Link in Linné Sp. Pl. 67: 74. 1825. On Washingtonia claytoné (Micux.) Brirron: Houston, (Ul; TE) Jemesoo, ‘Lyongar: 7. P. viola (Scnum.) DC. Fl. fr. 6: g2\v eons. \ On Viola canadensis L.: Lake, (I) Je. 1893, Sheldon 4758. Viola blanda WiLup.: St. Louis, (II, II) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 131; Lake, (1) Je. 1893, Sheldon 4735; Wright, | (1) My. 1900, Freeman 662. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE. 545 Viola blanda palustriformis A. GRAy: Hennepin, (I) My. 1891, Sheldon 5961. Viola blanda amena (LE Conte) B.S.P.: Crow Wing, (I) Je. 1892, Sheldon 2150; Mille Lacs, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2705%. Viola scabriuscula (T. & G.) ScHWEIN.: Wright, (I) My. 1900, Freeman 592. Viola sp. indet.: Hennepin, (II, III) S. 1889, MacMillan ; Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 845 and 850; Henne- pin, (III) O. 1892, Sheldon 4090; PUL) S. 1893; Sheldon 7242. 8. P. menthe americana BurrRIL1, Bull. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 189-191. 1885. The echination, which distinguishes this form from the Euro- pean form, is in almost all specimens most marked at the apex of the teleutospores. Many teleutospores are almost smooth ‘atthe base. European teleutospore specimens are sometimes slightly echinate at the apex. On Monarda fistulosa L.: Chisago, Ag. 1883, Arthur; Winona, (III) Ag. 1888, Holzinger 42; Winona, (II, III). Ag. 1888. Holzinger; Hennepin, (III) 1890, Mac- Millan; Hennepin, (III) O. 1893, Sheldon 4096; Trav- erses(Ml)jh. 1893, Sheldon 7175; Winona, (III) 8. 1893, Edna Porter; Hennepin, (III) S. 1898, MacMil- lan; Houston, (III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 321. Koellia virginiana (L.) MacM.: Winona, (II, Ill) Ag. 1888, Holzinger 164. Mentha canadensis L.: Hennepin, (II, IIl) Ag. 1883, Ar- thur; St. Lonis, (II, III) Jy. 1886, Holway 236; Lin- coln, (II, III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1419; Kamsey, (II) Je. 1899, Freeman 458; Ramsey, (II, III) S. 1898, Free- man. Mentha sp. indet. : ——, (II, III) 1893, Sheldon 6070 and 7019; Traverse, (II, III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7382. ee tanacen OC. Pl. Fr.2: 222. 181s. The Puccinia on Helianthus differs from that on Zanacetum only in having a slightly broader teleutospore. This is espe- cially true of the distal cell. Culture experiments are necessary to separate these forms. On Artemisia dracunculotdes PursH: Houston, (II, III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 391; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7311. 546 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Fleliopsis helianthordes (L.) B.S.P.: Winona, (II, III) Jy. 1888, Holzinger 204. H[elianthus grosse-serratus MARTENS: Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1544. Flelianthus tuberosus L.: Goodhue, (II, III) Ag. 1893, Anderson 726. Helianthus giganteus Li.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 133% flelianthus annuus L.: Winona, (III) Ag. 1889, Holzin- ger ; Hennepin, (II, III) O. 1889, MacMillan; Mc- Leod, (II) Jy. 1890, T. J. McElligott; Hennepin, (II) 1890, E. A. Cuzner; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Shel- don 7366; Ramsey, (III) S. 1898, Freeman ; C088 1893, Sheldon, 5823, 6175 and (II, IIT) 7195 ; Hennepin, (II, II) O. 1889, MacMillan. flelianthus sp. indet.: Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7378 ; , (IIT) 1893, Sheldon 7136 and 6067. ; 10. P.‘Chondrilla Corpa, Icon. Fung. 4:15. 1840. The Minnesota specimens of the Puccznza on Lactuca ex- hibit morphological characters which according to Jacky (I. c.) distinguish this form from those on Prenanthes. ‘The teleuto- spore has no well-developed papilla and no constriction and is elliptical in form. ‘The germ pores are irregular in position, often occurring at the summit. On Lactuca pulchella (PursH) DC.: ——, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon. Lactuca sp. indet.: Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7241 and 7125. B. HETER-EUPUCCINIA. 11. P. angustata Peck, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 25: 123. 1873. On Scirpus atrovirens Muunu.: Ramsey, (II, III) O. 1898, Freeman. Lycopus virginicus L.: St. Louis, (1) Jy. 1886, Holway 216; Blue Earth, (1) Je. 1891, Sheldon 484. This species is connected with “&ccdium lycopit Ger. accord- ing to Arthur (1. c.). 12. P. caricis (ScHuM.) REBENT. Prod. Fl. Neom. 356. 1804. The connection of “c¢dium urtice Schwein. on Urtzca with P. caricis has been confirmed for American specimens. (Ar- thur, 1. c.) The ecidia are found on both lamina and petiole. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE. 547 On Carex castanea Wauu.: Lake, (III) Je. 1893, Shel- don 4822. Carex utriculata Boott: Houston, (III) My. t1goo, Lyon 537- Carex sp. indet.: , (III) 1893, Sheldon 7135, 7368 and 7122; Hennepin, (III) O. 1898, Freeman; Henne- pin, (III) S. 1900, Freeman 786%. Urtica gracilis A1iT.: Ramsey, (I) My. 1899, Freeman 322; Waseca, (I) Je. 1891, Sheldon 206 and Taylor 302. Urtica sp. indet.: Hennepin, (I) 1893, Sheldon 5968 and 5907: 13. P. phragmitis (ScHuM.) Korn. Hedw. 15: 179. 1876. In Europe it has been demonstrated by several investigators that the ecidium on various species of Arwmex belongs to P. phragmitis. According to the recent culture experiments of Arthur (1. c.) ecidia were easily obtained upon Aumex crispus and Rumex obtusifolius. According to the same author no au- thentic and undoubted record of the collection of 4czdium rubellum GMEL. has been reported upon American species of Fumex. A Minnesota specimen of Aumex britannica L. was collected in 1899 (Freeman 471) upon which several groups of zecidia were found. Upon comparison with “czdium rubellum on Ft. hydrolapathum * the two specimens were found to agree perfectly in all morphological characters. The spots are circular and usually of a reddish color, not swollen. Pseudoperidia on lower surface of the leaf somewhat crowded, leaving usually a free central area, flat, cup-shaped with revolute lacerate margin. Spores 17-23 x 11-177. Itseems very probable therefore that this ecidium on Rumex britannica belongs to P. phragmztis. Arthur’s explanation that the ecid- ium on /twmex has up to this time been overlooked is therefore probably correct. On Rumex britannica L.: Ramsey, (I) Je. 1899, Freeman 471. Phragmites phragmites (L.) Karst : ——,(III) 1893, Shel- don 7119. 14. P. rhamni (P.) WeTTsT. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. 35: 545- 1885. (P. coronata CDA.) * Krieger Fung. Sax. no. 853. 548 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On Avena sativa L.: Brown, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1045. Pehamnus alnifolia L’?HErR.: Houston, (1) Ag. 1900, Lyon 546; Ramsey, (I) My. 1899, Freeman 316; * (Eh) 18035 Sheldon 5963; Hennepin, (1) My. 1891, Sheldon 5969. 15. P. poculiformis (Jaca.) WetTtT. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. 35: 544. 1885. (P. graminis PERS.) There is no good reason for not accepting Wettstein’s name. The species is exceedingly abundant although but few collec- tions have been made. On Avena sativa L.: Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1104 ; Goodhue, (II) Ag. 1893, Anderson 710. Undetermined grasses: , (II, II) 1893, Sheldon 7120; ——, (II), 1893, Sheldon 7126. 16. P. rubigo-vera (DC.) Winr. Die Pilzes =s2njeeeecan, On Triticum vulgare L.: Kandiyohi, (Il) Jy. 1892, Frost 285 and (II, III) 283%; Goodhue, (II, III) Ag. 1893, Anderson 711; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7387. Hordeum vulgare L.: Waseca, (II, III) Je. 1891, Sheldon 5209. C. BRACHYPUCCINIA. 17. P. hieracii (Scuum.) Mart. Flora Mosq. 226. 1817. Jacky’s results (1. c.) can be utilized only in separating out the form on Taraxacum. 'Those on lzeractum and Carduus require further cultural investigation on American specimens. On Hieractum canadense Micux.: Hennepin, (III) O. 1889, MacMillan. Carduus sp. indet.: Winona, (II) Ag. 1888, Holzinger 41 ; ——, (II, III) 1893, Sheldon 6097 and 6059; Traverse, (II, TI) S. 1893, Sheldon 7398; Kamseyaa tas s- 1898, Freeman. 18. P. taraxaci PLowrieut, Brit. Ured. and Ustil.: 186 and 1672 91860. This species seems to be founded on negative results of Plowright and recentiy of Jacky. Inoculations with Pucciniz from other composites gave in all cases negative results. On Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) Karst.: Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7324; Hennepin, (II) Ag. 1883, Arthur ; Ramsey, (II) My. 1899, Freeman 360; Hennepin, (II, ITI) S. 1898, Freeman. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE. 549 D. Puccrniopsis. 19. P. grossularie (Gm.) WinT. Die Pilze 1°: 198. 1884. On ftzbes rubrum L.: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway 203. a 20. P. podophylli Scuwetn. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup.: 72 No. Hag. |1522. On Podophyllum peltatum L.: Winona, (I) My. 1889, Holzinger; Winona, (III) Je. 1889, Holzinger; Hous- ton, Je. 1899, Lyon (I) 2 and (III) 80. E. HEMIPUCCINIA. 21. P. polygoni-amphibii P. Syn. Meth. Fungi 227. 18or. Very widely distributed and abundant. On Polygonum amphibium L.: Hennepin, (II, Ill) S. 1889, MacMillan ; , (II, III) 1893, Sheldon 6076. Polygonum hartwrighttt A. Gray: Hennepin, (II, III) Ag. 1883, Arthur; Hennepin, (II, III) S. 1889, Mac- Millan; Otter Tail, (II, III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3897 ; Traverse, (II, III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7377. Polygonum emersum (Micux.) Brirron: Hennepin, (ieee jane 1963, Arthur; of.) Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 50 and (II, Ill) Holway 48; Winona, (II, II) S. 1888, Holzinger 252. Polygonum sp. indet.: Lincoln, (II, III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1549 and 1570; —, (III) 1893, Sheldon 7137. 22. P. argentata (ScHuULTz) WinT. Die Pilze 1°: 194. 1884. On Jmpatiens bifora Wauv.: Ramsey, (III) S. 1898, Freeman. 23. P. pruni-spinose Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 226. 1801. On Prunus pumila L.: Crow Wing, (II, Il) Ag. 1890, MacMillan and Sheldon g2. 24. P. kuhnie ScuweErn. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 296. 1834. On Kuhnia eupatoriordes L.: Ramsey, (III) S. 1898 Freeman. : 25. P. tomipara Trex. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci. A. and L. G22. 1684. On Bromus ciliatus L.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 12. Also reported at Detroit (Becker Co.) in Ell. and Ever. N. A. Fungi No. 1842. 1884. ° 550 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 26. P, sorghi ScHwEIN. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 295. No. 2910. 1O31. On Zea mays L.: St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 136; , (II) 1893, Sheldon 6148; Brown, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1065. Sorghum sp. indet.: Hennepin, (III) O., 1890, Sheldon Sia 27. P. emaculata ScHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 295. No. 2QI2e 1O34. On Panicum capillare L.: Lincoln, (IJ) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1530; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7375 7376. F. MIcROPUCCINIA. 28. P. thalictri Cuzv. Fl) Paris. 1: 417. to%e: On Thalictrum sp. indet.: Cass, (TMD) Jy.etcogse-nder- son 573- G. LEPTOPUCCINIA. 29. P. asteris Dusy, Botan. Gallic. 2: 888. 1828. On Aster macrophyllus L.: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 37; Cass, Jy. 1893, Ballard 1652. Aster sagittifolius WiLup.: Houston, Ag. 1899, Lyon 451. Aster sp. indet.: Lake, Jy. 1886, Holway, 273. There is a great similarity in the spots, sori and spores of P. asterts on A. macrophyllus to those of P. xanthit Schwein. 30. P. circee Pers. Tent. Disp: Meth 2q7meme 76 On Circea alpina L.: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 214. Circea lutetiana L.: Winona, Jy., 1888, Holzinger 206 and 132; Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 887. Circea sp. indet.: Cass, Jy. 1893, Ballard 1655. 31. P. ornata ArTH. & Hotw. Rep. Bot. Wk. in Minn. for year £886532/30. 1937: On Aumex britannica L.: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 223. Feumex sp. indet.: Crow Wing, (III) Ag. 1890, MacMillan and Sheldon. H. Lire Hisrorres IMPERFECTLY KNOWN. 32. P. variolans Hark. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci nah toed On Eriocarpum spinulosum (NuTT.) GREENE: Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7ror. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE. 551 33. P. nardosmie E. & E. Journ. Myc. 1: 85. 1885. On Petasites palmata(Arr.) A. Gray: St. Louis, (IIT) Jy. 1886, Holway 232. 34. P. porphyrogenita Curr. Thiim. Myc. Univ. No. 545. 1876. On Cornus canadensis L.: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 108; St. Louis, (III) Je. 1893, Sheldon 4622. ee aydrophyili Peck & Cuint. Rep. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Piste 30: 54. 1870. On Aydrophyllum virginicum L.: Hennepin, (III) My. 1891, Sheldon 1968 and 1981; Meeker, (III) Je. 1892, Frost 37 ; Ramsey, (III) My. 1892, Sheldon 1969 ; Aitken, (III) Je. 1892, Sheldon 2072 ; , (III) 1893, Sheldon 5803; Hennepin, ({II) My. 1899, Freeman 310. ge, ee uate Bb. & C. IN. A. Fungi, No. 549. 1881. On Mitella nuda L.: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway 62. 37. P. halenie Artru. & Hotway, Rep. Bot. Wk. in Minn. BitO2* TOo0. On Tetragonanthus deflexus (J. E. SmirH) Kuntze: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway too. 255 mesomegaia B. & C. Grev. 3: 53. 1874. On Clintonza borealis (AiT.) Ra¥F.: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway 18. 39. P. xanthil ScHWweiIn. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 500. 1822. Berkeley and Ravenel have described a variety ambrosia. The spores on Amérosza do not, however, differ morpholog- ically from those on Xanthium. On Xanthium canadense Mitu.: Hennepin, (III) O. 1889, MacMillan; Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 861 and 1008; Carver, (III) Jy. 1891, Ballard 756; Lincoln, OT) Ae. i691, Sheldon 1262; Otter Tail, (III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3898; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7259; Hennepin, (III) S. 1898, Butters: Ramsey, (III) Jy. 1899, Freeman 531; Houston, (III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 458. Ambrosia trifda L.: Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1266; Brown, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1227. Gymnoconia LAGERH. Separated from Puccznza on account of the ecidia, which are destitute of a pseudoperidial wall and are at first covered only by the epidermis of the host. iS) UL 552 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 1. Gymnoconia interstitialis (ScuLectT.) LAGEerRu. Ured. Herb. El. Fr. Tromsé. Mus. Arshefter 17: 84. 1894. (Ca@oma nitens SCHWEIN. and Puccinia peckiana HOWE.) The ecidial stage (C@oma nitens Schwein.), the common raspberry rust, is abundant throughout the State. The teleuto- spores have not yet been found in Minnesota. On Rubus strigosus Micux.: Mille Lacs, (1) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2709. Feubus villosus Ait.: Kanabec, (1) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2908; Mille Lacs, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 27173. Pubus canadensis L.: Le Sueur, (1) Je. 1891, Sheldon 52 ; Aitkin, (1) Je. 1892, Sheldon) 2061 and \2mq54 shame s(1) Je. 1899, Freeman 499. Feubus sp. indet.: Winona, (I) Je. 1888, Holzinger 235; Cass, (1) Je. 1893; Ballard 1393; \Houstoniiinjeso0, Lyon. Uropyxis SCHROETER. The puccinia on Amorpha species (P. amorphe Curt.) has here been retained under Schroeter’s genus Uvropyxis. The differences between Uropyxzs and typical Puccinze are no less than those between Phragmopyxrs and Phragmidium. On the other hand P. deg/ubens might be included among the Puccinie without much more serious objection than can be raised against Puccinia elymi Westd. Puccinia petalostemonis Farlow has a. slight gelatinous exospore which certainly indicates relationship with the Puccznza on Amorpha. Phragmopyxis according to. Dietel * is more closely related to Urofywxis than to Phragmz- dium. Ihave seen biseptate spores in Puccinza petalostemonis Farl.t The forms on the Leguminose, therefore, seem to form a natural group with sufficient distinguishing characters to: separate them generically from the typical Puccznze. This is Schroeter’s genus Uropywxis. Puccinia petalostemonis Farl. connects it with the true Pucc7ne. 1. U. amorphe (CurT.) ScHroeT. Hedw. 15: 165. 1875. On Amorpha canescens PursH: Winona, (III) S. 1888, Holzinger; Otter Tail, (III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3650; Traverse, (II]); S. 1893, Sheldon 7ramwanceyieo:: Ramsey, (III) S. 1898, Freeman; Pope, (III) Ag. 1891, Taylor 1182. ¥* Le, Jo. tEllis. N. A. Fungi, No. 1844. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE®. 553 Amorpha fruticosa L.: Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7243; Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 985; Chisago, (III) S. 1891, Sheldon 4245; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7370. The ecidial and uredo forms have not yet been collected. Gymnosporangium DE CANDOLLE. . G. globosum Fart. Am. Mem. Bot. Soc. Nat. Hist. 18. 1880. On Juniperus virginiana L..: Dakota, (III) Ap. 1900, Lyon. . G. nidus-avis THAxTER, Bull. Conn. Ag. Ex. Sta. 107: Ge 1801. On funiperus virginiana L.: Wright, (III) Je. 1899, Lyon 553 and 547 and Freeman 697. . G. clavarieforme (Jaca.) Rees. Abh. Naturf. Gesell. 11: R2E..., 1509. On branches of jJunzperus communis L.: Hennepin, (II) A. 1901, Butters 97. Causes fusiform swelling of the branches. G. juniperi-virginiane Scuw. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 74. No. 504. 1822. (G. macropus Lx.) On small branches of jJunzperus virginiana L.: Wright, (III) A. 1901, Freeman 978. Causes swellings known as ‘‘ cedar apples.” Phragmidium Linx. . P. potentille (P.) Karst. Fungi Fen. No. 94 and 593. (Hel. Bid.) Fen. Nat. 0. Folk. 19: 1871—23: 1873. On Potentilla pennsylvanica strigosa PursH: Douglas, (III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3481. . P. rubi-idzi (P.) Karst. Helsing. Bid. Fin. Nat. 0. Folk 1G. -1S7L. On /tubus strigosus Micux.: Aitken, (II) Je. 1892, Shel- don 2211; St. Louis, (II, HI) Jy. 1886, Holway 205. frubus hispidus L.: St. Louis, (Il) Jy. 1886, Holway 20. frubus sp. indet.: Winona, (II) S. 1888, Holzinger. . P. speciosum Fr. Syst. Myc. 3: 496. 1829. On stems of /tosa sp. indet.: Wright, (III) O. 1896, Wash- burn; Ramsey, (III) S. 1899, Wheeler. . P. subcorticum (ScuHrank.) Wint. Die Pilze 1°: 228. 1884. oO tN 4. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On fosa acicularis Linpu.: St. Louis, (II, ID) Jy. 1886, Holway 187 and 247; Ramsey, (III) My. 1899, Free- man 350. Feosa blanda Ait.: Mille Lacs, (III) Je. 1890, Sheldon 23173. feosa sp. indet.: Hennepin, (III) O. 1898, Freeman; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 3; Winona, (II, III) S. 1888, Holzinger; Hennepin, (III) O. 1898, Freeman ; Houston, (III) Je. 1899, Lyon 26; (III) 1893, Sheldon 7334: Triphragmium Link. . T. clavellosum BerxK. Gard. Chron. 1857. On Aralha nudicaulis L.: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 17. Acidium. IsoLATED Forms. . A. uvularie ScHwern. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 69, no. 453. T1322. On Uvularia perfoliata L.: Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 295 ; Chisago, fe. 1392, Taylon a255. Uvularia grandifiora SM.: Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 403; Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 526; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 96; Houston, Je. 1900, Lyon 552. Uvularia sessilifolia L.: Aitkin, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2066. . A. itidis Ger. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 25: 93. 1870. On /ris versicolor L.: Kanabec, Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2886 ; Houston, My. 1900, Lyon 534. A. convallarie Scuum. Enum. Plant. Saell. 2: 224. 1803. On Lilium canadense L.: Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 400. Polygonatum commutatum (Scu.) DretTr.: Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 404. Polygonatum sp. indet.: Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 22. A. orobi Pers. Rém. N. Mag. 1:92. 1794. Probably belongs to Uromyces fabe (P.) DE Bary. (?)On Falcata comosa (L.) Kuntze: Pope, Jy. 1891, Mac- 5. Millan 5. Apios apios (L1.) MacM.: Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 914. A. lupini. Peck, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat iistea@e = 33. 1893. On Lupinus perennis L.: Chisago, Jy. 1892, Taylor 1421. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE®. 555 6. A. thalictri-flavi (DC.) Wint. Die Pilze 1': 269. 1884. On Thalictrum dioicum L.: Mille Lacs, Je. 1892 Sheldon 2306. Thalictrum purpurascens L.: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Hol- way 210 (A. ¢halictr? Grev.); Ramsey, Je. 1898, Free- man 71; Ramsey, My. 1899, Freeman 318. 4. A. ranunculacearum DC. Fl. Fr.6:97. 1815. On Anemone canadense L.: Winona, Je. 1889, Holzinger, Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman. Anemone quinguefolia L.: Aitkin, Je. 1891, Sheldon 2312 and 2108; Mille Lacs, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2566. Panunculus abortivus L.: Wright, My. 1899, Freeman 63714; St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 212. The ecidia on A. abortivus L. are not diffused over the entire surface but are aggregated on definite orbicular spots which are at first reddish but become yellow in drying. Spores finely tuberculate polygono-spherical, 20-23 x17 ». Not LEcidium ranunculi Schwein. 8. A. punctatum Pers. Usteri Ann. Bot. 20: 135. 17096. On Thalctrum dioicum L.: Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 416. @. A. actee Oriz. in Wallr. Fl. Crypt. Germ. 2: 252. 1833. On Actea alba (L.) MiLu.: Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 202. 10. A. cimicifugatum ScHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 293. ING: 2876. 1831. On Actea sp. indet.: Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 889. Differs from A. cemzczéfugatum Schwein. in the long cylin- drical pseudoperidia and in smooth (or almost) spores. Spores 15-17 p in diameter. Pee Clematidis DCF). Fr. 2: 243. 1815. On Clematis virginiana L.: Mille Lacs, Jy. 1892, Shel- don 2764; Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 907; Pope, Jy. 1892, MacMillan 6; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 106. 12. A. fumariacearum KELL. & SwINcLe, Journ. Myc. 4: 95. 1888. On Bicuculla cucullaria (L.) Miuuse.: Aitkin, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2203 ; 1893, Sheldon 5959. 556 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 13. A. geranii DC. Syn. Pl: 47.7 ~¢1806: On Geranium maculatum L.: Crow Wing, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2247; Meeker, Je. 1892, Frost 61 5; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 95; Ramsay, My. and Je. 1899, Free- man 329 and 419; Winona, Je. 1888, Holzinger. Belongs probably to Uromyces gerani (DC.) Wint. 14. A. impatientis ScHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. 674. No. 442. 1022). On J/mpatiens bifora Waut.: Winona, Je. 1889, Hol- zinger; Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 826; Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 520; Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Sheldon 219; Mille Lacs, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2495. Impatiens sp. indet.: Pope, Jy. 1892, MacMillan 3; Wright, Je. 1900, Freeman 686. 15. A. verbene Srec. Fung. Argent. 1: 56. 1880. On Verbena stricta VENT.: Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1080. 16. A. jacobee Grev. Fl. Edin. 445. .1824. (A. senectonzs DESMAZ. ) In European specimens connected with Puccznia Scheleriana Plow. et Magn. On leaves of Sezeczo aureus L., Ramsey, My. 1899, Free- man 328. 17. A. compositarum Mart. Fl. Erlang. 314. 1817. The ecidia on composites vary considerably in the form and color of the spots, the arrangement of the ecidia and in the size and form of the spores. In the absence of necessary knowledge of the life-histories of these forms only a temporary classification is possible. Their separation into varieties based on the hosts is the only convenient method. On Hieracium canadense Michx.: Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 396; Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 425. On Adopogon virginicum (L.) Kuntze: Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 392. Var. erigerontis WINT. On 4rigeron annuus (L.) PERS. : Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 85. Var. prenanthis (P.) WaLLR. Fl. Crypt. Germ. no. 1773. 1833- | On WVabalus sp. indet.: Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 12; Chi- sago, Je. 1899, Freeman 423. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE®. 557 Var. lactuce Burritt, Bull. Ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 232. 1885. On Lactuca canadensis L.: Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 475 ; Ramsey, Je. 1898, Freeman 69; Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 418. Lactuca ludoviciana (NuttT.) DC.: Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Sheldon 29% and 244. Lactuca sp. indet.: Ramsey, My. Freeman 344; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 594. Var. liatrii WEBBER, Journ. Myc. 5. 1889. On Lacinzarza sp. indet.: Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 514. Var. Relianthi BurRIxv., |. c. 232. On Helianthus divaricatus L.: Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Shel- don 281. flelianthus sp. indet.: Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Taylor 265. | Var. eupatorii (ScHw.) BurRILL, 1. c. 231. On Lupatorium purpureum L.: Ramsey, Je. 1899, Free- man 464. Eupatorium perfoliatum L.: Brown, Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1058; Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 308 and 521 ; Chisago, Je. 1892, Taylor 1340. Eupatorium ageratoides L..: Ramsey, Je. 1898, Freeman 70. 18. A. asterum ScHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 67, No. 444. 1822. On Solidago flexicaulis L.: Waseca, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 657. Solidago serotina Ait.: Mille Lacs, Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2790. Solidago sp. indet.: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 141 (A. compositarum) ; Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 207 ; Mille Lacs, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2451; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 595. Aster sagittifolius WiLLp.: Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 258. Aster sp. indet.: Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 566; Hous- ton, Je. 1899, Lyon 14; Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 398. Euthamia graminifolia (L..) NuttT.: Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 430; Chisago, Je. 1892, Taylor 1339. 558 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 19. A. pustulatum CurT., Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 3iatsaeiger 23:60. 1869. On Comandra umbellata (L.) Nurr.: Winona, Je. 1888, Holzinger; Wright, Je. 1900, Freeman 691; Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 394; Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 490; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 90. Very abundant throughout the State. 20. A. jamesianum Peck, Bot. Gaz. 5: 34. 1880: On Asclepias syriaca L.: Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1078. Asclepias tuberosa L.: Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 787. Acerates viridifora (RaF.) Eaton: Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon. 21. A. lysimachie (ScuL.) Waiter. Fl. Crypt. Germ. No. 7 FOS | Miele ee On Stecronema ciliatum (L.) Rar.: Pine, Je. 1899, Free- man 503. 22. A. grossularie Prers. Syn. Meth. Fung. (?). 1801. (A. grossularie ScuuM. Enum. Plant. Saell. 2: 223. 1803.) Abundant everywhere. On /ebes gracile Micux.: Winona, My. 1886, Holzinger ; Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 826% ; Ramsey, My. 1899, Freeman 315. Leibes floridum L’HER.: Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Sheldon 233 ; Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 375; Ramsey, My. 1899, Freeman 326; Wright, Je. 1900, Lyon 550; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon. fribes cynosbatz L.: Aitkin, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2291; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 660; Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 9353; Chisago, Je. 1892, Taylor 1307. ferbes sp. indet.: Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 375; Hennepin, My. 1891, Sheldon; Meeker, Je. 1892, Frost 33; Lake, Je. 1893, Sheldon 4928; Mennepm, 1693; Sheldon 5966; Houston, Je. r900, Lyon 551; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 598; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 13. 23. A. hydnoideum B. & C. Grev..3: G1. jaeye- On Lirca palusiris L.: Chisago, S. 1891, Sheldon, 1984 % ; Crow Wing, Jy. 1893, Ballard 1496 and 1646; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 579. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE®. 559 24. A. hydrophylli Peck, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 26: go-.. 1874. On Aydrophyllum virginicum L.: Mille Lacs, Je. 1891, Sheldon 2475 and 2822; Ramsay, Je. 1899, Freeman 397: Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 600. . A. pammelii Tre. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sc. A.and L. 6: 33. 1884. On Euphorbia corollata L.: Houston, Jy. 1899, Lyon. 26. A. peckii DETon1, Syll. Fung. 7: 790. 1888. On Onagra biennis (L.) Scop.: Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor _ 865; Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 510; Waseca, Je. 1892, Taylor 479; Ramsey, Jy. 1898, Freeman 72; Hennepin, My. 1899, Freeman 337; Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 508 and 408. 27. A. phryme Hatst. Journ. Myc. 2: 52. 1886. On Phiryma leptostachya L.: Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 564; Brown, Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1000. to UL 28. A. fraxini ScHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 66. No. 430. 1822. On Fraxinus Americana L.: Lincoln, Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1520; Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1205. Fraxinus sp. indet.: Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1076; Kandiyohi, Jy. 1892, Frost 292. Peridermium Lev. iT P) Palsameum Px. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 27: E04, 1975. On Adzes balsamea (L.) Mitu.: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Hol- way 208. The spores of this specimen are uniformly smaller than those described by Peck and agree more nearly with those of A. elatenum. No distortion of the branches has been reported. The spores measure 14 X I7-20 1. 2. P. abietinum (A. & S.) Tuum. var. decolorans THuM. On Picea mariana (Miuu.) B.S.P.: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 93. The spores agree with those of the ecidia of Chrysomyxa ledi, to which this species supposedly belongs. 560 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Uredo. IsoLATED Forms. 1, U. polypodii (P.) DC. Fl. Fr. 6: 31-5 2615. On Cystopteris fragilis BERNH.: Houston, Jy. 1899, Lyon 217: 2. U. agrimonie-eupatorie (DC.) Wint. Die Pilze 1°: 252. 1884. On Agrimonia hirsuta (MuHL.) BICKNELL: St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 209. MOTs, IT. PLATE XXXII. THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO. BOSTON XXX. A NEW SPECIES OF ALARIA. Dre AuTon SAuNDERS. During the summer of 1896 while investigating some physio- logical problems in the Hopkins Sea-side laboratory, the writer collected an A/arva which did not seem to agree with any of the described species. No specimens of the Pacific coast A/a- vias were at hand for comparison and the writer being loath to add further to the synonymy of this variable group laid the- plant aside until a favorable opportunity for study should pre- sent itself. Recently a specimen of this plant with several other species of Alaskan alge was submitted to Dr. Kjellman who pronounced it a new species, related to his A. prelonga and A. angusta. Alaria curtipes nov. sp. (Plate XXXIII.) Plant of medium size, one to three or more meters long, dark olive brown, coriaceous; stipe very short (1-4 cm. long), firm, robust, black, narrowed below, but little flattened above ; rachis short, somewhat compressed, gradually passing into the midrib; blade linear or narrowly lanceolate, 1-3 dem. wide, narrowed above; midrib prominent, 1-2 cm. broad, projecting equally on both surfaces of the blade, quadrangular in cross section; spor- ophylls ovate, lanceolate or elliptical, obtusely rounded above, 2-3 cm. wide, 7-15 cm. long, 16-40 or more borne seriately on a distinct stalk 5~10 mm. long; fruiting area confined to the lower half of the sporophylls. Abundant on exposed rocky points on the central Californian coast, Monterey bay, Carmel bay, and Point Sur. A. curtipes is related to A. prelonga * Kjellm., and A. an- gusta ¢ Kjellm. but according to Dr. Kjellman’s comparison “Differs from A. prelonga in its broader midrib and its shorter *Kjellman. Om Beringshafy. Algflora, p. 38, T. 4, Figs. 1-4. t Ibidem, p. 38, T. 3, Figs. I-4. 561 562 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. and more robust stipe. It differs from A. angusta especially in the form of the sporophylls.” EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. Figure 1. Mature plant reduced %; a, 6, c, d, young plants, showing different stages of development. Figure 2. Cross section of sporophylls, x 400. Figure 3. Section of midrib, x 2. XXXI. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA XYLARIACE/. BO ISB urrers: During the past fifteen years numerous collections of Min- nesota fungi have been made by E. W. D. Holway, Esq., Dr. A. P. Anderson, Messrs. E. P. Sheldon, E. M. Freeman and others. The list given below comprises records of all the Xylariacezee which have been collected within the State and deposited in the herbarium of the University of Minnesota. In each case the county in which the collection was made is cited, with the date of collection, and such other information as is deemed of special value. A list of the fungi collected by Holway was included in Professor J. C. Arthur’s report on botanical work in Minnesota for the year 1886,* but they are included in the present list for the sake of completeness. Some of Mr. Sheldon’s specimens as well as the fungi included in Professor Arthur’s list have been previously determined, but in all cases the fungi reported in the following list have been ex- amined personally by the author and he takes the sole respon- sibility for their correct determination. In cases where the determinations as given in Arthur’s list have been altered the name as it appears in that list has been inserted in parentheses after the citation of the collection. In all cases in which the nomenclature employed departs from that found in Ellis and Everhart’s North American Py- renomycetes, the name employed in that work is inserted as a synonym. It is to be noted that the specimens distributed by Ellis + as fypoxylon rubiginosum (Pers.) Fr. are certainly of a different species from those distributed by de Thiimen ¢ and other Euro- * Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, Bulletin No. 3, Oct. 1, 1887. tENis & Everhart. North American Fungi, 1949, Fungi Columbiani, 1324. $ Mycotheca universalis, 1071. 563 564 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. pean authors. De Thiimen’s specimens are cited by Winter * and are probably authentic. The specimens distributed by Ellis cannot be Hypfoxylon rubiginosum (Pers.) Fr. They agree with the fungus upon J/agnolza described by Berkeley + as fypoxylon epiphaum B. & C. (in some works spelled eptphleum) and the species has been so cited in the following list. In all, nineteen species of Xylariacez are included in the list given below. They are distributed among five genera as fol- lows: Vummularia, 3; Ustulina, 1; Hypoxylon, 12; Daldinia, 23 Xplaria, Te Owing to the somewhat desultory manner in which these col- lections of fungi have been made, many species which doubtless occur in the State have not been collected as yet, while some of the more abundant and more noticeable species have been col- lected many times. 1. Nummularia nummularia (BULLIARD) ScHROET. Krypt. Fl. von Pilze II. 459. 1897. (lV. bulhard: Tut.) Hennepin, April 1890, Sheldon 14, on Quercus; —-—t Sheldon 5751%; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 658 on Quercus ; Hennepin, September 1900, Butters 75, on Acer ; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 50, on Acer. 2. Nummularia repanda (Fries) NirscHKe, Pyrenomycetes Germanici, p. 57. 1867. Hennepin, May 1893, Sheldon 5428, on Cornus ? erumpent through the bark; » sheldon 5765; , Sheldon 5781. 3. Nummularia lateritia ELtis & EverRHART, New Species of North American Fungi, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, p. 144. 1893. On bark. Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon 4193, on Populus; Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon 4197; Ramsey, May 1893, Sheldon 4327, on Acer; , Sheldon 5928, on Populus. 4. Ustulina maxima (HALLER) SCHROTER, Kryptogamen Flora von Schlesien, Pilze II. p. 465. 1897. (Ustulina vulgaris TUL.) * Die Pilze, II., p. 860. + Notices of North American Fungi, Grevillea, IV. 52. 1875. tMr. Sheldon’s last field note-book is missing, his collections concerning which no field notes can be found are indicated as above. Butters: LIST OF MINNESOTA XYLARIACEZ. 565 Crow Wing, June 1892, Sheldon 2238; Ramsey, August 1893, Sheldon 5528; Hennepin, June 1890, Sheldon 5696 ; , Sheldon 6138% ; Hennepin, May 1899, Freeman 306; Ramsey, June 1899, Freeman 380; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 650%. Conidial stage: Wright, June 1900, Freeman 684. 5. Hypoxylon petersii BERKELEY & CurRTIs, Ona Collection of Fungi from Cuba, Journ. Linn. Soc., X., p. 384. 1869. Houston, August 1899, Wheeler 476, on decayed log; Hen- nepin, September 1900, Freeman 702, on Quercus. 6. Hypoxylon fuscum (Pers.) Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. p. 384. 1849. On bark. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 119, on Alnus; St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 151, on A/nus; Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon 4195; Lake, June 1893, Sheldon 4749, on Alnus; Dakota, July 1893, Sheldon 5372; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 51, on Ostrya. 7- Hypoxylon commutatum NitscuHKe, Pyrenomycetes Ger- Mmigmicl, p. 33.' 1967. On bark. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 144, on A/mus; Lake, June 1893, Sheldon 4484, on Betula; Hennepin, May 1891. Sheldon 5904, on 77//a. 8. Hypoxylon granulosum BuLiairp, Champ. Fr. 176. 1791 (1. multiforme Fr.) Summa Veg. Scand. p. 384. 1849. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 248, on Alnus (Hypoxylon commutatum Holwayanum Sacc. Holway); St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 262, on Betula; St. Louis, June 1893, Shel- don 4669; Ramsey, July 1893, Sheldon 5490, on wood; , Sheldon 6012, on Betula; erumpent through the bark. 9g. Hypoxylon morsei BERKELEY & CurTIs, Notices of North American Fungi, Grevillea, IV., p. 51. 1875. Erumpent through the bark. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 41, on Betula (Hypoxylon transversum Schw. Holway); St. Louis, July 1886, Hoi- way 99, on Admus; Le Sueur, June 1891, Taylor, 364; Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon; Crow Wing, June 1892, 566 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Sheldon 2054, on Quercus; Hennepin, April 1891, Shel- don 4178, on Quercus; Dakota, July 1893, Sheldon 5201, on Quercus; Hennepin, May 1893, Sheldon 5426, on Quercus, , Sheldon 6138; , Sheldon 6244; on Quercus ; Wright, June 1900, Lyon 542, on Arhus ; Chisago, September 1900, Lyon & Butters, on Quercus. 10. Hypoxylon annulatum (Scuw.) Monracne, Sylloge Cryp- togramarum, p. 213. 1856. Cass, August 1893, Anderson 674, on wood. 11. Hypoxylon marginatum BrrKELEy, On a Collection of Fungi from Cuba. Part Il., Journ: Em Ssectee, ep. 499. 1869. Dakota, July 1893, Sheldon 5194 on bark. 12. Hypoxylon rubiginosum (PrERs.) Fries, Summa Veg. cand:., p- 384. 1640, On wood. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 193 (//vpowylon ferrugineum Fr. Holway & Ellis), Ramsey, July 1893, Sheldon 5484 ; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 630. 13. Hypoxylon perforatum (Scuw.) Fries, Summa Veg. Scand., p. 384. 1849. ——, Sheldon 590414; ——, Sheldon 6133. Vig) 14. Hypoxylon epipheum BreRKELEY & Curtis, Notices of North American Fungi, Grevillea, IV., p. 52. 1875. flypoxylon rubiginosum Ellis & Everhart, North American Fungi, No. 1949, not 7. rubzg7nosum (Pers.) Fries. flypoxylon epiphleum B. & C. On wood. Le Sueur, June 1891, Taylor 435; Brown, July i601, Sheldon 1027, on 77a; Ramsey, July 1893, Sheldon 5503, on Acer? (young form). 15. Hypoxylon atropurpureum (Fries) Frres, Summa Veg. Scand., p. 384. 1849. On wood. Le Sueur, June 1891, Sheldon 94; Brown, July 1891, Sheldon 1027%, on Zia; Ramsey, August 1893, Sheldon 5669; , Sheldon 5751, on Quercus; ; Sheldon 6236. Butters: LIST OF MINNESOTA XYLARIACE. 567 16. Hypoxylon serpens (PERs.) Fries, Summa Veg, Scand., B- 364.. 18409. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 265, on Populus. 17. Daldinia tuberosa (Scop.) Voss. Myc. Carn. 180. 1891. (D. concentrica (Boit.) C. & N.) Schema di Classifica- zione degli Sferiacei Italici aschigeri, Comment. Soc. Crit- fee tial, 1. p- 198: - 1863. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 256; Ramsey, September 1889, Sheldon, 18; Ramsey, May 1890, Sheldon 4340; Hennepin, April 1891, Sheldon 4191; Blue Earth, June 1891, Sheldon 408; Crow Wing, June 1892, Sheldon 2186; Hennepin, August 1893, Sheldon 5590; Henne- pin, September 1893, Sheldon 5695; Cass, July 1893, Anderson 521; Cass, September 1898, MacMillan & Free- man 108; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 650; Wright, May 1900, Freeman, 654; Chisago, September 1900, Butters 85; Hennepin, September 1900, Butters 71 ; Hen- nepin, September 1900, Butters 73. Conidial stage. Waseca, July 1891, Taylor 670; Chisago, September 1900, Butters 87 ; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 62. 18. Daldinia vernicosa (Scuw.) Crsati & pe Nortaris, Schema di classificazione degli Sferiacei Italici aschigeri, Comment. Soc. Crittog. Ital. I, p. 198. 1863. Ramsey, May 1890, Sheldon; Chisago, September 1900, Butters 86; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 55; Henne- pin, October 1900, Butters 88. 19. Xylaria clavata (Scop.) ScHRANCK, Baierische Flora, II., p- 566. 1789. (AXylaria polymorpha (Pers.) Greville.) Hennepin, April 1891, Sheldon 4170; Hennepin, April 1891, Sheldon 4182; Hennepin, August 1893, Sheldon 5581; , Sheldon 6138%; Hennepin, July 1899, Butters; Hennepin, September 1900, Freeman 784. near,“ L1. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART PLATE XSXTIE THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. XXXII... A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE oF THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY IN MINNESOTA. W. A. WHEELER. _ During August, 1900, collections were made by the Botanical Survey in the valley of the Red River of the North. Professor Conway MacMillan, A. S. Skinner and C. J. Hibbard explored the region around Crookston through Polk and Red Lake counties and Professor C. A. Ballard visited Kittson, Marshall and Otter Tail counties. Professor MacMillan’s party visited Crookston, Shirley, Holmes station and the region around Maple lake near Dugdale and Mentor in Polk county and Thief River Falls, Red lake Falls, St. Hilaire, Wylie and Ives in Red Lake county. Professor Ballard visited St. Vincent, Humboldt, Northcote, Hallock and Kennedy in Kittson county, Marshall in Warren county and Fergus Falls in Otter Tail county. The collections made at these stations, scattered as they are through the Minnesota part of the Red River valley give a good representation of the late summer flora of this region. The following plants were gathered of which there have been no definite authentic collections previously reported from Minnesota. Puccinellia atrotdes (NuTT.) Wats. & Couttr. Elymus macount V ASEY. Scirpus campestris BRITTON. Juncus dudleyt WIEGAND. feumex occidentalis S. Warts. Chenopodium ambrosiotdes L. Atriplex patula L. Potentilla effusa Doucu. Chamerhodos erecta (LL.) BUNGE. Lappula americana (A. GRAY) RYDBERG. Chrysopsis hispida (Hoox.) Nutr. 569 570 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. As a result of the reconnoissance 325 species of flowering plants are reported below, 73 of which are monocotyledons and 252 dicotyledons. Concerning the explorations made by Professor C. A. Ballard he wrote as follows under date of September I, I1g00: The object of the present work was to examine certain portions of the Red River valley to determine (1) whether the soil of the sections under examination contained saline or alkaline ingredients in sufficient quantities to produce a distinctively characteristic vegetation, and (2) to note the extent of territory affected by such conditions. I found it very difficult to obtain definite information as to the most pronounced alkaline regions of the valley, so that the territory covered is a part only of the sections under discussion. I examined first, the vegetation, littoral and aquatic, of Mineral, Alkali and Horse Shoe lakes. These lakes are situated south and east of Fergus Falls, Otter Tail Co., and are more or less strongly alkaline. Of the three examined Mineral lake alone has a vegetation differing from that of the surrounding country. I have collected in this lake Ruppia occidentalis, in former years although unable to find it at thistime. It is without doubt growing in the lake. Around the margin of the lake three or four chenopods grow luxuriantly. I next spent about two weeks in the northern part of the valley collect- ing in the vicinity of the following towns: St. Vincent, Humboldt, Northcote, Hallock and Kennedy in Kittson Co., and Warren in Marshall Co. The monotonous dead level of the prairie is broken occasionally by small streams each with its fringe of trees. The surface wells of the region visited are alkaline, some of them decidedly so. This shows the entire soil to be alkaline to a certain extent. These wells are from 15 to 25 feet deep. Many deep wells have been sunk throughout the valley, those in Kittson Co. generally yielding a strong brine (NaCl) if more than 70 feet deep. I visited one such flowing well at Hum- boldt, the waters of which had killed all the vegetation for rods along the path of the flow. These conditions are so recent however that no marked halophytic vegetation has developed. Near a similar well at Northcote I found Sadécornéa growing abundantly within narrow limits. Besides these localities of artificial conditions there is an occasional salt spring in the valley, notably one on ‘‘ Two Rivers” some miles west of Hallock. I was unable to reach this spring. The numerous depressions in the surface of the prairie also often show slight incrusta- tions of an alkaline salt. At Hallock I had the good fortune to examine the herbarium of Mr. G. A. Gunnarson, the Auditor of Kittson Co. This herbarium of 200 to 300 plants represents the collections of several years in the imme- Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 571 diate vicinity of Hallock. These plants were the ordinary types of the prairie and woodland of that region. One plant, however, Planxtago ertopoda, is worthy of note as being a salt lover; it was collected 15 miles southeast of Hallock on sandy alkali soil. I afterwards found this plant growing sparsely six miles east of Warren. As a result of my observations I draw the following conclusions: The soil of the entire valley is alkaline. The alkalinity is strongly marked in small localities only, which are popularly called ‘ alkali spots.” In Kittson and Marshall counties there are a few similar *¢ salt spots,” natural and artificial. There are few halophytes in the valley; I found but two which I considered purely halophytic, these are B. 2680 Salicornia, growing in a coulee which had formerly drained a salt well at Northcote; and B. 2789 Plantago, growing in somewhat elevated sandy soil near Warren. There are also four chenopods, B. 2701, B. 2702, B. 2787, and B. 2576, which are semi-halophytic in character. These grow quite generally in many places in the valiey, but are most numerous and luxuriant on the beaches of alkali lakes and ponds and in the vicinity of alkali spots. A more thorough study of the region visited will doubtless add to the list of halophytes of the State and certainly extend the range of those already noted. The principal object of Professor MacMillan, in his visit to the valley, was to secure a series of characteristic photographs of vegetation and portraits of plants to illustrate the flora of the region. There are presented herewith some views selected by him and made under his direction by Mr. C. J. Hibbard, Pho- tographer of the Survey. They will serve to give an idea of the vegetation-sheet in the district covered by the list and will indi- cate some details of ecological distribution as suggested in the descriptions of the plates written by Professor MacMillan. LIST OF SPECIES. SPARGANIACEA. Sparganium eurycarpum ENcetm. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2, 430. 1856. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 131, Maple lake; 398, Holmes. Sparganium simplex Huns. Fl. Angl. Ed. 2, gor. 1788. Coll.: Ballard 2581, Humboldt. 572 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. NAIADACEZ. Potamogeton perfoliatus L. Sp. Pl. 126. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2651, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 173, Maple lake. Potamogeton pectinatus L. Sp. Pl. 126. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2652, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 172, Maple lake. SCHEUCHZERIACEZ. Triglochin maritima L. Sp. Pl. 339. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 112, Dugdale. ALISMACE#. Alisma plantago-aquatica L. Sp. Pl. 342. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2583, Humboldt; 2746, Hallock; Mac- Millan & Skinner 24, 417, Crookston. Sagittaria latifolia Wi1LLp. Sp. Pl. 409. 1806. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 10, Crookston ; 370, Holmes. Sagittaria arifolia Nurtr.; J. G. Smith, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard: 0.32. = Toon. Coll.: Ballard 2580, Humboldt; 2657, St. Vincent. Previously reported from Minnesota by J. G. Smith in Ann. Rep: Mo. Bot. Gard. G2 335 egse NYMPHAACEA. Nymphea advena So.tanp, in Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 226. 1789. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 396, Holmes. VALLISNERIACEZ. Philotria canadensis (Micux.) Brirron, Science (II) 2:5. LCOS. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 23, Crookston. GRAMINEZ. Andropogon scoparius Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 57. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 254, Crookston. Andropogon furcatus Munt.: Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 919. 1806. Coll.: Ballard 2598, Humboldt; 2769, Hallock; Mac- Millan & Skinner 357, Shirley. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 573 Chrysopogon avenaceus (Micux.) Benrn. Journ. Linn. Soc. 19: Pa 188r. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 64, Crookston. Panicum crus-galli L. Sp. Pl. 56. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2589, Humboldt; 2699, Northcote; Mac- Millan & Skinner 128, 129, Maple lake. Panicum pubescens Lam. Encycl. 4: 748. 1797. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 138, Maple lake. Panicum virgatum L. Sp. Pl. 59. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 341, 342, Crookston. Panicum capillare L. Sp. Pl. 58. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2541, Fergus Falls ; 2663, St. Vincent. Chetochloa viridis (L.) Scrisn. U. S. Dept: Agr., Div. Agros. Bale 4-30. -1897. Coll.: Ballard 2525, Fergus Falls; 2686, Northcote. Zizania aquatica L. Sp. Pl. 991. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 134, Maple lake. Muhlenbergia racemosa (Micux.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 67. 1888. Coll.: Ballard 2693, Northcote; 2754, Hallock; MacMil- lan & Skinner 99, 101, Dugdale. Alopecurus geniculatus L. Sp. Pl. 60. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2584, Humboldt; 2747, Hallock; Mac- Millan & Skinner 305, 306, Crookston. Sporobolus brevifolius (Nutt.) Scrrsn. Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 39. 1895. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 329, Crookston. Sporobolus cuspidatus (Torr.) Woop, Bot. & Fl. 385. 1870. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 275, St. Hilaire; 384, Holmes. Sporobolus heterolepis A. Gray, Man. 576. 1848. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 387, Holmes. Agrostis alba L. Sp. Pl. 63. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 233, Crookston. 574 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Witup. Enum. 80. 1809. Coll.: Ballard 2585, Humboldt; 2695, Northcote; 2762, Hallock; 2794, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 52, Crookston. Bouteloua oligostachya (Nurr.) Torr.; A. Gray, Man. Ed. Bs 5535) LORO. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 103, Dugdale. _ Bouteloua curtipendula (Micux.) Torr. Emory’s Rep. 153. 1848. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 46, Crookston. Beckmannia eruceformis (L.) Host, Gram. Austr. 3: 5. 1805. Coll.: Ballard 2588, Humboldt; 2634, St. Vincent; 2714, Northcote; 2745, Hallock; 2778, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 100, Dugdale; 361, Crookston. Phragmites phragmites (L.) Karst. Deutsch Fl. 379. 1880-83. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 394, Holmes. Eragrostis hypnoides (Lam.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 69. 1888. Coll.: Ballard 2672, St. Vincent; 2751, Hallock. Keeleria cristata (L.) Pers. Syn. 1: 97. 1805. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 102, Dugdale; 337, Crook- ston. Panicularia americana (Torr.) MacM. Met. Minn. Val. 81. 1892. Coll.: Ballard 2582, Humboldt. Puccinellia airoides (NutTT.) Wats. & CouxT. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 668. 1890. Coll.: Ballard 2528, Fergus Falls. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Bromus ciliatus L. Sp. Pl. 76. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2782, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 35, Crookston; 106, Dugdale. Bromus purgans L. Sp. Pl. 76. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2666, St. Vincent; 2755, Hallock; Mac- Millan & Skinner 28, Crookston. Bromus kalmii A. Gray, Man. 600. 1848. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 105, Dugdale. Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 146. 1812. Coll. : Ballard 2621, Humboldt; 2715, Northcote. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 575 Agropyron tenerum Vasey, Coult. Bot. Gaz. 10: 258. 1885. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 304, 335, Crookston; Ballard 2569, St. Vincent. Hordeum jubatum L. Sp. Pl. 85. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2520, Fergus Falls. Elymus virginicus L. Sp. Pl. 84. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2629, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 235, Crookston. Elymus canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 83. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2599, Humboldt; 2713, Northcote; Mac- Millan & Skinner 68, Crookston; 267, St. Hilaire. Elymus macouni Vasey, Bull. Torr. Club, 13: 119. 1886. Coll.: Ballard 2570, St. Vincent. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Hystrix hystrix (L.) Miuusp. Fl. W. Va. 474. 1892. ; Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 107, Maple lake; 265, St. Hilaire. CYPERACEZ. Cyperus diandrus Torr. Cat. Pl. N. Y. go. 1819. Coll.: Ballard 2537, Fergus Falls. Cyperus speciosus VauL, Enum. 2: 364. 1806. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 130, Maple lake. Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S. Syst. 2: 154. 1817. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 141, Maple lake. Eleocharis intermedia (MunL.) ScHuLTEs, Mant. 2: 91. 1824. Coll. : Ballard 2656, St. Vincent. Scirpus lacustris L. Sp. Pl. 48. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2587, St. Vincent, MacMillan & Skinner 104, Maple lake. Scirpus campestris Britton, in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. 1: 204... 1896; Coll.: Ballard 2539, 2544, Fergus Falls. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Scirpus atrovirens Muni. Gram. 43. 1817. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 126, 127, Dugdale; 390, Holmes; 310, Crookston. 576 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Carex utriculata Boorr; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 221. 1840. Coll.: MacMillan and Skinner 139, Maple lake; 381, Holmes. Carex retrorsa ScHWEIN. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 71. 1824. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 423, Crookston. Carex fusca) ALL. Fl. Ped. 2: 269." 1785. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 133, Maple lake. Carex cristatella Brirton, in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. 1: 357. 1896. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 249, Red Lake Falls. Carex sychnocephala Carry, Am. Journ. Sci. (II.) 4:24. 1847. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 307, Crookston. ARACES. Arisema triphyllum (L.) Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2: 239. 1843. . Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 237, Gentilly. Calla palustris L. Sp. Pl. 968. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 174, Maple lake. Acorus calamus L. Sp. Pl. 324. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 282, Thief River Falls. LEMNACEZ. Lemna trisulca L. Sp. Pl. 970. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2654, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 410, Holmes. Lemna minor L. Sp. Pl. 970. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2546, Fergus Falls. JUNCACEZ. Juncus balticus Witup. Berlin Mag. 3: 298. 1809. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 136, Maple lake; 4o1, Holmes. Juncus vaseyi EncEeum. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. 2: 450. 1866. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 135, Maple lake. Juncus dudleyi WiEcGANnD, Bull. Torr. Club, 27: 524. 1Igoo. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 137, Maple lake; 276, Wylie. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. Sra) Not previously reported from Minnesota. Many specimens however have been previously collected and reported as Juncus tenuts Willd. Juncus nodosus L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 466. 1762. Coll.: Ballard 2741, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 373, Holmes. Juncus torreyi CoviLe, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 303. 1895. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 340, Crookston. Juncus acuminatus Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 192. 1802. Coll.: Ballard 2743, Hallock. LILIACEA. Allium stellatum Ker, Bot. Mag. f/. 7576. 1813. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 63, Crookston; 87, Dugdale. CONVALLARIACEZA. Vagnera racemosa (L.) Morone, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 114. 1894. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 148, Maple lake. Vagnera stellata (L.) Morone, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 114. 1894. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 218, Crookston. Unifolium canadense (DesFr.) GREENE, Bull. Torr. Club, 15: 287. “ISSo. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 147, Maple lake. Polygonatum commutatum (R. & S.) Dietr.; Otto & Dietr. Gattenz. 3: 222. 1835. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 17, Crookston. SMILACEZ. Smilax herbacea L. Sp. Pl. 1030. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 18, 319, Crookston; Ballard 2758, Hallock. IRIDACEZ. Iris versicolor L. Sp. Pl. 39. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 308, Crookston. SALICACEZ. Populus balsamifera L. Sp. Pl. 1034. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 278, Ives. 578 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Salix lucida Munv. Neue Schrift. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin 4: 239. pli’. fe 7. 9 1803: Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 366, Holmes. BETULACEA. Corylus americana WatrT. FI. Car. 236. 1788. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 415, Crookston. Betula papyrifera Marsu. Arb. Am. 19. 1785. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 178, Maple lake. Betula glandulosa Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 180. 1803. Coll.: Ballard 2803, Warren. Alnus alnobetula (Enru.) K. Kocn, Dendr. 2: Part 1, 625. 1672. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 151, Maple lake. FAGACEA. Quercus alba L. Sp. Pl. 996. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2753, Hallock. Quercus macrocarpa Micux. Hist. Chen. Am. 2. p/. 23. 1801. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 280, Thief River Falls. MORACEA. Humulus lupulus L. Sp. Pl. 1028. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 26, Crookston. URTICACEZ. Urtica gracilis Air. Hort. Kew. 3: 341. 1789. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 199, Crookston. Urticastrum divaricatum (L.) Kuntrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 635. 1891. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 193, Crookston. POLYGONACEA. Rumex verticillatus L. Sp. Pl. 334. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 158, Maple lake. Rumex occidentalis S. Wars. Proc. Am. Acad) 22:7 2532 1876. Coll MacMillan & Skinner 270, Thief River Falls. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 579 Rumex crispus L. Sp. Pl. 335. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2628, St. Vincent; 2777, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 189, Crookston ; 389, Holmes. Rumex persicarioides L. Sp. Pl. 335. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2638, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 155, Maple lake. Polygonum emersum (Micux.) Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. sei. 8: 73. 1889. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 412, Crookston. Polygonum lapathifolium L. Sp. Pl. 360. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 2, Crookston; 294, Maple lake; Ballard 2590, Humboldt; 2673, St. Vincent. Polygonum persicaria L. Sp. Pl. 361. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 6, Crookston. Polygonum punctatum ELL. Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1: 455. 1817. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 293, Maple lake; Ballard 2530, Fergus Falls. Polygonum littorale Linx in Schrad. Journ. 1: 54. 1799. Coll.: Ballard 2643, 2670, St. Vincent; 2685, Northcote. Polygonum erectum L. Sp. Pl. 363. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2720, Kennedy. Polygonum exsertum SMALL, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 172. 1894. Coll.: Ballard 2786, Warren. Polygonum ramosissimum Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 237. 1803. Coll.: Ballard 2551, 2636, St. Vincent; 2600, Humboldt; MacMillan & Skinner 142, Dugdale. Polygonum convolvulus L. Sp. Pl. 364. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2602, Humboldt; MacMillan & Skinner 56, Crookston. Polygonum scandens L. Sp. Pl. 364. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 167, Maple lake. CHENOPODIACE. Chenopodium album L. Sp. Pl. 219. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2552, 2575, St. Vincent; 2740, Hallock; 2527, Fergus Falls; 2708, Northcote; 2594, Humboldt; 2721, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 19, Crookston. 119, Maple lake. 580 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Chenopodium glaucum L. Sp. Pl. 220. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2529, 2531, Fergus Falls; 2576, St. Vincent. Chenopodium leptophyllum (Moa.) Nurr.: Mog. in DC. Prodr. 13, Part 2, 71. AS synonymgriere, Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 332, Crookston. Chenopodium hybridum L. Sp. Pl. 219. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2558, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 225, Crookston. Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Sp. Pl. 219. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2635, St. Vincent; 2595, Humboldt; 2687, Northcote; 2761, Hallock; 2787, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 424, Crookston. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Atriplex patula L. Sp. Pl. 1053. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2577,.St. Vincent; 2614,-2625, Humboldt. 2702, Northcote; 2760, 277%, Hallocke, 2722, Wwenmedy 2772, Warren; 2532, Fergus Falls. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Salicornia herbacea L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2,5. 1762. Coll. : Ballard 2680, Northcote. ‘‘ Growing locally along the drainage from a salt well. No other plants found growing with it.” Ballard. Dondia depressa (PuRsH) BriTTon in Britton & Brown, Ill. FI. JO I3 05. TR 535. — 1SQe: Coll.: Ballard 2613, 2618, Humboldt; 37015 Norncote:: 2759, Hallock; 2793, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 113, Dugdale; 408, Crookston. AMARANTHACE#, Amaranthus retroflexus L. Sp. Pl. 991. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2632, St. Vincent; 2707, Noribeotess27 7. Kennedy ; MacMillan & Skinner 321, Crookston. Amaranthus blitoides S. Warts. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 273. 1077 Coll.: Ballard 2543, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner, 407, Crookston. Amaranthus grecizans L. Sp. Pl. 990. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2658, St. Vincent; 2603, Humboldt; 2691, Northcote ; 2718, Kennedy. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 581 NYCTAGINACEZA. Allionia hirsuta Pursn, Fl. Am. Sept. 728. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 91, Dugdale. CARYOPHYLLACEZ. Agrostemma githago L. Sp. Pl. 435. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 125, Dugdale. silene antirrhina L. Sp. Pl. 479. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 124, Dugdale. Vaccaria vaccaria (L.) Brirron, in Britton & Brown Ill. Fl. 2: Hoe, LOQy « Coll.: Ballard 2671,*St. Vincent. Alsme media L. Sp. Pl. 272. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2736, Kennedy. CERATOPHYLLACEA. Ceratophyllum demersum L. Sp. Pl. 992. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2654%, St. Vincent. RANUNCULACEZ. Actzea alba (L.) Mitu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 140, Maple lake. Anemone cylindrica A. Gray, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 3: 221. 1836. Coll.: Ballard 2606, Humboldt. Anemone virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 540. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2526, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner 27, Crookston. Anemone canadensis L. Syst. Ed. 12, 3: App. 231. 1768. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 39, Crookston. Clematis virginiana L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 275. 1759. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 186, Maple lake. Ranunculus scleratus L. Sp. Pl. 551. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2644, St. Vincent; 2586, Humboldt; Mac- Millan & Skinner 427, Crookston. Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L. f. Suppl. 272. 1781. Coll’: Ballard 2507, Fergus Falls; 2642, St. Vincent; 2756, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 22, Crookston; 288, Maple lake. 582 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Oxygraphis cymbalaria (PuRsH) PRANTL, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pi. Mam. 3: Abt..2, Ga.) \aeon- Coll.: Ballard 2508, Fergus Falls; 2645, St. Vincent; 2788, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 409, Holmes. Thalictrum purpurascens L. Sp. Pl. 546. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 32, Crookston. BERBERIDACEA. Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 205. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 286, Thief River Falls. MENISPERMACEZ. Menispermum canadense L. Sp. Pl. 340. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2661, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 194, Crookston. CRUCIFERA. Thlaspi arvense L. Sp. Pl. 646. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2573, St. Vincent; 2579, Humboldt; 2690, ~ Northcote. Roripa palustris (L.) Bess. Enum. 27. 1821. Coll.: Ballard 2709, Northcote; MacMillan and Skinner 214, Crookston. Roripa hispida (Desv.) Brirron, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 169. 1894. Coll.: Ballard 2639, St. Vincent. Sophia hartwegiana (FouRN.) GREENE, Pittonia, 3: 95. 1896. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 363, Crookston. Erysimum cheiranthoides L. Sp. Pl. 661. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 5, 197, Crookston. CRASSULACE/:. Penthorum sedoides L. Sp. Pl. 432. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 231, Crookston; Ballard 2780, Warren. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 583 PARNASSIACEZ. Parnassia caroliniana Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 184. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 94, Maple lake. Parnassia palustris L. Sp. Pl. 273. 1753. Coll,: Ballard 2512, Fergus Falls. ROSACEZ. Spirea salicifolia L. Sp. Pl. 489. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2706, Northcote; MacMillan & Skinner 156, Maple lake. Rubus strigosus Micnx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 297. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 3, Crookston. Potentilla leucocarpa RypsBeErg, in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. 2: 262 Ff. 19024... 1807. Coll.: Ballard 2641, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 323, Crookston. Potentilla monspeliensis L. Sp. Pl. 499. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2515, Fergus Falls; 2728, Kennedy; Mac- Millan and Skinner 72, 291, Crookston. Potentilla pennsylvanica strigosa Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 356. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 40, Crookston; 252 Red Lake Falls; 374, Holmes. Potentilla effusa Douci.; Lehm. Stirp. Pug. 2: 8. 1830. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 385, Holmes. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Argentina anserina (L.) RypBerc, Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Uniw. 22 159. P2. 95.. 1808. Coll.: Ballard 2574, St. Vincent; 2626, Humboldt; Mac- Millan & Skinner 191, 221, Crookston. Comarum palustre L. Sp. Pl. 502. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 143, Maple lake. Drymocallis arguta (PuRsH) RypBerc, Mem. Dept. Bot. Co- lumbia Univ. 2: 192. #7. ro2. 1898. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 90, Dugdale ; 251, Crookston ; 377, Holmes. 584 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Chamerhodos erecta (L.) Bunce, in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. 1: 430. 1829. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 375, Holmes. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Geum virginianum L. Sp. Pl. 500. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 213, Crookston; 250, Red Lake Falls; 369, Holmes; Ballard 2557, St. Vincent. Agrimonia hirsuta (Munu.) BickneEuit, Bull. Torr. Club, 23:509. 1896, Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 354, Shirley. Rosa arkansana PorTER, Syn. Fl. Col. 38. 1874. Coll.: Ballard 2681, Northcote; MacMillan & Skinner 328, Crookston. POMACE. Crategus coccinea L. Sp. Pl. 476. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2562, St. Vincent. The determination of this is doubtful. It is the common form in northwestern Minnesota and Manitoba. DRUPACEZ. Prunus americana Marsu, Arb. Am. 111. 1785. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 192, 315, Crookston. Prunus serotina Euru. Beitr. 3:20. 1788. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 168, Maple lake. PAPILIONACEA. Lotus americanus (NuTT.) Biscu. Litt. Ber. Linnza, 14: 132. 1840. Coll.: Ballard 2771%, Hallock. Psoralea argophylla Pursn, Fl. Am. Sept. 475. 1814. Coll.: Ballard 2608, Humboldt; MacMillan & Skinner 49, Crookston. Amorpha fruticosa L. Sp. Pl. 713. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2505, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner 160, Maple lake. Amorpha nana Nutr. Fras. Cat. 1813. Coll.: Ballard 2800, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 356, Shirley. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 585 Kuhnistera candida (WiLLp.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 192. 1891. Coll.: MacMillan and Skinner 247, Red Lake Falls. Kuhnistera purpurea (VENT.) MacM. Met. Minn. Val. 329. 1892. Coll.: Ballard 2610, Humboldt; 2765, Hallock; Mac- Millan & Skinner 62, Crookston. Astragalus carolinianus L. Sp. Pl. 757. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 66, Crookston. Phaca neplecta T. & G. Fl. N. A. r: 344. 1838. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 149, 153, Maple lake. Glycyrrhiza lepidota Pursn, Fl. Am. Sept. 480. 1814. Coll. : Ballard 2705, Northcote ; MacMillan & Skinner 273, St. Hilaire. Meibomia canadensis (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 195. 1891. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 85, Maple lake. Vicia americana Munv.; Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 1096. 1803. Coll.: Ballard 2767, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 79, Dugdale. Falcata comosa (L.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 182. 18o9r. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 162, Maple lake; 212, Crookston. GERANIACEZ. Geranium bicknellii Brirron, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 92. 1897. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 145, Maple lake. OXALIDACEZ. Oxalis stricta L. Sp. Pl. 435. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 428, Crookston. LINACEZ. Linum sulcatum RIDDELL, Suppl. Cat. Ohio Pl. 10. 1836. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 108, Dugdale. RUTACEZ. Xanthoxylum americanum Miu. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, no. 2. 1768. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 157, Maple lake. ou ie) ior) MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. EUPHORBIACEA. Euphorbia serpyllifolia Pers. Syn. 2: 14. 1807. . Coll.: Ballard 2665, St. Vincent; 2682, Northcote; 2774, Warren. Euphorbia glyptosperma ENGELM. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 187 1859. Coll.: Ballard 2604, 2605, Hallock; 2734, Kennedy. Euphorbia maculata L. Sp. Pl. 455. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2664, St. Vincent. ANACARDIACEZ. Rhus glabra L. Sp. Pl. 265. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 195, Crookston. ACERACEZ. Acer saccharum Marsu. Arb. Amer. 4. 1785. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 182, Maple lake. Acer negundo L. Sp. Pl.:ro56: 1753.5 3 Coll.: MacMillan and Skinner 422, Crookston. BALSAMINACE. Impatiens biflora Watt. Fl. Car. 219. 1788. Coll.: Ballard 2500, Fergus Falls. VITACEZ. Vitis vulpina L. Sp. Pl. 203. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 166, Maple lake. TILIACEZ. Tilia americana L. Sp. Pl. 514. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 320, Crookston. HYPERICACE#. Triadenum virginicum (L.) Rar. Fl. Tell. 3: 79. 1836. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 165, Maple lake. CISTACEA. Lechea stricta LeEccETT; Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 251. 1894. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 110, Maple lake. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 587 VIOLACEZ. Viola obliqua Hr, Hort. Kew. 316. f/. 72. 1769. Coll.: Ballard 2516, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skin- ner 382, Holmes. Viola pedata L. Sp. Pl. 933. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 279, Ives. Viola canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 936. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 351, Crookston. ELEAGNACEZ. Elezagnus argentea Pursn, Fl. Am. Sept. 114. 1814. Coll.: Ballard 2578, Humboldt; 2801, Warren; MacMail- lan & Skinner 53, Crookston. ONAGRACEZ. Epilobium lineare Mun. Cat. 39. 1813. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 292, Crookston. Epilobium coloratum Munu.; Willd. Enum. 1: 411. 1809. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 115, Dugdale; 116, Maple lake; 244, Red Lake Falls; Ballard 2533, Fergus Falls; 2631, St. Vincent; 2742, Hallock. Onagra biennis (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. Ed. 2,1: 269. 1772. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 42, Crookston. (nothera rhombipetala Nutr.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 493. 1840. Coll.: Ballard 2749, Hallock. Anogra pallida (LinpL.) Brirron, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 234. 1894. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 364, Crookston. Meriolix serrulata (NuTT.) WALP. Repert. 2: 79. 1843. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 33, Crookston; 109, Mentor. Gaura coccinea Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 733. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 430, Holmes. HALORAGIDACES. Hippuris vulgaris L. Sp. Pl. 4. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 230, Crookston. 588 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Myriophyllum spicatum L. Sp. Pl. 992. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 393, Holmes. Myriophyllum verticillatum L. Sp. Pl. 992. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2653, St. Vincent. ARALIACEA. Aralia nudicaulis L. Sp. Pl. 274. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 211, Crookston. UMBELLIFERZA. Heracleum lanatum Micnux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 166. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 202, Crookston. Pastinaca sativa L. Sp. Pl. 262. 1753. Coll:: Ballard 2662, St-;Vincent, Washingtonia longistylis (Torr.) Brirron, Ill. Fl. 2: 530. 1897. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 238, Gentilly. Sium cicutefolium GmMeEL. Syst. 2: 482. 1791. Coll.: Ballard 2593, Humboldt. Zizia aurea (L.) Kocu, Nov. Act. Caes. Leop. Acad. 12: 129. 1824. Coll. MacMillan & Skinner 164, Maple lake; 206, 327, Crookston. Zizia cordata (WALT.) Kocn in DC. Prodr. 4: 100. 1830. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 253, Red Lake Falls. Cicuta bulbifera L. Sp. Pl. 255. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 183, Maple lake. Deringa canadensis (L.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: 266. 1891. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 208, 325, 326, Crookston. CORNACES. Cornus stolonifera Micux. F]. Bor. Am. 1:92. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 316, Crookston. Cornus candidissima Marsu, Arb. Am. 35. 1785. Coll.: Ballard 2752, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 242, Red Lake Falls. ERICACEA. Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) SpRENG. Syst. 2: 287. 1825. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 144, Maple lake. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 589 VACCINIACEA. Oxycoccus oxycoccus (L.) MacM. Bull. Torr. Club, 19:15. 1892. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 185, Maple lake. PRIMULACEZ. Steironema ciliatum (L.) Rar. Ann. Gen. Phys. '7:192. 1820. Coll.: Ballard 2776, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 16, Crookston. Steironema lanceolata (WaLT.) A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 67) 1876. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 98, Maple lake; 345, Crook- ston. GENTIANACEZ. Gentiana detonsa Rotts. Act. Hafn. 10: 254. 1770. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 184, Maple lake. Gentiana acuta Micux. Fl]. Bor. Am. 1: 177. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 330, 346, Crookston. No previous collections from Minnesota in the Herbarium of the University. Gentiana puberula Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 176. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 54, Crookston; 350 Shirley. Gentiana andrewsii Grises. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 55. 1834. Coll. : Ballard 2792, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 181, Maple lake. Gentiana flavida A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. (II) 1: 80. 1846. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 81, Dugdale. APOCYNACEZ. Apocynum androsemifolium L. Sp. Pl. 213. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 179, Maple lake. ASCLEPIADACEA. Asclepias incarnata L. Sp. Pl. 215. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 29, Crookston ; 399, Holmes. Asclepias syriaca L. Sp. Pl. 214. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 198, Crookston. 590 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Asclepias speciosa Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 218. 1826. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 58, Crookston. CONVOLVULACE. Convolvulus sepium L. Sp. Pl. 153. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2566, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 403, Crookston. CUSCUTACEZ. Cuscuta polygonorum Encevm. Am. Journ. Sci. 43: 342. 1842. Coll.: Ballard 2674, St. Vincent. Cuscuta gronovii WiLLp.; R. & S. Syst. 6: 205. 1820. Coll.: MacMillan and Skinner 223, Crookston; 268, Thief River Falls; 376, Holmes. BORAGINACE, Lappula lappula (L.) Karst. Deutsch. Fl. 979. 1880-83. Coll.: Ballard 2770, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 245, Red Lake Falls. Lappula americana (A. Gray) RypBere, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 204.) TOO7e Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 243, Red Lake Falls. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Previous collections of this species in this State have been made and determined as L. florzbunda (Lehm.) Greene. Onosmodium carolinianum (Lam.) DC. Prodr. 10: 70. 1846. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 386, Holmes. VERBENACEZ. Verbena hastata L. Sp. Pl. 20. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2502, Fergus Falls; 2647, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 30, Crookston. LABIATZ. Teucrium canadense L. Sp. Pl. 564. 1763. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 118, Maple lake. Scutellaria lateriflora L. Sp. Pl. 598. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2506, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner I, Crookston. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 591 Scutellaria galericulata L. Sp. Pl. 509. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 302, Maple lake. Agastache anethiodora (NuTr.) Brirron, in Britton & Brown, MM. Bl. 32.385... 2808. Dracocephalum parviflorum Nutr. Gen. 2: 35. 1818. Coll.: Ballard 2556, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 284 Thief River Falls. Physostegia virginiana (L.) Benru. Lab. Gen. & Sp. 504. 1834. Coll.: Ballard 2564, St. Vincent; 2766, Hallock; 2773, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 21, 215, Crookston. Galeopsis tetrahit L. Sp. Pl. 579. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2607, Humboldt. Stachys palustris L. Sp. Pl. 580. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2640, 2650, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 232, Crookston. Monarda fistulosa L. Sp. Pl. 22. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 248, Red Lake Falls. Koellia flexuosa (WaALT.) MacM. Met. Minn. Val. 452. 1892. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 96, Mentor. Lycopus virginicus L. Sp. Pl. 21. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 161, Maple lake. Lycopus americanus Muunv.; Bart. Fl. Phil. Prodr. 15. 1815. Coll.: Ballard 2648, St. Vincent; 2737, Hallock. Lycopus lucidus Turcz.; Benth. in DC. Prodr.12: 178. 1848. Coll.: Ballard 2509, Fergus Falls. Mentha canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 577. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2560, St. Vincent; 2592, Humboldt; Mac- Millan & Skinner 4, 426, Crookston. SOLANACEZ. Solanum nigrum L. Sp. Pl. 186. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 201, Crookston. SCROPHULARIACEZ. Pentstemon gracilis Nutr. Gen. 2: 52. 1818. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 80, Maple lake. Mimulus ringens L. Sp. Pl. 634. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 224, Crookston. 592 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Veronica americana ScHWEIN. Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10: 468. 1846. Coll.: Ballard 2744, Hallock. Veronica scutellata L. Sp. Pl. 12. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 395, Holmes. Leptandra virginica (L.) Nurr. Gen. 1: 7. 1818. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 15, Crookston. Gerardia aspera DoucL.; Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10: 517. 1846. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 36, Crookston. Gerardia tenuifolia VAHL, Symb. Bot. 3: 79. 1794. Coll.: Ballard 2510, 2536, Fergus Falls; 2748, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 277, Ives. Orthocarpus luteus Nutr. Gen. 2: 57. 1818. Coll.: Ballard 2688, Northcote; 2719, Kennedy; Mac- Millan & Skinner 47, Crookston. Pedicularis lanceolata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 18. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan: &* Skinner 93; Maple lake ssa70, Holmes. PHRYMACEZ. Phryma leptostachya L. Sp. Pl. 601. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 240, Gentilly; 241, Red Lake Falls. Plantago major L. Sp. Pl. 112. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2535; Fergus Falls; 2667, St. Vincent. Plantago eriopoda Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 237. 182%. Coll.: Ballard 2789, Warren. RUBIACEA. Houstonia longifolia GAERTN. Fruct. 1: 226. 1788. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 274, St. Hilaire. Galium boreale L. Sp. Pl. 108. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 289, Maple lake. Galium trifidum L. Sp. Pl. 105. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2646, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 314, Crookston. CAPRIFOLIACES. Viburnum opulus L. Sp. Pl. 268. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 180, Maple lake. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 593 Viburnum lentago L. Sp. Pl. 268. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 272, Thief River Falls, 317, Crookston. Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 285. 1833. Coli.: Ballard 2750, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 20, Crookston. Symphoricarpos symphoricarpos (L.) MacM. Bull. Torr. Club, 25 15> 18092: @aliz: Ballard 2550, St. Vincent. CUCURBITACEZ. Micrampelis lobata (Micux.) GREENE, Pittonia, 2: 128. 1890. CAMPANULACEA. Campanula rotundifolia L. Sp. Pl. 163. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 236, Gentilly. Campanula aparinoides Pursn, Fl. Am. Sept. 159. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 163, Maple lake; 383, Holmes. Lobelia syphilitica L. Sp. Pl. 931. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2503, Fergus Fails; MacMillan & Skinner 299, Crookston. Lobelia spicata Lam. Encycl. 3: 587. 1780. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 57, 297, 298, Crookston. Lobelia kalmii L. Sp. Pl. 930. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 296, Maple lake. CICHORIACEZ. Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) Karst. Deutsch. Fl. 1138. 1880- 83. Coll.: Ballard 2669, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 413, Crookston. Sonchus arvensis L. Sp. Pl. 793. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2596, Humboldt. Sonchus asper (L.) Aru. Fl. Ped. 1: 222. 19785. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 177, Maple lake. Lactuca ludoviciana (Nutt.) DC. Prodr. '7: 141. 1838. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 34, Crookston. 594 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Lactuca pulchella (Pursu) DC. Prodr. 7: 134. 1838. Coll.: Ballard 2547, St. Vincent ; 2617, Humboldt; 2712, Northcote; 2723, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 31, Crookston. Agoseris glauca (PURSH) GREENE, Pittonia, 2: 176. 1891. » Coll.: Ballard 2735, Kennedy; 2791, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 43, Crookston. Hieracium canadense Micnux. F 1. Bor. Am. 2: 86. 1803. Coll.: Ballard 2768, Hallock; 2799, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 84, Dugdale; 114, Maple Lake. Nabalus albus (L.) Hoox. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 294. 1833. Coll.: Ballard 2627, St. Vincent; 2781, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 76, Dugdale. Nabalus racemosus (Micux.) DC. Prodr. 7: 242. 1838. Coll. : Ballard 2559, St. Vincent; 2609, Humboldt; Mac- Millan & Skinner 59, Crookston; 263, St. Hilaire. AMBROSIACEZ:. : Iva xanthifolia (FREsEN.) Nutr. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) 7: 2470 fSAn. Coll.: Ballard 2659, St. Vincent; 2716, Kennedy. Ambrosia trifida L. Sp. Pl. 987. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2567, St. Vincent, 2704, Northcote. Ambrosia artemisiefolia L. Sp. Pl. 987. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2513, Fergus Falls. Ambrosia psilostachya DC. Prodr. 5: 526. 1836. Coll.: Ballard 2538, Fergus Falls; 2689, Northcote; 2790, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 331, Crookston. Xanthium canadense MiI.v. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, no. 2. 1768. Coll.: Ballard 2511, Fergus Falls; 2677, St. Vincent; 2764, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 217, Crookston. COMPOSIT2. Vernonia fasciculata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:94. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 50, Crookston. Eupatorium maculatum L. Ameen. Acad. 4: 288. 1755. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 121, Maplemlakessiggn- Holmes. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 595 Eupatorium perfoliatum L. Sp. Pl. 838. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2522, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner 159, Maple lake. Laciniaria punctata (Hoox.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 349. 1891. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 92, Dugdale. Laciniari apycnostachya (Micux.) Kunrze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 349. 1891. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 97, Maple lake. Laciniaria scariosa (L.) Hit, Veg. Syst. 4: 49. 1762. Coll.: Ballard 2797, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 61, 220, Crookston. Grindelia squarrosa (PursH) Dunau in DC. Prodr. 5: 315. 1836. Coll.: Ballard 2554, St. Vincent; 2700, Northcote; 2730, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 88, Dugdale. Chrysopsis hispida (Hoox.) Nutr. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) Per adios \ OAT. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 83, Dugdale; 388, Holmes. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Solidago canadensis L. Sp. Pl. 878. 1753. Colle ballard 2517, Fergus Falls; 2565,-St. Vincent ; 2711, Northcote; MacMillan & Skinner 303, Crookston ; 397, Holmes. Solidago nemoralis Arr. Hort. Kew. 3: 213. 1789. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 342, 344, Crookston. Solidago rigida L. Sp. Pl. 880. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2504, Fergus Falls; 2611, Humboldt; 2683, Northcote; 2731, Kennedy; 2795, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 69, 339, Crookston. Euthamia graminifolia (L.) Nurr. Gen. 2: 162. 1818. Coll.: Ballard 2521, Fergus Falls; 2796, Warren. 2804. Aster sagittifolius WILLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 2035 55, Crookston; 256, St. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 25, Hilaire. Aster nove-anglie L. Sp. Pl. 875. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2779, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 78, Dugdale. 596 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Aster puniceus L. Sp. Pl. 875. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 287, Thief River Falls. Aster levis L. Sp. Pl. 876. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 190, 196, 311, Crookston; Ballard 2518, Fergus Falls; 2561, 2622, St. Vincent; 2692, Northcote; 2738, Hallock. Aster sericeus VENT. Hort. Cels. 1800. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 82, Dugdale. Aster ptarmicoides (NEEs) T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 160. 1841. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 60, Crookston; 154, Maple lake; Ballard 2804, Warren. Aster salicifolius Lam. Encycl. 1: 306. 1783. Coll.: Ballard 2785, Warren. Aster paniculatus Lam. Encycl. 1: 306. 1783. Coll.: Ballard 2568, St. Vincent; 2674, Northcote; Mac- Millan & Skinner 312, Crookston. Aster multiflorus Air. Hort. Kew. 3: 203. 1789. Coll.: Ballard 2694, Northcote; 2724, Kennedy; 2802, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner, 336, Crookston. Brachyactis angustus (LinDL.) Brirron, in Britton & Brown, Ell. Fl. 32.5383." Pases- Coll.: Ballard 2545, Fergus Falls; 2784, Warren. Erigeron philadelphicus L. Sp. Pl. 863. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 226, 360, Crookston; Bal- lard 2649, St. Vincent. Erigeron ramosus (WALT.)B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y.27. 1888. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 44, Crookston; 95, Maple lake. Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton, in Britton & Brown Ill. FI. 330% A600: Coll.: Ballard 2633, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 37, Crookston. Doellingeria umbellata pubens (A. Gray) Britton, in Britton & Brown Il. iFl 3 393: “x6085 Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 120, Maple lake. Heliopsis scabra DunAL, Mem. Mus. Paris, 5: 56. 1819. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 117, Maple lake; 204, Crookston. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 59 a | Rudbeckia hirta L. Sp. Pl. 907. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2563, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 41, Crookston. Rudbeckia laciniata L. Sp. Pl. 906. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2660, St. Vincent; MacMiilan & Skinner 205, Crookston. Ratibida columnaris (Sims) D. Don; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. 2: 462.) £0838. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 75, Maple lake, 365, Holmes. Helianthus annuus L. Sp. Pl. 904. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2675, St. Vincent. Helianthus scaberrimus Ex. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 423. 1824 Coll.: Ballard 2601, Humboldt; 2703, Northcote; 2739, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 333, Crookston; 367 Holmes. Helianthus maximiliani Scurav. Ind. Sem. Hort. Goett. 1835. Coll. : Ballard 2572, St. Vincent; 2696, Northcote; 2727, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 352, 353, Shirley. Helianthus grosse-serratus MARTENS, Sel. Sem. Hort. Loven. 1839. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 295, 429, Crookston; 378, Holmes. Helianthus tuberosus L. Sp. Pl. 905. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 203, Crookston ; 392, Holmes. Bidens levis (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 29. 1888. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 264, St. Hilaire; 362, Crookston; 371, Holmes. Bidens cernua L. Sp. Pl. 832. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner g, Crookston. Bidens frondosa L. Sp. Pl. 832. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2623, Humboldt; 2678, St. Vincent; 2710, Northcote; 2733, Kennedy; 2763, Hallock; MacMil- lan & Skinner 11, 38, 207, Crookston. Helenium autumnale pubescens (Air.) Brirron, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 339- . 1894- Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 146, Maple lake. 598 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Gaillardia aristata Pursn, Fl. Am. Sept. 573. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 380, Holmes. No previous authentic collections from Minnesota in the Her- barium of the University. Achillea millefolium L. Sp. Pl. 899. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2624, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 45, Crookston. Artemisia caudata Micux. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 129. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 73, Crookston. Artemisia dracunculoides Pursu, Fl. Am. Sept. 742. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 65, Crookston. Artemisia frigida WiLLD. Sp. Pl. 3: 1838. 1804. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 74, Crookston; Ballard 2597, Humboldt. Artemisia absinthium L. Sp. Pl. 848. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2553, St. Vincent. Artemisia biennis WiLLp. Phytogr. 11. 1794. Coll.: Ballard 2726, Kennedy. Artemisia gnaphalodes Nutr. Gen. 2:143. 1818. Coll.: Ballard 2619, Humboldt; 2698, Northcote; 2732, Kennedy; 2798, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 55, Crookston. Arctium lappa L. Sp. Pl. 816. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 210, Crookston. Carduus altissimus L. Sp. Pl. 824. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2501, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner 170, Maple lake. Carduus discolor (Muuu.) Nutt. Gen. 2: 130. 1818. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 12, Crookston. Carduus undulatus Nutt. Gen. 2: 130. 1818. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 48, Crookston. Carduus arvensis (L.) Ross. Brit. Fl. 163. 1777. Coll.: Ballard 2548, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 283, Thief River Falls. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 599 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. General view of prairie near Shirley, Minn. This is the charac- teristic aspect of mesophytic prairie in the Red River valley. The shrubs are Salix humilis, for the most part. The herbs in the fore- ground are Asters. ‘The view shows a minor tension line in which Juncus dudleyz isan abundant plant. On the right a growth of Poly- gonum intermixed with Azdropogon is seen. The view gives an idea of the variety of the prairie vegetation. JesEaeiy DOO. An island of Hordeum surrounded by a border zone of Sa/7x inter- mingled with Symphoricarpos and Soltdago. Such circular patches of squirrel-tail grass marking slight depressions in the prairie are not un- common and often reach a considerable size,even covering several acres. PLATE XXXVI. Prairie near Gentilly, Minn. Inthe background is seen the shrubby and scanty arboreal vegetation along the Red Lake river. In the middle distance a minor tension line of Hordeum is apparent extending, in this case, several miles along the river. Inthe foreground Vasalus racemosus, a characteristic wand plant of the region, is seen forming an almost circular patch in the general grass vegetation. PLATE XXXVII. Gopher mound with characteristic vegetation. These mounds made by Geomys bursartus are abundant on the prairie throughout the dis- trict. Somewhat more xerophytic plants inhabit them than are found upon the level prairie where they occur. Upon this particular mound hazel-brush, Artemzsta, Bouteloua, Solidago rigida and other semi- xerophytic or strongly xerophytic plants have secured a foothold. PLATE XXXVIII. A growth of silver-berry—leagnus argentea. This plant is abundant throughout the district studied, in dry declivities or on slopes of the rolling prairie. It is also abundant in pastures along the Red Lake river. PLATE XXXIX. View of the margin of a grass meadow in the poplar scrub near Maple lake showing three stands of Se/¢x Juctda, a common plant of the tension zone between the meadow and the scrub. lean: O10 View of xerophilous vegetation on knolls along a coulee cut in the raised beach of the extinct Lake Agassiz near Fertile, Minn. The 600 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. brows of the knolls are occupied almost exclusively by an Artemisza formation in which three or four species are present, Artemzs¢a frigida being the most abundant. Scrub poplars, hazel and Quercus form a sparse ‘gallery wood.” Onthe upland Gazllardia, Amor- pha, Gaura and other xerophytic herbs and shrubs of the prairie are abundant. PEATE Debt: Elm woods along the Red Lake river near Crookston, Minn. The bottoms being subject to overflow, show a scanty undergrowth mostly herbaceous, though with a few shrubs of /?zées, Rubus and Corylus. In such, glades the bolls of the trees are commonly distorted and scarred owing to the battering which they receive when young by driftwood and flotsam during times of high water. C. Ah, on ae . ie paso ; eke | A inh aie ' hte LL Wigndd SiLakee $82) b a hs f- Pa} 4] ‘@) hn > ay ee ne Saver ents ou Se *¥ j nti’ ok Pe A OE otek (>) ve M4, ees ee Pe ee eS ep ey eS ] _ aed VOL AMSTOA tm, THE WHELIOTYPE PRINTING BOSTON CL T i ® AIN (ee il VOL. II. PRINTING CO., SOSTON ELIOTYPE THE H T Pa tz i) < — — > ile ZSOTA TNITKRT iVLLIN IN NAT mH 4 oe ; A TSS Oy (hs xe) ey ; , i i 4 y t * y i : ’ : ' ; 1 fo ‘ . . : ‘ ~ if y ‘ XXXII. OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata Harv. H. B. Humpurey. The plants used in the preparation of this paper were col- lected by Miss Josephine E. Tilden, in Puget Sound near Seattle, Washington, in August, 1897. They are found growing at a depth of six fathoms though thriv- ing in shallower water. In July, 1898, several plants were col- lected near Tracyton, Washington, at a depth of about four fathoms attached to rocks in quiet waters. ‘These plants were generally large and well developed and were somewhat loosely attached to the substratum. Their position in the water was erect except in certain places where a tidal current was present. Plants found in localities washed by swift tidal currents were smaller, thicker and more firmly attached to the substratum. The material was preserved in alcohol, consequently the plant could not be studied in its natural condition. All sections were cut by means of a freezing microtome. Material imbedded in gelatin when sectioned proved useless as the cells were swollen to such a degree as to appear unnatural. Portions of the frond were then sectioned directly from the alcoholic solution with good results. The stains employed were Delafield’s haematoxylin, methyl blue, methyl violet, iodine and fuchsin. Delafield’s hematoxy- lin proved a good nuclear stain. Methyl blue was used in stain- ing cell walls but was not as satisfactory as methyl violet. Iodine was used in staining carpospores and brings out very clearly the distinction between them and surrounding tissue. Fuchsin proved a very satisfactory stain used in connection with the study of protoplasmic pits, coloring them a deep red. Sections were all treated with staining solution and then mounted directly in glycerine jelly, making a permanent mount. 601 602 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. floldfast: The holdfast is a disc-shaped organ, exhibiting considerable variation in size. Inthe case of a single frond the holdfast is not much greater in diameter than the stipe immedi- ately above. The under surface is smooth and somewhat flex- ible, though in comparison with other tissues it shows greater rigidity and strength. It is not unusual to find several fronds attached to one common holdfast which, upon close examina- tion, presents the appearance of a compound organ, in some instances measuring nine mm. in diameter. The tissue of the holdfast is unlike that of any other part of the plant. Pl. 42, Fig. 2, represents a longitudinal section through a portion of the holdfast showing distinctive areas from the point of attachment to the substratum to the tissue of the stipe. It was found that in removing the plant from its point of attachment the cuticle was removed from the holdfast leaving exposed those cells immediately adjacent, represented by (a). These cells appear to be somewhat irregular in outline, though generally quadrilateral, and are characterized by their exceed- ingly thick walls. Approaching the stipe these cells are slightly modified and in conjunction with them are found rather long somewhat egg-shaped cells, densely filled with contents. These cells, along with the others, are arranged approximately in rows extending vertically through the holdfast. Protoplasmic connec- tion exists between all cells and the cell arrangement is so com- pact as to give great strength and rigidity to the tissue. These cells (Pl. 42, Fig. 2, 4) are slightly modified and in conjunc- tion with small, somewhat spherical cells closely attached and densely filled with granular contents. Abutting upon this area are the filamentous cells of the stipe, which are very similar to those found elsewhere in the frond, Stzpe.—In the early stages of the plant’s growth the stipe is hardly to be distinguished from the lamina, but as the frond reaches maturity the stipe becomes a well-marked organ of deep red color. Immediately above the holdfast it is circular, but as it gradually merges into the lamina it loses its charac- teristic shape, becoming much expanded in one diameter and thinner in the other. The stipe seldom exceeds a length of 20 mm., while the diameter varies from 2 to 5 mm. The stipe exhibits a structure similar to that of the lamina, though in the former the cells possess shorter diameters and the arrangement is more compact, thus affording greater rigid- fumphrey : OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata HARV. 603 ity and strength. The epidermal cells throughout the entire plant are enveloped by a firm cellulose sheath of variable maielness, from three to ten mic. (Pl. 42, Fig. 4, 42.) This cuticle is somewhat elastic, smooth and highly transparent. Pl. 42, Fig. 5, @ and 4, represent surface views of a portion of the frond, showing epidermal cells as seen through the overlying cuticle. By focusing, deeper cells beneath the epi- dermal layer may be seen. Beneath the epidermal cells and in connection with them are the pseudo-cortical cells, presenting an almost spherical outline and a somewhat loose though definite arrangement. These cells as well as the epidermal ones are densely filled with pro- toplasmic contents, though unlike the epidermal cells they con- tain no chromatophores. The sections of the stipe were stained with an alcoholic so- lution of methyl blue which gave a very satisfactory cellulose reaction and revealed the fact that all the celis were imbedded in a dense gelatinous matrix between which and the cell walls it is not easy to distinguish. Adjoining the pseudo-cortical cells and occupying the cen- tral region of the stipe is the pseudo-medullary area composed ofarresularcells. Pl. 42, Fig. 3, and Pl. 42, Fig. 4, represent transverse and longitudinal sections of the stipe. In Pl. 42, Fig. 3, c, a network of somewhat filamentous cells is seen to be interwoven with other cells of different form forming alto- gether a rather loose arrangement. Lamina.—The general shape of the lamina is almost in- variably cuneate, attaining its greatest diameter a little way from the apex. Inall cases the frond is flat and not greater than three mm. in thickness, and when dry is quite translucent. It commonly grows from 30 to 50 cm. in length and from 6 to 18 cm. in width, thus showing considerable variation in size. In shape itis quite as variable ; some fronds being branched pro- fusely while others show little or no branching whatever. New fronds arise from the base of the stipe forming at first somewhat club-shaped or pointed bodies, but later expand and assume the characteristic shape of the mature frond. (Pl. 42, Fig. 1.) Both sides of the frond, including the margin, are thickly studded with cystocarps and numerous epidermal prolif- erations. Near the base of the frond on each side is a small area totally void of proliferations. Here the frond is thicker 604 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. than elsewhere, more deeply colored and possesses a glossy smoothness. | The cystocarps sometimes appear as surface elevations though commonly they are developed in the marginal and sur- face proliferations. They are most numerous and attain greatest size in the marginal area while at the center they are scattering and poorly developed, numbering from 8 to Io per sq. cm. as compared with 15 to 18 near the margin. The broad flat branches of the lamina, owing to extreme thinness and position, bear few cystocarps though the number of proliferations may be great. The epidermal cells of the lamina are very similar in every respect to those of the stipe except that the arrangement is less compact. The same may be said regarding the pseudo-cortical area, but a difference is seen in the pseudo-medullary cells; these are all filamentous, densely filled with granular proto- plasmic contents (Pl. 42, Figs. 6 and 7) and so joined as to form a complete network. Through the use of certain staining reagents it was found that a protoplasmic connection existed between the several cells of the frond, best seen in the pseudo-medullary region of the lamina. (Pl. 42, Fig. 8.) On further examination, using alco- holic solution of fuchsin as a staining reagent, protoplasmic pits were seen to exist between the several cells. These pits were composed in every case of two minute callous plates which when stained were found to give a reaction similar to that of pro- toplasm. It was not possible to determine the function of these connections, but no doubt they serve as paths of communication between cells. In Schmitz’s discussion of the protoplasmic pits he shows that they are traversed by plasma-cords which serve for conduction of dynamic influences from cell to cell. He believes a transfer of dissolved food material possible be- cause of the pores in the pit, but does not regard as probable the transfer of protoplasm. Proliferations and cystocarp.—P\. 42, Fig. 9, represents an early stage in the development of a proliferation. Certain of the epidermal cells become slightly modified in shape, cell di- vision takes place vertically and apparently transversely. This increase in the number of cells causes an elevation to develop and as it continues a well-developed proliferation eventually pre- vails which may or may not bear a cystocarp. Humphrey : OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata HARV. 605 ay In the material at hand the writer was unable to secure any sections showing tetraspores. The development of the cystocarp, however, was quite clearly brought out. As the proliferation advances in its development there arises an irregular cellular formation of gonimoblast fila- ments and sterile tissue in the interior of which groups of branched filaments develop the carpospores. This entire for- mation is surrounded by a definite area of cells forming the cystocarpic wall. As the cystocarp advances towards maturity a perforation occurs through the breaking down and gradual dissolution of certain cells, thus furnishing the mature spores an avenue of escape (Pl. 42, Fig. 11). The tissue of the pro- liferation surrounding the spore cavity is similar to that of the lamina proper, except that the cells are more compactly ar- ranged. Sections of this tissue were treated with Delafield’s hama- toxylin which proved to be a good nuclear stain revealing in several cells well-marked nuclei. (Pl. 42, Fig. 12.) Several sections were made in order to determine the struc- ture and characteristics of the mature cystocarp. Pl. 42, Fig. 13, represents such a cystocarp showing the spores ar- ranged in groups surrounded by apparently empty filamentous cells, thus forming a compound cystocarp. Previous to the maturity of the spores they are all attached to the gonimoblastic filaments of which they were originally a part. They are evi- dently attached by means of protoplasmic threads, though no evidence of pits occurred. (Pl. 42, Fig. 15.) The carpo- spores, when mature, measure from 10 to 12 w along one di- ameter and 11 to 13 » along the other, while the cystocarp measures from two to three mm. in diameter through the con- ceptacle. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Harvey, W.H. Notice of a collection of alge made on the north- west coast of North America, chiefly at Vancouver’s Island, by David Lyall in 1859-61. (Jour. Proc. of Linn. Soc. 6: 172, E73. 1862. Cocks, J. Observations on the growth and time of appearance of some of the marine alge. Jour. Proc. of Linn. Soc. 4: 1o1- 106. 1860. 606 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Stromfelt, H. F. G. Untersuchungen tiber die Haftorgane der Algen. Bot. Cent. 33: 381, 382, 395-400. 1888. Hedwigia, 27: 143. 1888. Harvey, W. H. Characters of new alge chiefly from Japan and ad- jacent regions. Proc. Am. Acad. 4: 332. 1857-1860. Schmitz, Fr. Untersuchungen iiber die Befruchtung der Florideen. Bot. Zeit. 41: 608-613, 14s. 1883. Schmitz, Fr. Kndéllchenartige Auswuchse an den sprozzen einiger Florideen. Bot. Zeit. 38: 624. 1892. Mobius, M. Morphologie der haarartigen Organe bei den Algen. Biol. Cent, 12: 73. 1892: Jonsson, B. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Dickenzuwachses der Rho- dophyceen. Lunds. Univers. Aarskr. 27: 41. 2 pl. 1890-91. Wille, N. Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der physiologischen Gewebsysteme bei einigen Florideen. Nova Acta. Acad. Leop. Carol. 52: 49-100. fl. 9-8. 1887. Osterhout, W. J. V. A Simple Freezing Device. Bot. Gaz. 21: 195-201. 1896. Moore, L. Le M. Studies in Vegetable Biology—Observations on the Continuity of Protoplasm. Journ. Linn. Soc. 21: 595-621. Ji. r9g-27. 1886. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLII. Figure 1. A typical frond of Gégartinma exasperata one-fourth natural size. Figure 2. Longitudinal section of holdfast. x 450. Figure 3. Cross section of stipe. @, Epidermal cells; 4, pseudo- cortical cells; c, pseudo-medullary cells. x 450. Figure 4. Longitudinal section of stipe. @, Epidermal cellulose sheath. .< 450: Figure 5. (a2) Surface view of frond, showing epidermal cells through the transparent epidermal sheath. (4) Surface view of frond showing cells beneath the epidermal cells. |X goo. Figure 6. Cross section of frond. x 450. Figure 7. Filamentous cells of the pseudo-medullary area showing granular contents. X goo. Humphrey : OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata HARV. 607 Figure 8. Protoplasmic connections between cells of pseudo-medul- lary area. XX 9QOO. Figure 9. An early stage in development of a proliferation showing growing point (2). x450. Figure 10. A portion of the margin of a frond showing prolifera- tions and cystocarps. Figure 11. Longitudinal section of mature cystocarp. O, carpo- stome; @, conceptacle. Figure 12. Portion of tissue surrounding a conceptacle showing cell nuclei. xX 700. Figure 13. Cross section of mature cystocarp showing spores. Figure 14. Two groups of spores separated by elongated sterile cells. -X 150. Figure 15. Immature carpospores still attached to the gonimo- blastic filaments; (@) a spore separating from filaments. x 48o. Tt Ny i ’ ‘ Nyy, — UP a ea eo ly © ee Pray ven me es » F ~ “ae VOL. II. MINNESOTA E TANICAL STUDIES. PART V. ed °° Bo pee ee op < 0D OS 55° oe S09 2 “OS - eo o— , oe , Ce pe [an B S So? &p & o eres LISANUGLTE TT FIN ae Par Ab CEPA TY 7 iv BA AtTV. OBSERVATIONS ON THE ALG OF THE Sk. PAUL CITY WATER. M. G. FAnnNInec. St. Paul receives its water supply from twenty-two lakes north of the city which are situated on both sides of a divide or watershed. The area from which the water is received extends about twenty miles north of the city. The greater part of the water comes immediately from Lake Vadnais, which in return receives its supply from chains of lakes through brooks, artifi- cial canals, conduits, etc. As these lakes are separated by a divide pumping stations are provided at Centreville lake and Baldwin’s lake to force the water over the divide. Besides the lakes, groups of artesian wells add to the supply and help to lower the temperature of the water during the summer months. There are nine wells at Lake Vadnais and twenty-eight at Cen- treville lake, making thirty-seven in all with depths varying from sixty-three to eight hundred and sixty-five feet. Pleasant lake receives the water from the north slope of the watershed; from here the water flows from Lake Vadnais, then it is conveyed four and one-half miles through a conduit to the pumping station. The elevated portions of the city receive the water directly from the pumping station. Other parts are sup- plied by gravity with water from Lakes Gervais and Phalen. In order to get sufficient pressure to supply the higher areas, the water is forced into a reservoir one mile west of the pumping station. This reservoir is 290 feet above the water level of the Mississippi river and has a capacity of 18,000,000 gallons. There is another reservoir on the West Side to supply the ele- vated district across the river. At the pumping station and also at the entrance of the con- duit leading from Lake Vadnais, a series of graduated wire screens strain from the water the coarser vegetable growth. 609 610 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Method of collection.—The method of collection is practically the one suggested by Dr. Smith Ely Jelliffe * and is as follows: A piece of absorbent cotton four or five inches square and one inch thick is attached by means of a twelve-inch square of un- bleached muslin to the water faucet. The water is then turned on sufficiently to insure a constant stream and is allowed to run from ten to twelve hours, after which the cotton is removed. The cotton, which is usually quite brown from the organisms, is divided into pieces and rubbed and rinsed in five beakers each containing 200 c.c. of water. The water is then poured into one vessel and allowed to settle, after which the deposit is put into a glass containing 25 c.c. A few drops of this is trans- ferred to a slide by means of a pipette and examined microscop- ically. At least ten mounts from each week’s collection of ma- terial was examined in this way. ‘The rest was then preserved in 2 per cent. formaline for future reference. For the records, Dr. Jelliffe’s method of computation was adopted. In computing the numbers the following schedule was used: Abundant, 25 + in one c.c. of water. Common, 10-25 in one c.c. of water. Few, 5-10 in one c.c. of water. carce. I-5 in one c.c. of water. Present, Less than five in one c.c. of water. Since November, 1899, weekly collections have been made of the plant life in the St. Paul water supply and the organisms identified (as far as possible) and their number computed. The vegetable organisms found were all alge if we except the pollen grains and Fungi spores that appeared occasionally. The Alge found were as follows: 1. Diatomacee, 13 varieties. Cyanophycee, 11 varieties. 3. Chlorophyceea, 32 varieties. 4. Peridinie, 2 varieties. i) Of these some forms of Diatoms were present almost con- stantly, especially MWZelosira, Stephanodiscus, two varieties of * Jelliffe, S. E. A preliminary report upon the microscopical organisms found in the Brooklyn water supply. Brooklyn Med. Journ. 7: 595. O. 1893. Fanning : ALG# OF THE ST. PAUL CITY WATER. 611 Synedra and Asterionella. Of the Chlorophycee, Scenedes- mus and Raphidium were present most of the time. Among the Cyanophycee, Osczl/atortza and Caelospherium were prac- tically constant. The effect of the cold on some of the varieties is shown by the accompanying plates (Pl. XLIII. and XLIV.). It will be seen that a fall in temperature coincides with a decrease in the numbers of all except Osc¢l/atorta, which shows a gradual in- crease with the cold and is abundant for several weeks during the severest weather. The desmids, more plentiful in the fall than at any other time, although never abundant, disappeared after the cold wave of the third week in December. Another fall in temperature about the fourth week in January banished most of the Chloro- phycee and cleared the field of Calospherium, but some of the diatoms persisted until the zero weather in February, when most of them disappeared. Fragzdlarza was abundant in Jan- uary and about January 30th, when Osezl/atorza and Fragilaria were practically the only forms seen, the water contained con- siderable sandy débris and entangled in it were quantities of resting spores of Glwotrichia. The observations vary from year to year so that a record should be kept for several years before one could find what forms were both constant and abundant. For example, in the fall of 1898, Axabena was ‘‘common,” but in the following year it is only marked ‘* present.” I wish to thank Mr. P..F. Lyons, of the St. Paul Weather Bureau and Mr. John Caulfield, Secretary of the Water Board, St. Paul, for their kind assistance. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLIII. anno XLIV. Table showing relation between abundance of certain forms and temperature. XLIV. is a continuation of XLIII. | royNg me @ EA Vie 1. Celastrum microporum Naeg. var. speciosum Wolle. Freshw. Pulpae UO. Ss 170.21..750. f. g. 1887. 2. Pediastrum duplex Meyen Beob. tiber Algenformen. in Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Carol. 772. 1829. 3. Scenedesmus quadricauda (Turp.) Bréb. Alg. Falais. 66. 1 4. Scenedesmus bijugatus (Turp.) Kg. Syn. Diat. 607. 1833. 5. Rhaphidium polymorphum Fresen. var. aciculare (A: Br.) Rabenh. Fl. Eur. Algar. 3: 45. 1868. 612 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 6. Rhaphidium polymorphum Fresen. var. falcatum (Corda) Rabenh. Fl. Eur. Algar. 3: 45. 1868. 4. Nephrocytium agardhianum Naeg. Gatt. einz. Alg. 80. A. 3 C. 1849. 8. Dictyospherium pulchellum Wood. Freshw. Alge U.S. 84. 1873. 9. ELudorina elegans Ehrenb. in Monatsb. der Akad. d. wiss. zu Berlin. 76, 152-fi-22. fs 70. 1821. 10. Pandorina morum (Muell.?) Bory in Ehrenb. Infus. 53. A/. 2b fi37 4) 1838. 11. Gleocystis gigas (Kg.) Lagerh. Bidrag. till Sveriges Algfl. 634) “13832 " 12. Micrasterias truncata (Corda) Bréb. in Ralfs Brit. Desmid. 75. no. 9. pl. &. f. Z. and Pl. 70.7: 5. “1GAG. 13. Staurastrum sebaldi Reinsch. Algenf. von Franken. 175. J/. TE Jato, Coz. 14. Staurastrum minneapoliense Wolle in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, D5 Dl. Ain fi TIS LOOme 15. Staurastrum paradoxum Meyen. var. longipes Nordst. Sydlig. Norg. Desm. 35. f. 77. 1873. 16. Arthrodesmus incrassatus Lagerh. var. cycladatus Lagerh. Bidrag till Amer. Desm.-Flora. 242. pl. 27. f. 79. 1885. 17. Pleuroteniopsis guaternaria (Nordst.) De Toni. Syll. Algar. T3914, 1689. 18. Cosmarium nitidulum De Not. Element. 42. pl. 3. f. 26. 1867. 19. Clostertum parvulum Naeg. Gatt. einz. Alg. 106. Al. 6. C. f. 25 1940: 20. JVostoc sp. und. . Anabena flos-aque (Lyngb.) Bréb. Algues des environs de Falaise 26. 118354 22. Lyngbya majuscula Harv. in Hooker, Eng. Fl. 5: 370. 1833. 23. Merismopedia glauca Naeg. Gatt. einz. Alg. 55. Al. 7. D. f. ZT. 1049; 24. Celosphaerium kiitzingianum Naeg. Gatt. einz. Alg. 54. A. To GC. TE4O, Fanning: ALG OF THE ST. PAUL CITY WATER. 613 25. Anacystis marginata Menegh. Consp. 6. .1837. 26. Pertdinium tabulatum Ehr. in Kent. Manual of the Infusoria. 1: 448. PirarEe XV. 1. Amphora ovalis (Bréb.) Kg. Bac. 107. Al. 5. f- 35,39. 1844. 2. Cyméella lanceolata (Ehr.) Kirchn. Alg. Schles. 188. 1878. 3. enrmopne snoooo0y dion mney dsoAqoIg fo.) SUT OISOS) +4 op 4% “Te ‘of : id} 1d | 1d | os | my| my] ay] os | os | my . * so. 1d 1d . (or . . so ie . . . id 1d id Id . . 1d .- id ae Bee: mene oe Bo Eee Xs (aeons aaa ad | 1d AJ | MJ] MZ] MY] Id) 1d | ad] 1d |° *| 1d] 3d qe’| qv} qe | qe | qe} 3 | os | ad} sd }* + | 31d aGGb | AGol Gol | Gol |) Heal |) Aol || geal || Avot | Geol] svete) > = . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . id . . qe | qe} qe} qe od | My] os | Id} id | id = ve . e 1d i id 2) fie, nara Annis wee i 0 1d Oo . * abe ‘See eFC. eo id id MJ | Os | 1d id | 1d | id aes . . id . . . . . . id 1d SoC We aKal |i py} OO {9 9 |) ic OSS Oe On| On| OSMeos! || Os td ord lerd os | os | OS | 9 | 9 | OS] OS | mE] My] Mz] My PONS ee ON IE | GE eorol yO OE ie rgal | OI) aeel aid | 1d | 1d] os |] 9 | qe| wy] wz | wg qe | qe} qe! qe! qe} qe} qe| qe] 5 | 5 4 my id | 1d | 1d | os | my! My] ag] Mz! my] mz | wy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1d MJ MJ Mj id | id ‘“ ae CAN Ta OS o- 3 oy 80 id id Age aie . . elolololo lee lFige Go Gel rae leet leay eee Slee eal ice ne SS | Seis fo ee i ae as | dae | te r= m/l = mallee wel esas t=) [aloe t= fe = el i= eel io ee ete lew O ton |eten |) ten I pepe A | Fl ae tee | tee cone tic ent 4 Be | stow lions x & koa) 7 > LS) H al a 2 i a I ae rss |ROS EY allie id id id os id os ‘YI jsnsny id id os id MAJ oS id ‘Ly4snsny id id ANS os ‘or Ayn (919) T09| 105 ead | 3c! 5 My | 1d Pope tees sesh ale} e0}p) 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ee . . . TWNTI94so[D ¢ . . . se . . e1oydoprtD Y oe cel||(aanmmi|| octane (amen alee || eemenl simmell || cy cq e/ Le) Sol aren me, SPLIa}SvI9D ¢ 1d || 1d) 3°) 3d) ad | ad ad) ad | 1d afc “ snos000A1j0g “z Pre Mig cute lier [Geass leek souls li On see lee cee “+ + -snmsapoimyyry ‘rT - “WADAHAOUOTHSD id | 1d | 1d | os | os | my | mz] my “eBso[No.0H erueyjeqey, “£1 qe] ae] qe} qe|qe| qe} qe| qe} qe * *ByLIJSIUS}J VLUIL][Oqe], ‘ZI Id | 1d|* *| 1d | mz | my | wy | wz] ad >) enlp-erpsnso 21 OZ] ey || @) [SS ear er | ae | ker lee “-el[ayotnd eipaudss ‘or a6l || rigour os) O° 24 41d | 1d | id * * *snostpourydsays 6 mallee os Reha a tei || Sok -+ + "* porary -9 Ge | (qe? ae |/s0n || ANT O65 O68) so 1) Se SSPTISOlSTAn °Z id . . . . . . id Mj MJ} . . . . *RIIE[ISR LT 9 . . . . ‘ . . “emo uo AUT es Chet al, “el [oqmiAD Ly Qe [pe 2 Niche? | Gite) OP RE ae eas aes 2 * “eTTeJO[OAD °f - +! ad] ad }° *] os | ay} wz] mye] my es RE TOUOMOI Sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eioydury One ‘WANOLVIG . . . . 1d . . Oe . mnipiuisydg “iT aGGE WY UC liyel: Io Id | Mz} 9 ie * BLIOJLI [IOS ‘OI os ial || o 9 . on SaetGe os | ome * 90]SON ‘6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . “eIpsdomstieyy ‘g os | oS | MJ | 1d] 1d] 1d | 1d) id *ehqsud’y °Z Pete | Eien || cetaeo (heaton pte lees | ees "BIYDII}OD]H *9 SD ee |e ecole a (DALI | AAT I ila re) “mntewydsojag “S oteeris|| Ween |pyeh cratl||ifec tenet te allt tos eXeld| mere cell hreliete.n | rolana . siqsho014 eID Ly id id | 1d | 1d) 1d | id ° snso00001y9 *“€ id me Patel bre) aceite eke | fem rel ||gtan aie . euxeqeuy °~% ies * + syshovuy ‘I “KAOAHAIONVAD ae onl val al ta S ta i] i = a o i= al aa nal res Bene pele ne gine penis BIS |S |e |B) 8 ia fe] s ‘o£ 13q0}290 | (A19)_ syol PO SI) adel |} aot ff scot Hl eysel] Gis EE |] GEE Awe | AO el age Po Go Be Sigh oO ayol ) agel Iago | Gal Magali aol Wj agl oo Oo sodin mnye1aD ‘Zz FTO H Brel PO ON oe aise ors) hee) oy PC SOT PN OLY TSE OI Gol Meagol nde Am Ae I A So) Oy IG Me a lena ieqnayeccysy Use ‘“WANTOTAA ol romere remy ries Aes ae) top yD on mats via ce ea Ce mt NO Sa Sets Coe Sth Cen tte oe oe veullll be ba re he ie eee * ByEqols XOA[OA FA . . . id id . . id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a . . . - viodseljay, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . id . . . . . . . . ha a . . TAN TWO[I09BS ‘of fe Id hens | « ty 0 Te id Gi cet pimre AO . yO C40 eo. Oy oC cK aes De an es OG . iw) fe . a8 Ths ‘Ipjeqas m ‘6% id id . . . . 1d id id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . id . . . . id . . ‘minxopeied x "Qt 3 | . Gina ak Pat shee pa te ata Mt af ole om Pat agave! ae Ceo eo « Ur eer} = oe . 8 we eo. ee (im oe a1 8 pe asuatpodeouurar i" lz Zi vss | 5 |e “oN ocean aa an elec Peet p= | altcd eae 2 los esl aes ace tanasvineys ‘92 oie Diane . . 48. . . . . sya’ . 8 Fre th os ks. Go o 8 a0 see soe * oe chat yO yO ie oo ot ‘oe ry ul mide “8 *snnbijqo % TA ier ee Sie oi odah aaa J OU dyot | acal PO OU agol |] Giy Mee ohh | acl ao Y= GIs) Waal yp Axel |] PN ANG | AGI Sgal |) of ‘epnvorpenb CZ Ot eet Hale ce aes aid Cad a irs. PO 1d Cierry * eee Neue! ec. nce) one Sa 7) 8 7 ue, Oo 4 8 1d oo Tr 0 OG ry Ge . snyesnfiq snmsapeus0g ‘eo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vaplomsis ‘IBA ungdomdjod mn prydey *1z Fak |e pO FS who cio wh cyst |aget Po Oe Sie ole ot tysh agoh Weill erst |] Gio Pe Oy One” Sel syoll I] agat in * * * TOnjBo[ey “IBA manyd 1owAjod mniprydey ‘oz Seah, OI DO Hao ae ais * + © "OIe[NOTOB “IBA mnydsomsépod winiprydey “61 Sill | aba Wel] Lee De ec? 1 Oe oe Faas Gh 1G oh cet S60 || Ge ONG So Sore OS rch I syalelpa & aol acct acct ffl Syol |) o i/o ¢ * * *sn90000}01q ‘SI ae Nise Ali Rey. cee || scat Wheres ean) eRe (ec eguecel| Meet orl Petiie eile semmre wt liaeavar lllirta co. See srehl|(Meteesrirn'| tains eral -whetreyg |e. sta || (seins | Noir anl | Matamte al Tobaurac!|trsi@ant Kem Piel) (atrell Meneire AED ‘sisdotuaxjoina[d “Lr id . . . . . . . . . . . . id . . . . . . . . . . . . id id id MJ MJ id . . . . . . . . . * xoidnp =F “91 CD tecnica caleba iss Col HG ol WO) Out Ocean ve PH syal ff oat OS) ayate|| acolo Ie aGol MN axel Wl ayel Wf ayel | agal fact)? © | er! | kp) Gk "tnueds1oq mnayseiped Cr aah Olof OI veel ff ayee | ie SS ayy Aig Ang Nae | OP GS PM Oe Te aval PO OM avol aye Po ee ee oe oo ye "* "-eniopueg ‘V1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . id . . . . . . , . id . . . . . . 1d id id id id . . id id id . yen . . “man A0014 dan Cy aid id id Sieh sos lan ||| to cel cet Mee |e can tree er | [emigre lh wc tera] am oym il cme en heer uel Mum eerer || comet ve. (facta eis ll cp) Me) || ial cal pels Sein (say aiiey||lint areull irate mh Sree m eu (Menem Re ¢Y a Oe See: *‘SBLIOJSPIONIN "ol PACH Secs Io fo || ct aval id | id TCL fase | nsea feats: sr chiealh came taecmeeay fel aacery||cccaeteny a7 MJ A¢otelten (al ie tate sO Ce sO NcNeOe eo ce ON GF ch Onn syshoon[9) ‘Il Bis MS sade G calle (cUalfas (s al] Co Man MR SE Zo laced o Cy ema Co UR) SU MNP Aca Ns TE HAG a ASD Ee. CHT Co Gayo aT oot jp 2S [Se ee oy teas aio ell rer ca ftep rat [es roa Utemaan tan rae rates cg eyes yin le SO Metin |g cera Hitec | 6 era eas ato ees ein | Rese Tet Cram coy tes Dace cc |e | ce snosoo0ydiomig 6 Se] om | Age ase) ees | ge | ad oa oe) = 45) ae | AAT aN Oe Oe: soe!) Oe atm cl archaic) ee ee se mnrraeydsoAoid 8 oO ‘Ty Ss aid Ch OO aL oo "1 er ee et) cage "am no Tac Pip ee M a ae a lw eS SERERDCOSE: ZEERRERERERTR CO BERERESES ES SSSS0GR080¢7 00 = ool 7 AC NLL COCCI eee tee TEC op sss ste EEE A eae a Se CCCEC CE a we Pt et ee ee BRREREERRERRRER SS BERR RESERERNe at Sa pa AY PLA’ THE HELIOTYPE NICAL STUDIES. PARI Vie | Apr. May June July Aug. ., 2ept. s _